‘ne 4 i ore tr 7 Ths teat Fe ERT . ' » —— — rb fmm namaste d ® cn |e —— ——— in ny a yaae) | ae tA 0 hatin a ay ge § Sr } pec bar ig elias x ; ¢ ia mPa Oe, 7 SPN ie ha AS acai 1 ae aan) is ie | Ae ee a. . mer Ni af es a ~ ‘1 oT wy , a aes i CE Kina "vy / } af Adie Cnu Ala Milag: Wr st Wa : ee Pads, LP! , ar a f gid nf — sive) M ad eet pt - a tH ZOOLOGICAL PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR 1885. CULE 2 ‘ss ir e/ G, abt S luna 8S PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY, AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE. LONDON : SOCIETY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,, PATERNOSTER ROW, 2 De, Be Be OF THE COUNCIL AND OFFICERS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1885. COUNCIL. (Elected April 29, 1885.) Prorrssor W. H. Frower, LL.D., F.R.S., President. Wiit1am T. Branrorp, Esq., F.RS. Masor-Gen. Henry Crerr, R.A., F.R.S. Henry E. Dresser, Esq. Cuartes Drummond, Esq., Trea- surer. Sin JosrpH Fayrer, K.C.S8.I., F.R.S., Vice-President. F, DuCanr Gopman, Esq. Cou. J. A. Grant, C.B., F.R.S. Artuur Grore, Ese:, Vice-Presi- L. G. Ginrner, Dr. Epwarp Hamitron. E. W. H. Hotpsworza, Esq. Proressor Mtvarz, F.R.S., Vice- President. ProressoR ALFRED NeEwron, F.R.S., Vice-President. Henry Poxtocg, Esq. OsBert Satvin, Esq., F.B.S., Vice-President. W. Aysurorp Sanrorp, Esq. Pore Luriey Scrater, Esq., M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Joseph Travers Surru, Esq. Sureron-Gen. L. C. Srewarr. THe Lorp Watstnenam, Vice- President. PRINCIPAL OFFICERS. P. L. Sctaver, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary. Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., Prosector. Mr. A. D. Bartierr, Superintendent of the Gardens. Mr. F. H. Waternouse, Librarian. Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant. Mr. W. J. Witx1aMms, Chief Clerk. LIST OF THE CONTRIBUTORS, With References to the several Articles contributed by each. Page Bartuett, A. D., A.L.S., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. On a Female Chimpanzee now living in the Society’s Seerneas. (ECP MEA) tessa ts horn cseteues nee gecciee OF Bauer, Dr. F. H., C.M.Z.S. Letter from, containing remarks upon a Flying Lizard (Ptychozoon homalocephalum) ....... 00.0... se ve eeenes 718 Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S.E., F.G.S., F.Z.8., Pro- sector to the Society. On the Structural Characters and Classification of the AST cel gree vad aco meV Sasi aii or B-SE aoe sree scence LOO Om the: Heart of Apterqa esac essns.--s0l-2¢--ses. 188 Notice of a Memoir on the Anatomy of the Sondaic Rhinoceros (Rhinoceros sondaicus) ...... 0020. 0.2 ee veee 541 On the Specific Characters and Structure of certain New- Zealand Earthworms. (Plates LIT. & LIII.)............ 810 Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Birds.—No. 1. On the BERRA WRMERCUED pe aas a sins Woo «su opel temhian anys sia s. peel iv Preliminary Notice of the Isopoda collected during the Voyage of H.MLS. ‘ Challenger.’—Part II. Munnopside .. Bett, F. Jerrrey, M.A., Sec. R.M.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College, London. Exhibition of some Models illustrating the paper of Rathke on the Development of the great Blood-vessels in Verte- Note ona Nematoid Worm (Gordius verrucosus) obtained by Mr. H. H. Johnston on Kilima-njaro......... Exhibition of examples of two Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera from Bombay .........0 sees seeeee vees ee Exhibition of a fine specimen of Alpheus megacheles, from Herm, ‘Channel Islands. :. 5 soc oss cw vcink 00 sie ssc mate Exhibition of a specimen of the Genus Balanoglossus, ob- tained by Mr. Spencer at Herm ............-e00+--e>- Bennett, Dr. Grorex, F.Z.S. Remarks upon the new Tree-Kangaroo (Dendrolagus lumholtzi) of Northern Queensland ............+-+-+ Berepscu, Comte H. v., C.M.Z.S., et Taczanowsk1, L., C.M.ZS. Troisiéme liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Stolzmann dans l’Ecuadeur. (Plates VII. & VIII.) .............. Bipputpg, Lieut.-Col. Joun, F.Z.8. On the Geographical Races of the Rocky-Mountain Big- HOT wees s ss TS fhe ine Renn: +50 Soa BuLanrorp, W. T., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition and description of a skull of an apparently new Species of Paradoxurus (Paradoxurus jerdont)......++.++- A Monograph of the Genus Paradoxurus, F. Cuv. (Plates XLIX. & L.) .. Page 916 719 836 64 67 678 v Page Exhibition (on behalf of Capt. C. S. Cumberland) of a head of a Wild Sheep from Ladak .............2-..00- 851 Boetreer, Dr. O., Frankfort-on-the-Main. On five new Species of Shells of the Genus Buliminus from the Levant, collected by Vice-Admiral T. Spratt-......... 23 Bovu.encer, G. A., F.Z.S. Description of a new Species of Frog from Asia Minor. aE hg ictacad sel niches ani. ola. 20 Gi inland ciatelahay Nei eae ee, Oe Remarks upon a rare South-American Lizard.......... 63 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of an Amphis- beenoid Lizard and Coral-Snake from Brazil ............ 327 A Description of the German River-Frog (Rana esculenta, var. ridtpunda, Pallas). (Plate XL.) .2<..0.022-ne02-+s, 666 Description of a new Frog of the Genus Megalophrys. RENIN ero fe ra hye os eae ce oo stake omeeess 2a O00 Butter, Artuur G., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Assistant Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. An Account of two Collections of Lepidoptera recently received from Somali-land. (Plate XLVII.) ............ 756 BurriKorer, J. Letter from, containing remarks upon the question as to the mode in which the so-called nests of Collocalia are ss Seialsinn sin mine Sete ascbclale eeeme SLD a al Eirde OULU 610 formed CaLpweE Lt, J., C.M.Z.S. Letter from, containing notice of the discovery of a hitherto unknown deposit of Dodo bones ...........000 00 seen ee 719 Ciaraz, GEORGES. Letter from, on the Rheas of South America ......... . 324 Coutert, Rosert, C.M.Z.S. On Echidna acanthion from Northern Queensland. CBlate Ray 4, walt adds cates Ae, Se LY on a Rg 148 vi Page CrowTHER, B. Remarks on living examples of the Duck-bill (Ornitho- rhynchus paradocus) which he was proposing to send to the Society’s Menagerie .. 2.1... 1. se sere cece cere ee rerees 483 Day, Francis, F.LS., F.Z.S. On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonidee.—Part IV. 241 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of the Ven- dace (Coregonus vandesius), the diseased intestine of a Sea- Trout, and a portion of the sifting-apparatus of the Basking- Shark (Selache mawima) ..........-- rd. d ted QU 188s On a supposed Hybrid between the Dab (Pleuronectes limanda) and the Flounder (P. flesus). (Plate LXII.).... 929 Dickson, Dr. E. B., C.M.ZS. Remarks upon two Newts (Molge vittata) transmitted to the SOG se eee eve Oe ween se cee as ohne ee Dozson, G. E., M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, on behalf of M. Lataste, and remarks upon, two skulls of Orocidura aranea with anomalous dentition .. 324 Dresser, H. E., F.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens of the American Killdeer Plover (Aigialitis vocifera) and the Desert Wheatear (Savicola deserti) killed in Great Britain ...... 835 Druce, Hersert, F.L.S., F.Z.S. Descriptions of new Species of Lepidoptera Heterocera, chiefly from South America. (Plates XXXII. & XXXIII.) 518 Fisk, Rev. G. H. R., C.M.Z.S. Remarks upon a Snake (Pelamis bicolor) captured at the Sitranverte sloelsay ta. ce H.'s 2 2a k Ses Telewes eae be Oe Gapow, Hans, Ph.D., M.A., C.M.Z.S. On the Anatomical Differences in the three Species of PERC A PRS els ie Os OEE, ES vii Gopman, Freperick DuCang, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. A List of the Lepidoptera collected by Mr. H. H. John- ston during his recent expedition to Kilima-njaro ........ 537 Page GoruaM, Rev. H. S., F.Z.S. Revision of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of the Japanese Fauna: Subfamilies Cassidine and Hispine ............ 280 GuI1LLemarp, F. H. H., M.A., M.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. Report on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of the Yacht ‘ Marchesa.’—I. A Provisional List of the Birds inhabiting the Sulu Archipelago. (Plates XVII. & XVIII.) 247 Report on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of the Yacht ‘ Marchesa.’—Part II. Borneo and the Island of Cagayan Sula: (Plate XXV.). 5. ou, ca ew danse ce ge. 0 404 Report on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of the Yacht ‘ Marchesa.’-—Part III. On the Collection of Birds from the Island of Sumbawa. (Plate XXIX.) .... 501 Report on the Collection of Birds obtained during the Voyage of the Yacht ‘ Marchesa.’— Part IV. Celebes...... 542 Report on the Collection of Birds obtained during the Voyage of the Yacht ‘ Marchesa.’—Part V. The Molucca islands. (Plate: SX MTV. Yor ate a ve ka Bex aeidica se GOL Report on the Collection of Birds formed during the Voyage of the Yacht ‘ Marchesa.’—Part VI. New Guinea and the Papuan Islands. (Plate XXXIX.) ............ 615 Remarks on Ovis #ivicOld 0. i> cjecn0-sss 0.00 ssecscctineeess 675 Gtnrner, Aupert, M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Keeper of the Zoological Department, British Museum. Note on a supposed Melanotic Variety of the Leopard, irom sonth Africa (Plate XVI;) ~«.a0¥s sceateocnecet 243 Haast, Prof. Junius von, C.M.G., Ph.D., F.R.S., C.M.Z.S. Notice of a memoir on a new Species of Dinornis ...... 482 Notice of a memoir on the remains of a gigantic extinct Bird (Megalapteryx hectori) allied to Apteryx .......... 541 vill Page Hamitton, Epwarp, M.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Remarks upon the supposed existence of the Wild Cat (Felis catus) in Ireland. ... 2.0.00 e200 sees ee ee eees ooh ieil Harrravs, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S. On a new Species of Parrot of the Genus Psittacula. (Piste SOCK VIL). ittemncrs mie a 0 me eho ete = Howarrtn, Ossert H. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Coral of the. .o = sete eee 719 Descriptions of some new Species and a new Genus of Phy tophagous Coleaptening torr wre rye np pecs e a) < a0 ogee ieee Jerrreys, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part IX.) (Plates LVSVE atin Maen wine st gtivameUSs Biicaees 2. he 27 Jounston, H. H., F.R.G.S., F.Z.8. General Observations on the Fauna of Kilima-njaro .... 214 ix Page On the Collection of Birds made by Mr. H. H. Johnston in the Kilima-njaro district. By Captain G. E. SHetiey, F.Z.S. With Field-notes by Mr. H. H. Jouwnsron, IW ee tncrinh CO HVCR MEL s Oo REV Jean g aio egipe vieteieGe wipgticn’e 222 Kirscu, T'a., Custos for Entomology at the Royal Zoological Museum of Dresden. On the Butterflies of Timorlaut. (Plate XIX.)........ 275 Lankester, E. Ray, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of Zoology in University College, London, Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford. On the Heart described by Professor Owen in 1841 as that GE Anne Naot eee ee oe es ete Oe eee swale e Sas 239 On the Right Cardiac Valve of the Specimens of Apteryx dissected by Sir Richard Owen in 1841 ................ AZ, Linpsay, Beatrice, Girton College, Cambridge. On the Avian Sternum. (Plates XLII—XLV.)........ 684 LumspeENn, Major-General Sir Peter, K.C.B. Letter from, concerning some young Snow-Leopards which he was endeavouring to send to the Society’s Menagerie.... 610 LypexKer, R., B.A., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Description of a Tooth of Mastodon latidens, Clift, from Borneo. [CE laker AP Welly reat rein itatigte = 05s o's oes ees 777 Miers, E. J., F.LS., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological Department, British (Natural History) Museum. Description of a new Variety of River-Crab, of the Genus Thelphusa, from Kilima-njaro ........ 2.6.0.2 00000. 237 Mrvart, St. Georce, Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., M.R.1., &c. On the Anatomy, Classification, and Distribution of the (Archoidenen sata aces vee thes akays sR Bch tee erates 340 INGTCNOUN I ObTreCIIat es Soke oo OOS eae oe cl dete ALL Notes onctnetPmmipedias!, 6). so sien Sdaee oes oro ps sine 484 x Page Murray, James A., Curator Kurrachee Municipal Museum. Description of a new Species of Mus from Sind. (Plate LI.) 809 Nation, Professor W., C.M.Z.S. Notes’on-Peruvian ‘Birds: Ge0.v 2295 Se ee et & ok 277 Newton, E. T., F.Z.S. On the Remains of a Gigantic Species of Bird from Lower- Hocene Beds near Groyden occ. oye casters eis pic lt 445 Owen, Sir Ricuarp, K.C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e. On the Structure of the Heart in Ornithorhynchus and ACCT wate a baee ae Potato 5p sasha 0: sce egestas oar ieee 328 PEeLsENEER, Pauvt, D.Sc. On the Coxal Glands of Mygale. (Plate II.) ........ 3 Paruurps, E. Lort, F.Z.S. Remarks upon the habits of Heterocephalus .......... 611 Notes on the Antelopes of Somali-Land .............. 930 Scuater, Puinie Lutuey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1884, and description of a new Species of Cervulus (Plated aks nit ois danbriantsm— Meh. ta meee oe ae 1 Remarks on the breeding of the Chinese Blue Magpie (Cyanopolius eyanus) in the Society’s Gardens in 1884.... 2 Exhibition of a rare South-American Lizard (Heterodac- tylus imbricatus), presented to the Society by Mr. G. Lennon Hoan 22ers © 212 tae ae cetera ag ners See ee Exhibition of a Beetle of the family Buprestide, trans- mitted to the Society by Mr. B. F. Ffinch .............. 63 Exhibition of Lepidopterous Insects bred in the Insect- house during the past season, and Report on the Insect-house 65 xi Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in a0 January 1885)... 36. ee ee. os a als Aa Note Se Cae lb tisl xe 168 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in February 1885 wos cc scee ce se eee v cnet er cee eeecaeees 245 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a curious Duck shot in PN SPLED Ge Siiatc/ eat cievela' stats Wit exw Slaps ni ins apa ntact ew 3 246 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Mitel LESOe cet. evel Sele e tne eee eee eee re ote 322 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a pair of Pheasants from Northern Afghanistan, belonging to H.R.H. the Prince of Miales: (Plate Memek yr. eee ius Me ee gears hee mace es 322 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some eggs of Darwin’s BREEDS ore eee ate erect se bias rear ev Alata'n orm starecona a7 os 324 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Apri tSoa.. ss... +s « . 421 Remarks upon the Colies now or lately living in the Society’s Gardens ........0: cece seers eee teen renee 542 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in ye LSS ts a0 «fa titeh ap lacbalpys ste nee prety a sea os Soyo at 2 6- 609 Description of a new Species of Icterus .....-.. 1.005 671 Note on Lemur macaco, and the way in which it carries its Moun? 71-126. 5 Peay eso? fe Sleablcreee) ys 672 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, July, August, and September 1885 .............. 717 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skull of an American Tapir .. 718 Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in Oetober VSG. 5 wm no cet esin sea 2% TAA dar R Mgt 833 Remarks upon a Newt (Molge vittata) and its distribution. 835 Characters of an apparently new Species of Tanager of the GemrnOMHSatels. oe LW wink Sone x oh s'p aap whaler oad ease aes 849 Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in NovembemlSS5 aiaee si: wind) vnoy vod mea d.ani given 851 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an African Hornbill and other birds belonging to Mr. H. Whitely .............. 851 xii Page SEEBOHM, Henry, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a variety of the Red Grouse (Zetrao scoticus) phot near. Morecambe sBays,. <<» <5 + pasiideaae weds Bes Same ee Exhibition of specimens of a Cormorant from Japan, believed to be Phalacrocorax capillatus 1.1.1... cece eee 328 Sarre, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Department of Zoology, British Museum. Description of a new Species of Hornbill from the Island of Palawan:;. (Plate XXWE) 226 24. icte wopeie in Shit Asia 446 SHELLEY, Captain G. E., F.Z.S., and Jounston, H. H., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S. On the Collection of Birds made by Mr. H. H. Johnston in the Kilima-njaro District ; with Field-notes by Mr. H. H. Johnston, F.R.G.S. (Plates XIII. & XIV.)............ 222 Suuretpr, R. W., M.D., Captain Med. Dept. U.S. Army, M.A.0.U., Memb. Soc. Nat. E.U.S., Memb. Philoso- phical, Anthropological, and Biological Societies of Washington, &c. Contribution to the Comparative Osteology of the Trochi- lide, Caprimulgide, and Cypselide. (Plates LVIII.—LXI.) 886 SipEsotHam, E. J., B.A., late Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy, Cambridge. On the Myology of the Water-Opossum .............. 6 Smiru, Epear A., F.Z.S. On a Collection of Shells (chiefly Land and Freshwater) from the Solomon Islands. (Plates XXXVI. & XXXVII.). 588 STOLZMANN, JEAN. Description d’un nouveau Rongeur du genre Celogenys .. 161 Quelques remarques sur le Dimorphisme Sexuel...... .. 421 xiii Page Sutton, Joun Buanp, F.R.C.S., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy, Middlesex Hospital, Medical College. On Hypertrophy, and its Value in Evolution .......... 432 On the Development and Morphology of the Human Sphenoid Bone. (Plate XXXV.) ........ cece eeeere ee O77 Swinuog, Lt.-Col. C., F.L.S., F.Z.S. On the Lepidoptera of Bombay and the Deccan. Part I. Rhopalocera., (Plate IX.) 2... 0.0. .eeneceeces iota sity Loe On the Lepidoptera of Bombay and the Deccan. Part II. Pcterpeera.,- (Pintes ek, & AXE.) c oo. sae ce ss sas 287, On the Lepidoptera of Bombay and the Deccan. Part III. Heterocera (continued). (Plates XXVII. & XXVIII.) .... 447 On the Lepidoptera of Bombay and the Deccan. Part IV. Heterocera (continued). (Plates LVI. & LVII.) ........ 852 Taczanowsk1, L., C.M.Z.S., and Berterscu, Comte H. v., C.M.Z.S. Troisiéme liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Stolzmann dans l’Ecuadeur. (Plates VII. & VIII.)................ 67 TEGETMEIER, WILLIAM BERNHARD, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a specimen of the Wild Cat (Felis catus) obtained in Donegal ; and of a variety of the Black Grouse CLEERED LOLS) Fr oe althas< haar aie hie. a's oy messin een. are Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a pair of abnormal antlers GRUNER, Si EN AH, Sio sin Shy lee .o doin oes os aie doves, SAG Tuomas, OLDFIELD, F.Z.S. Report on the Mammals obtained and observed by Mr. H. H. Johnston on Mount Kilima-njaro. (Plate XII.).... 219 Notes on the Characters of the different Races of Echidna. (Plates RTI & XMEV yy 5 pe eree cents ow winmiens cae ees 329 Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a burrowing Rodent (Heterocephalus phillipsi) .... 01.000 cece cee eee cece eee 611 Notes on the Rodent Genus Heterocephalus. (Plate LIV.) 845 Page ; Tuomson, ARTHUR. Report on the Insect-house for 1884 .......+.... PAs 65 Tuomson, Jonn Howtanp, C.M.Z.S. On a new Land-Shell from the New Hebrides ........ 26 Letter from, containing information as to the locality of Helix (Hemitrochus) filicosta . Wartrrnouse, CHAR es O. On the Insects collected on Kilima-njaro by Mr. H. H. Johnston. (Plate XV)! We 2 GUE A tk Yersury, Major S. W., F.Z.S. Letter from, containing remarks upon the locality of Chameleo calearifer's 026. so soicn as ocqom asin os s+ haps hen ley Ce LIST OF PLATES. 1885. Plate Page LL, Cervulus crinifronsy! Qy2lin) jaeeaeee de Belk. oe oes L.. Coxal GlandseiMygale’..c00) Heal Ps. rae 3 UY, .. Rand: macracnemign Do) iets. ASE POO, OLED 22 ee Mollusca of the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expedi- 27 VL tions VII. Fig. 1. Odontorhynchus branickii. Fig. 2. Synallaxis SURGULGTES URI tee etna ae tease at aisle Ce rdvea eine 0S 88 ee VOL. Urothraupis stol2mannt 5, o..(o0.:2.50 chads seiilen ees 8 Px New Indian Lepidoptera —.. dsAalsiagindaaa ooo cus aes 124 NG FIGURE OCONTMOMs «08 sat Reh circ: © ek = 148 XI. Phytophagous Coleoptera from Japan ..........-04. 190 KU: © Colobus quereza caudatus.. 055. .2. hee ee ute daains 219 RANT Pinaroction hypospata). . ds ans seine eae = siya bbe | 999 XIV. Nectarinia johnstoni .. snoeeendEncacon ope 4e XV. Coleoptera from Kilima- state Beate Lak ones cares cdma 230 XVI. Felis leopardus, melanotic variety ...........-.00505 243 RVI lynguneus ramsayt) Vidsed Oily ths tay naa - tts XVIII. Fig. 1. Pericrocotus marchese. Fig. 2. Macros 247 KCEELCUEL Es roars oxejny core) sis tehehsl oi si8) Se) ino. oF eh avalon oh evehey abs Taiets XIX. New Butterflies from Timorlaut .................. 275 Bet INewsIndiaupliepidopperay reyes ete(- ref) =.siosie1¢ 0 ee) e101) 287 eM EE RASIANUS DUINCIPILESS Gre ale wie eter taste eo sials iole sve shen 322 NON MOM Stl Isto) Pichidnawese sta) cislensisie raises clei ayele on steloe 309 MEXIV eS, Skullsrand teet of Behidna, \. .).)jce. ce viele asa vee ere XXV. Mimornis cagayanensis, SG ..0-...0.cee eee cevccsens 404 MXVI. -Anthracoceros lempricri .... 00... 0csseetecccscces 446 cat } New Indian Heterocerous Lepidoptera .............. 447 DEXUIRG UTNE DOWELL orc) | lavas eie ls oars e106 clelalelelsiis slsinial nietae 501 Poe Echinoptilum macintoshii ....6 6. sees eee ee enue 512 XXXII. ¥ 1doptera ELeterOCeELra «oo edic sis cern te wees cave Xx Si New Lepidoptera Heterocera........ 518 SKENEREV 8s las erstil ares eo acre vies ote e'e ow vinieielel ore a dedakal ab svatehab ovale «» OO] xvi Plate Page XXXV. Skulls of Ostrich, Frog, Crocodile, and Chick ........ 577 XXXVI. Land-shells from the Solomon Islands............0- 588 XXXVIT. Freshwater shells from the Solomon Islands ........ XXXVIII. Fig. 1. Psittacula spengeli. Fig. 2. Psittacula Be, 613 GUT CDR TTA GRE Bema C7 o35.0 000 TOC OF ONO ORME TUDTG. «5: «s sess oi.0 8 tA ae ee 615 XL. Rana esculenta, var. ridibunda ........0+cceecceees 666 EL. Traglpdyies calous.-s..\...:..shiewanenne mason cect eee 673 XLII. ree Vian Sternwm:, ye ce gaa tele cere hee cmt esas 684 XLV. XLVI. New Phytophagous Coleoptera .........0seeeee cues 79) XLVII. New Butterflies from Somali-land ...........+- sfasiees (00 XLVIII. Mastodon latidens, 3rd left upper molar ............ 717 XLIX. Paradowurus jerdoni .....0..2ceccseeceveee eee Os 730 Lis Paradoxcurus gureis sis vc/~ 0 «tases ts oan eee TNE See ik Mn | RS a neOooo. ll) nay Structure of Acanthodrilus ..........e0eseceeeeeees 810 LIV. Figs. 1-4, Heterocephalus philipsi. Fig. 5. mes 845 CEpLGIUSIGLAL Es Samoans ser tcee cee cea sr eas LV. Megalophrys longipes ......... Hudncrnvo woods on Stl Ei New Indian Lepidoptera .............seeeevee eves 852 LVIII. ai Osteology of Trochilide .............. eae .. 886 LXI. LXII. Supposed Hybrid between the Dab Sa desi if limanda) and the Flounder (P. flesus)............ 929 EIST: OF “WOODCUTS: 1885. Page IB Garel GY (CEMOITERCT LO MFOLO ls PaelplerciOto ns COleIOnIge occu foro Ue or Borate 2 Myology of Water-Opossum ................4+ 11, 12, 13, 17, 18, 19 LER SILO oe BAO COE OD EO IO OT COTS BOTT COD ON OO tec 24 PRU UNOPS CERUUB RL. oct cota as Ops: chia ticucusnash> ayayete DebeNer RD fee. Tahoe 24 DEOMI ORCI ET RG COS BI OICERE MRTEN O OIRO DT ho A oa hae 25 LEQATRUTTENSTAOME D2 665s CT OND OD OO SDI OOO TU Ut hao 60 ME AThO OOO 4 26 TOU OOP EC AOL LE len Sen CEP MOC OT ONE IC OOROMS ot aie oc 26 IGOR AAGYOF EE (a gM hs. OEE Kouells wabie Sree Ne MATE) eots 27 SILOGUSN AICHE. ele Mate iicpecs a) Ota s. sete) >. jocet nema he terete TLL aes G4 Shon PM GhLANGACAE Rt Mise Ge ixnpayoiese caishnrieln) sfele inte Betas flee ae whats 154 SulleOl Behe asacantAmonsD. aie arenshatorarchayd ¢ o ctersnele tut -folryes 190 XII. Colobus guereza caudatus...... see seer rerereeress 219 XIII. Pinarochroa hypospodia XIV. Nectarinia johnston .. y Sitka CO DOLE CONOR IO rk XV. Coleoptera from Kilima-njaro.-.- 66. see ee ee cree eees 230 XVI. Felis leopardus, melanotic variety ...+. +++ sere eeeees 243 XVII. Iyngipicus ramsayi, 1 3,2 Q vsvseeeeeeeecrereees XVIII. Fig. 1. Pericrocotus marchese. Fig. 2. acronis 247 kettlewelli XIX. New Butterflies from Timorlaut ...... eee eevee sees 275 (Vaarate ns e7s.8) MusetelnT eleLe) @. 0 ism) Shere, sie) O25) 6/86 shia XX. : ; 28 XXL New Indian Lepidoptera ...+..s+sseeeer eter re eres 7 XXII. Phasianus principalis, S ws seeevseeevers FomoedDoe 322 XXIII. Skulls of Echidna ......c ce ceecvcveececeve steers 399 XXIV. Skulls and feet of Echidna ...... AOR aD ee COCA XXV. Mixornis cagayanensis, So ..ssssereree tree raveees 404 XXVI. Anthracoceros lempricri sc. vere tence renee renes 446 XXVII. : : AODECIAT ce ossicles 447 XXVIIL }New Indian Heterocerous Lepidoptera XXIX. Turniax powelli .......sereceecceececcceccesce cers 501 SEX! Hehinoptitum macintoshii ...+-.s0eeeceeee reson 512 ay New Lepidoptera Heterocera ... +. .ssssererrererees 518 XXXIV. Eos insularis...... csc ve ree nee e enc eee reece ner cnes 561 Plate XXXV. XXXVI. XXXVII. XXXVIII. XLVII. XLVIII. XLIX. ii Page Skulls of Ostrich, Frog, Crocodile, and Chick ........ 577 Land-shells from the Solomon Islands.............- 588 Freshwater shells from the Solomon Islands ........ Fig. 1. Psittacula spengeli. Fig. 2. Psittacula pies 613 CHOTD G5 5k fh ats Ae oth Kate CRAM eee : Ratheularubraa cteaes cp ane hoe Mee EO one 615 Rana esculenta, var. ridibunda .......cececcucceues 666 Troglodytes cals “sisaisr ine ca lee « Soe eee waren 673 Avian Stern sarc Gaiceisaiins Oecoaiotesieies wietame ates Sale 684 New Phytophagous Coleoptera .........seseeeesues 719 New Butterflies from Somali-land ............+ee00: 756 Mastodon latidens, 3rd left upper molar ............ 777 Par adowurus fendOnt sr: teloicts tin!ists Sloe tomae ds a Cfo 730 Po@radonunus; GUT eUSs: \scusis.oo hte 2 02 tite aloes oe MiGs GLEAA OWE. sy.dpaysaieta,s, Ueles atl aheyertnk si ote, claire ook ote 809 Structure of Acanthodrilus........c..ccceseerccceee 810 Figs. 1-4. Heterocephalus phillipsi. Fig. 5. saath 845 COPE MUGS IGUED OTE Te atatev ai elera olaselbleyelolerelaiehal-fortl'sie sikh Megalophnys TOngypes, s..\.1:.0js.csie\e 5 010:014,6, sivingeita se dake 850 New Indian Lepidoptera ............:ceeeees alonatatete 852 Osteology of Trochilids ..........0.00+00sseee0ss00 O86 Supposed Hybrid between the Dab aaa 929 limanda) and the Flounder (P. flesus)............ ELAS SOG Pie Wy annart imp. PROCEEDINGS OF TILE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF THE . ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. January 20, 1835. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of December 1884 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of December was 68, of which 3 were by birth, 35 by presentation, 7 by purchase, 9 by exchange, and 14 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 122. Amongst the additions during the month attention was called to :— 1. A Muntjac, deposited by Mr. H. E. Dresser, F.Z.S., on December 20th, which appears to belong to a species distinct from any yet described, and which, with Mr. Dresser’s approval, I propose to call the Hairy-fronted Muntjac (Cervulus crinifrons). This animal is readily distinguishable from the Muntjacs hitherto known to us by the long hairs “which spring from the forehead and summit of the head, and “almost conceal the short horns, and by its much longer tail. The single male specimen received was transmitted to this country by A. Michie, Fsq., of Ningpo, China, and was doubt- less obtained in that part of China. It may be shortly described as follows :— CERVULUS CRINIFRONS, sp. nov. (Plate I.) Form of C. vaginalis, but rather larger in size and tail much longer. General colour dark brown, passing into blackish on the limbs and sides of rump. Head, ears, and elongated hairs of the bushy fore- head light brown, rather yellowish. Upper surface of tail black. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. I. 1 2 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CYANOPOLIUS CyANuS. [Jan. 20, Under surface of tail and buttocks pure white. “Belly and limbs dark, Height about 24 inches, length of tail about 9 inches. Hab. Vicinity of Ningpo, China (A. Michie). Head of Cervulus crinifrons. Obs. Readily known from all other species of Cervulus by its bushy forehead, which much resembles that of Hlaphodus michianus, and by its long tail. 2. A young male Nubian Ibex (Capra nubiana), presented December 30th by Mrs. Laing, of Thornhill, Sunderland. This Ibex is accompanied by a Domestic Goat, with which it has bred and produced a male hybrid, which closely resembles its male parent. The species is new to the Society’s Collection. Mr. Sclater called attention to the breeding of a pair of the Chinese Blue Magpie (Cyanopolius cyanus) in the Society’s Gardens in 1884, and exhibited specimens of their eggs. Six eggs were laid in May in an open nest, made of sticks and lined with grass and wool, in the Western Aviary. The period of incubation was about 18 days, and four young birds were hatched on June 11. The young birds remained about three weeks in the nest. They had black heads upon assuming their first plumage, but at first of a dull black. By the end of the year they were so like their parents that it was impossible to distinguish them. About a fortnight after the young birds left the nest a second clutch of eggs was laid, but came to nothing. The eggs were of a pale greenish stone-colour, freckled with two P.a.5. LOSGaeie ; J Smit lith . Hanhart imp). COXAL GLANDS OF MYGALE. 1885.] ON THE COXAL GLANDS OF MYGALE: 3 shades of pale reddish brown, and measured 1°] inch by 0°75. They were much darker than eggs of Cyanopolius cooki (from Mr. Seebohm’s collection), also exhibited, and more pyriform in shape and not quite so large. Prof. Bell exhibited some models illustrating the paper of Rathke on the development of the great blood-vessels in the Vertebrates, which he had lately obtained for the Anatomical Museum at King’s College from Herr Englert of Heidelberg. Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, I°.Z.S., exhibited a specimen of a Cat, which he referred to the Wiid Cat (Felis catus), obtained in Donegal, and an example of a singular variety of the Black Grouse (T'e¢rao tetria). The following papers were read :— 1. On the Coxal Glands of Mygale. By Paut PeLsenerr, D.Se. (Communicated by Prof. Lanxusrer, F.Z.S.) [Received November 20, 1884.] (Plate II.) Two years ago Prof. Ray Lankester described and figured the position of av organ which he observed in the Scorpions, and which he called the “coxal glanad”*. This gland, which, as he recognized, was not provided with an efferent duct, had been considered by New- port > and others as an appendage of the alimentary canal. Prof. Lankester announced at the same time that he had ascer- tained the existence of this organ in transverse sections of the cephalothorax of a large Mygale (Theraphosa) from South America ; and he identified these “‘ coxal glands”’ with the “ brick-red gland ” described by Packard in Limulus *, More recently* he has again remarked on the existence of this organ in transverse sections of Mygale (Cteniza) cementaria, Latr. But in no Araneid as yet has the form and position of the coxal gland been either described or figured from an anatomical point cf view ; and as far as Mygale in particular is concerned, none of the authors who have occupied themselves with the organization of the genus have mentioned any organ which can be considered to repre- sent this gland’. 1 “The Coxal Gland of Scorpio,” Proceedings of the Royal Society, June 1882. 2 Philosophical Transactions, 1843, pl. xv. fig. 39. 3 “On the Anatomy, Histology, and Embryology of Limulus polyphemus,” Anniv. Mem. of the Boston Society of Nat. Hist 18380. + “On the Skeleto-trophic Tissues and Coxal Glands of Limulus, Scorpio, and Mygale,” Quart. Journ. of Mier. Sci. 1884. ° One can nevertheless recognize the presence of the coxal gland in a good ]* 4 DR. P. PELSENEER ON THE COXAL Jan. 20, During the month of October 1884 a large living Mygale (Thera- phosa), from South America, was placed by the Secretary of the Zoological Society of London at the disposal of Prof. Lankester, who had the kindness to entrust it to me in order that I might make out the position of the coxal gland. He gave me at the same time the series of transverse sections of the cephalothorax of Mygale cementaria, which he had made at an earlier date. Having carefully studied the latter, I drew those which passed through the coxal gland, whenever this presented any change of shape, size, or position. One of the sections in which the gland presents its greatest development is shown in Plate II. fig. 1. By the help of this series of drawings I was able to construct two diagrams, one of which showed the vertical projection (view from the side) of the gland, the other the horizontal projection (view from above). The latter is shown in Plate Li. fig. 2. In his recent paper’ Prof. Lankester expressed the expectation, after examining sections of a South-American Mygale, that the coxal gland was not a simple ovoid glandular body, as in Scorpio, but that it was furnished with lobes corresponding to the coxe of the cephalothoracic appendages, as in Limulus. The figure shows how well founded this anticipation was. 3 Taking these two diagrams as my guide, I looked for the coxal gland of the large Mygale, which was still pretty fresh, as it had only lain for a few daysin 60 per-cent. aleohol, having been opened and washed with normal salt solution (? per cent.) after being killed, and I was able to dissect it out completely. The two glands, which are quite separate, are placed on each side of the cephalothorax, at the side of the entosternite (enthodére of Dugés), between the lower plate and the upward prolongations of ‘it, to which latter they are intimately related in position, size, and form *. Surrounded by the connective tissue with large brown cells, which is found scattered through the entire body of Mygale’, they extend as far as the edge of the lower plate of the entosternite, and have four lobes which correspond to the projections of this plate and at the same time to the four last appendages of the cephalothorax (ambulatory legs) *. The anterior and posterior lobes of the gland are the largest, and are parallel in direction to the long axis of the body. The second and section of Mygale juvanensis, Walk., given by Liénard, ‘Recherches sur la structure de Vappareil digestif des Mygales et des Néphiles,” fig. 2 A (Bull. Acad. Belg. 1878). The gland is shown under the upper part of the diverti- culum of the stomach, between its bend and the entosternite. L Loe. cit. p. 52. 2 The relations between the entosternite and the coxal glands are the same in Limulus and Scorpio as in Mygale, as is easily seen from the works published on this subject. 3 This tissue is analogous to that observed in Scorpio by Prof. Lankester (loc. cit. pl. xi. figs. 9-10), but the cells are larger, fewer in number, and more scattered. 4 And not to the second, third, fourth, and fifth appendages, as in Limulus. 1885. } GLANDS OF MYGALE. 5 third lobes are shorter, thicker, and directed transversely; they extend slightly beyond the edges of the entosternite, and descend a little way into the coxe of the fourth and fifth appendages. In addition to these four coxal prolongations, the gland has again two internal projections near its middle third. These projections correspond to two slight excavations of the entosternite, between its lower plate and its upper prolongations. The latter pass above the gland between its coxal lobes, so that only the extremities of these can be seen between the prolongations of the entosternite. The annular stomach, which rests on the entosternite, sends its lateral diverticula between these superior prolongations. The four posterior diverticule of the stomach' pass above the lobes of the coxal gland, are then bent back, and pass between the muscles of the corresponding coxe, and extend below the cepalothoracic ganglion. ; The colour of the gland is uniform, a brownish yellow not unlike that of the stomach and its lateral diverticula. Its appearance is coarsely cellular, showing distinctly the groups of cells of which it is made up. I have nowhere seen any efferent duct, either passing to the exterior, or to any internal organ. The gland in Mygale, like that of the adult Limulus and Scorpio, is therefore a closed gland. The shape and position of the coxal gland, as I have observed them in this large South-American Mygale, do not represent an isolated fact or one peculiar to this species alone. The diagram Plate II. fig. 2 shows in fact that in Mygale ccementaria, and con- sequently in all the Tetrapneumones, the relations of the gland are almost completely identical’. When it is possible to study fresh specimens of Limulus, Scorpio, and Mygale, 1 think it would be useful to examine the contents of the gland from the chemical point of view. The result of such an examination would certainly help to determine the physiological function of this curious organ’. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. Fig. 1. Diagram of a transverse section of the cephalothorax of Mygale camen- taria, Latr. (9), passing through the coxe of the third pair of am- bulatory legs, and showing the relations of the right coxal gland (@) with the entosternite (7) and the digestive apparatus; d, lateral 1 Tn addition to the four large pairs of lateral diverticula, there is also a small anterior pair, at the base of the first lateral pair. (See Plate II. fig. 4.) 2 The slight difference which is to be observed in the diagram fig. 2, on the inner side of the gland at the base of the fifth pair of appendages, was probably caused by the fact that this point corresponds to a certain number of imperfect sections. I think that for the rest, the diagram is sufliciently exact : and if one were to examine the coxal gland of Mygale cwmentaria, 1 think it would be found that its shape is very near to that indicated by the diagrain. 3 P.S.—March 20th, 1885. After the reading of this paper, I was able to cousult Blanchard’s “Organisation du régne animal.” In the fig. 2, pl. xvi. (Arachnides) of this work, one can recognize the coxal gland in the so-called “elande stomacale.” But the corresponding text, unfortunately, does not exist.—P. P. 6 MR. E. J. SIDEBOTHAM ON THE (Jan. 20, diverticula of the annular stomach; ¢, annular stomach; S, suctorial organ ; m, nerves of the fourth pair of ambulatory legs ; x, abdominal nerve. Fig. 2. Diagram of the left part of the cephalothorax of Mygale cementaria, Latr., to show the horizontal projection of the coxal gland; x63. a, The coxal gland. 1, Chelifere. 2, Chelx. 3-6, The four last pairs of cephalothoracic appendages. A. Abdomen. 3. The same specimen asin fig. 4. To the left hand the upper prolon- gations (p) of the entosternite show only the coxal lobes (@) of the land; on the right, the same prolongations and the lateral diver- ticula (d) of the annular stomach hide all but very small parts (@) of the gland. S. Suctorial organ. 4. The left coxal gland and the entosternite of Mygale, sp., from South America, in situ, dorsal view; X2}. The superior prolongations of the entosternite have been removed along the line 7, to show, on the right side, the coxal gland in its entirety, and on the right side the lower plate of the entosternite, which on the left is hidden by the gland. a, The coxal gland; 4, its coxal lobes; ¢, its internal projec- tions. ZH, The entosternite. 3-6, The cox of the ambulatory legs. A.B, Line showing the direction of the section in fig. 1. 2. On the Myology of the Water-Opossum. By E. J. SipesorHaM, B.A., late Assistant Demonstrator of Anatomy, Cambridge. [Received November 20, 1884. | Through the great kindness of Professor Macalister I have had the opportunity of making a careful dissection of the muscular system of the Water-Opossum (Chironectes variegatus). The specimen, which was that of a young male, was a spirit one, and the muscles were in a very good state of preservation. When I received it the skin and abdominal viscera had been removed, some of the superficial muscles were considerably damaged, and most of the terminal phalanges had disappeared. It had the following dimensions :— centim. Extreme length ........... FOOT RETA Pe ee sain oe nts ay Length of tail (measured from sacro-iliac synchondrosis).. 37°4 Length of humerus). 210... dalexa mimncateity = le “epee Reneth ei demur. 2. . hs Sat Sa eee Lat seed emitted Ute Length of tarsus (terminal phalanx having disappeared) .. 6°1 Through the courtesy of Professor Flower I was enabled to measure the five specimens of this animal in the National Collection at South Kensington. The four stuffed specimens varied in length from 68°7 cm. to 41°5 em., the tarsus varying from 6°7 cm. to 3°9 em. The skin of the remaining specimen measured 67°6 cm. in length, the femur 5:6 cm., the humerus 4°7 cm., and the tarsus 5*9 em. Muscles of Anterior Extremity. Rhomboideus.—Indivisible, arising from inner two thirds of occipital crest, from spines of cervical and first five dorsal vertebree. 1885. ] MYOLOGY OF THE WATER-OPOSSUM. 7 The anterior few fibres are inserted into base of spine, the rest by a broad muscular mass into base of scapula, being embraced in posterior half by serratus magnus. Acromio-trachelien (omo-atlantic).— Arises by a flat tendon from anterior arch of atlas, and by a small accessory slip from basioccipital. The greater part of the muscle is inserted into dorsal third of spine of scapula, whilst a thin slip, leaving muscle in its lower third, crosses insertion uf omohyoid, and is inserted into base of scapula in close connection with inner portion of serratus magnus. Cleido-oecipital.—Arises near middle of clavicle by muscular fibres, and is inserted into occipital crest internal to cleido-mastoid, its posterior fibres being continuous with trapezius for half an inch. Its anterior fibres are just united with cleido-mastoid at their insertion. Cleido-mastoid.—Overlain by sterno-mastoid except just at its origin. Arises from front of clavicle at its sternal end by fleshy fibres. It forms a broad, flat muscle, inserted by a rounded mass into occiput between sterno-mastoid and digastric, and by coarse fasciculi into occipital crest for its outer half. Sterno-mastoid.—Arises from front of manubrium sterni by tendinous and fleshy fibres, close to its fellow of opposite side. It forms a broad fleshy belly, inserted by a tendon into front of mastoid process just behind external auditory meatus. It is continuous just at its insertion with cleido-mastoid. Trapezius——This muscle was much damaged. It apparently arises from occipital protuberance, its anterior fibres being con- tinuous with posterior fibres of cleido-occipital, from spines of cervical and dorsal vertebrae. Its anterior and middle fibres are inserted into whole length of spine of scapula, whilst its posterior ones pass forwards to be inserted into the spine at its dorsal part. Latisstmus dorsi.—Arises from spinous processes of dorsal vertebrie, and from lumbar fascia which attaches it to lumbar vertebre and crest of illum. Inserted by narrow tendon into inner lip of bicipital groove of humerus. Dorsi epitrochiear.—A thin muscular slip arising from outer surface of latissimus dorsi by tendinous fibres, and inserted into fascia on inner side of arm which attaches it to olecranon. Serratus magnus.—Arises by thirteen digitations from posterior six cervical transverse processes, closely connected with insertion of sealenus, and from outer surface of first seven ribs. The anterior fibres are inserted into imer lip of base of scapula, whilst the posterior digitations curve round to outer lip of base, embracing insertion of rhomboideus. Subclavius.—Arises from cartilage of first rib and is inserted into posterior border of clavicle at its outer half, a few of its inner fibres being continuous with the following portion, which arises by muscular fibres from the posterior border of clavicle at its outer two thirds, and is inserted by thin tendinous fibres into anterior border of acromion. Pectoralis major.— Consists of two portions :—a, a large triangular 8 MR. E. J. SIDEBOTHAM ON THE (Jan. 20, mass arising from whole length of sternum and ensiform appendix. Fibres converge to a tendon—the posterior ones underlying the anterior ones—which is ultimately united with tendons of chondro- humeral and pectoralis quartus and -is inserted into outer lip of bicipital groove of humerus. Its anterior fibres are continuous fora short distance with clavicular portion of deltoid. B. Underlies preceding portion. It arises in close connection with it from middle of sternum opposite third, fourth, and fifth ribs. Its fibres converge to a flat narrow tendon, which is inserted into outer lip of bicipital groove on a level with upper portion of preceding tendon. Rectus sternalis.—Arises by three tendinous slips from junction of fourth, fifth, and sixth ribs with sternum. It is inserted into anterior surface of first rib at about its middle. Pectoralis quartus.—Arises from fascia lying between scapula and pectoralis major. It is inserted into outer lip of bicipital groove of humerus with chondro-humeral. Chondro-humeral.—A thin band arising in middle line from apo- neurosis covering externa! oblique. Inserted with pectoralis quartus. Supraspinatus.—Arises from supraspinous fossa, inserted into anterior part of neck of humerus, and shoulder capsule. Infraspinatus.—Arises from infraspinous fossa. Inserted just below preceding. Tercs minor.—Arises from ventral half of posterior border of scapule between infraspinatus and scapular head of triceps. Inserted just below infraspinatus. Teres major.—A thick fleshy muscle, arising from posterior superior angle of scapula. Inserted by a flattened tendon into inner lip of bicipital groove. Deltoid.-—Clavicular and scapular positions quite distinct, ex- cepting just at their insertions. Clavicular portion arises from anterior border of outer half of clavicle and from a small portion of acromion, Inserted into anterior surface of humerus at its upper third, being connected both at its origin and insertion with pectoralis major. Scapular portion arises from posterior surface of spine of scapula and upper portion of infraspinous fossa. Inserted just above clavi- cular portion. Ooraco-brachialis (brevis).—Arises from coracoid, and is inserted into inner part of neck of humerus. Subscapularis—Arises from subscapular fossa. Inserted into inner part of humerus, near to neck. Levator scapule.—aArises by a rounded tendon from anterior arch of atlas just internal to acromio-trachelien, and by a few fibres behind this. Its fibres, diverging, are inserted into ventral third of spine of scapula and acromion. Biceps.—Arises by a flat undivided tendon from coracoid and upper margin of glenoid. It consists of two bellies, which are distinct, but closely applied, the coraco-radial one being superficial. If the tendon is forcibly torn, the coraco-radial head is seen to arise 1885. ] MYOLOGY OF THE WATER-OPOSSUM. 9 from both coracoid and glenoid, the gleno-ulnar arising from glenoid alone. The former is inserted into radial tubercle; the latter is inserted with brachialis anticus into coracoid process of ulna. Triceps.—Arises by three heads. Long one arises from lower part of posterior border of scapula, by tendon in its lower two thirds, and in its upper third by muscular fibres, which pass obliquely on to outer aspect and are inserted into tendon. Inner and outer heads partly separated by musculo-spiral nerve, arising from inner and posterior aspects of humerus, and from intermuscular septum separating outer head from brachialis anticus. Fibres from outer head pass obliquely into long head at its lower third, and partly into outer side of olecranon. Most of fibres of inner head are inserted into anterior part of long head, a few being inserted into inner side of olecranon. Long head is iuserted into tip of olecranon. Anconeus internus.—Arises from back of internal condyle of humerus, and is inserted on inner side of tip of olecranon. Its upper fibres are continuous with inner head of triceps, being separated from it by ulnar nerve. Its lower fibres are separated from flexor carpi ulnaris by a fibrous septum. Anconeus externus.—Arises from back of external condyle of humerus. Inserted into outer side of olecranon and outer side of ulna for its upper fifth. Its upper fibres are continuous with outer head of triceps. Brachialis anticus.—Arises from outer side of humerus in its whole length. Inserted into ulna, just outside insertion of gleno- ulnar portion of biceps. Palmaris longus.—Arises by fleshy fibres from internal condyle of humerus and lower part of supracondyloid ridge. Inserted into flexor tendon in palm. Two portions of it are quite distinct from main mass—one, which arises from internal condyle, and whose tendon underlies principal tendon, is inserted into the lower part of it; the other leaves the inner side of the muscle and is inserted into the inner side of its tendon. Flexor carpi radialis—A thin muscle arising from internal condyle of humerus. Inserted into radial side of base of metacarpal of medius. Flexor carpi ulnaris.—Arises from internal condyle of humerus, from posterior surface of olecranon, and from bridge between the two, closely connected with anconeus internus. Its superficial fibres form a thin belly inserted by a very thin tendon into base of meta- carpal of minimus ; the remainder forms a strong tendon inserted into pisiform. Flexor digitorum profundus.—Consists of three parts all closely connected. Condylar portion, superficial, arising from internal condyle of humerus, closely connected with flexor carpi ulnaris. Ulnar portion, the largest, arising from upper third of ulna and outer surface of olecranon. Radial portion arises from upper third of radius, internal to oblique line. 10 MR. E. J. SIDEBOTHAM ON THE [Jan. 20, Tendon grooved, tendon of palmaris longus first lying in it, and then inserted into it. Common tendon divides into five, which are inserted into bases of terminal phalanges of fingers. Lumbricales three in number :—l. Arising from second and third flexor tendons, inserted into outer side of medius. 2. Arising from third and fourth flexor tendons, inserted into outer side of annularis. 3. Arising from ulnar side of fourth tendon, inserted into outer side of minimus. Flexor digitorum sublimis.—Arises from lower third of flexor profundus as a small muscular belly. It gives cff three tendons, each of which splits opposite first inter-phalangeal joint, and allows tendon of deep flexor to pass through. ‘The split tendons then rejoin, and are inserted into upper third of second phalanges of index, medius, and annularis. Pronator radii teres.—Arises from internal condyle of humerus, and is inserted into outer border of radius at its middle third. Pronator quadratus consists of thin fibres extending between anterior surfaces of radius and ulna in their lower half. Supinator longus.—A well-developed muscle, arising from upper part of external supracondyloid ridge of humerus, anterior to extensor carpi radialis longior, with which it is closely united at ity origin. At its lower third it ends in a thin tendon, which, becoming closely applied to external lateral ligament, is inserted into dorsal and outer surfaces of wrist. Extensor carpi radialis longior.—Arises from external supra- condyloid ridge of humerus and external condyle, being united with following muscle for about an inch. Tendon inserted into outer side of metacarpal of index at its proximal third. Extensor carpi radialis brevior.—Arises in close connection with preceding muscle, inserted into outer side of metacarpal of medius at its proximal third. Extensor digitorum communis.—A somewhat small muscle, arising from external condyle of humerus in common with extensor minimi digiti. Tendon divides into three—one passing to dorsum of index, another dividing and passing to medius, whilst the third one divides, one division passing to annularis whilst the other passes to minimus. Extensor minimi digiti.—Thin, arising from external condyle of humerus with common extensor. Its tendon divides into two, which are inserted on ulnar sides of tendons from common extensor passing to annularis and minimus. Extensor carpi ulnaris.—Arises from outer condyle of humerus, inserted into inner side of wrist. Extensor secundi internodii pollicis.—Arises from inner side of olecranon, and inner side of upper fourth of posterior surface of ulna. Its tendon divides into two slips—one being inserted into base of first phalanx of thumb, the other into base of first phalanx of index, on radial side of common extensor. Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis—Arises from extensor surface of ulna in its upper half and from upper third of radius. Tendon inserted into base of metacarpal of thumb on its outer side. 1885.] MYOLOGY OF THE WATER-OPOSSUM. 11 Supinator brevis.—Arises from external condyle of humerus. Its upper fibres pass in a sling-like maaner round head of radius, whilst its lower fibres pass obliquely downwards and inwards and are inserted into surface of radius external to its oblique line. Muscles of Hand. Dorsal group.—Abductor pollicis.— Arismg from annular liga- ment, trapezium, and scaphoid, slightly united at its origin with flexor brevis pollicis ; inserted into outer side of base of first phalanx of thumb. Abductor minimi digiti—Much larger than preceding, arising by CB Myology of Water-Opossum. R., rhomboideus; S.J£, serratus magnus; D., deltoid; Z.Ma., teres major; O.H., omo-hyoid; O.a., omo-atlantie; S.Sp., supra-spinatus; Z.s., infra- spinatus; 7’p., trapezius; 7. Mi., teres minor; 77., triceps; L.S., levator scapule ; Sd., subclavius; C.J, cleido-mastoid ; C.O., cleido-occipital ; C.B., coraco-brachialis ; Bi., biceps. two heads from annular ligament and pisiform. Inserted into base of first phalanx of minimus. First dorsal interosseous.—Arises from palmar surface of meta- carpal of thumb. Inserted into radial side of first phalanx of index. Second dorsal interosseous.—Arises from radial side of base of metacarpal of medius, and ulnar side of metacarpal of index in its whole length. Arched tendon, the larger end being inserted into radial side of base of first phalanx of medius, and the smaller end passing on to palmar surface of metacarpal of index. 12 MR. £, J. SIDEBUTHAM ON THE (Jan. 20, Third dorsal interosseous.—Arises from radial side of metacarpal of medius in its proximal haif, and dorsal surface of metacarpal of annularis in its proximal third. Similar arched tendon, the larger and thicker portion passing to base of first phalanx of medius, whilst thinner portion passes on to palmar surface of metacarpal of annularis. Fourth dorsal interosseous.—Arises from dorsal surface of meta- carpal of annularis and radial side of metacarpal of minimus. Inserted into palmar surface of heads of metacarpals. Fig. 2. CH.2RO SL. BOR. LLPRIM -EGD Bef GOR Myology of Water-Opossum. Ss., supraspinatus ; Js., infraspinatus; 7.Mi., teres minor; Da., deltoid, acro- mial part; De., deltoid, clavicular part; B.A., brachialis anticus; S.L., supinator longus; £.C.R., extensor carpi radialis longior et brevior ; E.C.D., extensor communis digitorum ; #.M.D., extensor minimi digiti; S.B., supinator brevis; #.C.U., extensor carpi ulnaris; 4./., anconeus externus; Zr., triceps; Sb., subscapularis; P.Ma., pectoralis major ; O.B., coraco-brachialis ; Z.!Ma., teres major; C.H., chondro-humeral ; P.Q., pectoralis quartus; Z.D., latissimus dorsi; Zr., triceps; P.L., palmaris longus; P.2.7., pronator radii teres; A./., anconeus internus ; E.C.U., extensor carpi ulnaris; F.D.P., flexor digitorum profundus. Palmar group.—F¥ive in number and have a common origin in palm. The first three pass to radial side of first phalanges of thumb, index, and medius, whilst the other two pass to the ulnar side of the remaining fingers. Intermediate group.—Each finger is provided with a short flexor, each of them consisting of two bellies more or less united and inserted at each side of their respective phalanx, with the exception of the flexor brevis medii, which is single and is inserted into tendon of third dorsal interosseous. 1885. ] MYOLOGY OF THE WATER-OPOSSUM. 13 Fig. 3. A --ALE. EC.6-—> ESL P. EDP SB 7 =.0.M.P 7 Per) Myology of Water-Opossum, A.F.,anconeus externus ; /#..S./, P., extensor secundi internodii pollicis; £,O.M.P., extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis; S.B., supinator brevis; 4./, anconeus internus; /.C.U., flexor carpi ulnaris; £.4., brachialis anticus; Bi., biceps; S.B., supinator brevis; F.D.P., flexor digitorum profundus ; P.R.T., pronator radii teres; P.Q., pronator quadratus. Muscles of Posterior Extremity. Gluteus maximus.—A thin triangular muscle, arising chiefly by fascia from anterior superior spine of ilium, from transverse pro- cesses of sacral vertebrae, and from caudal vertebrze as far as third or fourth. Anterior and middle fibres converge to be inserted into outer aspect of root of great trochanter ; posterior fibres inserted into linea aspera for its upper two thirds. It is quite free posteriorly, but in front turns round gluteus medius and joins anterior border of gluteus minimus. Gluteus medius.—Thin posteriorly, but thick and partly divisible into three lamine anteriorly. Arises from dorsum ilii, anterior superior iliac spine, and sacral vertebrae, continuous anteriorly with gluteus maximus. Its superficial part is inserted into outer surface, its deep part into upper border of great trochanter. Gluteus minimus.—Thin, arising from border of ilium between iliacus and gluteus medius. Inserted into anterior border of great trochanter, being continuous both at its origin and insertion with gluteus maximus. Gluteus quartus.—Thin muscular fibres, closely applied to capsule of hip-joint, arising superficial to rectus tendon and closely connected with it. It is inserted just below inner part of neck of femur between psoas and vastus internus. Pyriformis.—Arises from side of sacrum half an inch behind sacro- 14 MR. E. J. SIDEBOTHAM ON THE [Jan. 20, iliac synchondrosis. It is inserted by a narrow tendon into summit of great trochanter. Obturator externus.—Arises from margin of obturator foramen and membrane; inserted by a flattened tendon into digital fossa with obturator internus. Obturator internus.—Arises from descending ramus of pubes and a small portion of ascending ramus of ischium. Tendon plays over small sciatic notch and is inserted into digital fossa with obturator externus. Gemellus superior consists of two distinct parts. The first arises from ascending ramus of ischium in front of groove for tendon of obturator internus. The second portion lies behind this and is slightly overlapped by it. Both portions are inserted into tendon of obturator internus and into surface of bone just above it by tendinous fibres. Gemellus inferior.—Arises from ascending ramus of ischium under cover of gemellus inferior and obturator internus. Inserted into digital fossa below tendon of obturator internus, Biceps.—Coarsely fasciculated ; arises from tuberosity of ischium ; inserted into fascia on outer side of leg for its upper third. Semitendinosus.— Arises from ischial tnberosity partly under cover of biceps and closely connected with it. An inch below its origin it receives caudal portion, which is ribben-shaped and arises from transverse processes of second and third caudal vertebrae. At the junction of the two portions there is a tendinous intersection. It is inserted into inner surface of tibia under cover of gracilis, its lower part being closely connected with the insertion of that muscle. Its most superficial fibres are inserted into fascia on outer side of leg just below insertion of biceps. Semimembranosus.-—Arises from descending ramus of pubes and ascending ramus of ischium, extending between origins of gracilis and semitendinosus. It is imserted imto inner side of head and adjacent part of tibia for two fifths of an inch. Sartorius.—Arises from anterior superior spine of ilium and by a linear origin for a quarter of an inch below. It is inserted by tendon into expansion of triceps covering patella. Triceps extensor.—Rectus femoris arises from dorsal part of acetabulum by a strong rounded tendon and by tendinous fibres above and below. Vastus externus and internus form a large fleshy mass arising from inner, anterior, and outer surfaces of femur. The former joins rectus for about a quarter of an inch and is inserted into front of knee, whilst vastus internus is inserted into fascia on inner side of knee, Subcrureus.—A flat band arising from front of lower part of shaft of femur at its inner part. Inserted into inner surface of common tendon. Psoas magnus.—A small thin muscle arising from last lumbar vertebra and anterior part of sacrum. It joins with iliacus at level of middle of sacrum, and is inserted by thin tendinous fibres into femur just below lesser trochanter. 1885. | MYOLOGY OF THE WATER-OPOSSUM. 15 Psoas parvus.—Very large, arising from sides of bodies of last three dorsal and first two lumbar vertebree by tendinous fibres, and fronts of next four vertebrae by fleshy fibres. It is inserted by a narrow tendon into ilio-pectineal line just outside marsupial bone. Tliacus.—Arises from iliac fossa. Inserted by muscular and tendinous fibres into lesser trochanter of femur and into surface of bone beneath it, its lower fibres being closely connected with tendon of psoas. Gracilis.—Arises from lower two thirds of pubic symphysis and from a small portion of its descending ramus. It is inserted into inner surface of tibia by strong fibres at its upper part, and by a fascia closely united to lower part of insertion of semitendinosus below this. Pectineus consists of two small flat slips united at their origin :-— 1. Arises from outer angle of base of marsupial bone by a narrow tendon. 2. Arises from pubes between former slip and insertion of psoas parvus. They are inserted into upper half of linea aspera superficial to adductor brevis, a narrow space existing between their insertions. Adductor brevis.—Arises from a small portion of pubic symphysis, ascending ramus of pubes, and inner part of marsupial bone. It is inserted into middle lip of linea aspera for its upper half. Adductor magnus.—Extensive origin from’ lower part of pubic symphysis, rami of pubes and ischium, and ischial tuberosity under cover of gracilis, semimembranosus, and semitendinosus. Its fibres converge and are inserted into triangular surface at lower third of linea aspera. The muscle has the appearance of being enfolded on itself, the fibres from the symphysis pubis and upper part of ramus forming a thin strap-like band which crosses the other fibres obliquely. Adductor longus.—Arises from pubic symphysis between origins of adductors brevis and magnus. It is inserted into lower half of linea aspera and inner condyle. Quadratus femoris.—Arises from ischial tuberosity. Inserted tween greater and lesser trochanters of femur. Gastrocnemius internus.—Arises from posterior part of inner con- dyle of femur. Its tendon is grooved on its deep aspect and embraces tendon of gastrocnemius externus. It is inserted on outer side of posterior surface of os calcis. Gastrocnemius externus.—Much larger than preceding muscle. It arises from external condyle of femur, receiving a band of fibres which arises from the sesamoid bone, which articulates with the head of the fibula. It forms a thick belly, which is partially separable into two parts, and is inserted into os calcis on inner side of gastrocnemius internus. Plantaris.—Arises in close connection with gastrocnemius externus from sesamoid bone, passes under gastrocnemei, and is inserted into fascia on inner side of foot. Popliteus.—Arises by narrow tendon from external condyle of femur. Inserted iato posterior surface of tibia at its upper half. 16 MR. E. J. SIDEBOTHAM ON THE [Jan. 20, Tibialis posticus.—Arises from inner part of posterior surface of shaft of fibula in its upper fifth, passes behind inner malleolus, and is inserted into inner and under surfaces of astragalus. Flexor longus digitorum.—Arises from inner border of posterior surface of fibula at its upper third and from interosseous membrane. Tendon joins inner border of tendon of flexor longus pollicis, Flexor longus pollicis.—Arises from whole of inner and posterior surfaces of fibula. The muscle is easily separable into two parts, the deep portion joining the tendon of the superficial in its lower fifth. The tendon divides into five slips, one of which passes to each of the toes. The tendon to the hallux comes off from the superficial part, and some of its fibres are directly continuous with those of the flexor longus digitorum. Four lumbricales are present, arising from single tendons and passing to tibial side of corresponding toe. The outer one is larger than the others. Accessorius —Arises from a ridge at outer border of lower surface of os calcis. It passes inwards and slightly forwards, and is chiefly inserted into tendon of flexor longus pollicis, Tibialis anticus.—A large muscle, arising from upper two fifths of outer surface of shaft of tibia. It is inserted into inner side of internal cuneiform. Extensor longus digitorum—A small muscular belly, arising from inner side of ridge on anterior border of head of fibula. It divides into two tendons. Inner one again divides into three, which are inserted by two slips into bases of first phalanges of index, medius, and annularis. Outer tendon is similarly inserted into minimus. Tendon to annularis is connected by vincule to adjoining tendons. Extensor longus pollicis.—Arises from upper half of shaft of fibula on its anterior aspect; passes obliquely to inner side of foot, and is inserted at base of first phalanx of great toe. Peroneus longus arises by two heads:—]. From posterior part of head of fibuia and sesamoid bone. 2. From outer part of prominent ridge on anterior border of fibula, and septum between it and peroneus brevis. Peroneus quinti digiti lies between its two heads. Its tendon passes behind external malleolus into sole of foot, and is inserted into outer angle of metacarpal of great toe. Peroneus brevis.—Arises from anterior border of fibula just below prominent ridge and septa between it and peroneus longus and extensor longus digitorum. It is inserted into outer side of base of metacarpal of minimus. Peroneus quinti digiti.—Arises from external condyle of femur and external lateral ligament. Its long tendon passes behind external malleolus to be inserted into outer side of first phalanx of minimus. Peroneus quarti digiti.—Arises from upper third of anterior surface of fibula with exception of a small interval at top. Peroneus tertii digiti.—A very slender muscular belly, arising from outer side of fibula just below outer head of peroneus longus. Of the arrangement of these last two muscles [ am not certain. The former seemed in right foot to divide and to pass to outer sides of 1885. ] MYOLOGY OF THE WATER-OPOSSUM. 17 fourth and fifth toes, but in left foot I easily traced it to outer side of first phalanx of fourth toe. The latter muscle had an ex- ceedingly slender tendon, which I traced in the right foot to the outer side of the third toe, but in the left foot I could not trace it beyond the fascia of the ankle. All the peronei tendons pass behind the malleolus. Extensor brevis digitorum.—Arises from outer side of ankle and apex of fibula. It divides into two (?) tendons, which pass to inner toes and form a tendinous expansion at metacarpo-phalangeal joint with tendon of long extensor. Muscles of Foot. Dorsal Layer.—Abductor minimi digiti consists of two parts— one arising from under surface of os calcis, the other from annular ligament ; both are inserted into outer side of base of first phalanx of minimus. Abductor ossis metatarsi minimi digiti.—Arises from under sur- Myology of Water-Opossum. J, iliacus; S., sartorius; P.P., psoas parvus; P., pectineus; A.B., adductor brevis; 4.Z., adductor longus; G., gracilis; A.M, adductor magnus ; S.m., semimembranosus; S¢., semitendinosus; B., biceps; Q.F., quad- ratus femoris; O.£., obturator externus; Z.G., inferior gemellus; G.Me., gluteus medius; G.Mi., gluteus minimus; G.@., gluteus quartus; RP., rectus femoris; C., coccygeus; S.G., superior gemellus. face of os calcis external to above. Inserted into outer side of base of metatarsal of minimus internal to insertion of peroneus brevis. Abductor annularis.—Arises from base of metatarsal of minimus, cuboid, and sheath of peroneus longus; inserted into outer side of base of first phalanx of annularis. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. II. 2 18 MR. E. J. SIDEBOTHAM ON THE [Jan. 20, Abductor indicis, from outer side of base of metatarsal of great toe to inner side of first phalanx of index. Abductor pollicis—Large, arising from tuberosity of scaphoid ; inserted into inner side of first phalanx of pollex. Intermediate layer.—Each consists of two bellies, which are more or less connected and inserted into bases of first phalanges. Fig. 5. Myology of Water-Opossum. G.Me., gluteus medius; G.Mz., gluteus minimus; G.Q., gluteus quartus; @.Z., quadriceps extensor ; Sc., suberureus; Py., pyriformis; OL, obturator internus; Q./., quadratus femoris; P. & Z, psoas and iliacus; G.Mza., gluteus magnus; 4.B,, adductor brevis; P., pectineus; V.£., vastus externus; V.J., vastus internus; 4.., adductor longus; 4.MV., adductor magnus; G.., gastrocnemius internus; G.H#., gastrocnemius externus ; P.Qi.D., peroneus quinti digiti; Pop., popliteus. Flexor brevis minimi digiti.— Large, arising from base of meta- carpal of minimus. Flewor brevis annularis,—Arises from ridge on cuboid by a narrow tendon. Flexor medii.—Inner part is connected with flexor indicis. Fexor indicis.—Arises from cuneiform bones. Flexor pollicis.—Arises from scaphoid. Plantar Layer.—All arise from common tendon in sole. The muscles to pollex and minimus are large, the others being very small slips. The slips to pollex and index pass to outer side of phalanges. The slip to the minimus passes to the inner side ;_ whilst the annularis has two slips—one passing to the inner side, and the other dividing, the greater part passing to outer side, whilst a small portion goes to inner side. There is also a flexor brevis digitorum which arises from os calcis. 1885. ] MYOLOGY OF THE WATER-OFOSSUM. 19 Fig. 6. Myology of Water-Opossum. Q.E., quadriceps extensor; 7.A., tibialis anticus; £.L.D., extensor longus digi- torum; #.Z.P., extensor longus pollicis; P.Z., peroneus longus; P.B., peroneus brevis; P.7.D., peroneus tertii digiti,; P.@r.D., peroneus quarti digiti; G.E., gastrocnemius externus; P/., plantaris; 7.P., tibialis posticus ; /.L.P., flexor longus pollicis; Sm., semimembranosus ; Pop., popliteus; #.L.D., flexor longus digitorum; G., gracilis; S¢., semiten- dinosus. Muscles of Head and Neck. Masseter.—Enormously developed. Can be easily separated into several strata. ‘The most superficial fibres arise from the strong masseteric fascia, and, passing inwards and backwards, are inserted into incurved portion of lower jaw. The next fibres, which also pass backwards, arise from lower border of zygoma, and are inserted into a ridge, extending from condyle of lower jaw along lower border of outer surface. The most internal part arises from lower border and inner surface of zygoma, and its fibres, passing downwards and slightly forwards for the most part (the most anterior fibres passing slightly backwards), are inserted into outer surface of ramus between oblique line and dental foramen. The most posterior fibres of the superficial portion of the muscle are inserted into a tendinous raphe behind the ramus, which receives the most posterior fibres of internal pterygoid on its inner surface. Lemporal.— Consists of two easily separable lamine. Superficial portion, thin in its posterior two thirds, arises from posterior part of inner surface of zygoma inseparable from masseter, and from a small portion of upper border of zygoma at its posterior : oe 20 MR. E. J. SIDEBOTHAM ON THE (Jan, 20, part. These fibres chiefly converge to the anterior inferior angle of the muscle and form a large fleshy mass, which is inserted into anterior border and outer surface of coronoid process, whilst the posterior few fibres are inserted into outer surface of coronoid. The much larger deep part is separated from it by tendinous fibres. It arises from the whole of the temporal fossa and posterior part of inner surface of zygoma. It is inserted into inner surface and upper border of coronoid. Internal pterygoid.—Arises from outer surface of pterygoid. Its fibres passing outwards, backwards, and slightly downwards, are inserted into border of incurved portion of lower jaw, its posterior fibres meeting those of masseter as described above. Huternal pterygoid. —A small roundish muscle, arising from pterygoid at upper and posterior part of internal pterygoid. Its fibres pass downwards and backwards, and are inserted into base of condyle of jaw. Sterno-hyoid.—Long, ribbon-shaped, arising from inner surface of second piece of sternum ; inserted into front of hyoid. Sterno-thyroid—Smaller than preceding and overlain by it. Arises with sterno-hyoid, and is united with it for a short distance. United above with its fellow, and inserted with it into front of thyroid. Thyroid hyoid.—Passes from side of thyroid to great cornu of hyoid. Omo-hyoid.—A long narrow band arising from vertebral border of scapula. Inserted into hyoid, just external to sterno-hyoid. No tendinous intersection could be seen. Mylo-hyoid.—F lat and thin, arising from posterior half of mylo- hyoid ridge of lower jaw. Inserted into median raphe, and its posterior fibres into tendinous expansion of posterior belly of digastric. Genio-hyoid.—Narrow origin by tendinous fibres from inner border of lower jaw close to symphysis. It lies close to its fellow, and is inserted into front of hyoid. It sends a small muscular fasciculus to genio-hyoglossus. Hyoglossus—A large muscle extending from side of hyoid under cover of genio-hyoid. Its fibres pass forwards and inwards to be inserted into side of tongue for its posterior two thirds. Genio-hyoglossus.—Arises from inner side of lower jaw close to middle line. Its fibres arch back to be inserted into posterior half of under surface of tongue and lower border of internal surface of hyoid, to which it is connected by tendinous fibres. Digastric.—Posterior belly arises by a rounded tendon from par- occipital process. It forms a rounded belly which flattens out, forming a tendinous expansion which meets its fellow in middle line. Anterior belly arises from superficial aspect of this expansion, and forming a flat muscle, is inserted into lower border of lower jaw at its middle. Paroccipito-hyoid.—-A narrow band of fibres passing from parocci- pital process, just internal to origin of posterior belly of digastric, to great cornu of hyoid. 1885. | MYOLOGY OF THE WATER-OPOSSUM. | A thin sheet of muscular fibres passes from basioccipital to great cornu of hyoid and pharynx, and a deeper set pass to side of tongue, side of hyoid, and pharynx. Constrictor muscles form one sheet. Sealenus posticus.—Arises by muscular fibres from third rib, interdigitating with serratus magnus. It passes forwards to be in- serted by a small tendon into second cervical transverse process. It is closely connected with following muscle. Scalenus anticus.—Arises from upper surface of first rib aud is inserted by small tendons into second to sixth cervical transverse processes. Trachelo-mastoid.—Arises from all cervical transverse processes ; inserted into mastoid just behind cleido-mastoid. Tendinous inter- section at its anterior fourth. Complexus.—Arises from transverse processes as low as fourth dorsal ; inserted into occiput. Tendinous intersection at its middle. Splenius.—Arises from spinous processes of all cervical and first two dorsal vertebrae. Inserted into occipital crest and mastoid process under cover of trapezius and cleido-occipital. Its posterior fibres are continuous with serratus posticus superior. Muscles of Trunk. External oblique.—Arises by fleshy digitations from outer surfaces of third to thirteenth rib.. Inserted into linea alba, tips and outer border of marsupial bone, and tendon, extending from anterior superior iliac spine to pubes just behind origin of pectineus. Internal oblique—Very thin ventrally, thicker dorsally. Arises from lumbar fascia and anterior part of iliac crest. Inserted into lower few ribs, becoming merged with lower interccstals, and into outer border of marsupial bone. ‘endinous intersections continue the lower two ribs in this muscle for a short distance. Transversalis.—Consists of very thin fibres. Separated from last muscle by intercostal nerves. Pyramidalis.—Completely overlies rectus abdominis. Arises from inner border of marsupial bone by muscular fibres, and by tendinous fibres from its tip. The posterior fibres pass transversely inwards to linea alba, the upper fibres obliquely forwards, and those from tip of marsupial bone directly forwards to blend with rectus. Rectus abdominis.—Arises from inner border of marsupial bone. Fibres pass directly forwards and are inserted into first rib close to sternum, and to sternum in first intercostal space. Only one inter- section was noticed situated at level of ensiform appendix. Serratus posticus superior.—Arises by fascia from all dorsal spinous processes excepting the last one. Inserted into third to twelfth nbs. Its anterior fibres are connected with splenius. Serratus posticus inferior.—Arises by tendinous fibres from eleventh to thirteenth dorsal vertebrae and from lumbar yertebree. behind this. Inserted into tenth to thirteenth ribs. Its fibres overlie serratus superior and are continuous behind with internal oblique. 22 ON A NEW FROG FROM ASIA MINOR. (Jan. 20, Triangularis sterni.—Extends from upper border of third piece of sternum to lower border of ensiform appendix, aud is inserted into second to fifth ribs and upper border of sixth. Coccygeus.— Arises from spine of ischium and surrounding portion of bone by tendinous fibres. It spreads out in a fan-like manner, and is inserted into transverse processes of 1-6 caudal vertebrae and into fascia behind this. Agitator caude.—Arises from posterior margin of outer surface of iliac crest, and from fascia overlying elevator caudze, which attaches it to the last few sacral vertebra. It is attached to transverse processes of first ten caudal vertebre. Extensor caude.—A thick fleshy mass arising as far forwards as first lumbar vertebra. It divides into numerous fleshy bellies which overlie one another, and whose tendons pass to caudal vertebrae at a very variable distance. Depressor caude.—A thick fleshy mass arising from front of sacrum and brim of pelvis, and from tendon of psoas parvus by a few fibres. 3. Description of a new Species of Frog from Asia Minor. By G. A. Boutencer, F.Z.S. [Received November 21, 1884.] (Plate ITI.) A new species of Rana, belonging to the section Rane temporaria, was discovered at Brusa by Baron von Maltzan, and a male specimen obtained for the Natural-History Museum through Dr. Aug. Miiller of Frankfort. Its nearest ally is Rana temporaria (R. fusca terrestris of Rosel), from which it differs in the longer hind limbs, which equal those of R. agilis, the narrower interorbital space, the longer inner metatarsal tubercle, and also in a few points of minor importance. This Frog I propose to name Rana MACROCNEMIs, sp. n. (Plate III.) Head broader than long ; snout short, obtuse; loreal region not very oblique ; nostril equally distant from the eye and the end of the snout ; interorbital space flat, half the width of the upper eyelid ; tympanum two thirds the diameter of the eye; the distance separating the eye from the tympanum equals nearly half the diameter of the latter. First finger longer than second, with strong swelling (3 ) showing no trace of transverse division. Hind limb very long, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaching beyond the tip of the snout ; tibia as long as the fore limb; toes three fourths webbed, with extremely small sub- articular tubercles; inner metatarsal tubercle obtuse, elliptical, a P.Z.S. 1885. Pl. Il. P.Smat del et hth Mintern Bros . imp. RANA MACROCNEMIS. 1885. ] ON NEW SHELLS OF THE GENUS BULIMINUS. 23 little more than half as long as the inner toe; a very distinct outer metatarsal tubercle. Skin slightly warty ; glandular lateral fold not very prominent. Brown above, with blackish spots on the back and flanks; a canthal band, a large temporal spot, a streak bordering the upper lip, an elongate spot on the inner side of the humerus, a large VY -shaped mark between the eyes, a /\ -shaped mark on suprascapular region, and regular cross bars on the limbs, blackish ; lower surface whitish (in spirit), the sides of the throat dotted with blackish. Male with two internal vocal sacs. The vomerine teeth, in the unique specimen, are rather indistinct, but resemble those of R. temporaria. millim. From snout to vent...........-.... 58 Head et. en Oe ea 20 Width ofiheadtaers So Nice he cee ee os 22 Brot eye toriostr to. 7 sess oe we From nostril to end of snout Diameter of theeye. 7. 2c. ct eens 4 4 6 Interorbital space . dew ied RB Diameter of the tympanum A From eye to tympanum 2 36 15 Horevlimboaee = 2a. hee EATS AOS eh andre. oe a eae ais. hee Pina dilisabyanes eh MO, Lethe a 116 PDI. EONS yak ee, mm. Hab. Karpatho insulam. Obs. Affinis etiam Bul. (Ene) subiili, Rssm., Cattaroensi, sed t. magis conico-turrita nee fusiformi-turrita et apert. nullomodo labiata. 5. On a new Land-Shell from the New Hebrides. By Joun H. Tuomson, C.M.ZS8. [Received December 5, 1884.] A shell, of which I can find no published description, was sent me in a package of rare shells collected on the island of Vate, New Hebrides, by Edgar Leopold Layard, Esq., F.Z.8., H.B.M. Consul at Noumea, New Caledonia. Its appearance is at first strikingly similar to that of the North-American Hyalina arborea, Say, except as regards PLS: O82. Ele 8a C.Bevjeau lith Hanhart imp MOLLUSCA OF THE LIGHTNING AND‘PORCUPINE® EXPEDITIONS P25 JSBoer ev MAA 7 AANA MLL a 8a C.Berjeau lith Hanhart imp MOLLUSCA OF THE LIGHTNING’ AND PORCUPINE EXPEDITIONS. P Ave 1680. FL Vi C Berjeau lith. Hanhart imp. MOLLUSCA OF “THE LIGHTNING’ AND PORCUPINE EXPEDITIONS. 1885.] MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘LIGHTNING’ ETC. EXPEDITIONS. 27 the apparent absence of incremental striee, which are only observable with a lens. On the base this similarity is at once lost through the small, almost microscopical umbilicus and its convex form. The species belongs to the section Conudus of Fitzinger, and may be described as follows :— Hyalina layardi. Hyaxina (ConvuLUvs) LAYARDI, sp. n. Testa vix perforata, orbiculato-pyramidata, tenuis, superne sub- lente vix striatula, inferne distinctius striata, olevso-nitens, corneo-lutea, sutura impressa; anfractus 5, convexiusculi; ulti- mus rotundatus, antice non descendens, subtus convexus ; aper- tura verticalis; perist. simplex, marginibus callo tenui junctis, basali convexo, subexcavato columellari vir reflexiusculo. Diam. maj. 5, min. 43, axis 3 mm. Hab. Vate Island, New Hebrides. Coll. E. L. Layard and J. H. Thomson. 6. On the Mollusca procured during the ‘Lightning’ and ‘Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part IX.') By the late J. Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.822 [Received January 13, 1885.] (Plates TV V.,. VI.) GASTROPODA (continued). Family XIX. [anruininz. 1. Ianruina exicvua, Bruguiére, Encyel. Méthod. pl. 456. f. 2, a, b; Reeve, Conch. Icon. Ianthina, pl. v. f. 21, a, 6: B.C. iv. p- 188. ’ For Part I. see P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 893; for Part II. see P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 553; for Part IIT. see P. Z.8. 1881, p. 693; for Part IV. see P. Z.S. 1881, p. 922; for Part V. see P. Z. 8. 1852, p. 656; for Part VI. see P. Z.S. 1883, p. 87; for Part VII. see P. Z. 8.1884, p.111; and for Part VIII. see P, Z. S. 1884, p. 341. > (Dr, Jeffreys died suddenly on January 24, 1885, four days after the reading of bis paper at the Society’s Meeting. By the request of his family I have undertaken to see my much lamented friend’s manuscript through the press, but I would wish it to be understood that I do not therefore subscribe to the views and determinations given therein.—Epqar A, Smriri. | 28 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3, 6, 13, 16, 17, 17a, 22, 24, 25, 27, 28, 28a; Med. 55. Distribution. Almost everywhere throughout the Atlantic and Pacific, but especially in the southern parts of those oceans. All the species of this remarkable genus are “waifs and strays,” and have no local or fixed place of abode. Like the Heteropods and Pteropods, they inhabit the surface of the sea; and being entirely at the merey of the wind and waves, they are drifted ther and thither and are occasionally thrown ashore as far north as Caithness and Donegal on our own coasts, but not further northwards. I am not aware that any species of Janthina has been recorded as fossil. Did the Equatorial or any similar marine current exist in the Pliocene or previous periods ? The apex of the present and other species is styliform, and apparently rudimentary or adapted to the embryonic stage of the animal. I may-observe that although the food of the Lanthina is well known (see ‘ British Conchology,’ vol. iv. p. 182), M. Henri Drouet, in his treatise on the ‘ Mollusques marins des Iles Acores,’ seems to have considered it herbivorous, when he mentions having often seen it floating in a reversed position, “‘en attendant sans doute la rencontre de quelque plante.”” Tasli graphically described its occurrence on the shores of Brittany, ‘ot quelquefois elles dessinent un ruban du plus beau bleu de plusieurs kilométres de longueur.” With respect to the animal of Janthina, d’ Orbigny says, in his work on the Mollusca of the Canary Isles collected by Webb and Berthelot, ‘‘ Cette bouche est munie latéralement de tentacules coniques portant les yeux a leur base externe.” ‘The Messrs. Adams state as to all the members of this family, “Tentacles short and obtuse, with pointed eye-pedicels at their bases, but without any trace of eyes;”’ and they describe the Lanthinide as ‘‘ blind.” It is scarcely creditable that this simple question should not have been long ago determined and set at rest. 2. IANTHINA ROTUNDATA, Dillwyn. 1. rotundata (Leach, MS.), Dillw. Contrib. towards a History of Swansea (1840), p. 59: B. C. iv. p. 186, frontispiece and pl. iii. f. 1; v. p. 214, pl. Ixxvii. fl ‘Porcupine’ Exp, 1869: St. 47. 1870: Atl. 16 (fragments). Distribution. British seas as well as the north-west of France, and Arcachon. Living specimens with the float attached were found by me more than half a century ago in Oxwich Bay near Swansea, by Miss Hockin at Hayle in Cornwall, and by the late Dr. Battersby in the west of Ireland. Shells of J. communis have also been found on our western coasts. Both of these species have several synonyms; but as one of the objects of the present work is to serve as a further Supplement to ‘ British Conchology,’ I will not repeat any of the synonyms which I have already given for our native Mollusca. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 29 Family XX. Naticip2. A. Operculum chitinous or horny. atica, Risso. 1. Narica sorpipA, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 139, t. xxiv. f. 15: B.C. iv: p. 218; vs ps 215, pl. lxxviil. f. 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, Dingle B., 6, 7, 9, 11, 13-16, 23, 45, 45a. 1870: Atl. 2,3, 3a, 9-11, 13, Setubal B., 24, off C. Sagres, 26-30, 36; Med. C. de Gata, 45, 50, off Jijeli, 55, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, off Rinaldo’s Chair, Adventure Bank. Distribution. British coasts from Shetland to Devon, Denmark, Ostend? (Malzine), Bay of Biscay, N. Spain, 8.W. France, through- out the Mediterranean and Adriatic, and off Madeira; 7—488 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Red and Coralline Crags, St. Erth, Cornwall, Middle and South of Italy. Post-tertiary: Caithness, Lancashire, and Cheshire. Synonyms wumerous. Judging from De Blainville’s short de- scription of NV. fusca in the ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles,’ I suspect that it was a reddish-brown and uniformly coloured variety of N. millepunctata. The present species may have been WN. levida of Laskey, or possibly the problematical N. castanea of Lamarck, which has been assigned to so many French species. Deshayes considered Lamarck’s species to be a variety of his NV. monilifera, our NV. catena. On the whole it may be better to retain the well- known name of sordida, instead of wearying conchologists by a further and perplexed discussion as to the priority and appro- priateness of the several other names which have been bestowed by different writers on this rather common and extensively distributed species. The N. sordida of Swainson appears to have been WN, plumbea of Lamarck. 2. Narica PALuipA, Broderip and Sowerby. N. pallida, Brod. & Sow. in Zool. Journ. vol. iv. (1828-29), p. 372. N. grenlandica, B. C. iv. p. 216; v. p. 215, pl. xxviii. f. 2. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869; St. 14, 45, 58. _ Distribution. Arctic seas in both hemispheres, Iceland, Faroe L., Scandinavia, Great Britain southwards to the Dogger Bank, Labra- dor, Canada, and New England, N. Japan, ? Ostend (Malzine) ; 2—1290 fms. Fossil. Pliocene? and Post-tertiary: Red and Norwich Crags, Siberia (Schmidt), Iceland (Moérch), Norway and Sweden, British Isles, Labrador, Canada and New England ; 0—400 ft. Synonyms. NV. pusilla, Gould (not Say), N. livida, Bean, N. borealis and perhaps NV. suturalis, Gray, N. grenlandica (Beck), Moller, probably NV. beverlii, Leach, N. gouldii, Philippi, N. alba and WN. lactea (Lovén MS.), Philippi, aud NV. bulbosa, Reeve. I have given this long list of names to show the confusion and difficulty which is so apt to perplex students when trusting to certain works, Philippi has, in Kiister’s edition of the ‘ Conchylien Cabinet,’ mistaken, as well as Forbes and Hanley, the present 30 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. £0, species for N. pusilla of Say, which has a calcareous operculum. I was at one time inclined to doubt whether N. pallida of Broderip and Sowerby might not be N. is/andica: but I have now satisfied myself, by the further examination of numerous specimens from the North Atlantic and Pacific oceans, that NV. grenlandica is sufficiently represented by their description although short, which is as follows :— “‘Natica pallida. N. testa subglobosa, albida, tenui, apice breviter acuminato, eroso; anfractibus rotundatis, margine eleya- tiusculo, sutura distincté ; umbilico parvo ; long. 1,9, lat. 1 poll. Hab. in Oceano Arctico.” From Icy Cape. Specimens from the arctic seas are much larger than those from the Dogger Bank. 3. Natica MACILENTA, Philippi. N. macilenta, Phil. Moll. Sic. ti. p. 140, t. xxiv. f. 14. ‘ Porcupine’ Exn. 1870: Med. St. Algesiras B., Capo de Gata, 50, 55, G. Bona, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, G. Tunis, Ad- venture Bank (and var. alba). Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Mo- gador (McAndrew)! Fossil. Pliocene: Biot, Italy, and Rhodes. Probably VV. pulchella of Risso; but his deseriptions are very insufficient to identify any species. The present species comes near N. guillemini of Payraudeau, and may be a variety of it: the latter differs only in its less oval shape and being of a larger size. N. vizze of Philippi appears to be a variety of his N. macilenta. If all these species are the same Payraudeau’s name has priority over both of Philippi’s species, although it is posterior to that of Risso. 4. Narica GLaucina, Linné. NV. glaucina, L. Fauna Suecica, ed. 2, p. 533, no. 2197. N. alderi, B. C. iv. p. 224; v. p. 215, pl. Ixxviii. f. 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 2, 3, 12, 14, 17, 18, 23a@ (and var. lactea), L. Swilly, L. Foyle, 33, 35, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B., Benzert Road. Distribution. Loffoden I. to the Mediterranean and Adriatic: 2-310 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag, Tuscany, Calabria. Post-tertiary : Scandinavia, British Isles, and Messina. As amere act of justice to the illustrious Swede, I feel myself compelled to substitute for alderi the specific name glaucina, by which he originally and undoubtedly designated and so fully de- scribed this common European shell in his ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ and which he afterwards countersigned or sufficiently indicated in the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema Nature.’ When I was tempted to adopt the name given by Professor Forbes in honour of Mr. Alder (both of them my old and lost friends !), I was misled by the long and perplexing discussion of the Linnean species in Mr. Hanley’s 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 31 work. Reeve followed Forbes and Hanley and older British authors in referring the present species to WN. nitida of Donovan (a West- Indian shell) ; but he described and figured under that name and as our species V. guillemini of Payraudeau. His errors of nomenclature are very bewildering. 5. Natica rinrricata, Donovan. NV. intricata, Don. Brit. Shells, v. t. 167; Hidalgo, Moll. mar. Esp. lam. 20a. f. 8-10, 9 (opt.). ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Tangier B. Distribution. Portugal and Azores (McAndrew), throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 2-120 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Tuscany, Monte Mario, Calabria, Sicily, and (?) Rhodes. Post-tertiary : Militello, in tufo balsatico (Philippi). This is (partly) Nerita canrena of Linné, Natica marmorata, Risso, V. valenciennesi, Payraudeau. 6. NaTica MONTACUTI, (montagui) Forbes. N. montagui, Forb. Mal. Mon. P-1o2) pled. daa, 4. N. montacuti, B. C. iv. p. 227; v. p- 215, pl. lxxviii. f. 6. ‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 5, 6, 7. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 13,,14,. 234, 25,.36, 41, 47, 68, 70, 89, Little Minch. 1870: Atl. (var. minor), 3, 3a, 9, 30; Med. C. de Gata, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Iceland, Finmark to Guernsey, Belgium (Mailzine) ; 5-570 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Christiania and Bohusliin, Hebrides, Brid- lington, Calabria, Sicily, and Rhodes. ; 7. Natrca norasruis', Jeffreys. (Plate 1V. figs. 1, 1 a.) Sue xx globosely fusiform (being pointed at the apex and base), thick, opaque, rather glossy : sculpture, none except irregular lines of growth: colour yellowish-white, with three equidistant bands on the body-whorl, composed of reddish-brown streaks, which are close-set and obliquely arranged ; one of these bands encircles the middle and is broader than the others, the upper one lies just below the suture, and the third or lowermost is placed below the periphery ; there is also a small blotch of the same colour above the umbilical pad : spire short, but prominent and pointed: whorls 5, convex, compressed at the top; the last occupies 7°y of the spire : suture slight, but distinct, not channelled : mouth semilunar, equal in length to + of the spire: outer lip thin, curved but not inflected at the top: ener lip narrowly spread on the upper part and thickened at the base: wméilicus contracted by a thick but small pad, so as to form a crescentic groove: operculum chitinous, ear-shaped, horn- colour, indistinctly striated in the line of growth, and having a small lateral spire of three whorls, defined by an overlapping and raised edge. L. 0:4, B. 0°35. 1 Remarkable. 32 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres. A single but living specimen. This pretty species resembles in the coloured bands the well-known N. triseriata of Say; but the whorls are not so ventricose in the present species, the spire is more pointed, and the umbilicus differs in having a small semicircular pad covering more than half of it. The suture in the present species is not excavated as in VV. montacuti, and the spire is shorter and also more pointed. It differs from N. macilenta and its probable variety NW. rizze, in shape, consist- ence, colour, and umbilicus. Professor G. O. Sars has very kindly examined for me the odontophores of the present species and N. triseriata. He finds that the conchological differeuce of the two species is also well marked in the structure of their respective radule. ‘The middle plate is especially different. In N. notadilis the middle tooth is unusually small, and by no means equals the size of the lateral teeth. In N. triseriata the middle plate is rather large and has the middle tooth much larger and more prominent than the lateral teeth. The shape of the plate in each is also different. Moreover the jaws in WN. notabilis appear to be much coarser in structure, and the whole radula is also comparatively longer. In both species the inner uncinus exhibits the secondary tooth characteristic of the genus (or subgenus) Lunatia.” 8. Natica suBpuicata’, Jeffreys. (Plate 1V. figs. 2, 2a.) SHELL globular or inclined to oval, rather thick, opaque, and glossy : sculpture, numerous but short and irregular, oblique, longi- tudinal puckers or wrinkles below the suture of the body-whorl, and the rest of the shell is slightly striated in the same direction: colour ivory-white: spire short, apex pointed: whorls 5, tumid; the last occupies 3 of the spire in length: suture deepish: mouth triaugularly oval, pointed above and rounded below, equal in length to 7 of the spire: outer lip gently curved and thick-edged: inner lip torming a narrow and nearly even glaze over the whole of the pillar : wmbilicus small, ending below ina broadish groove : operculum horny, yellowish. L. 0°4, B. 0°35. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: St. 1, 2, 3, 9, 13, 17a, C. Espichel, 22, 26, 30. Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), off C. Verd I. (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 370-1192 fms. Differs from other species now described or noticed in respect of the peculiar folds below the suture. 9. Narica anGuLata’, Jeffreys. (Plate IV. fig. 3.) SHELL solid, with a flattened spire and a sharp angular keel on the periphery ; whorls 2—3 ; suture deep ; umbilicus small. L. 0-5, B.0:075: ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St.4. 1870: Atl. 30; Med. 55. All the specimens are very small; but I cannot identify them 1 Plicated underneath the suture. 2 Angular, 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 33 with the young of any other species known to me, and I have there- fore named and characterized this species provisionally. 10. Narica GLososa’, Jeffreys. (Plate IV. figs. 4, 4 a.) Suet globular, thin and fragile, semitransparent, and glossy : sculpture, ouly some slight and close-set spiral strize which may be seen under a microscope: colour white with a faint tinge of yellowish- brown: spire short and pointed: whorls 4, tumid and compact ; the largest occupies 2 of the spire: suture rather deep: mouth oval, somewhat expanded, contracted and angular above, rounded below: outer lip nearly semicircular, thin-edged : inner lip narrow, flexuous, attached above to the pillar, and folded over the umbilicus, which consists of a narrow slit. L. 0-1, B. 0°075. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17a; Med. 55. Distribution. Marocco and C. Verd I. (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 1192-1980 fms. B. Umbilicus more or less covered by a callus. Neverita, Risso. 11. Narica compacta’, Jeffreys. (Plate IV. figs. 5, 5a.) SHELL globular, thick, opaque, somewhat glossy: sculpture, a few microscopical spiral striz, which are chiefly perceptible on the base: colour light yellowish-brown: spire short, turreted; apex blunt: whorls 4, convex, rapidly enlarging, shouldered below the suture ; the last occupies # of the spire: suture wide, slightly channelled: mouth oval, equal in length to 2 of the spire: outer lip inflected above: znner lip thickened on the pillar and at the base, not forming a pad as in many of the other species: umbilicus con- cealed or closed by the inner lip. L. 0°35, B. 0°3. ‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 7. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 23,23 a,30. 1870: Atl. 16, 17, 17a. Differs from N. montacuti in having a turreted spire, and especiaily in the closed umbilicus. The very young are shaped like the adult, but the umbilicus is open and free in consequence of the inner lip not having been yet formed and spread over the pillar. 12. Natica optusa ®, Jeffreys. (Plate IV. figs. 6, 6a.) SHELL oval, with an oblique outline, rather thick, opaque, and glossy in the living state: sculpture, slight and curved striz in the line of growth, which are stronger below the suture in each whorl: colour whitish: spire short, apex very blunt: whorls 4, somewhat compressed, but not flattened ; the last occupies J of the spire : suture slight and shallow: mouth oval, acutely angulated above: outer lip thick-edged: inner lip thickened in the only adult specimen, and completely covering the umbilicus, which is partly visible in a half- grown specimen. L. 0:3, B. 0°3. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17. * Globular. * Compact together. 3 Blunt. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. IIL. 3 34 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, Two dead specimens, one larger than the other, and apparently full-grown. Closely resembling in the shape and spire N. immaculata of Totten, a native of the eastern coasts of North America ; but in that species the umbilicus is open and exposed. Query as to the scientific value of this character, except in adult specimens ? 13. Natica nana, Moller. N. nana, Moll. Ind. Moll. Gronl. p. 7. Lunatia nana, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 159, t. 21. f. 16, a, b. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. The Minch. Two dead specimens. Distribution. Spitzbergen (Torell and ‘ Voringen’ Exp.), Vads0, (G. O. Sars), Greenland (Méller), New England (Verrill), G. St. Lawrence (Whiteaves), Aleutian I. (Dall) ; 10-430 fuss. Specimens from Spitzbergen and Greenland differ as to the relative height or prominence of the spire; but the inner lip and umbilical pad seem to offer constant characters. 14. Natica JosEPHintA, Risso. Neverita josephinia, Risso, Eur. mér. p. 149. f. 43 (1826). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50, 55, Benzert Road, Ad- venture Bank. Distribution. Cadiz (Paz, f. Hidalgo), and throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic; 4—10 fms. Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary: from Belgium to Sicily and the Morea, Rhodes and Cyprus. Natica olla of Marcel de Serres, 1829. The young of this, as well as of the next species, has its peculiar and characteristic inner lip or callus. C. Operculum calcareous. acca, Risso. 15. Natica OPERCULATA ', Jeffreys. (Plate IV. figs. 7, 7 a.) SHeExt globular, thick, opaque, glossy : sculpture, merely lines of growth : colour white with a tinge of yellow: spire short; apex blunt and flattened: whorls 4—5, convex, the last occupies 2 of the spire: suture slight, but wide in consequence of the upper part of each whorl being compressed and shouldered: mouth oval: outer lip thick-edged, somewhat expanding, extending beyond the upper opening of the mouth, and angulated in that part, round below: inner lip completely lining the base, and forming in the middle a semicircular pad, which is separated and defined by a narrow furrow or groove: umbilicus rather concave unless where it is closed near the pillar by the pad. L. 0:3, B. 0°275. A fragment of one specimen indicates a somewhat larger size. ' Covered with a lid. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 35 ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24,27, 28, 28 a, 30; Med. Ad- venture Bank. Distribution. North Japan (St. John) ! This species may be known by the flattened apex and the remark- able semicircular pad on the umbilicus, which is proportionally much smaller than in N. josephinia. It is possible, however, that the present species may be a southern, and therefore a smaller, form or variety of N. afinis. The operculum in the Japanese specimens is calcareous. It is also possible that my N. spheroides from the ‘Valorous’ Expedition (1750 fathoms) may be the young of the present species. 16. Natica AFFinis, Gmelin. Nerita affinis, Gmel. ed. L. S. N. p. 3675 (ex Miill. Zool. Dan. Prodr. no. 2956). Natica affinis, B. C. iv. p. 229; v. p. 215, pl. cii. f. 3; G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 159, t. 21. f. 14a, 146. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 39, 65, 89. Distribution. Circumpolar and arctic seas in the Atlantic and the Pacific, Iceland, Faroe Isles, between the Hebrides and Faroes, Norway, Labrador, Gulf of St. Lawrence, New England, Siberia, Sea of Okhotsk, Aleutian I. (Dall), North Japan (v. Schrenck and Lindholm) ; \-1255 fas. Fossil. Pliocene: Red Crag (S. V. Wood). Post-tertiary: Glacial beds in Greenland, Siberia, Iceland, Scandinavia, British Isles, Palermo (Dr. van Geuns), Russia, and N. America ; 0-1360 ft. The difference of level in Great Britain extends to 1840 ft., viz. from the Shetland sea-bed, 480 ft., to Moel Tryfaen, 1360 ft. Synonyms. N. clausa, Broderip and Sowerby ; N. septentrionalis (Beck), Méller; and as a variety, N. occlusa of S. V. Wood and N. russa of Stimpson. Prof. G. O. Sars considers N. afinis and N. clausa distinct species, chiefly because of a difference in size and in the radula. But in his figure of the larger form, which he names clausa (t. 21. f. 12 6), the umbilicus is shown as quite open and without any callosity. It has been said that even the good Homer occasionally becomes sleepy! The present species is not N. affinis of Von d. Busch. The animals or soft parts of the typical form and the variety occlusa or russa were described by me in my notices of the ‘ Valorous’ Expedition. A specimen of the former is an inch and three tenths long, and nearly as broad. As to the greater size of Invertebrata from Arctic seas, Mr. Norman remarks, in his “ Notes on the Oceanic Copepoda from Nares’s Arctic Voyage : ”—‘ With respect to size, we find here, as in so many other instances among the Invertebrata, an extraordinary development of the Arctic speci- mens, which are at least siz times the size of those from the Irish coast, and measure five millimetres in length, exclusive of the an- tenn.” 3* 36 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, 17. NatTica FLAMMULATA, Requien. N. flammulata, Req. Cat. Coq. Corse (1848), p. 61. N. sagraiana, Hidalgo, Mol. mar. de Esp. lam. 264. f. 5-7 (opt.). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. off C. Sagres, Tangier B. ; Med. Cartagena B., 50, 50 a, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adven- ture Bank. Distribution. Gulf of Gascony, Cadiz, throughout the Mediter- ranean, Cuba, Madeira and Canaries ; 20-120 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily. N. filosa, Philippi (1852), but not of Reeve, N. sagratana, d’Orbigny (1854), and perhaps Nacca fulminea of Risso, but not Nerita fulminea of Gmelin. The specific name ought strictly to be flammula or flammeola, in- stead of flammulata, which is not a Latin word. 18. Natica MARMORATA, H. Adams. N. marmorata, H. Adams, in Proe. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 274, pl. xix. f. 8. N. prietoi, Hidalgo, Mol. mar. de Esp. lam. 20 a. f. 2, 3 (opt.). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Cartagena B. Distribution. Algiers (Weinkanff), Minorca ( Hidalgo), Palermo ( Monterosato), Adventure Bank (‘ Shearwater’ Exp.) ; 16-120 fms. Canary I. (McAndrew) ; 30-120 fns. Not Nacca marmorata of Risso, which appears, from the deserip- tion, to be Natica imbricata. The sculpture of the Mediterranean shell is somewhat different from that in Mr. Adams’s description. Instead of being very finely and obliquely striated (or whatever may be meant by “ stri- atula’’), the surface is microscopically but irregularly reticulated. It differs from N. flammulata in the peculiar colouring of the shell, and the shape of the umbilical callus. The operculum is calcareous in a specimen which was kindly given me by my late friend Mr. McAndrew. I have already, in my work on British Conchology, endeavoured to give this excellent naturalist ample but fully-de- served credit for his long and persistent labours in exploring so many parts of the North Atlantic for the furtherance of our common science ; and I would avail myself of the present opportunity to renew my grateful testimony. But the field of submarine researches has been, since his death, so greatly extended with respect to depth, that the result of his numerous dredgings in comparatively shallow water, although they were most useful, will become of less importance in considering the difficult problem of geographical distribution. See, for instance, the important paper of Dr. Fischer in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ for 1883, on some of the results of the last French Ex- pedition, and the valuable communications of Professor Verrill to the Academy of Sciences at Cincinnati on the progress of the con- tinued operations of the United States for similar objects. This is N. prietoi of Hidalgo, ex typo. 1835.] ‘LIGATNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 37 19. Narica DILLWYNI, (dillwynii) Payraudeau. N. dillwynii, Payr. Moll. Corse, p. 120, t. v. f. 27, 28. N. dillwyni, Hidalgo, Mol. mar. de Esp. lam. 20 c. f. 8, 9 (opt.). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. G. Tunis (young). Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Ja- maica (C. B. Adams, as N. provima, in coll. McAndrew): var. fusca, of a dark hue, Corsica (Susini) ; var. avellana, uut-brown, Algieis (Weinkauff, af. typ.) ; 20-120 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria(Seguenza). Pliocene: Pezzo (Philipp?). N. avellana of Philippi is the nut-brown variety. 20. Natica vitTatTa, Gmelin. Nerita vittata, Gm. ed. L. 8. N. p. 3674. Natica intricatoides, Hidalgo, Mol. mar. de Esp. lam. 20 B. f. 12, 13, lam. 20 c. f. 10, 11 (opt.). ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Espichel. Distribution. Marocco (Chemnitz), Algiers (W einkauff, Joly), Cadiz, Algesiras and Malaga (Hidalgo). I quite agree with Herr Weinkauff that this is Gmelin’s species, which was founded on the description and figures of Chemnitz, Conch. Cab. v. p. 271, t. 188. f. 1917, 1918. It is Natica tewtilis of Reeve, and JV. intricatoides of Hildago ex typo. Resembles N. intricata in shape ; but the present species is much larger and more globular, the colouring is darker, the whorls are more convex, and the suture is consequeutly deeper, the spire is more produced, and the umbilicus has a sharp ridge in the middle, and a single (instead of double) groove below the ridge. According to Reeve, Mr. Cuming’s specimen has a calcareous operculuin; no habitat was given for it, 21. NaTICA STERCUS-MUSCARUM, Gmelin. Nerita stercus muscarum, Gmel. ed. L. 8. N. (1788) p. 3673. Natica hebrea, Hidalgo, Mol. mar. de Esp. lam. 20. f. 5-8 (opt.). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. C. de Gata, Benzert Road, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Quimper (de Kermovan, f. Collard des Cherres) °, throughout the European, African, and Asiatic coasts of the Medi- terranean, Adriatic, and Canaries ; 5-120 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin and the Continent of Europe. Pliocene: Coralline Crag (as N. multipunctata of S. Wood), Belgian Crag, South of France, Italy, and Algeria. Post-tertiary: Morea, Rhodes, Corinth, and Cyprus. Weinkauff has noted 14 synonyms. Martyn’s specific name hebrea is four years older than that of Gmelin; but, as Von Marteus and Weinkauff have pointed out, Martyn’s nomenclature is not in accordance with the Linnean system. Lamarck’s name millepunctata has been used by many conchologists, although it must be borne in mind that the only habitats which he gave (the 38 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, Indian Ocean and the coast of Madagascar) are certainly not applic- able to this common Mediterranean species. Weinkauff regards the typical form (his millepunctata) and N. hebrea as different species. Karsten’s name punctata, which was adopted by Risso without acknowledgment, or through coincidence, is ten years subsequent to Gmelin’s. Family XXI. Neririp2. NERITINA viRipis, Linné. Nerita viridis, L. 8. N. p. 1254; Chemnitz, Conch.-Cab. ix. t. 124. f. 1089. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Algesiras B. Distribution. Mediterranean from the south of France to the coast of Syria, Adriatic, Madeira, Canaries, West Indies, and Martinique; 3-120 fms. It is an inhabitant of shallow water. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Palermo (Philippi). Varies in the intensity of colour as well as in the markings. Family XXII. Sotaripz. 1. SOLARIUM PSEUDOPERSPECTIVUM, Broccht. Trochus pseudoperspectivus, Bre. Foss. Subap. ii. p. 359, t. v. f. 18. Solarium discus, Philippi, Moll. Sic. ii. p. 225, t. xxviii. f. 12 ; Conch.-Cab. (ed. Kiister), Solarium, p. 29, t. 4. f. 9. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 50, 51, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘Travailleur’ Exp.), throughout the Mediterranean, Alexandria (Lamarck, as S. perspectivum), Barbary (Ponsonby), Canary I. (McAndrew) ; 40-108 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Perpignan, and Calabria. Plio- cene: (?) Biot near Antibes, Italy, Sicily, and Algeria. Post- tertiary : Selsea, Morea. Owing to the variability of the shell, especially in the fossil state, the synonyms are rather numerous. I regard S. simplex of Bronn, S. lyellii of Michelotti, S. discus of Philippi, S. sulcatum of O. G. Costa (not of Lamarck), S. pulchellum of Tiberi (not of Michelotti), S. perspectiforme also of Tiberi, S. mediterraneum of Mouterosato, probably S. nuperrimum of Brugnone, and perhaps S. contextum of Seguenza, as varieties of the present species. The number of concentric ridges or strive, as well as the height of the spire, and consequent contraction of the umbilicus, differ in specimens from distant localities. The lowest part or deepest interior of the umbilicus, which represents the obverse of the spire, is flattened, and has the whorls reversed or sinistral. Monterosato has described the animal in the ‘Journal de Conchyliologie’ for 1874. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 39 2. SoLaRIUM CAROCOLLATUM, Lamarck. S. carocollatum, Lam. An. s. Vert. vii. p. 6. S. moniliferum (Broun), Monterosato, Notizie int. Sol. Med. f. 5, 6, 7 ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 6, 8, 9, 25-30; Med. CG. de Gata, 50, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Both sides of the Mediterranean, and off the Azores (‘ Josephine’ Exp.): 40-600 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Marseilles, and St. Domingo (Hornes), Dax and Léognan (Basterot). Pliocene: (?) Biot, Northern and Central Italy, and Sicily. S. moniliferum, Bronn, S. affine, Cantraine (not of Sowerby), and S. alleryi, Seguenza. The same remarks as to the sculpture, spire, and umbilicus are applicable to this as well as to the last species. Operculum imbricate. Torinia, Gray. 3. SOLARIUM sIcuLUM, Cantraine. S. siculum, Cantr. in Bull. Acad. Brux. ix. 2. p- 343 (1843). S. stramineum, Philippi, Conch.-Cab. ed. Kiister, p: 32, t.4. f.14. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 45a, 454 (two living specimens). 1870; Atl. Setubal B., off C. Sagres; Med. 50, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. G. Gascony (De Folin), Vigo (McAndrew), Medi- terranean, coast of Barbary (Ponsonby), Madeira and Canaries (McAndrew) ; 8-90 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria (Seguenza). Pliocene: (?) Biot, Central and Southern Italy. Post-tertiary : Rhodes ( Hornes). S. stramineum, Philippi (but apparently not of Lamarek, whose species was founded on the description and figures of Chemnitz for a Tranquebar shell); it is also §. fallaciosum of Tiberi. A specimen in Weinkauff’s collection, named “8. discus, Phil.,” is the young of the present species. 4. SoLaRium arcuitTs, O. G. Costa. S. archite, O. G. Costa, Cat. test. viv. Taranto, in Atti Acc. Se. iii. p. 40 (1830) ; Fauna del Napoli, p- 5, t. i. f. la, A, B, C (1841). * Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres; Med. 50, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution, G. Gascony (De Folin) !, and throughout the Medi- terranean ; 30-120 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Bolognese (Foresti). S. sowerbyi of Hanley. The operculum is conical and prominent. HomALaxis zaAncL&vs, Philippi. Bifrontia ? zanclea, Ph. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 225, t. xxviii. f. 11. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 27, 28, 28a; Med. Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. 40 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, Distribution. Mediterranean from Gibraltar to Palermo, Madeira (McAndrew), G. Mexico (Pourtalés), Jamaica (Barrett); 18-117 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Calabria (Seguenza). Pliocene: (?) Biot, Central Italy, and Sicily. Solarium aldrovandi of Foresti is a variety. Deshayes proposed this genus in 1830 under the name of Omalawis or Omalalaxis, and in 1832 as Bifrontia. The former name, slightly but necessarily altered in the spelling, must therefore be retained, although Bifrontia is equally appropriate. But I am not satisfied that the genus is distinct from Solarium. The shape of the shell, and especially of the peculiar operculum, closely resemble those of S. archite. The sculpture of the present species varies greatly “in respect of the sbort longitudinal strize, which in some specimens are strong and close-set, and in others are entirely wanting. The whorls are often wholly or partly disjoined or are occasionally united. 1, ADEORBIS SUPRANITIDUS, S. Wood. A. supranitidus, 8S. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll. in Pal. Soc. Publ. 1848, p. 137, t. xv. f. 5, a, b. Omalaxis supranitida, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 214, t. 22. f. 20, a-c. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. 36, Tangier B. Distribution. Lofoten I. 200 fms. (G. O. Sars), New England (Ferrill). Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag. Both the ‘ Porcupine’ specimens are imperfect ; but they agree with Crag specimens in every respect (especially in being tricarinated) except in being spirally and rather strongly striated. A. tricarinatus of Searles Wood is certainly another variety, as he suspected. The spiral striz are wanting in Norwegian specimens, but are conspicuous in the umbilicus of Crag specimens. The operculum is not known; and it is therefore questionable whether the present species belongs to Adeorbis or to Homalazis. It shares some of the characters of both geuera. 2. ADEORBIS SUBCARINATUS, Montagu. Helix subcarinata, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 438, t. 7. f. 9. A. subcarinatus, B. C. iv. p. 231, pl. iii, f. 5; v. p. 216, pl. lxxix. f. 1° ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 18, Lough Swilly. Distribution. British and Irish coasts, from Aberdeenshire to Guernsey, Atlantic coasts of France, Spain, and Portugal, through- out the Mediterranean and Adriatic, and Mogador ; low water to 35 fms. The habitat is sublittoral. Fossil. Miocene: Bordeaux Basin and Transylvania. Pliocene : Coralline and Red Crag, Belgian Crag, Central and Southern Italy. Post-tertiary : Portrush and Selsea. Several obsolete synonyms. The animal and its habits were described by Mr. Duprey in 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 41 the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for October 1876 and March 1883. I have verified the description. 3. ADEORBIS FRAGILIs, G. O. Sars. A, fragilis, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 213, t. 22. f. 19, a-e. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. 16, 27. Distribution. Loffoden I. and western coast of Norway; 60- 190 fms. Somewhat resembling A. pulchralis of the Coralline Crag, but of a thinner texture, the spire more raised, the whorls more convex, the sculpture much slighter and irregular, and the umbilicus more open. PThis and the next species appear to be closely allied to Yossarus, the position of which genus has not been satisfactorily determined : it was placed with Solarium by Woodward, in the Littorina family. According to Troschel, the dentition of Fossarus agrees in some respects with that of Turritella. 4. ADEORBIS DEPRESSUS, Seguenza. (Plate IV. figs. 8, 8 a.) Fossarus depressus, Seg. Bull. Real. Comit. Geol. Ital. 1874, fase. ii. p. 382. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 24, 30. Distribution. Algiers (Weinkauff, as Fossarus crossei of Kleiak)!, Strait of Messina (Seguenza and Granata)!, Palermo (Monterosato), Brindisi (Aradas)! ; 11-108 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Messina (Seguenza). This pretty little shell, examined under a microscope, is exquisitely sculptured by close-set longitudinal folds and intermediate spiral strize, or thread-like lines. Some specimens have the whorls more or less disunited in cornucopia fashion. It seems to connect Adeor- bis with Fossarus. According to the catalogue of Kleiak’s collection of Dalmatian shells his Natica crosseana is a synonym of Fossarus petitianus, Tiberi= Stomatia azonea, Brusina. Fossarvs RETICULATUS, S. Wood. (Plate IV. fig. 9.) Lacuna reticulata, S. Wood, Mon. Crag Moll. vol. i. p. 122, t. xii. f. 10, and t. xv. f. 12. Fossarus interjunctus, Jeffreys, MS. SueExt oblong, rather solid, semitransparent, lustreless : scu/pture, numerous, curved, and rather sharp longitudinal ribs which cover the last or body-whorl; these and their interstices are crossed by more numerous close-set and minute spiral strize, but not so as to cause cancellation ; the upper whorls are quite smooth: colour light yellowish brown : spire somewhat elongated or extended, and ending in a blunt point: whorls 4, rather convex, the last disproportionately large, the uppermost bulbous and intorted: suture deep: mouth oval: outer lip thick: inner lip attached to the pillar: wnbilicus 42 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, none, except as regards a slight depression at the base. L. 0°06, B. 0°05. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 36. A single and not quite perfect specimen. It is not the young of any known species of Fossarus. Since the above description was written I have ascertained, by comparison of specimens, that this species is the Coralline-Crag fossil, described and figured by the late Mr. Searles Wood under the name of Lacuna reticulata—which must therefore replace the spe- cific name interjunctus, which I had imposed upon this form. A. Not umbilicate. 1. SEGUENZIA FORMOSA, Jeffreys. S. formosa, Jeffr. in Proc. R. S. 1876, pp. 200, 201 (woodcuts) ; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, p. 319; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xiv. p. 605. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a, off C. Espichel, 22. Distribution. ‘Valorous’ Exp., off Culebra I. and Bermudas (‘ Challenger’ Exp.), G. Mexico (Pourtalés), off Marocco and C. Verd I. (‘Talisman’ Exp.), New-England coast (Verrill) ; 325- 2033 fms. Fossil. ?Miocene: Calabria (Seguenza). Pliocene: Sicily (Se- guenza), Bologna (Capellini)! Trochocochlea monocingulata, Seguenza, MS. The sinus or slit in the outer lip of this remarkable shell would seem to indicate some corresponding organization of the animal. Similar instances occur in the cases of Scissurella, Hmarginula, Siliquaria, Pleurotomaria, and the Pleurotoma family. Professor Verrill proposed to make Seguenzia the type of a distinct family ; but until the animal is completely known (and not merely through the operculum and odontophore), I think it would be better to defer guessing as to the position of this genus in any scheme of classification. B. Umbilicate. 2. SEGUENZIA ELEGANS’, Jeffreys. (Plate V. figs. 1, la.) S. elegans, Jeffr. in Proc. R. S. 1876, p. 200. SuEx1 globose, and forming a short cone, rather thin, semitrans- parent, somewhat nacreous and glossy: sculpture, sharp spiral ridges or keels, of which there are 4 or 5 on the body-whorl, 2 on the penultimate and next whorls, and 1 on each of the upper whorls; there are also occasional and nearly microscopic thread- like spiral striae between the ridges ; the interstices of the ridges, and sometimes the ridges themselves, are crossed by rows of minute and numerous strize in the opposite direction to the line of growth, some of these strie being curved, others oblique, straight, or alter- nately arranged ; in those specimens where the cross strie extend 1 Elegant. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 43 over the spiral ridges, a nodose or tuberous appearance is caused by their intersection; the base is covered with delicate and close-set spiral strie ; apex smooth: colour pearly white: suture slight : spire short, turreted: whorls 5-6, convex ; the last occupies three fourths of the shell; the first or topmost whorl is bulbous and intorted : mouth large, polygonal, irregularly sinuated at its base : outer lip thin and prominent: fissure placed a little below the suture of the last whorl ; it is broad, deep, and ends in a curved indentation: inner lip none: pillar semicircular : umbilicus narrow, but distinct and deep-margined outside, and defined by a slight ridge or keel which terminates in a sharp and projecting point. L. 0°125, B. 0-1. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.). Not S. eritima of Verrill, judging from the description and figure. 3. SEGUENZIA TRICARINATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate V. fig. 2.) Suez globose, very thin and fragile, transparent, and of a glassy lustre: sculpture, three spiral thread-like strize or keels on the body- whorl, viz. one encircling the periphery, another at a short distance below it, and a third at a somewhat greater distance above the peri- pheral stria; the penultimate whorl is marked with a similar stria, a little above the suture ; the next whorl is keeled at the top : colour whitish : suture deep: spire short and compressed: whorls 3-4, convex; the last is disproportionally large ; apex flattened : mouth roundish, angulated at the base: outer lip thin; fissure wide but shallow, forming an angular indentation: inner lip filmy: pillar gently curved and thickened: wmbilicus narrow and shallow, mar- gined outside by a slight but distinct semicircular stria or keel. L. 0°075, B. 0°075. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 17a. A single but character- istic specimen. Distribution. Off C. Verd. I. (‘Talisman’ Exp.) ; 1192 fms. 4. SEGUENZIA CARINATA, Jeffreys. (Plate V. figs. 3, 3 a.) S. carinata, Jeffr. Proc. R. S. 1876, p. 201; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1877, p. 320. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17a, off C. Espichel, 22. Distribution. North Atlantic (‘ Valorous’ Exp.), off Fayal, Azores (‘ Challenger’ Exp.), off Marocco, Sahara, C. Verd. L., and Azores (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 681-2199 fms. This species has a labial slit as in the typical species S. formosa. 5. SEGUENZIA RETICULATA, Philippi. Solarium reticulatum, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 149, t. xxv. f. 6. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 9, 16, 17, 17a. Distribution. Coast of Portugal (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), off Ascen- sion I., and Culebra I. (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) ; 390-1791 fms. 1 Haying three keels. 44 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, Fossil. Pliocene: Lamato in Calabria (PAilippi). Trochus (Solariella) lusitanicus, Fischer. An elegant and exquisitely sculptured shell. 6. SeGuenzra LAxA’, Jeffreys. (Plate V. figs. 4, 4 a.) SHELL imperfect, consisting of scarcely two whorls; these are cylindrical and scalariform, spirally and regularly striated: mouth nearly detached, squarish ; expanding on the inner or pillar side, and somewhat effuse or spread out at the base: umbilicus narrow and contracted, but deep. L. (apparently) 0°25, B. 0°2. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. A fragmentary specimen, but peculiar and worth noticing. Whether it belongs to the present genus, or even to the same family, may be doubtful. However, a perfect specimen will be probably discovered in future deep-sea expeditions. Family XXIII. XenopHorip&. XENOPHORA CRIsPA, Konig. Trochus crispus (Kénig), Bronn in Italiens Tertiir-Gebilde, 1831, p- 62. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 40, 41, Rasel Amoush, 58. Distribution. G. Gascony (De Folin), Mediterranean (Deshayes), Sardinia and Bona (Ziberi), Tuscany (dppelius), W. Africa (v. Martens), C. Verd I. (‘ Gazelle’ Exp.), off Sahara (‘Talisman ’ Exp.) ; 47-486 fms. Fossil. Pliocene; throughout Italy. ? Post-tertiary : Rhodes. X. mediterranea of Tiberi, and X. commutata of Fischer. I can- not distinguish the living from the fossil form by avy valid character. The only ground of such distinction would be that usually the umbilicus is more or less open in the former and more or less closed in the latter. But of two Tertiary specimens now before me from Castel d’ Arquato, for which I am indebted to the kindness of Count Angelo Manzoni, one has the umbilicus open and the other has it closed. Bronn says in his description of Trochus crispus, “ Umbilico subvariabili, primum aperto, serius subsemiclauso.” In consequence of having in the course of my continued labours for more than half a century examined so many thousand, indeed 1 might say so many ten thousand, specimens of shells from different parts of the North Atlantic, I may perhaps be more inclined to unite or “lump ” than subdivide or “split” species ; and if any explanation be ex- pected from me for not having adopted all the species proposed by continental conchologists, whose power of discrimination is fully equal, if not superior, to my own, I hope to be excused by them in that spirit which is the bond of all science. My old and much valued friend Dr. Tiberi is entitled to the credit of having dis- covered or confirmed the discovery of the present species as an inhabitant of the Mediterranean. Woodward strangely placed this genus with Solarium in the Littorina family, and he assigned to it Montfort’s ni me of Phorus ; 1 Loose. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 45 but Fischer de Waldheim’s name of Xenophora has the priority of three years over that of Montfort. The apex of the shell forms a short but compact cone of several smooth whorls. Family XXIV. VeLuTinip#. 1. Lamencarta perspicua, Linné. Helix perspicua, L. S. N. p. 1250. L. perspicua, B. C. iv. p. 235, pl. iit. f. 6; v. p. 235, pl. Ixxix. FZ; ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 26; Med. Rasel Amoush, G. Tunis. Distribution. Norway, Faroe I., Great Britain and Ireland, Brest (Daniel), Atlantic coasts of France and Spain (/idalgo), throughout the Mediterranean and Adriatic, Canaries (McAndrew), Labrador, Canada, United States ; 0-108 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Monte Mario, Calabria, and Sicily. Bulla haliotoidea and Lamellaria tentaculata, Montagu, Marsenia producta and complanata, Leach, Sigaretus vitreus, O. G. Costa, and S. audouinii, Cantraine ex typo. 2. LAMELLARIA TENUIS’, Jeffreys. (Plate V. figs. 5-5 6.) SHELL nearly circular in outline with a concave base, thin and fragile, semitransparent and glossy: sculpture, extremely delicate, close-set, and microscopic spiral striz ; these are sometimes wanting ou parts of the surface: colour clear white: spire small, laterally placed and depressed : whorls 23, rather convex; the last occupies five sixths of the shell; the first or apical whorl is sunken, in- complete, and twisted inwards: suture narrow, but deep: mouth nearly round and expanding: outer lip projecting above the periphery, and forming at the base a short and slightly reflected ‘pillar: inner lip none: wmbilicus small, but distinct and deep. L. 071, B. 0°15. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16. Four specimens. It differs from Sigaretus excavatus of Searles Wood in shape, the spire, and the umbilicus, as described and figured in his Monograph on the Crag Mollusca. This delicate little shell appears to be internal and completely enclosed within the mantle of the animal, because of its fragility, the incompleteness of the nucleus, and its not having any trace of an epidermis, which is conspicuous in Sigaretus striatus or haliotoideus. But the distinction between Lamellaria and Sigaretus is not so well defined as could be wished. The chief difference consists in the presence or absence of an operculum. The sculpture of the present shell resembles that of certain species of Philine. 1 Thin. 46 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE ([Jan. 20, Family XXV. CapuLip2. This would seem to be the natural position of the family. Mr. Jabez Hogg, in an excellent and beautifully illustrated paper oa the lingual membrane of Mollusca (Trans. Roy. Mier. Soc. xvi. n. s.), says as to Capulus hungaricus, ‘‘ Dentition is seen to be almost identical with Velutina.”’ CapuLus nuncaARICUS, Linné. Patella ungarica, L. 8S. N. p. 1259. C. hungaricus, B. C. iii. p. 269, pl. vi. f. 5; v- p. 201, pl. lix. f. 6, 6a. ‘Lightning’ Exp., St. 2, 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 2, 45a, 456, 70. 1870: Atl. 9, 10, 13, 16, 27, 28, 28a, 36; Med. Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. From arctic Norway to the Mediterranean, Aigean, and Adriatic, New England (Verrill) ; 0-458 fms. Fossil. All the Tertiary fossiliferous beds in Europe ; 0-1360 fr. There are many obsolete and useless synonyms, including so-called species of the fossil so-called genus Brocchia. See my ‘ Notes on Brocchi’s Collection of Subapennine Shells’ in the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society for February 1884. The young has been called Capulus or Peleopsis militaris. This common shell attains to a considerable size. I have one from Algiers exceeding two inches in length; and I noticed a still larger specimen in Dr. Tiberi’s collection from the Bay of Naples. Owing to its quasi-parasitic habit it is very liable to distortion in various ways, being sometimes compressed laterally, expanded, obliquely formed, or angulated, as in Crag specimens of Searles Wood and Mr. Alfred Bell. Family XXVI. CancELLARIIDA. 1. Torexuia vestita, Jeffreys. T. vestita, B. C. iv. p. 244, pl. iv. f. 15 v. pl. Ixxix. f. 5. ‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 23, 30, 58. Distribution. Norway, from Lofoden I. southwards (Zovén and others), Shetland (Barlee), New England and G. Maine (Verrill) ; 43-317 fms. Herr Friele informs me that the animal is of a pale flesh-colour, the head not very prominent and notched in front ; tentacles rather long and pointed ; eyes on small bulbs near the outer base of the tentacles; the foot longish and narrow, broader, truncated, and horizontally cloven in front. Professor G. O. Sars has lately dredged on the west coast of Norway a very large and living specimen, more than an inch long. The operculum is small, acutely triangular like that of Zrophon and Fusus, and is ridged transversely. The genus Choristes of the late Dr. Philip Carpenter, from the 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 47 Post-tertiary formation near Montreal, is a synonym of Torellia. His C. elegans closely approaches the present species, and seems to differ chiefly in having a smooth epidermis. 2. TorELLIA ? peLicata, Philippi. Cyclostoma? delicatum, Phil. Moll. Sic. ii. p. 222, t. xxviii. f. 3. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17 a, 24. Fossil. Pliocene: Messina and Calabria (Otto f. Philippi, and Seguenza). Through the kindness of my friend Professor Seguenza, I have compared a fossil specimen with the recent specimens from the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition ; and all of them exactly agree, as well as with the description and figures of Philippi. The sculpture is most delicate and exquisitely reticulated. My largest and most perfect of the ‘ Porcupine’ specimens is more abnormal than the rest (perhaps a variety), and resembles in shape Lacuna pallidula. I have therefore figured it as a variety of the present species in Plate V. figs. 6, 6a. * Although this shell certainly does not belong to Cyclostoma, as doubtfully given by Philippi, it wants some of the characters of Torellia, as defined by me in ‘ British Conehology,’ vol. iv. p. 244, viz. the velvety epidermis and tubercle on the pillar. In my correspondence with Prof. Seguenza some years ago, I had suggested the generic name T'rachyoma, which he adopted in his excellent treatise on the Tertiary formation of Reggio province in Calabria, 1879. I, Tricuorropis BOREALIS, Broderip and Sowerby. T. borealis, Br. and Sow. in Zool. Journ. iv. p. 375: B. C. iv. p. 245, pl. iv. f. 2; v. p. 216, pl. Ixxix. f. 6, ‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 68. Distribution. Arctic ocean in both hemispheres, Iceland, Faroe I., Norway, Shetland to the Dogger Bank and coasts of Ireland, N.E. and N.W. America; 2-175 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Sicily (Brugnone). Post-ter- tiary: Norway and Sweden, Scotland, Ireland, North of England and Wales, Siberia, Labrador, and Canada; 0-1360 ft. It appears that the genus is not restricted to northern seas, Mr. Ball having described a species from the Havana coast, below the Tropic of Cancer. Synonyms so numerous that it would be unnecessary to quote them. 7. inermis of Hinds was founded on a specimen which had lost its bristly epidermis. An imperfect specimen of a species, which Friele procured in the ‘ Voringen’ Expedition on the arctic coast of Norway in 650 fathoms and named “ Trichotropis (Iphinée) inflata,” occurred at Station 23a of the ‘ Porcupine Expedition’ in 1869. 48 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, 2. TRICHOTROPIS FIMBRIATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate V. figs. 7, 7a.) Sue xt oblong, thin, semitransparent, nearly lustreless: sculpture, several rows or ridges of fine spiral striae, which are covered by short and close-set bristles of the epidermis ; there are from eight to ten of these rows on the body-whorl, two on the next, and one on each of the two succeeding whorls ; the interstices of these rows as well as the rest of the shell marked lengthwise by very slight and micro- scopic lines: colour yellowish-brown: spire elongated, bluntly crested at the top: whorls 4-5, convex, somewhat turreted, regularly increasing in growth ; the last equals one half of the spire when the mouth is placed downwards; the apical whorl is com- pressed and slightly intorted: suture deep: mouth triangularly oval, about two fifths the length of the spire: owfer lip curved, thin- edged, angular and inflected above, expanded at the base, but not notched : inner lip filmy: pillar almost straight: umbilicus none. L. 0:1, B. 0°075. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 16. A single specimen. 3. TRICHOTROPIS DENSISTRIATA , Jeffreys. (Plate V. figs. 8, 8a.) SHELL oval, thin, semitransparent, and nearly lustreless: seulp- ture, numerous rows of exceedingly fine spiral strie, which are covered by minute and close-set prickles; there are from 20 to 24 of these rows on the body-whorl, and from eight to ten on the penultimate whorl: colowr pale yellowish-brown: spire short, blunt at the top: whorls 3-4, rather tumid; the last equals two thirds of the shell with the mouth downwards, or placed in a prone position ; the apical whorl is irregular: suéwre well marked but not deep: mouth exactly oval, about half the length of the spire: outer lip rounded, thin, angulated above, notched below: inner lip thickened: pillar curved, abruptly terminating in a sharp point at the base, below which is formed the basal notch: umbilicus none. L. 0°085, B. 0-065. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 16, 23 a. A single specimen from each station. Distribution. C. Verd I. (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 1192 fms. This minute species seems from the notched base to connect Trichotropis with Admete. 1. CANCELLARIA VIRIDULA, Fabricius. Tritonium viridulum, Fabr. Fn. Gr. p. 402. Admete viridula, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arct. Norv. p. 215, t. 13. f. 1 a, b, 2. ‘Lightning’ Exp.: St. 1, 3. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 61, 65. 1870: Atl. 1, 2. Distribution. Arctic seas in the Atlantic and Pacific, Iceland, Norway, C. Cod northwards, and North Japan; 2—1255 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: English and Belgian Crags, Icelaud. Post- ' Fringed. ? Closely striated. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 49 tertiary: Siberia, Norway, Bridlington, Lancashire, Cheshire, and Labrador. Murex costellifer, J. Sowerby, Admete crispa, Moller, and Cancellaria buccinoides, Couthouy. Among the varieties are one having the spire produced or elongated, and another which is much larger. The columellar folds are much stronger and more conspicuous in specimens from Spitzbergen and North America, and from the fossil bed at Bridlington. Spire bulbous and intorted. The animal was described by me in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for April 1877. 2. CANCELLARIA MITRZFORMIs, Brocchi. Voluta mitreformis, Bre. Conch. foss. Subap. ii. p. 645, t. xv. 213: C. pusilla, H. Ad. in P. Z.S. 1869, p. 274, pl. 19. f. 12. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Alt. St. 16, 24, 25, 28, 30. Distribution. B. Biscay (‘ Trav.’ Exp. 1882), 249 fms.!, Canary I. (McAndrew)! Fossil. Pliocene: Coralline Crag, Denmark (Mérch), Biot, and throughout Italy. This appears to be a variety of Brocchi’s species, and may be a somewhat altered descendant. The chief difference between the recent and fossil shell seems to consist in the former having only a few spiral ridges, while the latter is closely striated in the same direction as well as indistinctly reticulated by numerous and slight longitudinal strize. Not C. pusilla of Sowerby’s ‘ Conchological Illustrations,’ 1841. 3. CANCELLARIA MINIMA, Reeve. C. minima, Reeve, Conch. Icon. (Cancellaria), pl. xvii. f. 77, a, b. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Alt. St. 28. Five specimens. Distribution, Gibraltar and Madeira (McAndrew). No habitat is given in Reeve’s work, Cuming’s collection being the only authority. Allied to C. subangulosa of S. Wood from the Coralline Crag, but differs in the want of angularity, as well as in the stronger and coarser sculpture, especially with respect to the longitudinal ribs ; the sculpture of the apex is also different, consisting in the recent species of very fine and microscopic spiral lines, and in the fossil shell of minute longitudinal striz. A variety of C. minima, which has the whorls angulated below the suture as in the fossil species, was dredged by McAndrew with the typical form off Madeira and the Canaries; this has the same sculpture as in the recent species ; and perhaps all these forms may represent one and the same species. In that case Searles Wood’s name subangulosa would have priority over that of Reeve. 4, CANCELLARIA CANCELLATA, Linné. Voluta cancellata, L.S.N. p. 1191. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. IV. 4 50 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, C. cancellata, De Blainville, Faune Frang. p. 142, pl. 4 B. f. 1; Hid. Mol. mar. de Esp. lam. ii. f. 3, 4 (opt.). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres (fr.); Med. 50, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush. Distribution. G. Gascony (De Folin), Atlantic coasts of Spain and Western Africa, Mediterranean and Adriatic ; 4-100 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins, Northern and Central Italy. Pliocene: Denmark (Mérch), Biot, Italy, Algeria, and ©. Verd I. (2ochebrune). C. similis of Sowerby is scarcely a variety. The apex of the shell is trochiform and different from that of other species; it resembles in shape and sculpture the apex of Columbella halieeti. Family XXVII. Aporrwaip”. 1. AporruAIs PES-PELECANI, Linné. Strombus pes-pelecani, L.S. N. p. 1207. A. pes-pelecani, B. C. iv. p. 250, pl. iv. f. 3; v. p. 216, pl. Ixxx. fel ‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 2, 13-15, 18, 35, the Minch, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 2, 10, 11, C. Sagres; Med. C. de Gata, 55, G. Bona, Benzert Road, G. Tunis. Specimens from Cape Sagres and the last three stations belong to a variety which I would name carinata, They are keeled in the middle of each whorl, the ribs are nodose, and the spire tapers to a fine point. This variety may be meridionalis of Basterot. Distribution. Throughout the North Atlantic from Iceland and Finmark to the Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Aigean ; 6-100 fms. Fossil. Every Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary or Quaternary bed in Europe, as well as the last in Rhodes and Cos, from the sea- level to 1360 feet aboveit. Var. carinata, Coralline Crag (S. Wood, as probably 4. serresianus). 2. APORRHAIS SERRESIANUS, Michaud. Rostellaria serresiana, Mich. in Bull. Soc. Linn. Bord. 1828, p- 120, f. 3, 4. Chenopus serresianus, Philippi, Moll. Sic. ii. p. 185, t. xxvii. f. 8. Var. A. macandree, B. C. iv. p. 253; v. p. 216, pl. Ixxx. f. 2. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 1, 3, 5, 6, 10,17, 18, 23a, 45a, 456, 64, 65, 68, 70, Little Minch, off Lerwick. 1870: Atl. 3, 3a, 6, 8-14, C. Sagres, 26-28a; Med. 50a, off Jijeli and Rinaldo’s Chair, Adventure Bank. Variable as to the number and position of the spikes. One monstrous ‘specimen has a spur which projects from behind the lower part of the pillar, besides a double spike at the base. Another specimen is somewhat scalariform. The variety macandre@ is smaller and more slender ; it occurs with the typical form in the Mediterranean. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 51 Distribution. Finmark, Lofoden I., West Norway, between the Faroes and Hebrides, Shetland, Bay of Biscay, Mediterranean, and Adriatic ; 40-913 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Belgian Crag (Van Beneden, as A. pes-carbonis), Calabria and Sicily (Philippi and others as Chenopus desciscens). I extract from my notes made in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1862, the following description of the animal of the variety macandree :—Bopy cream-colour: snout cylindrical and extensible, pinkish, with a yellow streak half way down the middle in front ; the extremity is edged with a yellowish rim or border and is also of the same colour underneath : tentacles thread-like and very slender, marked with a narrow white line down the middle in front: eyes very small, sessile on the tentacles at their outer base: foot long and narrow, squarish in front and pointed behind. Having since the publication of my work on British Conchology dredged on the western coast of Ireland, as well as in the northern part of our seas, specimens of much larger size than those which I had described as A. macandree, even exceeding those of A. serre- stanus from the Mediterranean, I now feel myself obliged to give up my species and to consider it a variety. My suspicion that Chenopus desciscens of Philippi was a fossil representative or form of the present species, or rather of the variety macandree, has been verified by a comparison with recent specimens, which has been effected through the obliging transmission by Prof. Seguenza of fossil specimens of C. desciscens. I may here remark that Philippi, in his ‘Handbuch der Conchyliologie und Malaco- zoologie’ (published nine years after the last volume of his work on the Mollusca of the Two Sicilies), restored the far older generic name Aporrhais and substituted it for Chenopus. It is almost impossible to say whether Rostellaria pes-carbonis of Brongniart was intended for A. serresianus or for some other Pliocene species from the Vicentia district. His description and figure were necessarily incomplete, being avowedly founded on a fragmentary and very imperfect specimen. I have received from correspondents under the former name a very different species from A, serresianus. Family XXVIII. Ceritraupz. This family has been lately placed by the Marquis di Monterosato between Muricide and Pleurotomide, although no reason is given for this apparently strange allocation. While giving my old friend and correspondent full credit for his knowledge of Mediterranean shells, and for his industry which is evidenced by his last work, ‘Nomenclatura generica e specifica di aleune Conchiglie Mediter- ranee,’ I cannot help regretting that he has not described the numerous so-called species to which he has from time to time given names only. These names cannot be recognized under the present or perhaps any system of classification, but must be treated as manuscript. With respect to his proposed multiplication of new 4* 52 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, genera and species on a very extensive scale, he is of course at perfect liberty to please himself; time, however, will show whether other conchologists will adopt them. And I would also observe that it is unusual, if not discourteous, to so positively and ex cathedrd contradict other writers—who have the same means and ability as himself for judging as to the authority of species previously published —without offering some reason for his dissent from their opinion. Genus Stritus’, Jeffreys. SueEx spit-shaped, reticulated; apex forming a twisted and abruptly semidetached peak ; basal groove short and recurved. The peculiarity of this genus consists in the apex, which is different from that of any other genus which I know. I consider this character important. Sritus rnsients, Jeffreys. (Plate VI. figs. 1-16.) SHELL obeliscoid, rather thick, opaque, but glossy: sculpture, numerous and somewhat curved longitudinal ribs, of which there are from 30 to 40 on the last whorl; these are crossed by 3 spiral strize on each whorl, so as to cause by their intersection minute tubercles on the striz; the periphery is encircled by a slight ridge ; the base is quite smooth and somewhat concave ; the ribs on the apical or top whorls are very few and flexuous: colour white: spire tapering, and abruptly terminating in a short, twisted, and upturned point : whorls 10-12, flattened, and gradually enlarging; the last equals about one third of the shell: suture narrow, but well defined: mouth small, squarish, with a short recurved groove turning to the left, as in typical species of this family : outer lip thin, scalloped or indented by the spiral strize: inner lip inconspicuous: pillar flexuous. L. 0°25, B. 0-075. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 29, 31-34. Several specimens. LOCOCHLIS GRANOSA, Searles Wood. C. granosum, 8. Wood, Crag Moll. 1848, p. 73, pl. viti. f. Y. L. granosa, G. O. Sars, Moil. reg. aret. Norv. p. 190, t. 13. f. 6. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2. ‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1869: 23a, 65, 89, 90. Distribution. Norway from Finmark to Bergen, North Sea Exp. (Metzger) ; 30-300 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Red and Coralline Crags, Antwerp Crag (Brus- sels Museum, as C. sinistratum of Nyst, although the species described and figured by him is apparently different) ! Triforis macandree of H. Adams, Triforis nivea of M. Sars’s MS., and Leocochlis pomeranie of Dunker and Meizger. The spire in this singular genus, which was established by Dunker and Metzger, is reversed or sinistrorsal ; the basal groove is recurved and twisted ; and the apex is sculptured, as in typical species of 1 Having the shape of a Roman style or instrument for writing on waxen tablets. 2 Remarkable. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 53 Cerithium. It has no operculum. Professor G. O. Sars has kindly furnished me with the following remarks as to the odontopbore of L. granosa compared with that of C. tuberculatum :—“ In the former it is remarkably slender, and has all the plates (including the uncini) nearly uniform in shape and strongly curved, almost hooked, without distinctly marked secondary teeth; whereas in C. tuberculatum the odontophore (as in C. reticulatum) is comparatively short and broad, with the middle and lateral plates strongly denticulated at the edge, and the uncini rather slender. Moreover the jaws in the two forms are of a somewhat different shape.” I do not, however, attach much importance to the character of dentition alone, because it must depend on the nature of the food, and cannot be distinguishable in the fossil state. At first sight the Crag form would seem to be different from the recent or living form, because the former is cancellated or reticulated, while the latter has spiral striee only. But this difference disappears in the examination of a great many recent specimens, some of which have the longitudinal striz or ribs stronger and more developed than in other specimens : this partly accounts for the sculpture, and some allowance must be made for the rubbed or abraded condition of nearly all fossil (and especially Red Crag) shells. One of my recent speci- mens is uniformly reticulated. 1. CeERITHIUM TUBERCULATUM, Linné. Strombus tuberculatus, L. 8. N. p. 1213; B.C. iv. p. 264. C. vulgatum, De Blainville, Fn. Frang. p. 153, pl. 6 A. f. 1, & p- 154, same plate, f.5; Philippi, Moll. Sic. i. p. 192, t. xi. f. 3, 4, 5, 8, 9. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 26 (fragment); Med. Capo de Gata, 55. Distribution. Bergen and Manger on the western coast of Norway, in the stomachs of cod (M. Sars), Jersey (J. G. J. ; dead specimens), Herm (Dodd; also dead), Brest and adjacent coast (Daniel), Porni- chet in the Loire-inférieure (Cailliaud; living), Atlantic coast of Spain (Hidalgo), throughout the Mediterranean, Black Sea, Adriatic, Senegal (Adunson), Canaries (d’Orbigny and McAndrew), Madeira (McAndrew) ; 0-120 fms. Inhabits the littoral and laminarian zones. Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary: Vienna and Bordeaux Basins, Transylvania, Biot, Italy, Rhodes, Cos, Cyprus, Morea, Algeria, and C. Verd I. This abundant species is of course extremely variable in respect of the proportionate dimensions, size, and sculpture, and has received numerous synonyms. Weinkauff has noted eleven. Caruana says that the Maltese name is “‘ brancutlu,”’ and that it is used for food. 2. CERITHIUM PROCERUM, Jeffreys. (Plate VI. figs. 2, 2a.) O. procerum, Jeffr. in Ann, & Mag. N. H. April 1877, p. 322. ‘ Lightning’ Exp. St. 1. 54 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 23a. 1870: Atl. 22. Distribution. North Atlantic (‘Valorous’ Exp.), Spitzbergen (*Voringen’ Exp.), between the Faroes and Hebrides (‘Triton’ cruise) ; 400-1450 fms. C. danielsseni, Friele. C. procerum of Kiener is, according to Deshayes, a variety of C. fasciatum of Bruguiére. 3. CeRITHIUM METULA, Lovén. C. metula, Lov. Ind. Moll. Scand. p. 23: B. C. iv. p. 256; v. p- 217, pl. Ixx. f. 3. ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 2, 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 23a,42, 47,61, 65. 1870: Atl. 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 16, 24-30. Distribution. Spitzbergen (‘ Voringen’ Exp.), Finmark to Chris- tianiafiord and North Sea, Shetland, between the Faroes and Hebrides (‘ Knight Errant’ and ‘ Triton’ cruises), Fair Isle (6ller, 7. Morch), Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp.), Villafranca (Hanley); 20- 650 fms. C. nitidum, Me Andrew and Forbes. The number of the spiral ridges varies from 2 to 3; and the arrangement of the ridges is not uniform, being more compact or remote in some specimens than in others. The type of G. O. Sars’s genus Lovenella. 4. CERITHIUM GRACILE’, Jeffreys. (Plate VI. figs. 3, 3a.) SHext resembling C. metula in shape, but smaller and more slender, semitransparent, very glossy and of a prismatic lustre: sculpture, numerous curved longitudinal riblets, which are crossed by fine and thread-like spiral ridges ; of these last there are three on the last or body-whorl (viz. one below the periphery, the second or strongest encircling the periphery, and the third placed just below the suture) ; the ridges on each of the succeeding whorls are two in number, the larger being central, more prominent, and giving an angulated or keel-like appearance ; the base of the shell is quite smooth and somewhat concave ; the apex is also smooth ; the intercrossing of the longitudinal and spiral strize produces a few slight nodules in the middle of the shell, but not the tuberculated character of the last species : colour glossy white : spire tapering toa blunt point: whorls 12, rather convex, gradually enlarging ; the last occupies one third of the spire with the mouth of the shell placed upwards ; the first or apical whorl is bulbous and obliquely twisted: swture defined more distinctly than in the other species: mouth irregularly rhombie, with a deep and wide groove at the base as in that species ; its length is about one fourth of the shell: outer lip thickish, indented or scalloped by the spiral ridges: inner lip filmy: pillar flexuous. L. 0°3, B. 0°075. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 3. A single but perfect and living specimen. ‘ Slender. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS. 55 Distribution. Off Sahara, C. Verd I., and Azores (*‘ Talisman’ Exp.); 681-1261 fms. This elegant shell is closely allied to Cerithiella whiteavesiui of Verrill, from the coast of New England, and may be the same species. 5, CeriTHIuM OBELISCcOIDES’, Jeffreys. (Plate VI. figs. 4, 4 a.) SHELL pyramidal, rather thin, semitransparent, and glossy: sculpture, more or less numerous fine and rounded longitudinal strize, which are crossed by a few spiral stria: of the latter there are 5 or 6 on the last whorl, 4 or 5 on the penultimate, and 3 or 4 on the following three or four whorls; the second whorl is marked by close- set and more curved longitudinal strize ; the top whorl is quite smooth, as well as the base of the shell; the intersection of the two sets of striee gives a reticulated but not a decidedly nodulous appearance ; a considerable space below the suture in each whorl has the longitudinal striee only : colour milk-white: spire gradually tapering to a very blunt point : whorls 7-9, convex; the last is equal to two fifths of the spire in length ; the first whorl is bulbous, and in some specimens is larger and broader than the succeeding whorl : suture rather deep, defined by the lowest and thread-like of the spiral strize : mouth as in the other species of this section, but smaller and with a shorter groove: outer lip thin, scalloped: inner lip inconspicuous: pillar flexuous. L. 0°175, B. 0°05. Some imperfect specimens show that this species attains a comparatively much greater size. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 17, 17a. 6. CeRITHIUM CYLINDRATUM,, Jeffreys. (Plate VI. figs. 5, 5a.) SHEL. rather cylindrical, thick, opaque, lustreless: sculpture, numerous straight longitudinal striz, which are crossed by fewer and finer spiral thread-like striz, so as to present a reticulated appearance and to make the points of intersection tuberous or sca- brous; the spiral striz are 4 on the last whorl, besides a basal line below the periphery, and 3 on each of the preceding whorls; the second, and sometimes also the third, whorl is marked with close-set and curved longitudinal striz ; the first whorl is quite smooth and glossy: colour pale yellowish-brown: spire gradually tapering to a blunt point : whorls 10-12, rounded but compressed ; the last equals about one third of the length of the shell; the first is bulbous and like that of the last species: suture narrow but distinct : mouth as in all the foregoing species: outer lip thickish and prickly : inner lip filmy: pillar flexuous. L, 0°2, B. 0:075. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 27-30, 36; Med. Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. This has somewhat the aspect of Cerithiopsis tubercularis, but the apex and mouth are those of a typical Certthium. ' Like an obelisk, 2 Cylindrical. 56 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE (Jan. 20, Bittium', Leach. Basal notch shallow and not recurved ; apex regular. 7. CeRITHIUM LAcTEUM, Philippi. C. lacteum, Phil. Moll. Sie. i. p. 195. C. algerianum, Sowerby, Thes. Conch. p. 129, f. 230, 231. ‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Tangier B.; Med. 50, Benzert Road, Rasel Amousb. Distribution. Cap Breton (De Folin)!, Mediterranean and Adriatic, Madeira (Watson) !; 29-108 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Calabria and Sicily (Philippi and Seguenza), Madeira (Mayer). Post-tertiary: Sicily (dradas and Brugnone). Judging from the description and figure given by De Blainville of his C. elegans in the ‘ Faune Frangaise,’ I cannot agree with Weinkauff in regarding it as the present species. 8. CERITHIUM waTsonlI, Jeffreys. (Plate VI. figs. 6, 6a.) C. gemmatum, Watson in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), vol. xv. p- 113 (1880). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., 13, 16, 17a, Setubal B., 24, 26-34, 36. Abundant. Distribution. N. Spain (¢Travailleur’ Exp.), Setubal B. (‘Chal- lenger’ Exp.), Josephine Bank (‘ Josephine’ Exp.), off Marocco (‘ Talisman’ Exp.) ; 217-1029 fms. The animal is yellowish-white, with a faint tinge of brown in front : snout small: tentacles cylindrical, short: eyes seated on bulbous offsets of the tentacles, about one third from their bases : /vot thick : operculum yellowish, circular, and paucispiral, with imbricated edges. Sculpture variable, the longitudinal ribs sometimes disappearing on the last and next whorl, although the spiral ribs seem to be always present. Apex as in C. lacteum. Not C. gemmatum of Hinds, 1844, the type of Vertagus of Klein, or Lthinoclavis of Swainson, which is a subgenus of Cerithium accord- ing to Dr. Paul Fischer. I have therefore given the present species the name of my friend the Rev. Robert Boog Watson, who has so admirably worked out the new species of Univalves from the ‘ Chal- lenger’ Expedition. 9. CERITHIUM RETICULATUM, Da Costa. Strombiformis reticulatus, Da C. Brit. Conch. (1778) p. 117, pl. ¥il. tae C. reticulatum, B.C. iv. p. 258, pl. iv. f. 4; v. p. 217, pl. Ixxx. in ab ‘ Poreupine’ Exp. 1869: St. Donegal B. (large specimens), 33. 1870: Atl. Vigo B., 26, 30; Med. Algesiras B., 55, Benzert Road, G. Tunis, Adventure Bank. ? This name appears for the first time in Gray’s ‘ List of Genera,’ on the tra- ditional or supposed authority of Dr. Leach. It does not occur in Scudder’s ‘Nomenclator Zoologicus,’ 1882. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS. 57 Distribution. Lofoden I. to Gibraltar, throughout the Mediter- ranean, Black Sea, Adriatic, Marocco, Canaries, and Azores ; 0-140 fms. Inhabits the littoral and laminarian zones. Fossil. Miocene, Pliocene, and Post-tertiary ; throughout Europe, Cos, Rhodes, Cyprus, and Madeira ; 0-200 ft. For this abundant and widely spread species Weinkauff has _par- ticularized 17 synonyms; but I must demur to the inclusion of C. angustissimum of Forbes, which, according to the type now before me, is a species of Cerithiopsis, and the same species which Delle Chiaje described and named as Cerithium metaza. The best known synonym is Murex scaber of Olivi, 1792. It seems to be replaced on the northern coasts of the United States by C. nigrum of Totten. The longitudinal ribs or strize are often varicose ; hence Nyst described and figured a variety of the preseat species as a Crag fossil under the name of C. variculosum. 10. CeERITHIUM PUSILLUM, Jeffreys. Turritella? pusilla, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. Febr. 1856, p- 42, f. 10, 11. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. C. Sagres, 26, Tangier B.; Med. 50, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. C. Breton (De Folin), Mediterranean and Black Sea; 12-120 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin (Hérnes). Pliocene: Monte Mario, Calabria, Sicily, and Rhodes. C. schwartz, Hérnes, 1856, and C. submammillatum, Rayneval, 1864. Fischer says “non C. pusillum, Gould,” and that it is anterior to my name; but I described and figured the present species in 1855-56, and Gould described bis species in 1862. The basal groove is so slight and shallow that I at first thought it might be a Turritella. Specimens are occasionally varicose. SIPHONIBRANCHIATA. Family XXIX. Ceriruiopsipz. 1. TRIFORIS PERVERSA, Linné. Trochus perversus, L. 8. N. p. 1231. Cerithium perversum, B. C. iv. p. 261; v. p. 217, pl. Ixxx. f. 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 26, 30, Tangier B.; Med. Algesiras B., 45, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Christiansund and Bohuslian to Egypt, Black Sea, and Adriatic, Marocco, Madeira, Canaries, Azores, N. Pacific (Cooper, J. P. Carpenter); 0-205 fms. Fossil. Miocene: Mayence and Vienna Basins, Transylvania and Calabria. Pliocene: Red and Coralline Crags, S. France, Italy, Morea, Rhodes, Cyprus, and Madeira. Post-tertiary: Scandinavia and Ireland; 0-120 ft. 5 58 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, T am now inclined to separate Triforis from Cerithium by reason of the differences in the apex or embryonic part of the shell and in the former having a short basal canal instead of a mere groove or notch. The spire of Triforis is finely pointed, in Cerithium it is blunt. In Triforis the apical whorls are much narrower in proportion, and are closely striated lengthwise. In 7riforis the canal is small and nearly if not quite closed, as in Murex; in Cerithium the groove or notch is comparatively large and quite open. According to Meyer and Mobius there is also a characteristic distinction between the animals and odontophores of the two genera. The snout or proboscis in Triforis and Cerithiopsisisretractile, whilein Cerithium itis contractile. The radula of 7. perversa contains about 26 transverse and short denticulated plates. Tvriforis appears to be congeneric with Cerithi- opsis, and to belong to the same family. When the shells of T. perversa and C. tubercularis are exhibited one before a mirror and the other not, it will be seen that almost the only differential character consists in the lower or basal portion of the mouth being more closed in the Triforis than in the Cerithiopsis. Seguenza and Monterosato regard 7. perversa and T’. adversa as distinct species because the former is larger than the latter. I cannot agree to their separation on those grounds, and I am not aware of any other difference. Size seldom if ever constitutes by itself a specific character. Professor Stossich kindly gave me a specimen which is more than an inch long besides the apical whorls, which had disappeared, and another specimen which, although quite perfect, was scarcely a line or the tenth part of an inch in length ; both specimens were from the Adriatic. Besides Murex adversus of Montagu there are many other synonyms. Cerithium nigrocinctum of C. B. Adams, from the North-Atlantic coasts of the United States, is closely allied to the present species, if it be not the same or one a variety of the other. 2. Trirorts aspera’, Jeffreys. (Plate VI. figs. 7, 7a.) SHELL elongated, rather solid, nearly opaque and glossy: sculpture, rows or bands of small tubercles (18—20 on the last or bottom row), which arise from the mutual intererossing of longitudinal and spiral strie ; of these rows there are usually three on the last whorl above the periphery, and the same number on several of the succeeding whorls and afterwards two only ; each of the apical whorls (3 or 4) is closely striated lengthwise and encircled by two spiral lines; the periphery is defined by a rather strong ridge, a little below which is another ridge, besides a shorter and smailer one at the base; the tubercles which compose the lower two rows are larger and more prominent than those of the uppermost or third row: colour pale yellowish, with a faint tinge of brown ; apical whorls dark brown: spire taper- ing to a fine point ; apex pinched-in and narrower than the rest of the spire: whorls 21-22, compressed, gradually enlarging; the last equals only from + to 4 of the shell: suture slight, indicated by the 1 Rough, 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 59 uppermost spiral row: mouth rhomboidal; and all other characters similar to those of 7. perversa. L. 0°6, B. 0°15. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 16, 24, 27-30 ; Med. Adventure Bank. Distribution. Bay of Biscay (‘ Travailleur’ Exp. 1882), Sciacca, Sicily (Monterosato), G. Mexico (Pourtales); 125-731 fms. Distinguishable from 7. perversa by being more slender, and having more prominent tubercles so as to give the shell a rougher aspect. The base is also more square and as if truncated. A. Typical ; apex acuminated. 1. CeRITHIOPSIS TUBERCULARIS, Montagu. Murex tubercularis, Mont. Test. Brit. p. 270. C. tubercularis, B. C. iv. p. 266, pl. iv. f. 5; v. p. 217, pl. Ixxxi. Gel, ‘Lightning’ Exp. St. 5. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. 3a, 13, Vigo B.; Med. Adventure Bank (var. nana). Distribution. Christiansund (Lilljeborg)! to Alexandria(Ponsonby)!, W. Africa (‘Talisman’ Exp.) !, Madeira (Watson) !, Canaries (Me Andrew) !, Boston Harbour southwards (C. B. Addams and others)!, G. Florida (Dall), Queen Charlotte’s I. ( Whiteaves) ; 0-1039 fms. Hab. Littoral and laminarian zones. Fossil. Miocene: Vienna Basin, Calabria, and ?Rhodes. Pliocene: Red and Coralline Crags, Belgium, Biot, Italy, and Rhodes. Post- tertiary : Norway, Scotland, Ireland, and ? Rhodes. Cerithium pygmeum, Philippi, Cerithium henkeliusi (posthac henkelii), Nyst, Cerithiopsis acicula and C. minima, Brusina. Not Cerithiopsis tuberculata, P. Carpenter. I must still retain my opinion that C. clarkii, alias bilineata, or coppole, is merely a monstrous or irregular form of the present species. One of my specimens, which has only two rows of tubercles on the lower whorls, has three rows on two of the upper whorls. The lower rows seem to have become squeezed together and elongated. A small and slender variety is C. acieula of Brusina, =Cerithiolum dextrum, Watson, ex typis. I regard Cerithiopsis atalaya of Watson as another variety. Dr. Tiberi found large and small varieties of C. tubercularis living with Modiolaria marmorata in the tunic or outer coat of Ascidia mentula at Naples. Were the two mollusks commensal or quasi-parasitic, like species of Hulima and Stilifer? De Blainville in his ‘Faune Frangaise’ included not only this species but also Cerithium reticulatum and Triforis perversa in his Cerithium tuberculare. The apical or top whorls in fresh and perfect specimens, when examined under a microscope, are seen to be very finely and closely ribbed lengthwise. Occasionally specimens have four rows of tubercles on the lower whorls. 60 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON THE MOLLUSCA OF THE [Jan. 20, 2. CERITHIOPSIS DIADEMA (Watson), Monterosato. (Plate VI. figs. 8, 8 a.) C. diadema (Watson), Monterosato in Journ. de Conch. 1874, p- 273. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. 45, Benzert Road, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution. Cap Breton (De Folin), G. Tunis ( ‘ Shearwater’ Exp.) !, Sicily (Stefanis and Monterosato)!, Madeira (Watson)!, Canaries (McAndrew) !, Azores (‘ Challenger’ Exp.) !; 22-500 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary : Messina (Seguenza). C. fayalensis, Watson, in Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) vol. xv. p. 125, 1880. I had proposed to name it C. fibula’. This pretty little shell, which was partly described by Monterosato, differs from C. tubercularis in being cylindrical, more elongate, narrow, and slender ; its spire is finely tapering ; and some of the longitudinal ribs are set obliquely. The uppermost whorl forms a smooth bulb, and the next two whorls are closely and rather obliquely ribbed lengthwise and crossed by a delicate spiral line near the base of each of those whorls, so as to give the apex an angulated appearance. 3. CeRITHIOPSIS HORRIDA’, Jefireys. (Plate VI. figs. 9, 9a.) SuHeEtu elongated, thick, opaque, aud somewhat glossy : sculpture, numerous and crowded strong tubercles or nodules, which cover the surface and give it a rugged aspect; there are 4 rows of tubercles on the last whorl, and 3 on each of the upper whorls, except the two uppermost ; the first or topmost is bulbous or globular and smooth, and the second is marked lengthwise with several short curved ribs ; the base is concave and encircled by a slight ridge: colour pale brownish-yellow: spire tapering and turreted ; apex blunt: whorls 15-16, rather flattened or compressed ; the last equals about one fourth of the shell: swéwre narrowly channelled and distinct: mouth squarish, truncated at its base: outer lip thickened: caner lip forming a thick fold or deposit on the lower part of the pillar, which is nearly straight: cana/ very short and triangular. L. 0°35, B. 0:075. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Med. St. Rasel Amoush. Distribution. Sicily (Monterosato), Smyrna (Jedndrew), Madeira (Watson) ; 16-49 fms. 4, CERITHIOPSIS BARLEEI, Jeffreys. C. barleei, B. C. iv. p. 268; v. p. 217, pl. Ixxxi. f. 2. ‘ Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: St. 9. Distribution. British and Irish coasts, Areachon (Lafont) !, Cap Breton (De Folin) !, Naples and Sicily (Tiberi and others) !; 25-40 fms. 1 Whether it is the species which Mr. Watson proposed to name diadema may be questionable; but it quite agrees with the notice of that species given by Monterosato. * Rough. 1885.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 61 B. Eumeta, Mirch. Apex blunt. 5. CERITHIOPSIS METAX#, Delle Chiaje. Murex metaxa, D. Ch. Mem. iii. p. 222, t. xlix. f. 29-31. C. metaxa, B. C. iv. p. 217; v. p. 217, pl. Ixxxi. f. 4. ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. Vigo B., Tangier B.; Med. 50, Rasel Amoush, Adventure Bank. Distribution, Shetland to the Land’s End, Gulf of Gascony, Mediterranean and Adriatic, Madeira, and Canaries ; 7-913 fms. Fossil. Pliocene: Red and Coralline Crags, Biot, Pisa, Calabria, and Rhodes. To the list of synonyms given in ‘ British Conchology’ add Cerithium rugulosum, Sowerby, C. subcylindricum, Brusina, and C. benoitianum, Monterosato. The description and figure of Delle Chiaje are unmistakable. Professor Martens says that the specific name ought to be metare. He is right, and I have altered it accordingly. A specimen from the Bay of Naples, which was obligingly given me by the late General de Stefanis, is almost needle-shaped, being much more slender and narrow than usual; it has only three rows of tubercles on each whorl, the middle row being more prominent than the two others. The first or apical whorl is slightly twisted. Another specimen of the typical form is milk-white. 6. CerirHropsis cosrunata, Moller. Turritella? costulata, M6ll. Ind. Moll. Greenl. p. 10. C. costulata, B. C. iv. p. 272; v. p. 217, pl. Ixxi. f. 5. ‘ Lightning ’ Exp. St. 2, 5. * Porcupine’ Exp. 1869: 4, 23a, 25, Rockall Bank, 65, 89, The Minch. Distribution. Norway (McAndrew and others), Sweden (Ma/m), Shetland (J. G.J.), between the Hebrides and Faroes (‘ Triton’ Exp.), Iceland (Zorell), off C. Farewell (¢ Bulldog’ Exp.), Green- land (Moller), G. St. Lawrence (Whiteaves), B. Fundy (Verriil) ; 82-1622 fms. Fossil. Post-tertiary (J. G. J. and Thorburn), Wick (Peach), Co. Antrim (Hyndman, Waller, and J. G. J.) ; 60 feet to 25 fathoms. Cerithium arcticum, Moreh, Cerithiopsis nivea, Jeffr., and Cerithium naiadis, Woodward. 7. CeRITHIOPSIS TRILINEATA, Philippi. Cerithium trilineatum, Phil. Moll. Sic. i. p. 195, t. xi. f. 13 (1836). ‘Porcupine’ Exp. 1870: Atl. St. 30 (young). Distribution. Throughout the Mediterranean, and the north-eastern coasts of the United States of America; below low-water mark to 20 fathoms. Fossil. Miocene: North-west Germany, Vienna Basin and North America (O/to Meyer). Pliocene: Red and Coralline Crags, Italy, Rhodes, and Madeira. 62 MOLLUSCA OF THE ‘LIGHTNING’ ETC. EXPEDITIONS. Jan. 20 > Having myself seen this remarkable species dredged off Martha’s Vineyard on the New-England coast, and carefully compared it with the Mediterranean and fossil species, I cannot find the slightest difference between any of the specimens. It is the Cerithium terebrale of C. B. Adams, Bost. Journ. N. H. iii. pl. 3. f. 7 (1841). The occurrence of this European species not merely on the coasts of North America but also in the Miocene formation of both countries is remarkable. The last whorl has a basal ridge or keel, besides a thread-like line below it and encircling the pillar. The apex consists of two or three smooth and glossy whorls ending in a globular point. There is the same very short canal as in Cerithiopsis ; but the pillar is longer, more flexuous, and recurved at its base as in the typical species of Cerithium. I have a fragment of a Cerithiopsis or Cerithium from Station 16 of the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870, which is worthy of notice. Each whorl has curved longitudinal ribs, which are crossed by two thread-like spiral strie. It is figured in Plate VI. fig. 10 for future identification, and may be called bizonalis or bizonale. SuMMARY OF THE FOREGOING MOLLUSCA. Families. Genera, No. of species. XIX. IANTHINIDA..... .. LANTHINA’, 6S S528 192 XOX NAIC ID IAN. sordciteas de NAT IOCANS 5 21 NOX NERD Agen. sce NERITINA .. 1 XX SOLARIED A 2. SoLARIUM ; 4 ADEORBIS!: /:2 72>) 04 BPossaRUsis «toe le SEGUENZIA ...... 6 XXIII. XENOPHORIDH .... XenopHora...... 1 XXIV. VELUTINIDA........ Lamenuarra 2 DOV CAR UAT Ay eee Fee CxPUTSE eee eal XXVI. CANCELLARIIDA.... Toreriia.... 2 TRICHOTROPIS .... 3 CANCELLARIA .... 4 XXVII. APORRHAIDA........ Aporrwais.. ... 2 XXVIII. CERITHIIDZ ........ STILUS cP eies OE LococuLis...... 1 CERITHIUM ...... 10 XXIX. CERITHIOPSID® .... Triroris........ 2 CERITHIOPSIS .. 7 Total: 22:32 475 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate IV. Fig. 1, la. Natica notabilis, p. 31. Fig. 6, 6a. Natica obtusa, p. 33. 2, 2a. subplicata, p. 32. 7, Ta. operculata, p 34. oe angulata, p. 32. 8, 8a. Adeorbis depressus, p. 41. 4, 4a. globosa, p. 33. ‘9. Fossarus reticulatus, p. 41. 5, 5a. compacta, p. 33. 1885. | THE SECRETARY ON JULODIS FFINCHI. 63 PuateE V. Fig. 1, la. Sequenzia elegans, p. 42. Fig. 5-54. Lamellaria tenuis, p. 45. 2. ——. tricarinata, p. 43. 6, Ga. Torellia delicata, var., p.47. 3, 3a. carinata, p. 43. 7, Ta. Trichotropis fimbriata, p48. 4, 4a. —— lawa, p. 44. 8, 8a. densistriata, p. 48. Prats VI. Fig. 1-16. Stilus insignis, p. 52. , Big. 6, 6a. Cerithiwm watsoni, p. 56. 2, 2a. Cerithium procerum, p. 58. | 7, 7a. Triforis aspera, p. 58. 3, 3a. gracile, p. 54. | 8, 8a. Cerithiopsis diadema, p. 60. 4, 4a, obeliscoides, p. 55. | 9, 9a. horrida, p. 60. 5, 5a. cylindratum, p. 55. 10. ? bizonalis, p. 62. February 3, 1885. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary exhibited a specimen of a rare South-American Lizard (Heterodactylus imbricatus), presented to the Society by Mr. G. Lennon Hunt, of 16 Hanover Square, late H.B.M. Consul at Rio, which had been obtained in the Montequeira Mountains near Rio; and read the following observations on it which had been kindly communicated to him by Mr. G. A. Boulenger, F.Z.S., of the Zoological Department, British Museum :— “The handsome specimen obtained by Mr. Hunt belongs un- doubtedly to Spix’s Heterodactylus imbricatus. It is interesting, first as being larger than any specimen hitherto noticed, its length being 460 millim., in which the tail enters for 350 millim. Secondly, it possesses an elongate interparietal shield, which is in contact with the frontal anteriorly and with the first pair of occipitals posteriorly, a character which has been regarded as peculiar to the second species of the genus, H. lundiit, Reinh. & Litk. In the other specimens of H. iméricatus hitherto noticed, the interparietal is either altogether absent, or very short and enclosed between the parietals and the anterior occipitals. The specimen is a male, and shows on each side two preeanal pores, on the right leg four femoral pores, and five on the left. The coloration of the upper parts is very obscure, the light lateral band characteristic of the species being hardly traceable.” The Secretary exhibited the type-specimen of a beetle of the family Buprestidee remarkable for its large size, which had lately been described by Mr. Charles O. Waterhouse, of the British Museum (Ann. Mag. N. H. ser. 5, vol. xiv. p. 429), as Julodis Pincehi. The specimen in question had been transmitted to the Society by Mr. B. F. Ffinch, of the Persian-Gulf Telegraph Service, Karachi, 64 DR. G. BENNETT ON DENDROLAGUS LUMHOLTZI. [Feb. 3, C.M.Z.S., and had been obtained at Bir, a small place on the Mekran coast of Beloochistan. Mr. Ffinch stated that he was Julodis ffincht. endeavouring to procure more specimens, but that few of these insects had been met with in that locality. The Secretary read the following extracts from a letter addressed to him by Dr. George Bennett, F.Z.S., dated Sydney, December 23, 1884 :— “JT observe in the Scciety’s ‘ Proceedings’ (1884, p. 387), just received, a new Tree-Kangaroo (Dendrolagus lumholtzi) described from Northern Queensland. This has confirmed what I had long suspected, that there was one to be found there. You may recollect that in the ‘Proceedings’ for 1873 (p. 518), I mentioned the supposed existence of a species of Tree-Kangaroo (Dendrolagus) in Northern Queensland, some such animal being apparently well known to the blacks of Cardwell, who report that it is a Kangaroo that climbs trees and leaves deep scratches on the bark. I heard of such an animal from many other sources when in Queensland, and made 1885.] MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 65 many endeavours to obtain it dead or alive, but was unsuccessful, sO I was glad to find that one had been at last obtained by the Norwegian naturalist. I may further remark that the size and deep scratches observed on the bark of the trees, gave rise to a report that a tiger- like animal was to be found in Northern Queensland ', as no one believed that Kangaroos could climb trees, being ignorant of the existence of arboreal Kangaroos in New Guinea. Besides, the scratches were totally different from those of the Opossum, which leaves marks as if made with a pin’s point, being very fine, and there is some doubt whether the Koala or Native Bear leaves any marks.” The Secretary laid upon the table a series of specimens of Lepidopterous insects, which had been bred in the Insect House during the past season, and read the following report upon the subject drawn up by Mr. A. Thomson :— The following species of Insects have been exhibited in the Insect House during the past season :— Silk-producing Bombyces. Indian. Attaeus atlas. Actias selene. cynthia. Antherea mylitha. ricini. American, Samia cecropia. Telea promethea. *—___ columbia. polyphemus. Diurnal Lepidoptera. Papilio machaon. Vanessa urtice. podalirius. polychlorus. Thais polyxena. cardui. Pieris daplicide. levana. Arge galathea. *Anoria hippia. * Melitea artemis. * Argynnis euphrosyne. Vanessa atalanta. paphia. antiopa. Limenitis sibylla. io. popult. Nocturni. Smerinthus ocellatus. Liparis monacha. popult. Bombyx quercus. tilie. Lasiocampa ilicifolia. Sphine ligustri. Eudromis versicoler. —— pinastri. Saturnia carpini. Deilephila euph orbie. livornica. * Of. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 629; 1872, p. 355; 1873, p. 51 Amphydasis betularia. Lupithecia pulchellata. * Exhibited for the first time. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. V. 8. 5 66 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. [Feb. 3, * Cherocampa nerit. Melanippe hastata. Zygena filipendule. Cidaria sagittata. Euchelia jacobee. Cilix spinula. Callimorpha dominula. Dicranura vinula. Chelonia caja. Thyatira balis. Liparis dispar. *Gonomita postica. Of the insects mentioned in the preceding list, I have the honour to exhibit specimens of all the silk-producing Bombyces reared during the past year. Of these I succeeded in rearing a second brood of Attacus cynthia and Samia cecropia; but I could not succeed in obtaining fertile ova from any of the other species, although I made every effort to do so. I fear that the little red ants, which infested the Insect House during the past year to an extraordinary degree, had something to do with this failure, as with every care that was taken to keep them out of the cases, a few managed to get in and worry the insects. Amongst these insects are three interesting varieties, two (male and female) of Samia cecropia, and one of Attacus ricini. The female of Samia cecropia emerged in 1882, and I put it on one side to see if any more would emerge, but none appeared at all like it till the past year, when a very fine male emerged. Compared with the ordinary type of S. cecropia the difference is rather striking. The specimen of Aétacus ricini is remarkable for the absence of the dark- coloured markings on the wings, and for the breadth of the rose- coloured band. Of Butterflies, the most interesting species exhibited was Aporia hippia from the Amoor, cocoons of which were received in exchange from the Gardens in Hamburg. I was able to exhibit for the first time during the past year the very beautiful Oleander Hawk-Moth (Cherocampa nerii), pupe of which were obtained from the continent. From South Africa I received some cocoons, sent by Mr. E. T. Wells, of Somerset East. These proved to be the cocoons of Gonomita postica ; and } exhibit a male and female insect, together with the cocoons from which they emerged. Mr. Seebohm exhibited an example of a curious pale-buff variety of the Red Grouse, Tetrao scoticus, which had been shot on the 16th of October, 1884, by Mr. Gray Grayrigge, on a moor near More- cambe Bay. It had been seen during three seasons on the moor. The following papers were read :— * Exhibited for the first time. J.Smit lith. Hanhart imp. 1 ODONTORHYNGHUS BRANICKIL. 2.SYNALLAXIS SINGULARIS. PZ. 5: (6833Fy 1g = ic ae eee J. Smit lith mMnart imp. UROTHRAUPIS STOLZMANNI 1885. ] ON BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 67 1. Troisiéme liste des Oiseaux recueillis par M. Stolzmann dans ’Ecuadeur. Par L. TaczaAnowsxi et Comte H. v. Breruerscu. [Received January 9, 1885.] (Plates VII. & VIII.) Les oiseaux de cette collection ont été recueillis dans les localités suivantes :— *‘Mapoto (province Ambato, canton Pillaro’, paroisse Banos), hacienda située sur le versant oriental des Andes, couvert de foréts humides, sur la route entre Bafios et Canelos, cette dernicre localité visitée par M. Buckley. Mapoto est établi au bord du fleuve Pastaza, le plus important confluant équatorien de |’Amazone. Cette localité est élevée 4 7000 pieds au dessus du niveau de la mer, correspondant sous ce rapport & Cayandeled du versant occidental ; mais malgré cela sa faune doit étre plutoét comparée a celle de Chimbo. ** Machay, hacienda située sur la méme route 4 une distance de trois lieues de Mapoto. Son élévation est 5000 pieds au dessus du niveau de la mer. Le caractére de la végétation est presque le méme que dans la localité précédente, et les faunes y sont trés semblables, quoique ou rencontre 4 Machay plusieurs espéces qu’on ne trouve pas 4 Mapoto, et vice versd. ; “ Banos, chef-lieu de la paroisse du méme nom (province Ambato, canton Pillaro), situé sur le versant N.E. du volean Tunguragua, & une hauteur de 6200 pieds au dessus du niveau de la mer. Les oiseaux cités de cette localité ont été recueillis un peu plus haut, dans le forét Runtun, entre 6500 et 7500 pieds, «San Rafael, hacienda sur le versant E. du volean Tunguragua, élevée & 9000 pieds, les excursions y étaient poussées jusqu’a la limite inférieure des neiges éternelles, c’est-a-dire jusqu’a une hauteur de 15,000 pieds. La forét s’y étend entre 9000 et 11,500 pieds, au dessus de cette hauteur on entre dans la région de “ Paramo,” caractérisée par le manque de la végétation arborescente remplacée par les graminées, principalement par la Stipa ichu et par les arbustes de la Chuquiragua insignis. On a chassé aussi un peu au dessous de San Rafael jusqu’a la hauteur de 5000 pieds, ou les foréts primitives ont été détruites, et une végétation serrane y a pris place. “‘ Mayorazgo, d’ot proviennent les Steatornis, est une petite grote située dans un ravin presque inaccessible voisin de San Rafael. Elle est élevée 4 9000 pieds au dessus du niveau de la mer. “ Riobamba, ville, chef-lieu de la province Chimborazo, située dans une vaste plaine entre les deux crétes des Cordilléres, occiden- tale et orientale. Les eaux des environs de la ville appartiennent 1 Tl faut distinguer Pillaro de Puellaro, bourg situé prés de Quito et visité par M. Fraser dans son voyage dans l'Hcuadeur, 5* 68 L. TACZANOWSK1 AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, au systéme du fleuve Pastaza. Riobamba est done située sur le ver- sant oriental de la chaine des Audes. L’altitude de cette ville est 4 peu prés la méme que celle de Quito (9000 pieds). La végétation, outre les champs cultivés, y est trés pauvre et se compose principale- ment des arbres du cerisier américain (Cerasus capuli), d’une espéce d’Agave et d’un Cactus 4 fleurs blanches, trés recherchées par la Lesbia amaryllis. “Les localités citées jusqu’ici sont situées sur le versant oriental des Andes. La comparaison de leurs faunes avec celles du versant occidental exploré par moi et Siemiradzki nous montre que Mapoto et Machay correspondent 4 Chimbo du versant occidental, Banos a Cayandeled, et San Rafael a Cechce et la Union. * Mapoto et Machay, quoique élevés beaucoup plus que Chimbo, présentent plusieurs espéces communes, ou trés voisines aux espéces de Chimbo, comme par exemple :— Chimbo (entre 800 et 3000 Mapoto et Machay (entre 4000 pieds). et 5000 pieds). Cyphorhinus phzeocephalus. C. thoracicus dichrous. Geothlypis semiflava. Basileuterus semicervinus. Hylophilus minor. Calliste cyanopygia. Pyranga ardens. Chlorospingus canigularis. Chlorospingus flavigularis. Cassicus. Platyrhynchus albigularis. Todirostrum sclateri. Mionectes oleagineus. Leptopogon superciliaris. Tyranniscus cinereiceps. Myiozetetes cayennensis. Rhynchocyclus peruvianus, Myiobius erypterythrus. Contopus richardsoni. Tyrannus melancholicus. Cephalopterus penduliger. Xenops littoralis. Sittasomus amazonus. Margarornis brunnescens. Dysithamnus semicinereus. Myrmotherula menetriesii. Cercomacra tyrannina. Schistes personatus. Picumnus granadensis. Momotus microstephanus. Galbula melanogenia. Malacoptila panamensis. Rhamphastos ambiguus. Capito bourcieri. G. philadelphia. B. tristriatus. H. olivaceus. C. cceruleocephala. P. ardens. Ch. signatus. Ch, flavigularis, C. uropygialis. P. albigularis, T. cinereum, M. oleagineus. L, pecilotis. T. cinereiceps. M. similis. Rh. peruvianus, M, eryptoxanthus. C. richardsoni. T. melancholicus. C. ornatus. X, rutilus. 8. amazonus. M. brunnescens. D. subplumbeus. M., menetriesii. C, approximans ? 8. geoffroyi. P, lafresnayei. M. sp. ?? G, pastazae. M. fulvigularis. Bh. tocard. C. bourcieri. ‘Nous n’avons choisi que les espéces trés caractéristiques pour Chimbo (800-3000 pieds), ne dépassant point cette derniére altitude. 1 J’ai vu un exemplaire chez un chasseur de Machay, probablement MV. brasiliensis. 1885. } BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 69 Ces exemples démontrent un fait trés remarquable, que les limites de la dispersion orographique sont beaucoup plus basses pour plusieurs espéces sur le versant occidental que sur le versant oriental, ce qui parait prouver que les mémes lignes isothermiques ne sont pas situées sur la méme hauteur des deux versants des Andes dans la méme latitude géographique. Quelques données du régne végétal viennent 4 confirmer notre supposition; par exemple, le bambou épineux (Guadua, sp.?) ne se trouve pas au dessus de Chimbo (800 pieds), tandis qu’il est répandu & Machay et 4 Mapoto sur 4000- 5000 pieds. D’un autre coté on rencontre 4 Chimbo une canne grimpante (Chusquea) propre sur le versant oriental 4 des hauteurs de 7000 a 9000 pieds, et ne se trouvant pas a Machay (5000 pieds). * Quoique exploration des environs de Baiios fut trés supertficielle, la présence de quelques espéces trés caractéristiques pour cette lo- ealité nous prouve qu elle correspond plus ou moins 4 Cayandeled du versant occidental, malgré qu’elles présentent une différence de 2200 pieds dans leur élévation relative au dessus du niveau de la mer. Les formes suivantes si caractéristiques pour Cayandeled :—Diglossa albilateralis, Pecilotriccus rufigenis, Panoplites matthewsi, Bour- cieria Sulgidigula, Cynanthus cyanurus, Geotrygon bourcieri se trouvent aussi 4 Baiios, ou y sont remplacées par des us trés voisines, comme p. e. Pecilotriccus rufigenis par P. ruficeps, Bourcieria fulgidigula par B. torquata, Cynanthus cyanurus par C. mocoa. *‘ Chimborazo, montagne située sur la créte des Cordilléres, de maniére qu’une partie de ses eaux se rend vers le Pacific, formant la tiviére Chimbo, confluant du fleuve Guayas (Guayaquil), et l’autre vers Atlantique par la riviére San Luis, un des nombreux cours d’eaux formant le fleuve Pastaza. Les oiseaux provenant du Chim- borazo ont été chassés aux environs de Panza, petit tambo (auberge) visité autrefois par M. Fraser, qui estime son élévation 4 14,000 pieds. ** Les deux dernieres localites qui ont été précédemment visitées par Stolzmann et Siemiradzki sont :— ** La Union ou Llagos, petit village composé de quelques cabanes sur la grande route d’Alausi 4 Cuenca. Les oiseaux y ont été chassés entre les limites de 8000 et 9000 pieds. Cette localité du versant occidental correspond par son élévation et par sa faune a San Rafael du versant oriental. Toute cette contrée est couverte de foréts humides. ** Yaguachi, ville, élevée aprés la derniére révolution au rang du chef-lieu d’un nouveau canton Olenedo, formant une partie de la province Guayas (Guayaquil). Elle est située au bord de la riviére Yaguachi, confluant du fleave Guayas, 4 une distance de 6 lieues de Guayaquil. Son élévation est presque nulle, et le climat y est trés chaud. La végétation des environs de Yaguachi présente une remarquable transition entre les foréts humides des contreforts des Andes et la végétation relativement trés pauvre des environs de Guayaquil. Pendant les deux saisons de l’aunée, celle des pluies et celle de la sécheresse, on remarque une différence assez considérable 70 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON’ [ Feb. 3, dans la végétation ; elle est pauvre pendant la sécheresse, et se déve- loppe beaucoup plus lorsqu’il commence a pleuvoir. Ces changements climatériques et phytologiques entrainent une sorte de migrations des oiseaux de la edte équatorienne, et tandis qu’on y rencontre dans la saison séche plusieurs espéces caractéristiques pour Guayaquil, on y trouve dans l’époque des pluies plusieurs formes propres aux foréts humides des environs de Chimbo. Ainsi, p. e., j’y ai trouvé en décembre (fin de la saison séche) le Pyrocephalus rubineus, Myiodynastes bairdi, Coryphospingus cruentus, etc., en nombre assez considérable, tandis qu’ils manquaient complétement au mois de mai (fin de la saison pluvieuse), et au lieu d’eux j’ai trouvé les especes non vues auparavant:—Myiodynastes audax, Euphonia saturata, Hadrostomus homochrous, Pachyramphus spodiurus, Juliamyia feli- clana, ete.’’—Stolzmann. TURDID&. *1, Turpvus ALicra#, Baird. Une femelle prise &4 Machay en novembre. L’oiseau n’est pas adulte, présentant quelques stries blanches sur les grandes tectrices alaires, et d’un faite un peu moins fort que les oiseaux des Etats Unis et de Bogota (Musée Berlepsch) et du nord de Kamtschatka (Musée de Varsovie), avec lesquels il a été comparé, s’accordant en outre parfaitement avec tous ces exemplaires. 2. Turpus swatnsont, Cab. Neuf exemplaires de Mapoto et Machay, recueillis depuis novem- bre jusqu’en janvier. *3. TuRDUS EURYZONUS, Du Bus. Un oiseau sans indication de sexe recueilli 4 Machay le 14 novembre. Iris brun foncé. 5° remige la plus longue, 4°=6°, 2°=9°, longueur de la 1"° 30 millim. 4. TuRDUs SERRANUS, Tsch. Une paire de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillie en décembre et janvier. Iris brun foncé. Le mile, qui est jeune prenantsa livrée d’adulte, présente les dimen- sions moins fortes que celles des males du Pérou central ; l’aile pliée est longue de 120, tandis qu’elle est de 133 chez le péruvien, queue de 105 au lieu de 117 millim. La formule de Vaile est la méme. La femelle, qui est adulte et en plumage, a aussi les dimensions moins fortes que dans les péruviennes, aile longue de 118 au lieu de 123-126, queue 105 au lieu de 110 millimétres. Dans la coloration elle est plus foneé en dessus que les péruviennes; en dessous et sur les tectrices inférieures de laile le roux est olivatre et non rougeatre propre aux oiseaux péruviens. *5, Turpus GiGas, Fras. Une femelle tuée en février 4 Banos. 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 71 CINCLID&. *6§. CINCLUS LEUCONOTUS, Scl. Une paire de San Rafael recueillie en mars 1881. Iris brun foncé. SYLVIID, 7. My1apestrs RALLorpEs (Laff. et d’Orb.). Male et deux femelles recueillis en février 4 Mapoto. Iris brun grisatre. *§. PoLIOPTILA BILINEATA (Bp.). Male, femelle et un jeune male de Yaguachi recueillis en aoit. Tris brun foneé. Cette forme se distingue de la P. albiloris, Saly., par la strie sour- ciligre blanche ; c’est 4 cette forme qu’appartient aussi l’oiseau du Pérou septentrional. TROGLODYTID. 9. CAMPYLORHYNCHUS BALTEATUS, Baird. Trois femelles adultes et un jeune de Yaguachi, recueillis en mai 1881. Le jeune oiseau en premier plumage différe des adultes par lesommet de la téte noir unicolore bordé des deux cétés d’un sourcil ocreux clair, trés fin devant l’ceil et élargi en arriére ; toutes les taches dorsales, les bandes alaires et caudales ocreuses au lieu de blanchatres ; en dessous le blanchatre est sale 4 taches moins grandes et moins réguliéres. La machoire est d’un brun beaucoup plus foncé ; les pattes plus obscures. *10. CINNICERTHIA UNIBRUNNEA (Lafr.). Trois males et une femelle de Machay, Mapoto et San Rafael, tués en décembre, en janvier et février. Iris gris bleuatre chez le male, brun chatain chez la femelle. *1]. CyPoRHINUS THORACICUS DICHROUs (Sel. et Salv.), P.Z.S. 1879, p. 792, tab. xli. Deux males, trois femelles et quatre jeunes recueillis 4 Machay et Mapoto en novembre et janvier. Iris brun foncé. Forme trés voisine du C. thoracicus, Tsch., qui n’en est distinete que par des détails trés minutieux, comme couleur générale des parties suy érieures du corps plus foncée et disposée d’une manicre différente sur le derritre du sommet de la téte en descendant largement en travers de toute la longueur du cou, tandis que dans l’oiseau péruvien elle s’attenue graduellement sur la nuque et passe finement au cou ; le roux intense de la poitrine s’arréte plus haut, mais il descend en une nuance plus claire plus loin sur le milieu de abdomen ; les sous- caudales sont bordées largement de roux et traversées par une autre vaie paralléle & cette bordure, tandis que chez le C. thoracicus la bordure roussatre est peu prononcée et il n’y a point de trace d’une 72 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, raie paralléle ; le devant du visage présente aussi une différence en ce que le roux commence immédiatement au menton et passe au dessous de l’ceil, les plumules foneées ne se trouvant que sur la bordure de la paupiére, tandis que chez l’oiseau péruvien le brunatre occupe le devant du menton, et l’ceil est entouré d’une bordure pareille assez large; le bee est plus bossu devant les narines. Les oiseaux jeunes se distinguent des adultes par une teinte brunatre sur les parties supérieures du corps, le roux de la gorge moin pur et moins uniforme, les souscaudales rousses en entier, la mandibule blanche en dessous. 12, Hentcornina Leucorurys (Tsch.). Deux femelles de Machay, prises en décembre 1883, identiques a Poiseau de Chimbo, 4 poitrine paraissant étre d’un gris un peu plus clair. 13. ODONTORHYNCHUS BRANICKH, sp. n. (Plate VII. fig. 1.) O. supra cinereo-ardesiacus, pileo plus aut minus rufescente induto, uropygio maculis nonnullis albis vario, tectricibus caude superioribus nigro transfasciatis ; lateribus capitis albo et nigro striatis ; subtus totus albus, tectricibus caude inferioribus fasciis transversalibus nigris ; alis dorso concoloribus, subalaribus albis JSusco maculatis ; margine interno remigum albo; cauda ar- desiaco - cinerea, fasciis transversalibus nigris ; rectricibus externis nigris, fasciis albis. 3 ad. Tout le dessus du corps est d’un cendré ardoisé pur a sommet de la téte roussatre, presque ocreux sur le front, jusqu’au dela du niveau du devant des yeux et prenant un ton café sur le reste; des stries blanches nombreuses au cou postérieur, quelques taches blanches au milieu du croupion, tectrices supérieures de la queue rayées en travers de noir; cdtés de la téte blanes striés finement de noir; sourcils noirs striés de blane ; tout le dessous est blanc, coloré légérement d’isabelle sur la poitrine, des raies noires en travers des souscaudales. Ailes concolores au dos a tectrices in- férieures blanches maculées de gris foncé ; bord interne des remiges blane. Queue d’un cendré plus clair que celui du dos et des ailes, transversée de huit raies noires, dont Jes deux postérieures sont large- ment interrompues au milieu des rectrices ; en outre les rectrices sont terminées par une bordure noiratre entourée d’un liséré cendré trés fin ; les bandes noires sont prédominantes sur les rectrices externes, et les cendrées remplacées par des blanches, sur la rectrice suivante il y a une série de taches blanches le long du bord interne. Bee gris corné trés foneé, presque noir, plus clair sur les fourches de la man- dibule et sur les bords des deux machoires; pattes plombé foncé ; iris brun rougeatre. Qad. Semblable en tout au male précédent et n’en differe que par Yocreux moins clair et moins prolongé sur le front et le manque complet de stries blanches au cou postérieur. Jeune male semblable aux adultes et en differe principalement par la couleur du sommet de la téte 4 peine lavé de café de sorte que 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 73 la nuance de cette partie est trés peu différente de celle du dos; également comme la femelle, il n’a point de stries blanches au cou postérieur ; les stries blanches des cdtés de la téte plus grosses, moins nombreuses, 2 bordures latérales moins foncées, les stries du sourcil sont sur un fond ardoise et non noir; souscaudales d’un blanc isabelle 4 raies transyersales noires, moins réguliéres et moins nettes. Iris gris foncé. 3. Longueur totale 143, vol 196, aile 60, queue 54, bee 17°5, tarse 17, doigt médian 13, ongle 5, pouce 12, ongle 6°5 millim. @. Longueur totale 136, vol 188, aile 57, queue 50, bee 17, tarse 17, doigt médian 13, ongle 4, pouce 11, ongle 6 millim. L’oiseau typique du Musée de Vienne de 1’O. cinereus, Pelz., est jeune en premier plumage, mais malgré cela il est suffisant pour démontrer évidemment que notre oiseau de l’Ecuadeur appartient 3 une espéce parfaitement distincte, quoique voisine, tant plus que parmi les oiseaux fournis par M. Stolzmann il y a un exemplaire jeune. La forme du bec présente une différence la plus frappante ; dans notre oiseau il est beaucoup plus long, moins élevé, moins comprimé, i aréte dorsale beaucoup moins courbée dans sa moitié terminale ; les pattes de notre oiseau sont beaucoup pius fortes, & doigts plus longs, la différence est la plus frappante dans le pouce, qui n’est que de 8 millim. dans l’espéce brésilienne ; les ailes sont plus longues de 9-10 millim., 4 4° et 5° remiges les plus longues et égales, tandis que dans l’oiseau brésilien c’est la 3° et 7° qui sont égales et les plus longues. Dans la coloration il y a aussi plusieurs différences essen- tielles outre celle de la nuance des parties supérieures du corps, comme :—cotés de la téte striés d’une maniére plus ou moins pro- noncée, méme dans Voiseau jeune, les raies noires plus larges et moins nombreuses en travers de la queue (8 au lieu de i1). Deux miles, deux femelles et un jeune male de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis en décembre et en janvier. Ce Troglodyte accompagne les bandes vagabondes dans les foréts de la contrée ; ses allures bizarres ont frappé l’attention de M. Stolz- mann, ear il a lhabitude de sautiller 4 grands bonds le long des grosses branches horizontales, également sur leur surface supérieure, comme sur linférieure ; et c’est cette manceuvre qui le faisait recon- naitre de loin daus une bande composée de différents autres oiseaux. Nous dédions ce curieux oiseau 4 la mémoire du Comte Con- stantin Branicki comme souvenir du dernier voyage de M. Stolzmann accompli sous ses auspices. 14. TuryoTHoRus EVOPHRYs, Scl. Une femelle prise 4 La Union le 27 octobre. 15. TROGLODYTES SOLSTITIALIS, Scl. Cing femelles et trois jeunes pris 4 Bafos, San Rafael et El Mira- dor en janvier et février. 16. TROGLODYTES FURVUS (Gmn.), Un exemplaire de Yaguachi. 74 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, MoraciLuip&. 17. ANTHUS BOGOTENSIS, Scl. Male ad. et jeune de San Rafael et de Chimborazo, recueillis en "mars et en avril. MwnioriLtTip2z. 18. Paruta pitTr1ayum! (Vieill.). Un male de Mapoto, une femelle de Machay. Le male a les deux raies blanches transalaires trés marquées, la femelle n’a qu’une faible raie postérieure et manque en entier |’anté- rieure. Ce male a le roussatre du cou antérieur aussi faible que dans les femelles de Chimbo et de Machay, tandis que les males de Chimbo et de Surupata (Ecuadeur occ.), ainsi que ceux du Pérou septentrional, ont cette nuance beaucoup plus forte. 19. DENDRG@CA BLACKBURNIZ (Gm.). Neuf oiseaux en différents plumages, pris & Machay, Mapoto et Baiios depuis novembre jusqu’en janvier. *20. DENDR@CA CHRULEA (Wils.). Huit oiseaux pris § Machay et 4 Mapoto depuis novembre jusqu’ en février. *21. My1op1ocTes CANADENSIs (L.). Onze oiseaux pris 4 Machay et Mapoto depuis novembre jusqu’en février. 22. GEOTHLYPIS PHILADELPHIA (Wils.). Quatre males et une femelle de Mapoto recuillis en janvier. Iris brun foncé. Tous les males n’ont aucune trace de blanc sur les paupicres. #23, BASILEUTERUS CASTANEICEPS, Scl. et Salv., P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 521 (décrit de Jina, Ecuad.). Trois males et une femelle, pris 4 Machay et San Rafael en décembre et mars. Iris brun fonceé. Les oiseaux péruviens ont une teinte plus brunatre et moins olive en dessus, et ont le plus souvent moins de jaune sur les sous- caudales. 24, BASILEUTERUS TRISTRIATUS (Tsch.). Trois males, deux femelles et deux oiseaux sans indication de sexe, pris 4 Machay et A Mapoto en novembre, décembre et janvier. Tris brun foncé. Ces oiseaux ne se distinguent des péruviens que par le jaune plus distinct 4 la surface de la raie médiane du sommet de la téte. 25. BASILEUTERUS NIGRICRISTATUS (Lafr.). Deux oiseaux pris en février et en mars i San Rafael. Iris brun foncé. = 1885. | BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 75 26. SeTOPHAGA VERTICALIS (Lafr. et Orb.). Cing exemplaires de Mapoto et de Machay, pris en novembre, décembre et janvier. 27. SeropHAGA BAIRDI, Salv. Cing exemplaires de San Rafael et de Mapoto, pris en janvier et février. Le jeune oiseau en premier plumage n’a rien de roux sur la nuque, rien de jaune sur les lores et autour de l’ceil; le dessous est d’un jaunatre sale et pale avec une large bande pectorale roussatre. *28. SeTOPHAGA RUFICORONATA, Kaup ; Salv. Ibis, 1878, p. 316, tab. vii. f. 1. Deux miles de San Rafael pris en février et mars. Iris brun foncé. VIREONIDE. 29. VIREOSYLVIA JOSEPH, Scl. Un mile et trois femelles recueillis 4 Machay, 4 Mapoto et Baiios en novembre, décembre et février. *30. HyLoruinus onivaceus, Tsch. Un male pris 4 Mapoto en décembre. Iris ocreux. Identique aux oiseaux péruviens. HrruNDINID. 31. STELGIDOPTERYX UROPYGIALIS (Lawr.). Deux oiseaux de Yaguachi. Ca@REBID. 32. DicLossa personata (Fras.). Trois males et une femelle recueillis A Banos en février 1884. *33. DiGLossa LAFRESNAYI (Boiss.). Un male et deux femelles recueillis en mars 1877 4 San Rafael. Iris brun foneé. *34. D1GLossa INDIGOTICA, Scl. Un mile ad., deux femelles et un jeune male recueillis 4 Mapoto en janvier et février 1884. —_ Iris jaune chez le male, d’un jaune sale chez la temelle et le jeune. 35. DIGLOSSA ALBILATERALIS, Lafr. Un mile adulte pris 4 Banos en février 1884. *36. CONIROSTRUM SITTICOLOR, Lafr. Trois males ad. et un jeune male de San Rafael, reeueillis en mars 1884. Iris brun foncé. 76 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON’ [Feb. 3, 37. CoNIROSTRUM FRASER], Scl. Un male de San Rafael du 28 février, 1884. *38. OREOMANES FRASER], Scl. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 75. Une paire de Chimborazo, recueillie le 20 Avril, 1884. Iris brun foncé. Les deux sexes ne présentent entre elles aucune différence, excepté la taille, qui est moins forte dans la femelle ; Paile du male a 88 millim., celle de la femelle 81, queue du male 65, celle de la femelle 60. *39, DACNIS PULCHERRIMA AUREINUCHA, Ridgw. Proc. U.S. National Mus. 1878 (Ecuador). Deux miles, trois femelles et un jeune recueillis 4 Machay en novembre et décembre. Iris rouge brunatre chez le male, brun rougeatre chez la femelle ; brun foncé chez le jeune. La femelle a le noir de la téte et du dos remplacé par Volive avec un demicollier nucal analogue 4 celui du male, mais d’un jaune obscur, une raie d’un jaune straminé a éclat vitreux le long du milieu du dos, croupion d’un jaune plus pur et plus brillant ; gorge d’un gris olivatre, bordée en dessous d’une raie jaune vive, prolongé sur les cdtés jusqu’’ compleéter le demicollier nucal dont le jaune est beau- conp plus obscur; le milieu méme du dessous du corps est blan- chatre, cdtés largement d’un olive jaunatre, passant méme au jaune sous certain jour. Ailes noiratres 4 tectrices et les remiges bordées de bleu verdatre ; les remiges tertiaires de la couleur du dos ; sous- axillaires blanc-jaunatres. Rectrices médianes olives, les autres noiratres bordées 4 l’extérieur de bleu verdatre. Une femelle plus jeune se distingue de la précédente par le collier nucal plus fin et moins prononcé, le croupion moins jaune, la raie dorsale peu marquée, la partie antérieure du collier moins large, et d’un jaune moins brillant, les flanes olivatres sans éclat jaune. Le jeune en premier plumage différe de la femelle par le collier nucal 4 peine indiqué par une ligne un peu plus claire que le fond des parties environnantes, par le manque complet de taches jaunatres le long du milieu du dos, Je jaune olivatre occupant le milieu du crou- pion moins largement et sans éclat vitreux ; en dessous il est beau- coup plus sale, 4 milieu du ventre jaunatre sale au lieu de blanchatre ; trés peu de jaunatre au cére antérieur; tectrices alaires olives au lieu de bleuatre. 3. Longueur totale 138, vol 219, aile 68, queue 45, bee 15, tarse 16 millim. ; @. Longueur totale 138, vol 217, aile 67, queue 17, bee 15, tarse 16 millim. TANAGRIDE. 40. PRocNIAS CH@RULEA OCCIDENTALIS, Scl. Deux males recueillis 4 Yaguachi en juin 1884. 41. EvpHonta saTurata (Cab.). Quatre males et une femelle recueillis 4 Yaguachi en juin 1884, 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 77 *42, HUPHONIA XANTHOGASTRA, Sundev. Un mile ad., un jeune mile et trois femelles recueillis 4 Machay en novemhre 1883 et en janvier 1884. 43. EUPHONIA HYPOXANTHA, Berl. et Tacz. Un jeune male tué 4 Yaguachi en juin. *44, CHLOROCHRYSA BOURCIERI (Bp.), Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1851, p. 129 (décrit de Banos). Nombreux exemplaires adultes et jeunes de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis en novembre, décembre et janvier. Iris brun fonceé. Les oiseaux de Ecuadeur et de la Nouvelle Grenade différent de la Ch. calliparea (Tsch.) du Pérou central par la couleur de l’abdo- men d’un bleu verdatre, tandis que Poiseau péruvien l’a d’un bleu saphiré intense. Le jeune male en premier plumage ressemble en tout 4 la femelle adulte, mais il n’a point de tache occipitale jaune. En commengant a changer le plumage les plumes noires apparaissent sur la gorge, les vert-bleudtres sur les flancs et au sommet de la téte; puis c’est le noir de la gorge et le plumage de la téte qui sont les premiers 4 se former, tandis que la coloration du dessous, les taches auriculaires et la grosse tache uropygiale sont encore 4 moitié incomplctes. *45. Diva vassori (Boiss.). Quatre males et une femelle pris 4 La Union en novembre 1883, et a San Rafael en mars 1881. *46. CALLISTE YENI (Lafr. et Orb.). Deux males pris 4 Machay en novembre et en décembre. *47. CALLISTE puNCTATA (L.). Deux males pris & Machay et 4 Mapoto en novembre et en janvier. *48. CALLISTE PULCHRA ZQUATORIALIs, Berl. MS. Six males, deux femelles et un jeune en premier plumage de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis en novembre, décembre et janvier. Ces oiseaux se distinguent de ceux de l’espéce de Tschudi du Pérou central par le jaune en général plus pur et plus intense, fort orangé tirant presqu’au rougedtre sur le sommet de la téte; le marron de la gorge et du cou antérieur est beaucoup moins obscur, le jaune de la poitrine et de abdomen est plus pur 4 nuance marron beaucoup plus faible. Le jeune en premier plumage ressemble 4 l’adulte, mais il est mate sans trace de lustre, le jaune est sale et uniforme partout sans orangé sur la téte ni marron sur la gorge; il a des petites taches noires au milieu du cervix formant une grosse tache foncée ; le noir du tour du bec et de la tache auriculaire moins intense ; bordures des plumes dorsales d’un jaune sale, ainsi que celles des tectrices alaires. 78 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, 49. CALLIsTr GyRoLoipEs (Lafr. et d’Orb.). Une jeune femelle prise 4 Mapoto le 30 janvier. *50. CALLISTE TAYLORI, sp. n. Stolzm. MS. C. c@ruleo-seladinea, alis caudaque ngris plumis ceruleo limbatis ; abdomine medio crissoque albidis rufescente tinctis ; fronte, loris, circulo oculari fasciague cervicali et postnuchali nigris ; fascia nuchali latissima splendide sericeo-aurea ; area magna verticali fasciaque colli postici violaceo-ultramarinis ; subalaribus albis. Rostrum nigrum ; pedes plumbeo-olivacei ; iris fusco-brunnea. 3. Le noir velouté occupe largement le front, les lores, le tour de l’ceil, le devant du menton et une bande postnucale; une large bande d’un beau bleu outremer tirant un peu au violatre occupe toute la largeur du vertex entre le noir frontal et celui de la raie cervicale ; une large bande d’un jaune doré fort soyeux couvre la partie postérieure du cervix et la nuque en se prolongeant des deux cétés sur les tectrices auriculaires supérieures pénétrant méme quel- quefois sur le bord postérieur de I’ceil ; les plumes du cou postérieur sont noires terminées par une tache bleu-violatre semblable a la couleur du vertex, qui sur le bas de cette partie paraissent former une bande continue; le dos est couvert de plumes noiratres au milieu et bordées largement de vert céladon ; croupion d’un beau bleu céladon uniforme, beaucoup plus clair et plus vif que celui des bordures dorsales; gorge, cou antérieur, joues, poitrine et les flancs de l’abdomen sont d’une couleur bleue semblable 4 celle du crou- pion ; milieu de l’abdomen, région anale et les souscaudales d’un ocreux pale, plus blanchatre sur le devant. Ailes et queue noires 4 toutes plumes bordées de bleu analogue au plumage général, ces bordures sont larges sur les petites tectrices en y formant une surface uniforme, tandis qu’elles sont fines sur les autres; les deux rectrices médianes enduites de bleudtre; sousalaires internes et les sousaxillaires blanches, les tectrices du pli de Vaile noiratres squamulées de blanc. Bec noir ; pattes d’un plombé olivatre ; iris brun foncé. . Semblable au male et n’en est distincte que par la bande nucale moins brillante et moins large ; la raie cervicale fine et moins nettement prononcée ; les bordures des plumes dorsales moins pures ; le bleu du croupion et du dessous moins intense et moins pur, sur- tout sur les flanes, ot il est fort mélangé avec du gris. Le jeune oiseau en premier plumage est d’un gris foncé olivatre en dessus, lavé de verdatre le Jong des cotés du sommet de la téte, au dos et surtout sur les scapulaires, le croupion et les couvertures supé- rieures de Ja queue, tandis que sur le milieu du cervix et de la nuque la nuance est brunatre; gorge, joues, poitrine et les flancs sont d’un gris pale; milieu de abdomen et les souscaudales semblables 4 ceux de l’adulte, mais d’une nuance sale. Les bordures des plumes alaires et de la queue sont d’une couleur moins pure; tectrices alaires moyennes fuligineuses sans bordures bleues; sur les petites les bordures sont d’un vert bleuatre ne couvrant pas en entier le fond du milieu des plumes. 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 79 do. Longueur de l’aile 78, queue 51, bec 14, tarse 18 mm. @. Longueur de Vaile 70, queue 49, bec 13, tarse 17 mm. Forme la plus voisine de la C. ruficerviv, Prev., et présentant la méme disposition des couleurs, surtout sur la téte, mais distincte parfaitement par une autre couleur beaucoup plus brillante de la bande nucale, et plus prolongée sur les cétés jusqu’aux tectrices auriculaires supérieures, par une autre couleur bleue de la bande ver- ticale, et les petites tectrices alaires (épaules) d’un bleu de ciel uni- forme, tandis que chez la C. ruficervix elles sont d’un bleu foncé au moins en partie. Trois males, ad., une femelle et un jeune en premier plumage pris & Machay en novembre et décembre. M. Stolzmann dédie cette belle Calliste & M. Antoine Taylor, comme hommage pour son dévouement qu’il a déployé en lui aidant 4 collectionner pendant sa derniére expédition. Il accompagnait M. Fraser dans son expédition de Pallatanga et de Babahoyo, et ensuite il collectionnait pour M. Buckley. 51. CALLISTE CARULEOCEPHALA, Sws. Cing males, deux femelles et quatre jeunes de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis en décembre, en janvier et février. Ces oiseaux du versant oriental de la chaine équatorienne sont identiques aux oiseaux du Pérou septentrional, ayant la gorge d’un saphire violatre, et non & ceux du Pérou central et A ceux del’ Ecua- deur occidental. Le jeune oiseau en premier plumage est en dessus d’un gris fuli- gineux 4 plumes du sommet de la téte et du cou bordées finement de vert olive donnant cette teinte assez prononcée a ces parties; le croupion est d’une teinte olive jaunatre sale; la gorge est gris pale tirant légérement au verdatre ; le reste du dessous est d’un gris pale lavé légérement de roussatre au milieu du corps, et plus fortement sur les flancs du ventre, sur la région anale et les souscaudales ; le noir des ailes est moins intense, les bordures des remiges vertes, celles des tectrices fauves et celles des remiges tertiaires d’un fauve grisatre ; les rectrices noiratres sont bordées de verdatre peu pro- nonce. En commengant 4 changer le plumage c’est le croupion qui parait prendre le premier la couleur semblable A celle des adultes, les plumes bleues se montrent au cou et sur la téte, les noires au dos et sur Pabdomen. *52. CALLISTE MELANOTIs, Scl. Deux femelles prises i Machay en novembre et décembre, sem- blables en tout aux oiseaux du Pérou septentrional et ne distinctes de Poiseau du Pérou central que par la teinte de la gorge moins jaunatre. *53. CALLIsTE CHRysotis, DuBus. Un mile, quatre femelles et un jeune recueillis & Machay en 80 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, novembre. La femelle de cet oiseau est aussi brillante que le male et ne présente aucune différence dans la coloration. Le jeune oiseau en premier plumage a la méme disposition des cou- leurs que dans les adultes, mais il est beaucoup moins brillant, sur- tout sur le dessous du corps, ott le vert de la gorge et de la poitrine est faible, celui des flancs trés peu indiqué ; le doré beaucoup plus faible sur la bande auriculaire ; le noir est partout moins intense et moins pur, le roux du dessous moins foncé. Bec corné brunatre ; pattes carnées. 54. CALLISTE VENUSTA, Scl. Trois males et une femelle de Machay recueillis en novembre. *55. IRIDORNIS DUBUSIA (Bp.). Un male pris &@ San Rafael le 5 mars, 1884. Iris brun rou- geatre. *56. Pa@CILOTHRAUPIS LUNULATA ATRICRISSA, Cab. Cing males et deux femelles pris 4 San Rafael en mars, sans au- cune trace de bordures rouges sur les souscaudales. *57. Pa@cILOTHRAUPIS PALPEBROSA (Lafr.). Un mile et deux femelles de San Rafael pris en mars. Iris noir. Ces oiseaux sont intermédiaires entre la P. palpebrosa vraie de Bogota et d’ Antioquia et les oiseaux du Pérou septentrional (Cutervo), plus proches aux derniers. Ils ont les ctés de la téte lavés d’olive comme les oiseaux typiques, mais sur un fond plus foncé, tandis que le plumage du sommet de la téte et de toutes les parties supérieures du corps enduits de bleu, moins fortement que dans les P. lacrymosa. Ce sont les oiseaux appartenant 4 la subsp. cerulescens, Berl. MS. *58. BUTHRAUPIS CUCULLATA (Jard.). Une femelle de San Rafael prise en mars. Iris rouge brique. Oiseau identique & ceux de Bogota; les oiseaux du Pérou cen- tral sont d’une taille un peu moins forte, ils ont le bec moins long et plus comprimé a l’extrémité, 4 aréte dorsale plus courbe; dans la coloration ils ne présentent aucune différence. Cette femelle a les dimensions suivantes. Longueur de laile 135, queue 100, bec 25 mm. *59, BUTHRAUPIS CHLORONOTA, Scl. Trois paires de San Rafael prises en mars. Iris brun foncé. *60. Compsocoma vicrorint (Lafr.) ? Deux males, deux femelles et un jeune de Machay recueillis en novembre et décembre. Iris brun fencé. Ces oiseaux sont intermédiaires entre la vraie C. victorini et la C. sumptuosa, le dos est d’un olive plus ohscur que dans la premiere et mélangé de noiratre dans sa partie supérieure. 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 81 61. Dususia Tzn1aTaA (Boiss.). Un mile pris 4 San Rafael en février. 62. TANAGRA CANA, Sws. Deux femelles de Yaguachi. *63. TANAGRA CasLesTIs, Spix. Une femelle de Mapoto, prise le 5 janvier. *64, Rampnocatus sacapa (L.). Deux males et une femelle de Machay et de Mapoto pris en novembre et en janvier. *65. PyRANGA RUBRA (L.). Un jeune male de Machay, tué le 6 décembre. Iris brun grisatre foucé. 66. Pyranca astiva (Gm.). Quatre males, deux femelles et deux jeunes males de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis depuis novembre jusqu’en février. Iris brun grisatre foncé. *67. PYRANGA RUBRICEPs, Gr. Deux miles et un oiseau sans indication de sexe, recueillis 4 Banos en février. Iris brun foncé. 68. Pyranea ARpeENns (Tsch.). Un male pris 4 Mapoto le 17 janvier. Iris brun foncé. 69. CREURGOPS VERTICALIS, Scl. Deux paires recueillies 4 Machay en novembre et décembre. _ Iris brun rougeatre. *70. CHLOROSPINGUS OLEAGINEUS, Scl. Un male et un oiseau sans indication de sexe recueillis 3 Machay en novembre et décembre. Iris brun foneé. 71. CHLOROSPINGUS SUPERCILIARIS NIGRIFRONS, Lawr. Trois males et une femelle de San Rafael recueillis en février et en mars. Iris brun foncé. *72, CHLOROSPINGUS ATRIPILEUS (Lafr.). Une paire de San Rafael, recueillie en mars. Iris brun foncé. 73. CHLOROSPINGUS FLAVIGULARIS (Scl.). Six males ad., deux femelles et un jeune male recueillis 4 Machay en novembre et décembre et 4 Mapoto en janvier. Les deux males de Mapoto différent de ceux de Machay par le jaune de la gorge d’un orangé intense séparé au milieu de gris, tandis que tous les autres ont la plaque gulaire d’un jaune soufré (Machay est situé 4 1000 pieds au dessus de Mapoto). La couleur Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. VI. 6 82 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, de la poitrine les distingue aussi; ceux de Mapoto l’ont cendré pur, tandis que dans les oiseaux de Machay elle est grise. Ily a aussi une différence dans la taille ; les oiseaux de Mapoto ont Vaile longue de 74-76 mm., tandis que ceux de Machay l’ont de 79-84 mm. Liris dans les oiseaux de Machay est gris cendré, celui des oiseaux de Mapoto brun noisette. Tous ces oiseaux se distinguent des oiseaux de Chimbo (pente occidentale) par le jaune de la plaque gulaire uniforme sur toute la surface, tandis quwil est plus ou moins interrompu au milieu par une nuance grisatre dans les oiseaux occidentaux. Le jeune oiseau de Mapoto se distingue des adultes par le jaune gulaire plus pile et subondulé de gris. 74, CHLOROSPINGUS SIGNATUS, 0. sp. Ch. canigulari affinis, sed crassitie majore, rostro breviore, stria lata et longa postoculari nivea supra oculum incipiente, tectrici- bus auricularibus nigricantibus, et gula abdomineque ad latera magis cinereo tinctis sane diversus. 3g et 2 ad. D’un vert-olive jaunatre en dessus et sur les ailes semblable 4 celui de l’espéce citée, mais un peu plus obscur; le cen- dré de la téte un peu plus foneé avec une raie sourciliére postoculaire d’un blanc pur, assez large et souvent prolongé en avant jusqu’au milieu ou méme jusqu’au bord antérieur de ceil; les tectrices auri- culaires beaucoup plus foncés presque noiratres bordent aussi le bord inférieur des yeux ; la gorge est plus ou moins enduite de cendré ; sur les cotés de abdomen la couleur cendrée est plus fortement développée entre le vert des flancs et le blanc du milieu. Le reste est comme chez l’oiseau cité. Bec noir corné 4 mandibule grise plus foncé & Vextrémité et & la base; pattes grises; iris brun rougeatre. Le bec de cet oiseau est beaucoup plus long que celui de loiseau avec lequel nous le comparons, ce qui lui donne une autre forme lorsqu’on le voit d’en haut. 3. Longueur totale 160, vol 235, aile 73-78, queue 58-62, bec 15, tarse 20 mm. . Longueur totale 150, vol 215, aile 64-65, queue 51-52, bec 15, tarse 19 mm. Cing miles et six femelles de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis depuis novembre jusqu’en janvier. *75, CHLOROSPINGUS MELANOTIS, Scl. ? Un mile paraissant étre jeune pris en février & Bafios. Iris brun foncé. Cet oiseau se distingue du Ch. melanotis de Bogota (Musée Ber- lepsch) par la couleur olive presque uniforme sur tout le dessus du corps depuis le front jusqu’aux suscaudales, et par le manque com- plet @une série de taches blanches formant une sorte de sourcil com- mencant des narines ; en dessous il a le roussatre de la gorge et du cou antérieur un peu plus intense, la couleur des flancs plus foncée. Du CA. berlepschi du Pérou central cet oiseau différe également par la couleur du dessus, par le manque de noir au menton et sur les 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 83 cotés de la gorge, par le roux de la plaque jugulaire beaucoup moins intense, et le milieu de abdomen non ocreux. De lautre cdté il ressemble 4 ce dernier par le manque complet du sourcil blanc et les lores noires en entier. Le bee est comme celui de l’oiseau de Bogota, tandis que dans l’oiseau péruvien il est beaucoup plus court et plus fin. Longueur de Vaile 70, queue 65, bec 15 mm. UrorHRAuvpis, gen. n. Rostrum breve, compressum, culmine arcuato, tomiis maxille apice emarginatis ; pedes robusti; ale longiuscule, remige 4a longis- sima, 3a et 5a equalibus, quarta parum brevioribus ; cauda longiuscula, rectricibus latis subacuminatis, apice rotundata, 76. UROTHRAUPIS STOLZMANNI, sp. n. (Plate VIII.) Corpore supra, alis caudaque nigris; subtus schistaceo-grisea albo varia; gula latissima alba ; hypochondriis schistaceis immaculatis ; tectricibus alarum griseo marginatis ; remigibus primariis mar- gine tenuissimo albido ; subalaribus schistaceis, campterio albido vario. Lostrum fusco-corneum ; pedes fusco-brunnei ; iris fusco- brunnea. 3. Le noir terne occupe le sommet et les cdtés de la téte, le cou postérieur, le dos jusqu’aux tectrices caudales, les ailes et la queue ; la gorge est longuement et largement blanche subondulée de noir trés finement et d’une maniére peu distincte ; la poitrine blanche tachetée irréguliérement d’ardoisé ; abdomen ardoisé varié de grosses taches blanches irréguliéres sur le milieu, les flancs d’une couleur uniforme ; souscaudales ardoisées bordées de blanchatre; tibias de la couleur des flanes; les grandes et les moyennes tectrices alaires bordées largement de gris ; des bordures blanchatres trés fines sur les quatre premiéres remiges primaires ; sousalaires_schistacées ; pli de Vaile parsemé de petites taches blanchatres. Bee gris corné foncé, plus clair et tirant au carné 4 la base; pattes d’un brun grisatre obscur ; iris brun foncé. 9. Semblable au male et ne s’en distingue que par une nuance olivatre sur les cétés du ventre, de la région anale, da croupion, et sur les bordures des tectrices alaires; les bordures des remiges primaires sont aussi d’un olive clair. Cette différence peut provenir d'une autre raison, car un des males présente aussi la méme particu- larité mais en degrés moins forts. Le jeune ne differe des adultes que par des bordures brunatres aux tectrices alaires, par une légére teinte brunatre sur les flanes du ventre, moins de blanc sur l’abdomen, le bee plus pale. 3. Longueur totale 187, vol 253, aile 80, queue 80, bee 15-5, tarse 28 millim. . Longueur totale 180, vol 253, aile 71, bec 17, tarse 26 millim, La différence entre Vextrémité de la médiane 11 mm. chez le male, 15 chez la femelle. Deux males, deux femelles et un jeune recueillis 4 San Rafael en mars. 6* 84 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON’ [Feb. 3) *77. CARENOCHROUS SCHISTACEUS (Boiss.). Trois males et deux femelles de San Rafael pris en mars. Iris brun rougeatre. *78, CARENOCHROUS PALLIDINUCHUS (Boiss.). Trois males, deux femelles et deux jeunes de San Rafael et de Baitos recueillis en février et mars. Iris brun rougeatre. *79, BUARREMON BRUNNEINUCHUS (Lafr.). Deux miles et une femelle de Machay et de Mapoto pris en novembre et janvier. 80. BUARREMON ASSIMILIS (Boiss.). Deux femelles de San Rafael et de Banos recueillis en février. 81. SaLTarorR MAGNUS (Gm.). Un male de Yaguachi. 82. PsirrosPIzA RIEFFERI (Boiss.). Un mile de Bafhos tué en février. Iris marron de la nuance semblable 4 celle des plumes environnantes. FRINGILLID4. *83, PHEUCTICUS CRISSALIS, Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 19 (décrit de Riobamba et Sical). Trois males, deux femelles et un jeune male de San Rafael, recueillis depuis février jusqu’en mai. Iris brun foncé. *84, HepYMELES LUDOVICIANA (L.). Un male et une femelle recueillis 4 Mapoto en janvier. Iris brun foncé. 85. SPERMOPHILA OPHTHALMICA, Scl. Un mile ad. de Yaguachi recueilli en mai. 86. SperMopHiILA LucTUOSA, Lafr. Deux males, huit femelles et jeunes de Mapoto et Machay recueillis en décembre et janvier. *87. SPERMOPHILA OCELLATA, Scl. et Salv. Une femelle de Machay, prise le 5 décembre. 88. VoOLATINIA JACARINA SPLENDENS (Vieill.). Deux males, une femelle et deux jeunes males recueillis 4 Yaguachi en aout 1883 et en mai 1884. Iris brun foncé. 89. CoRYPHOSPINGUS CRUENTUS (Less.). Une paire de Yaguachi recueillie en aout. *90. SpODIORNIS JARDINE, Scl. P.Z.S. 1866, p. 322. Trois males recueillis 4 La Union en septembre. Iris brun foncé. 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 85 91. ParyeiLus aLaupinus (Kittl.). Deux males de Chimborazo recueillis en avril. *92. PHRYGILUS UNICOLOR (Lafr. et d’Orb.). Quatre males ad., deux femelles et quatre jeunes de San Rafael et de Chimborazo recueillis en mars et en avril. Iris brun foneé. 93. CATAMENIA ANALOIDES (Lafr.). Un male pris entre Chimborazo et Riobamba le 21 avril, 1884. Tris brun foncé. 94. CATAMENTA INORNATA (Lafr.). Catamenia homochroa, Berl. et Tacz. P. Z.S. 1884, p. 293. Un male et deux femelles de San Rafael recueillis en mars. Ces oiseaux sont identiques 4 ceux de Cechce et du Pérou septentrional, et sont d’une taille moins forte que la C. inornata typique. *95, CATAMENIA HOMOCHROA, Scl. Deux jeunes males de San Rafael recueillis en mars, et apparte- nant 4 lespéce du Pérou central, dont deux miles adultes ont été fournis par M. Jelski au Musée de Varsovie. Cette espéce a beaucoup d’affinités au genre Phrygilus. *96. CoruRNICULUS PERUANUS, Bp. Male ad. et un jeune de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis en décembre et en janvier. Le jeune en premier plumage differe du péruvien dans le méme age par la couleur du ventre d’un jaune pale au lieu de blane, et par les taches foncées de la poitrine beaucoup plus grosses sur un fond beaucoup plus foncé. 97. EMBERNAGRA STRIATICEPS, Lafr. Un mile de Yaguachi. 98. SycALIs LUTEOLA, Sparrm. Male et deux femelles recueillis entre Riobamba et Chimborazo. 99. CHRYSOMITRIS CAPITALIS, Cab. Une paire de Mapoto recueillie en février. Toutes les femelles péruviennes que j’ai vues avaient le dessous d’un jaune sérin plus ou moins fort, celle-ci a le dessous tout-i-fait semblable 4 la femelle du Ch. spinescens de Bogota; on voit cependant que notre femelle est jeune, probablement dans son deuxiéme plumage. IcTERIDz. *100. Ostrnops ALFREDI (Des Murs). Une'femelle prise 4 Mapoto le 17 janvier. Iris brun grisatre foncé, Cet oiseau ne parait pas étre adulte, ayant le bee nébulé de brunatre ; 86 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, par le manque complet du jaune au front il ressemble aux oiseaux de Tambillo (Pérou septentrional), et n’en differe que par la nuance un peu plus roussatre. 101. Casstcus vropyG1Auis, Lafr. Un male et deux femelles de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis en décembre et janvier. Iris bleu clair. Ces oiseaux s’appliquent parfaitement a la diagnose de M. Sclater, et ressemblent en tout & V’oiseau d’Antioquia du Musée Berlepsch. Quant 4 TPoisean de Chimbo, il est d’une taille moins forte; mais comme c’est une femelle unique, on ne peut pas dire rien de positif si cet oiseau présente une différence individuelle, ou si tous les oiséaux de la pente occidentale des Cordilléres sont d’une taille plus petite, comme cela a lieu dans beaucoup d’espéces remplagantes. La 9 de Machay a Vaile longue de 140, queue 112, bee 30 millim., tandis que la 2 de Chimbo a l’aile de 120, queue 92, bee 26 millim. Les dimensions prises par M. Stolzmann sur les oiseaux en chair sont, dans la femelle de Machay, longueur 286, vol 430 millim., tandis que dans la femelle de Chimbo ces dimensions sont représentées par 256 et 380 millim. *102. Cassicus LEUCORHAMPHUs (Bp.). Deux femelles recueillies 4 San Rafael en mars. Iris bleu de ciel. 103. Cassicus FLAVICRIssus, Scl. Deux femelles de Yaguachi. 104. Casstcus prevosti (Less.), Jeune male de Bajfios, pris en février. Iris blanc sale. 105. SruRNELLA BELLICOSA, De Filippi. Quatre males recueillis en mai 4 Riobamba. *106. LAMPROPSAR WARSZEWICZI, Cab. Male, femelle et jeune de Yaguachi, recueillis en mai. Iris brun trés foneé, *107. MoLOTHRUS PURPURASCENS, Cass. ? Jeune de Yaguachi. CorvID&. 108. CyanocitTa TuRCosA, Bp. Une paire de San Rafael, prise en février et en mars. *109. Cyanocorax 1ncas (Bodd.). Une femelle prise 4 Machay en novembre. TYRANNIDZE. *110. My1orHereTEs STRIATICOLLIS (Scl.). Deux males et une femelle de Machay et de San Rafael recueillis en novembre, décembre et mars. Iris brun foncé. 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 87 Les oiseaux péruviens se distinguent des oiseaux typiques par le bee moins élargi et par les stries noires plus prolongées sur la poitrine. *111. MytorHeRETES ERYTHROPYGIUS (Scl.). Trois males, une femelle et deux jeunes de San Rafael recueillis en mars. Iris brun foneé. Les jeunes en premier plumage ressemblent aux adultes et ne s’en distinguent que par le blanc sale au front et passant plutét au cendré ; ja nuque colorée de brun roussatre; la poitrine brunatre pale, !e blane des bordures aux remiges secondaires teint d’ocreux. 112. OcuTHopIeTA FUMIGATA (Boiss.). Femelle et jeune de La Union (8800 pieds) et de San Rafael recueillis en octobre et en mars. Iris brun grisdtre chez l’adulte et brun foncé chez le jeune. 113. OcuTHa@ca FUMICOLOR, Scl. Un mile pris 4 San Rafael en mars. [ris brun foneé. 114. OcuTaa@ca tessonyq, Sel. Trois males et deux femelles pris 4 Bafios en février. *115. OcHTH@CA RUFIMARGINATA, Lawr. Une paire prise 4 San Rafael en mars. Ivis brun foncé. *116. OcuTHa@cA CINNAMOMEIVENTRIS (Lafr.). Deux paires recueillies 4 Machay et 4 San Rafael en novembre et en mars. Iris brun foncé. Ces oiseaux ont le dessus du corps et la gorge d’une couleur plus claire et plus schistacée (au lieu de noiratre) que dans un exemplaire d’Antioquia du Musée Berlepsch ; les ailes un peu plus longues, la queue plus courte. 117. MrecocercuLus paciLocercts (Scl. et Salv.). Un mile de Baiios pris en février, 118. SayorNis CINERACEA (Lafr.). Un male et deux femelles de San Rafael et de Mapoto pris en janvier et en mars. Iris brun foncé. 119. FLuvicoLa ATRIPENNIS, Scl. Un mile de Yaguachi. *120. MuscisAxIcoLa ALPINA, Jard. Quatre males de Chimborazo et de San Rafael, pris en mars et avril. Iris brun foncé. 88 L. TACZANOWSK1 AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, PsEUDOTRICCUS, g. 0. Bec intermédiaire entre ceux de Myiobius et de Todirostrum, & cils basals forts et longs; narines rondes, ouvertes, placées dans un enfoncement latéral; tarse élevé 4 scutelles soudées parfaitement entre elles ; ailes 4 4° et. 5° remiges les plus longues et égales, 6° a peine plus courte ; queue médiocre a rectrices subétagées ; plumage soyeux et moux. *121, PsruDOTRICCUS PELZELNI, Sp. 0. P. supra olivaceus, plumis cervicis elongatis ; subtus dilutior, abdo- mine medio pailide sulphureo ; alis caudaque schistaceis, plumis olivaceo marginatis. 3 et 9 ad. Parties supérieures du corps olives, les plumes cervi- cales longues et plates, assez larges et arrondies 4 l’extrémité, formant une huppe abondante que Voiseau doit redresser 4 volonté, ces plumes paraissent étre d’une nuance un peu différente dans certaines direc- tions de la lumiére tirant un peu a Vardoisé; cétés de la téte concolores au dos; milieu de abdomen jaune soufré pile, le reste du dessous d’un olive moins foneé que celui du dos; enduit de jaunatre sur la gorge; la femelle a les cotés du bas ventre et les souscaudales roussitres. Ailes et queue schistacées 4 plumes bordées d’olive, les bordures des remiges tirant un peu au roussatre ; sous- alaires olive jaunatre. Bec noir corné avec une bande plus pale en dessous de la mandibule ; pattes d’un gris jaunatre sale; iris brun rougedtre chez le male, brun foneé chez la femelle. Le jeune oiseau se distingue de l’adulte par la couleur du sommet de la téte plus obscure 4 plumes cervicales moins longues, une autre nuance de la poitrine et des flanes tirant un peu au roussatre ; les bordures des remiges olives ; les pattes d’un jaune pale; iris brun foncé. 3 Longueur totale 133, vol 183, aile 58, queue 52, bec 15, tarse 21 mill. Longueur totale 120, vol 179, aile 51, queue 51, bec 15, tarse 21 mill. Trois males, une femelle et un jeune recueillis 4 Machay et Mapoto en novembre, décembre et janvier. Ce genre est difficile 42 placer dans le systéme d’une maniére correcte, tant il présente des affinités aux différents groupes: par la forme du bec il parait avoir le plus de rapport avec les Platyrhyn- chine, par Yabondance et le développement des cils 4 la base du bee aux Myiodbéus, et par la hauteur du tarse, couvert d’une plaque presque soudée complétement il s’approche aux Piprides, auxquels selon M. Stolzmann il ressemble le plus par ses habitudes. Nous dédions cette espéce 4 M. A. von Pelzeln & Vienne. 122. PLATYRHYNCHUS ALBIGULARIS, Sel. Un male pris A Machay en décembre. Iris brun foneé. 123. ToprrRosTRUM SCLATERI, Cab. et Hein. Une femelle de Yaguachi prise en mai. 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 89 *124, TopIROSTRUM CINEREUM (L.). Une femelle prise en janvier & Mapoto. Iris blanc légérement jaunatre. 125, Pacitorriccus ruFricers (Kaup), P. Z.S. 1851, p. 52 (décrit de “‘ Mexico’’). Une paire recueillie 4 Banos en février. Iris brun cerise. Ces oiseaux ressemblent en tout 4 ceux de Bogota (Collection Sclater) et 4 Voiseau de l’Antioquia (Musée Berlepsch): ils sont seulement un peu plus petits et ont le blanc de la gorge lavé d’isa- belle ; le bee un peu plus court. 3S Longueur de laile 48, queue 39, bec 13, tarse 16 mill. @ Longueur de l’aile 45, queue 35, bec 14, tarse 16 mill. 126. LopHotrriccus squAMiIcRIsTATus (Lafr.). Six exemplaires de Machay et de Mapoto, pris en novembre, janvier et feévrier. *127, AN@ZRETES AGILIS, Scl. Deux femelles de San Rafael recueillies en mars. Iris brun fonceé. Ces oiseaux ont les ailes et la queue un peu plus longues que les oiseaux de Bogota, le noir du milieu du sommet de la téte et de la huppe plus intense et plus pur, la mandibule plus largement blanche ila base. Longueur de laile 58, queue 67, tandis que les oiseaux de Bogota ont l’aile longue de 52°5—56-5, la queue 61°5-65 mill. *128. Lepropocon paciotis, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 111 (décrit de Bogota). Trois males et quatre femelles de Machay, recueillis en décembre. Tris brun foncé. 129. LepTOrPOGON SUPERCILIARIS, Tsch. Deux miles recueillis i Machay et 4 Mapoto en novembre et en janvier. Iris brun foncé. Ces oiseaux se distinguent des péruviens par le sommet de la téte beaucoup plus foncé, schistacé et non cendré, le bec plus large. Longueur de l’aile 71, queue 64, bec 18, tarse 15 mill. *130. Lerpropocon ERyTuRops, Scl. P. Z. S. 1862, p- 111 (décrit de Bogota). Cinq males et quatre femelles de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis en novembre, décembre et janvier. Iris brun foncé. L’espéce n’était connue que des environs de Bogota et d’ Antioquia. *131. PoGoNnorriccus OPHTHALMICUS, Tacz. Quatre males de Mapoto et de Machay, recueillis en novembre, décembre et janvier. Iris brun foncé. *132. PoGonoTrRiccus GUALAQUIZ&, Scl. MS. (sp. inedit). Une femelle prise 4 Mapoto le 22 janvier. Iris brun foncé. 90 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, 133. CAPSIEMPIS FLAVEOLA (Licht.). Une femelle de Yaguachi. *134. TyRANNISCUS CINEREICEPS (Scl.). Un mile et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de Machay et de Mapoto pris en décembre et janvier. Iris brun fonceé. L’oiseau de Chimbo placé dans la liste de 1883 sous ce nom est différent, c’est le 7. leucogenys, Scl., déterminé par M. Sclater. *135. TyRANNISCUS PLUMBEICEPS, Lawr. Pogonotriccus plumbeiceps, Lawr. Ann. Lye. New York, ix. p. 267 (décrit de Bogota). Deux males et deux oiseaux sans indication de sexe recueillis a Machay en novembre et décembre. Iris brun foncé. 136. TyRANNISCUS CHRYSOPS, Scl. Une paire recueillie 4 Mapoto en janvier. 137. MIoneEcTES sTRIATICOLLIs (Lafr. et d’Orb.). Sept males et deux femelles recueillis 4 Mapoto, Machay et Bafios en décembre et janvier. Iris brun foncé. 138. ORNITHION SCLATERI, Berl. et Tacz. Une femelle de Yaguachi. 139. ELAINEA GRISEIGULARIS, Scl. Dix exemplaires de Mapoto, de Palichtagua (7800 pieds) et de San Rafael recueillis en janvier et en février. Iris brun foncé. Ces oiseaux sont un peu plus jaunatres en dessous, 4 gorge plus pale que l’oiseau de l’occident. 140. ELaIngEA SEMIPAGANA, Scl. Une femelle de Yaguachi, *141, My1ozeTeres SIMILIs (Spix). Un mile de Mapoto pris le 8 janvier. Iris brun foncé. *142, RHyNCHOCYCLUS FULVIPECTUS, Scl. P. Z. S. 1860, p. 92. Cing males et deux femelles de Mapoto et de Machay recueillis en novembre, décembre, janvier et février. Tris gris foneé. 143. RHYNCHOCYCLUS PERUVIANUS ZQUATORIALIS, Berl. et Tacz. Quatre males et deux femelles de Mapoto et de Machay recueillis en novembre, décembre et janvier. Ces oiseaux sont presque identiques 4 ceux de Huambo (Pérou sept.), ils ont le dos d’un olive plus foncé et le cendré de la téte plus obscur que les oiseaux de Chimbo ; la couleur jaune du dessous est presque Ja méme dans tous ces oiseaux. La forme du bee est variable; la femelle de Chimbo et la femelle de Lechugal lont le 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 91 plus élargi, un des males de Mapoto I’a le plus atténué a l’extrémité, mais plus large que loiseau typique du Pérou central. Les uns ont la mandibule blanche jusqu’a l’extrémité, dans les autres |’extré- mité est plus ou moins foneée. Tous présentent des différences assez grandes dans les dimensions. L’oiseau typique a olive du dos aussi foncé que les oiseaux de Mapoto et de Machay, ceux de Huambo l’ont un peu plus vert, les oiseaux de Chimbo et de Lechugal le plus clair. *144. Conopias CINCHONETI (Tsch.). Une femelle prise 4 Machay en novembre. Iris brun foncé. Semblable 4 l’oiseau de Bogota (Musée Berlepsch) mais un peu plus petite et sans bordures internes d’un jaune citron sur les plumes du milieu du sommet de la téte. 145. MytopyNASTES CHRYSOCEPHALUS MINOR, nob. Une paire de Machay et de Mapoto recueillie en novembre et en janvier. Iris brun foncé. Taille moins forte que chez les oiseaux péruviens (dans la longueur de Vaile la différence est de 10 mill.); le bee plus large et moins fortement comprimé a lextrémité. Dans la coloration il n’y a que la seule différence au sommet de la téte du male, dont les plumes latérales sont presque noires, tandis qu’elles sont d’un cendré schis- tacé chez le péeruvien. *146. MytopyNasTes auDAx (Gm.). Un male de Yaguachi 147. MEGARHYNCHUS PITANGUA CHRYSOGASTER (Scl.). Trois exemplaires de Yaguachi. *148. Myrosivus vittosvs, Scl. Un mile et deux femelles de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis en décembre et en janvier. Iris brun fonceé. *149, Myiosius po@nicurvs (Scl.). Cing males recueillis & Mapoto en janvier et février. Iris brun foncé. *150. Myroprus cinnamomevs (Lafr. et d’Orb.). Huit exemplaires de Mapoto, Machay, Baftos et San Rafael recueillis depuis novembre jusqu’en février. *151. Myioprus pHa@nicomirra, Stolzm. MS., sp. n. M. supra olivaceus, crista interna rubro-cinnamomea ; subtus pallide sulphureus, pectore hypochondriisque olivaceo indutis ; alis caudaque fusco-schistaceis, tectricibus alarum minoribus dorso concoloribus, mediis et majoribus e rufescente olivaceo late marginatis ; remigibus margine externo olivaceo, interno achraceo ; subalaribus pallide sulphureis. gad. Olive uniforme en dessus, & sommet de la téte concolore au 92 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, dos, avec une large huppe interne cannelle rougedtre ; cotés de la téte d’un olive moins foneé que le dos avec un cercle d’un jaune pale fin autour de l’ceil; dessous du corps d’un jaune soufré pale a poitrine et les flancs de ’abdomen d’un olive pius pale que celui du dos ; les plumes jaunes de la gorge plus ou moins terminées d’olive. Ailes et queue d’un schistacé foncé a petites tectrices alaires de la couleur du dos, les grandes et les moyennes bordées largement d’olive pale tirant un peu au roussatre ; bordures externes des remiges olives trés fines sur les primaires, bordures internes ocreuses ; sousalaires de la couleur analogue 4 celle du ventre; bordures des rectrices olives. Bec noir 4 mandibule gris jaunatre; pattes grises; iris brun foncé. 2 Semblable au mile, et n’en est distincte que par la huppe interne moins développée, qui dans les uns est de la couleur sem- blable & celle du male, dans les autres 4 peine indiquée par les bordures basales de quelques-unes des plumes du milieu de la téte colorées d’une faible nuance roussatre. 3 Longueur totale 130, vol] 215, aile 67, queue 55, bec 16, tarse 17 mill. 2 Longueur totale 133, vol 205, aile 63, queue 52, bec 15:5, tarse 17 mill. Quatre males et cinq femelles recueillis 4 Mapoto en janvier et février. 152. Myrosrus CRYPTERYTHRUS, Scl. Un mile de Yaguachi. Les oiseaux de Callacate au Pérou septentrional different de ceux de Yaguachi et de Tumbez par une légcre teinte jaunatre sur l’abdo- men, qui est blane pur dans les oiseaux occidentaux. *153. Myioprus cryproxanTuus, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 465 (décrit de Gualaquiza et Zamora). Deux males et une femelle de Mapoto, recueillis en janvier. Iris brun foncé. Cette forme est parfaitement distincte du M. erypterythrus par la huppe interne d’un jaune citron chez le male, par la couleur de Yabdomen jaune pale au lieu de blanche, par les taches de la poitrine olivatres et beaucoup plus larges de sorte que les bordures jaunes sont trés peu développées ; la couleur du dessus plus olive et non brunatre. Longueur de Vaile 57, queue 53, bec 16, tarse 16 mill. 154. Contopus ARDESIACUS (Lafr.). Deux miles de Machay et de Mapoto recueillis en décembre et en janvier. 155. ConTOPUS RICHARDSONI, Sw. Trois exemplaires de Machay et de Mapoto recueillis en décembre et janvier. Le bec de ces oiseaux est moins large et plus foneé en dessous que dans les oiseaux de Chimbo. 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 93 *156. My1arcHUs CEPHALOTEsS, Tacz. Un male de Machay tué en décembre. Iris brun foncé. 157. MyIARCHUS PHZOCEPHALUS, Scl. Deux oiseaux de Yaguachi. 158. TyRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieil. Une femelle tuée 4 Mapoto le 15 janvier. Iris brun fonce. PIPRIDE. *159. CHLOROPIPO FLAVICAPILLA (Scl.). Une femelle de Mapoto, prise le 5 février. Iris brun foncé, Semblable en tout 4 la femelle de Bogota et n’en différe que par le vert du dessus plus pur. *160. Mastus curysoprerus (Lafr.). Un mile de Mapoto du 5 février. Iris brun foneé. Un jeune male du 5 janvier. Identiques aux oiseaux de Bogota et non au M, coronulatus de Voccident. CorTINGID&. 161. PAcHYRHAMPHUS SPODIURUS, Scl. On male pris en mai 4 Yaguachi. 162. PAcHYRHAMPHUS ALBOGRISEUS, Scl. Une femelle de Mapoto prise en janvier. 163. PacHyRHAMPHUS VERSICOLOR (Hartl.). Un jeune pris 4 Machay en décembre. *164. Haprosromus Homocurovs, Scl. Sept oiseaux pris 4 Yaguachi en mai. *165. AMPELIO ARCUATUs (Lafr.). Trois males et une femelle pris en mars & San Rafael. Iris gris blanchatre chez le male, gris chez la femelle. 166. HeLiocHERA RuBRocRistATA (d’Orb. et Lafr.). Une paire de San Rafael prise en mars. *167. RuprcoLa PERUVIANA (Lath.). Onze exemplaires recueillis 4 Mapoto et & Machay en novembre, décembre et janvier. Iris du male est blanc jaunatre avec une fine bordure jaune autour de la pupille; chez la femelle il est blanc bleuatre sale; chez le jeune male prenant la livrée d’adulte l’iris est blanc jaunatre sale 4 pupille entourée d’un cercle jaune trés fin; chez le jeune il est blanc bleuatre. L’orangé du plumage général de ces oiseaux est beaucoup plus 94 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 33, intense que dans les oiseaux péruviens. Le male différe aussi de ce dernier par les trois remiges tertiaires dont le cendré terminal occupe un espace beaucoup plus restreint, ne couvrant pas en entier le noir velouté basal de la remige suivante, ce qui fait que le cendré y est interrompu par trois bandes plus ou moins larges, tandis que dans les oiseaux péruviens toute la surface externe de ces trois remiges est d’un cendré parfaitement uniforme. Les oiseaux de Sarayacu et de la Nouvelle Grenade ressemblent 4 nos oiseaux de Mapoto et de Machay. *168. CEPHALOPTERUS ORNATUS, Geoffr. Une femelle prise 4 Mapoto le 10 janvier. Iris blanc sale. DENDROCOLAPTID. 169. FuRNARIUS CINNAMOMEUS (Less. ). Deux males et une femelle de Yaguachi. *170. UpucERTHIA EXCELSIOR (Scl.), P. Z.S. 1860, p. 77 (décrit de Chimborazo). Trois males et deux femelles recueillis 4 San Rafael et au Chim- borazo en mars et en avril. Iris brun foneé. *171. CINCLODES ALBIDIVENTRIS, Scl. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 77 (décrit de Chimborazo). Trois males et deux oiseaux sans indication de sexe de Chimborazo et de San Rafael recueillis en mars et en avril. Iris brun foncé. *172. LocHMIAS oBSCURATA, Cab.; Tacz. Ornith. du Pérou, ii. p- 113. Un mile pris 4 Machay le 13 décembre. Iris brun trés foneé. Ce male est d’une taille plus forte que la femelle typique et s’en distingue par les taches blanches plus grosses sur le milieu du ventre ; les flancs sont également largement immaculés ; les cotés du cou sont d’une nuance roux-olivatre plus claire qu’ailleurs ; les plumes de la région jugulaire bordées largement de noir. Longueur totale 172, vol 253, aile 73, queue 77, bec 26°5, tarse 17 mm. *173. LepTASTHENURA ANDICOLA, Scl. P.Z. 8. 1866, p. 636, tab. xlix. f. 2 (décrit de Chimborazo). Trois males et une femelle recueillis au Chimborazo en février. Iris brun foneé. Les oiseaux du Pérou central ont Vaile plus longue de quelques millimétres. 174. SyNALLAXIS PuDICA, Scl. Une femelle de Yaguachi prise le 20 aout. Iris brun chatain. 175. SYNALLAXIS FRONTALIS, Pelz. Deux femelles de Machay et de Baios prises en décembre et en février. Iris brun noisette. 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 95 *176. SYNALLAXIS FULIGINOSA, Lafr. ? Un jeune mile de San Rafael, pris en mars. Iris brun foncé. Cet oiseau appartient 4 ce groupe 4 queue rigide, les barbes dés- unies, mais il ne présente rien de positif pour qu’on puisse reconnaitre Vespéce pour sur. Le manque de roux au menton et le gris des sourcils indiqueraient qu'il appartient & la forme de la Colombie, mais les plumules blanches se trouvant déji en grande partie autour de l’ceil et la faiblesse du bec le rapprochent de la forme péruvienne S. palpebralis (Cab.). Mais on peut aussi supposer que c’est une forme intermédiaire. Cet oiseau est beaucoup moins roux en dessus que les deux espéces citées, 4 couleur grise du dessous moins pur, lavé légérement de fauve sur le milieu du corps; menton blanchatre; queue d’un roux semblable & celui des deux formes ; barbes des rectrices semblables A celles du S. fuliginosa, et moins désunies que celles du 8. palpebralis. Bee noir corné 4 mandibule un peu plus claire 4 la base ; pattes grises. Longueur totale 198, vol 190, aile 56, queue 102, bec 17°5 mm. #177. SyYNALLAXIS CURTATA, Scl. P. Z.S. 1869, p. 636, tab. xlix. f. 2 (décrit de Bogota). Quatre males et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de Machay et de Mapoto, pris en novembre, janvier et février. Iris brun grisatre. Sur ces cing oiseaux il y a un A sommet de la téte tout roux depuis la naissance du bec comme dans la figure de M. Sclater, un autre Va aussi roux mais & couleur olive fort développée sur le derriére du front ; dans deux autres les plumes frontales sont plus ou moins bordées de roux; iln’y a donc un dont le front n’a rien de roux. Il y a done dans cette série toutes les transitions possibles. *178. SYNALLAXIS FLAMMULATA, Jard. Six males, deux femelles et un oiseau sans indication de sexe, recueillis 4 Chimborazo et 4 San Rafael en mars et en avril. Iris brun foneé. Les oiseaux du Pérou central s’en distinguent par la coloration en général plus claire, l’ocreux de la gorge plus longuement et plus largement disposé et distinctement plus pale; les stries foncées du dessous moins grosses, ce qui produit que les blanches sont moins isolées; le milieu de l’abdomen plus largement d’un blane plus pur; les rectrices sont rousses en dessous, moins variées de foncé ; la coloration du dos a moins de noir et les stries plus fines. *179. SYNALLAXIS STRIATICOLLIS, Lafr. Deux femelles et un jeune de Mapoto, recueillis en décembre, janvier et février. Iris terre de sienne. Le jeune oiseau différe des adultes par le sommet de la téte presque de la méme couleur que le dos, avec quelques stries fauves sur le devant du front ; par le fond du dessous lave de jaunatre, a stries de la poitrine plus grosses et plus ocreuses, moins nettement dessinées ; ils n’ont rien de roux sur la gorge et le bas des joues; plide Vaile ocreux comme les sousalaires. Iris gris. 96 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, *180. SYNALLAXIS SINGULARIS, sp. nov. (Plate VII. fig. 2.) S. corpore supra, alis caudaque fusco-cinereis, fronte clare rufa, striga superciliari albida; subtus flavida fusco striata ; sub- caudalibus griseis flavido late marginatis ; subaleribus mar- gineque interno remigum albido-flavis. gad. Tout le dessus du corps d’un cendré ardoisé avee une nuance olivatre trés légére, front couvert de plumes d’un roux clair jusqu’au niveau du bord postérieur de lceil formant sur le devant une couleur uniforme, puis des stries de plus en plus fines bordées de Ja couleur du fond général: tout le dessous du corps est d’un jaunatre pale, strié de noiratre finement au cou, de stries de plus en plus grosses et graduellement moins foncées sur le reste en s’appro- chant de la queue ; souscaudales grises bordées largement de rous- sitre pile; une strie blanc-jaunatre occupe les lores et les sourcils prolongés jusqu’a la nuque ; cétés de la téte de la couleur de la gorge avec une raie foneée en arriére de l’ceil. Ailes de la couleur du dos, mais sans nuance olive, 4 remiges primaires bordées finement d’olive claire ; Jes remiges tertiaires, les secondaires et les grandes tectrices bordées finement de blanchatre 4 l’extrémité; sousalaires d’un blanc jaunatre; de Vaile plus jaundtre; bord interne des remiges blanchatre. Queue d’un cendré schistacé. Machoire gris corné foncé, mandibule carnée & extrémité foncée; pattes gris olives ; iris brun rougeatre. Longueur totale 131, vol 188, aile 60, queue 50, bee 16, tarse 16, distance entre l’extrémité de la rectrice externe et de la médiane 13 mm. Queue médiocre 4 12 rectrices, larges, peu étagées, peu atténuces au bout qui est arrondi, et terminé en angle obtus dans les médianes. Un mile adulte de Mapoto, pris le 23 janvier. 181. PsruDOCOLAPTES BOISSONNEAUTI (Lafr.). Deux paires recueillies en mars 4 San Rafael. Iris brun foncé. *182,. AUTOMOLUS STRIATICEPS, Scl. et Salv. Deux males et deux femelles de Machay et de Mapoto recueillis en novembre, décembre et janvier. Iris brun foncé. Identiques aux oiseaux de Bogota. *183. ANABAZENOPS MENTALIS, Stolzm. MS., sp. n. A. supra fusco-brunneus, pileo et collo postico nigris; uropgio tectricibusque caude superioribus obscure rufis ; capite et dorso flavo striatis; subtus olivaceo-brunneus flavo striatus, gula stramineo-flava ; alis dorso concoloribus immaculatis, subalaribus margineque interno remigum vivide ochraceis; cauda rubido rufa. set 2. Sommet de la téte et cou postérieur noirs, dos brun foncé, partie postérieure du croupion et les tectrices supérieures de la queue d’un roux ferrugineux foncé, des stries fines d’un jaune straminé sur tout le sommet de la téte, au dos et les scapulaires: les cotés de la téte couverts de plumes jaunes bordées de noir; en dessous la 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 97 gorge est d’un beau straminé a éclat soyeux, le reste du dessous est d’un olive brunatre beaucoup plus clair que le dos strié de straminé, ces stries sont peu larges non atténuées mais souvent élargies 4 Vextrémité ; souscaudales lavées de roussatre avec une ligne médiane claire. Ailes dela couleur du dos non maculées, 4 barbe interne des remiges d’un brun obscur ; sousalaires et bord interne des remiges dun roux ocreux vif. Queue d’un roux rougeatre. Bec corné noiratre 4 mandibule gris plombé foncé sur les cétés et A Pextrémité, grise pale en dessous; pattes grises ; iris brun foncé. La femelle ne se distingue du male que par les stries du corps plus larges, surtout celles du dessous. Le jeune en premier plumage différe des adultes par les stries du dessus plus larges et d’un roux ferrugineux, et une large bande sour- cili¢re de la méme couleur; en dessous il est d’un roux ferrugineux uni- forme au cou, le milieu de la poitrine et du haut de l’abdomen, plus pale et jaunatre sur la gorge 4 plumes bordées finement de noiratre, toutes ces plumes ainsi que celles de la poitrine ont la baguette blanch- tre se dessinant nettement sur le fond roux ; le reste de l’abdomen est d’un olive brunatre semblable 4 celui des adultes varié de stries jaunatres et rousses en partie moins réguliéres que celles des adultes ; sur les cétés de la téte il n’y a que les tectrices auriculaires qui sont comme dans l’adulte. Les ailes et la queue comme celles des adultes, mais avec une bordure roussitre 4 lextrémité des grandes tectrices secondaires, et une fine strie jaundtre sur le milieu des autres. En changeant le plumage ils prennent les couleurs des adultes. 3. Longueur de laile 76, queue 81, bec 22, tarse 20 mm. OF 55 75 ell) A LE ey I pees Q. Longueur totale 202, vol 277 mm. Trois males, une femelle et trois jeunes recueillis 4 Machay en novembre et décembre. *184. PHILYDOR STRIATICOLLIS, Scl. Deux miles et six femelles recueillis 4 Mapoto et 4 Machay en novembre et en janvier. Iris brun foncé. Ces oiseaux ressemblent en tout 4 ceux du Pérou central, mais ils ont la couleur du dessous plus olive, et celle du dos plus olive et moins roussatre ; l’oiseau de Bogota (Coll. Berlepsch) est en dessous encore plus roussatre que les oiseaux péruviens, 4 gorge d’un ocreux plus intense, le dos est comme dans les péruviens, la queue est d’un roux plus vif et plus clair que celle des péruviens et équatoriens. La forme du bec est tout 4 fait semblable dans les oiseaux des deux derniéres localités, l’oiseau de Bogota I’a un peu différent en ce que Paréte est plus longuement droite, et plus brusquement arquée a Pextrémité ; ce dernier oiseau a l’aile un peu plus longue. 185. Xenops rvuTILUvs, Licht. Denx males et une femelle de Machay pris en novembre et Proc. Zooxr. Soc.—1885, No. VII. 7 98 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, décembre. Ces oiseaux paraissent appartenir A la forme décrite par MM. Cabanis et Heine sous le nom de X. heterurus, ayant le noir de la queue plus répandu qu’ordinairement. 186. MARGARORNIS PERLATA (Less.). Un male tué a Baifios en février. 187. MARGARORNIS BRUNNESCENS, Scl. Cinq miles et trois femelles pris 4 Machay et Mapoto en novembre, décembre et janvier. 188. GLyYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS CASTELNAUDI (Des Murs). Un mile et deux femelles de Mapoto pris en janvier. Iris brun foncé. 189. Sirrasomus AMAZONUS, Lafr. Un exemplaire de Mapoto pris en janvier. *190. DENDRORNIS TRIANGULARIS (Lafr.). Quatre miles et quatre femelles de Machay, pris en novembre, décembre et janvier. Iris brun foncé. Ces oiseaux ressemblent en tout aux oiseaux de la Nouvelle Grenade (Musée Berlepsch) et ne s’en distinguent que par lolive du dessous moins obscure et les bordures noires des plumes du cou antérieur descendant plus bas vers la poitrine. *191. PrcoLapTes LACRYMIGER (Des Murs). Un oiseau sans indication de sexe pris 4 San Rafael le 4 mars. Iris brun foncé. Cet oiseau a les stries du dessous également élargies et arrondies au bout comme dans les oiseaux typiques. _ II se distingue des oiseaux de Medellin et d’Antioquia par le fond du dos beaucoup plus olive et moins roux avec beaucoup de stries fauves fines manquant entiére- ment chez les oiseaux cités. Dans la forme péruvienne P. warszewicz?, Cab., ces stries sont plus fines et beaucoup moins prononcées. 192. PrcoLapres souLEyeti (Des Murs). Trois exemplaires recueillis 4 Yaguachi en mai. *193, XIPHOCOLAPTES COMPRESSIROSTRIS, Tacz. Une femelle de San Rafael prise le 1 mars. Oiseau intermédiaire entre les péruviens et le X. promeropirhynchus (Less.) de la Nouvelle Grenade, mais plus voisin du premier sous beaucoup de rapports. Il a les deux raies brunatres bien prononcées le long de la gorge, le milieu de abdomen également fort tacheté sur toute son étendue jusqu’d la poitrine, ol il y a aussi quelques taches noires sur le milieu méme. Le bec est intermédiaire, presque aussi élevé comme dans les oiseaux péruviens mais pas aussi comprimé, il parait étre méme plus large que dans les six oiseaux de la Nouvelle 1885 ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 99 Grenade (Musée de Varsovie et Musée Berlepsch) avec lesquels il a été comparé. La couleur du bec est aussi intermédiaire, plus foncée que celle du bee de loiseau péruvien mais non noire comme chez le P. promeropirhynchus. 194. Xi1pHORHYNCHUS THORACICUS, Scl. Un oiseau de Yaguachi. FoRMICARIIDS. *195. THAMNOPHILUs TENUIPUNCTATUS, Lafr. Rev. et. Mag. Zool. 1853, p. 339 (2). Un male ad. de Mapoto, recueilli le 15 janvier. Iris gris trés foncé. Cet oiseau s’applique bien 4 la diagnose de Lafresnaye, il y a cependant dans cette description quelques détails qui ne s’accordent pas, comme “‘remigibus atris vewillo interno tantummodo maculis triangularibus latioribus albis marginato,” et “rectricibus totis nigris acutissime limbo externo albo punctatis.’’ Qu doit donc supposer que les barbes externes des remiges et les internes des rectrices sont sans maculature blanche, ce que n’est pas le cas chez l’oiseau de Mapoto. Ilse distingue de l’espéce péruvienne que Taczanowski vient de décrire sous le nom de Zh. berlepschi (Ornithologie du Pérou, tome ii. p- 22) par toutes les taches du dos et des ailes petites et isolées, tandis que chez I’oiseau cité elles forment des lignes transversales onduleuses et continues; les lignes caudalestrés largement interrompues sur le milieu des rectrices ; le bec beancoup plus long. Le sommet de la téte et le dessous du corps est semblable dans ces deux formes. Du Th. tenuifasciatus, Lawr., du Pérou septentrional notre oiseau différe par le sommet de la téte non maculé, les taches au lieu de raies sur le dos, par les lignes caudales plus largement interrompues et le bee plus long. *196. DysiIrHaAMNUS SUBPLUMBEUS, Scl. et Saly. P. Z. S. 1880, p- 158 (décrit de Sarayacu, Ecuador or.). Un male, deux femelles et un jeune de Mapoto, recueillis en janvier. Iris gris foncé. *197. DysirHamNnus Levcostictus, Sel. P.Z.S. 1858, p. 66 et 223 (descr. foem.'). Trois males et deux femelles de Machay recueillis en décembre et en janvier. 3 ad. D’un schistacé trés foneé unicolore en dessus et sur la téte, @un schistacé plus clair en dessous, A gorge longuement noiratre ; les baguettes des plumes de la poitrine et de l’abdomen blanches en y formant des stries fines et trés longues nettement dessinées sur le fond foneé ; région anale et les souscaudales tirant au grisdtre, ces derniéres 4 baguettes blanchatres. Tectrices alaires noires terminées chacune par une petite macule blanche ; les plumes de l’aile batarde * Mr. Sclater n’ayait connu que la femelle de cette espéce, qui parait encore trés rare dans les collections. 7* 100 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, bordées 4 ’extérieur par une ligne blanche fine; une grosse tache humérale blanche ; remiges noiratres bordées 4 l’extérieur de cendré ; sousalaires d’un schistacé obscur, les grandes vari¢es de blanc. Queue d’un schistacé foncé. Le jeune mile prenant sa livrée d’adulte a le schistacé du dessus moins foneé que chez l’adulte; gorge d’un noiratre moins intense, parsemé de petites stries blanches au menton ; des pareilles stries sur les cdtés de la téte et au dessus de |’ceil ; la poitrine et ’abdomen sont d’un cendré un peu plus foncé que celui de la femelle a stries blanches beaucoup moins grosses que celles de cette derniére ; milieu du bas ventre gris blanchatre ; la grosse tache humérale blanche aussi développée comme chez le male adulte ; sur les nouvelles tectrices alaires les taches blanches plus petites et moins pures. Toutes les plumes de la robe précédente semblables a celles de la femelle, mais plus obscures et moins roussitres. 3. Longueur totale 152, vol 243, aile 75, queue 50, bec 21, tarse 22 mm. 2. Longueur totale 176, vol 217, aile 66, queue 45, bee 21, tarse 20 mm. *198. CERCOMACRA NIGRICANS (Scl.). Un mile tué a Yaguachi en aodt. Iris brun foncé. *199. CERCOMACRA APPROXIMANS, Pelz. Orn. Bras. pp. 85 et 158 (2). Quatre miles, quatre femelles et un jeune male de Mapoto et de Machay, recueillis depuis novembre jusqu’en janvier. Iris brun foncé. Ils s’accordent avec la description de M. Pelzeln, mais ce que dit cet auteur que le bec de cet oiseau est plus court que celui de la C. tyrannina ne s'applique pas aux oiseaux de M. Stolzmann, qui l’ont presque plus long que chez Voiseau cité. Ils ne different du dernier que par les ailes plus longues, le cendré du dessus, surtout de la téte, plus clair, les bordures des susalaires plus iarges, et les plumes de la poitrine bordées de blanc. La femelle présente des differences plus considérables. #200, HERPSILOCHMUS AXILLARIS ZQUATORIALIS, nob. H. axillari simillimus, sed differt pileo maris medio albo punctato, lateribus late immaculatis. Le mile de cet oiseau équatorien ressemble en tout au H. avillaris (Tsch.?) du Pérou septentrional et ne s’en distingue que par les macules blanches du sommet de la téte plus petites et disposées le long du milieu de cette partie, tandis que les cétés sont largement d’un noir immaculé ; le bee un peu plus long. Iris brun foneé. La femelle ne présente aucune différence de la péruvienne. 1 Taczanowski ayant examiné le type du Thamnophilus axillaris, Tschudi (Fauna Peruan. Orn. p. 174), a constaté lidentité avee son Herpsilochmus puncticeps décrit dans les P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 30. 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 1U1] 3. Longueur totale 132, vol 174, aile 54, queue 46, bec 15, tarse 16 mm. @. Longueur totale 170, vol 177, aile 51, queue 48, bec 16, tarse 16 mm. Une paire de Machay et de Mapoto recueillie en novembre et en janvier. 201. MyrmMorHEeRULA MENETRIESI (d’Orb. et Lafr.). Un mile et trois femelles recueillis 4 Machay et 4 Mapoto en novembre et en janvier. Ce male a les mémes dimensions que celui de Chimbo, mais il en différe par le noir de la gorge plus restreint et moins répandu sur la poitrine ; le cendré du dessus est plus clair. *202. ForRMICARIUS THORACICUS, Stolzm. MS., sp. n. F. supra fusco-olivaceo-brunneus ; capite toto cum gula nigris, pectore obscure rufo, abdomine ex olivaceo brunneo, subcaudalibus rufis ; alis nigricantibus, tectricibus superioribus pogonioque externo remigum dorso concoloribus, tectricibus alarum inferi- orihus ochraceo et nigro variis ; cauda nigricante. 3 ad. Le noir occupe toute la téte avec la gorge ; le dos est d’un brun olive trés foucé a croupion et les tectrices supérieures de la queue colorés légérement de roux; cou antérieur et poitrine d’un roux rougeatre trés obscur ; abdomen d’un olive fuligineux beaucoup moins foncé que le dos; souscaudales d’un roux foneé. Ailes noi- ratres 4 tectrices supérieures et la barbe externe des remiges concolores au dos ; tectrices inférieures des ailes d’un ocreux vif avec deux larges bandes transversales noires; barbe interne des remiges roussatre a la base. Queue noirdtre. Bee noir corné; pattes gris brunatre foncé ; iris brun foncé. @. Semblable en tout au male et n’en distincte que par le roux de la poitrine moins obscur, prolongé le long du milieu de Pab- domen en une large bande d’un ocreux roussatre jusqu’aux sous- caudales. 3. Longueur de laile 89, queue 59, bec 27, tarse 39 mm. 2. Longueur totale 218, vol 310, aile 89, queue 60, bec 27, tarse 38 mm. Une paire recueillie 4 Machay en décembre. 203. GRALLARIA RUFICAPILLA, Lafr- Une paire recueillie & San Rafael en mars. *204. GRALLARIA HYPOLEUCA, Scl. Deux males et trois femelles recueillis &4 Machay et Mapoto en novembre, décembre et janvier. Iris brun trés foncé. 205. GRALLARIA RUFULA, Lafr. Un male et deux femelles recueillis 4 San Rafael en mars. 102 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, PTEROPTOCHIDE. *206. ScyrALOPUS MAGELLANICUs (Lath.). Une paire de Banos et de San Rafael pris en février et mars. Iris brun foncé. Le male ressemble en tout A celui de Cutervo, il est seulement d’un noir un peu plus intense ; les dimensions sont les mémes. *207. ScyraLopus micRopreRus (Scl.), P.Z.S. 1858, p. 69 (décrit de Rio Napo). Quatre oiseaux de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis en novembre, décembre et janvier. Iris brun foncé. La description de M. Sclater s’applique mieux 4 nos oiseaux que celle de Lafresnaye, ce dernier ne disant rien que le roux du croupion, du bas ventre et des souscaudales est rayé de noiratre ; nous préférons done de placer nos oiseaux sous le nom de M. Sclater, tant plus quils viennent d’une localité voisine. TROCHILIDA. *208. EUTOXERES AQUILA HETERURUS, Gould. Une femelle adulte et un jeune de Machay tués le 27 décembre. Ces oiseaux ont le bec plus fortement courbé que dans les E. aquila de la Colombie. Le jeune en premier plumage 4 queue incomplétement développée a la gorge, le devant et les cotés du cou noirs, variés de stries fauves fines, ¢largies un peu a l’extrémité ; toutes les plumes du sommet de la téte et du dessus du corps frangées 4 l’extrémité de fauve roussatre, les tectrices caudales entourées largement de cette derniére couleur ; toutes les remiges terminées par un point blanc. 209. PHAETHORNIS SYRMATOPHORUS, Gould. Quatre males et deux femelles de Machay et de Mapoto, recueillis en novembre, décembre et janvier. *210. OREOTROCHILUS CHIMBORAZO (Boure.). Nombreux exemplaires des deux sexes et des jeunes pris sur le Chimborazo en avril. #211. HeMISTEPHANIA RECTIROSTRIS, Gould. Deux miles et une femelle pris 4 Mapoto en janvier. 212. PaANOPLITES MATHEWS! (Bourc.), Cinq oiseaux de Baios recueillis en février. 213. Cu&TrocERCUS BOMBUS, Gould. Une femelle de Yaguachi. 214. STEGANURA SOLSTITIALIs, Gould. Un male et deux femelles pris en janvier 4 Mapoto. Les males péruviens se distinguent de celui de l’Ecuadeur par les 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 103 rectrices externes un peu plus longues, a partie dénuée plus droite, de sorte que les palettes s’appliquent parfaitement entre elles lorsque la queue est plice, tandis que chez l’oiseau typique de I’Kcuadeur elles se croisent dans cette position ; la partie de cette rectrice dépassant la subexterne est beaucoup plus fine chez V’oiseau péruvien, la palette moins large. La rectrice subexterne est beaucoup plus longue chez l’oiseau péruvien, moins large, plus aigue et moins brillante sur la barbe externe. En outre on ne voit pas aucune différence. 215. LesBia AMARYLLIs (Bource. et Muls.). Trois males de Penipe entre Riobamba et Chimborazo pris en mars et avril. *216, Cynantuus mocoa (Del. et Bourc.). Cing males et une femelle de Banos et de Mapoto pris en janvier et février. Les males de l’Ecuadeur différent des péruviens par les rectrices distinctement moins larges et moins atténuées a l’extrémité ; par le vert de ces rectrices passant plus au bleu dans certaines directions de la lumiére: par le noir velouté de la partie basale des rectrices beaucoup moins enduit de bleu en générai et ne distinct que prés de la jonction des deux couleurs, de sorte que le noir presque pur est visible a l’extériear dans la queue pliée tandis que chez l’oiseau péruvien c’est le bleu qui le remplace. La couleur du dessous du corps est plus cuivreuse chez l’oiseau péruvien. La plaque frontale brillante parait étre plus large chez l’oiseau péruvien, tandis que le bronzé environnant est plus clair, ne passant pas en noir propre a Yoiseau de Kcuadeur. La prase gulaire est aussi plus large chez Voiseau péruvien et d’un bleu plus clair. *217. PreROPHANES TEMMINCKI (Boiss.). Cing exemplaires de San Rafael recueillis en mars. *218. MeraLLura PRIMOLINA, Boure. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1853, p- 295. (Laguano, Rio Napo coll. Osculati.) Quatre males et deux femelles de San Rafael, recueillis en mars. Dans les femelles les plumes verts dorées du cou antérieur et sur la gorge sont squamuleuses sur un fond fauve roussatre, c’est 4 dire elles renferment une grosse tache verte entourée de la base fauve et dune pareille bordure, ces taches vertes sont trés petites et isolées sur la gorge; les plumes de abdomen d’un vert bronzé lisse ont la base blanchatre et une bordure fauve grisdtre, qui est prédominant sur le milieu du ventre; tout le dos est d’un vert bronzé tirant plus ou moins au cuivreux presque uniforme depuis le front jusqu’aux derniéres souscaudales. La queue est d’un vert bronzé antique, passant dans une certaine direction au bleu violatre, 4 rectrices bordées finement de blanchatre 4 l’extrémité; l’externe terminée largement de gris, la suivante a une tache terminale de cette derniére couleur ; la page inférieure de la queue est d’un vert 104 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [ Feb. 3, bronzé plus clair et plus brillant que la supérieure ; toutes les rectrices bordées dans toute leur longueur d’une ligne brun foncé. Les souscaudales sont d’un vert bronzé obscur bordées largement de roussatre. Tous les miles ne paraissent pas étre en plumage parfait. Un d’eux qui parait étre le plus adulte a le milieu du cou antérieur occupé par une tache oblongue paraissant étre plus foncée que le plumage environnant, composée de gouttes d’un vert foncé tirant au noir dans les autres directions de la lumiére, d’un vert étincellant dans les autres avec un éclat rouge cuivreux sur quelques-unes; ces taches sont bordées de roussatre. Toute la surface des parties inférieures du corps est d’un vert bronzé uniforme, a bordures des plumes grises trés peu distinctes sur le milieu du ventre ; sous- caudales A bordures roussitres plus foncées et moins prononcées que celles de la femelle. Queue comme celle de la femelle mais sans bordures & l’extrémité des rectrices. Les autres miles paraissant ¢tre moins adultes n’ont la tache jugulaire que représentée par quelques plumes noiratres qui ont 4 la base de cette couleur une ligne d’un doré cuivreux trés brillant. La gorge est couverte de gros points vert-bronzé sur un fond gris. Les plumes du ventre sont plus distinctement frangées de gris. Un autre male probablement le plus jeune de tous a toute la gorge couverte de plumes squamiformes vertes, d’une nuance beaucoup plus vive et différente de cette du dessous ; toutes les plumes de l’abdomen et du ventre sont plus largement frangées de gris roussatre que dans les autres ce qui indique que l’Age de l’oiseau est moins avancé. Tous les exemplaires ont la région anale duveteuse blanche. 3. Longueur de l’aile 60, queue 40, bec depuis la commissure 17:5, depuis les plumes frontales 13 mill. 2. Longueur de l’aile 57, queue 37, bee depuis la commissure 16, depuis les plumes frontales 13 mill. *219. METALLURA TYRIANTHINA QUITENSIS (Gould). Vingt exemplaires de San Rafael et de Bajos, recueillis en février et mars. 220. ADELOMYIA MELANOGENYS MACULATA (Gould). Quatre oiseaux de Mapoto et de Machay pris en décembre et en janvier. *221. Scuisres GEoFFROY! (Boure. et Muls.). Male adulte de Machay pris en décembre. L’oiseau péruvien se distingue de celui de l’Ecuadeur par le cuivreux du dos plus rouge; la nuque plus cuivreuse; le vert dessous non bleuatre mais bronzé ; la queue plus étagée, la différence entre l’extrémité des rectrices médianes et des externes étant de 9 mill. tandis qu’elle n’est que de 5 chez l’oiseau de l’ Ecuadeur. 222. PrerAsOPHORA ANAIS (Less.). Une paire prise en avril A Chimborazo et a Banos. 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 105 223. DociMasTEs ENSIFERUS SCHLIEPHACKEI (Heine). Une paire de San Rafael recueillie en mars. *224, HeLiaNTHEA LuTetrIZ (Del. et Bourc.). Un male de Puela. 225. HeviorrypHa vioxa (Gould). Quatre exemplaires pris 4 La Union et Yoyacsi (9109 pieds) en septembre et novembre. *226. HELIOTRYPHA PARZUDAKII (Longuem.). Neuf exemplaires pris & Bafos en février. Aucun des males n’a pas la queue aussi profondement fourchue que le male de la Nouvelle Grenade du Musée de Varsovie. *227. Bourcrerra ToRQvaTA (Boiss.). Un mile et deux femelles de Baiios, pris en février. *228. LampropyGIA COLUMBIANA, Elliot. Quatre exemplaires de Machay et de Mapoto pris en novembre et janvier. Identiques aux oiseaux typiques de la Nouvelle Grenade. 229. HELIOMASTER ALBICRISSA, Gould. Un male de Yaguachi. 230. Er1ocNemis LucrIANt (Bourc.). Nombreux exemplaires recueillis 4 San Rafael en février et mars. *231. ERIOCNEMIS MOSQUERA (Boure. et Muls.). Un oiseau pris 4 San Rafael en mars. Oiseau non adulte & queue plus courte, moins fourchue ; les rectrices externes d’un acier noi- ratre au lieu de verdatre, les médianes d’un vert plus bleuatre. Les suscaudales d’un vert d’or au lieu d’or cuivreux ; l’éclat cuivreux de la gorge et de la poitrine beaucoup moins fort et moins répandu ; dos d’un vert plus obscur. *232. ER1ocNEmMIs SMARAGDINIPECTUs, Gould. Nombreux exemplaires des deux sexes recueillis 4 San Rafael en février et en mars. 233. AMAZILIA DUMERILLI (Less.). Un male de Yaguachi. CypsrLip&. *234. CH@&TURA BRUNNEITORQUES, Lafr. Trois males de Mapoto recueillis en février. Iris presque noir. CAPRIMULGID2. *235. STENOPSIS RUFICERViX, Sel. Un male de Mapoto pris le 15 janvier. Iris presque noir. 106 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, STEATORNITHID. *236. STEATORNIS CARIPENSIS PERUVIANUS, Tacz. Trois femelles de Mayorazgo. Pict. *237. PICUMNUS LAFRESNAYI, J. Verr.; Malh. Monogr. Pie. ii. p- 282, tab. exviii. f. 4 et 5. Un male et deux jeunes femelles de Mapoto recueillis en octobre et en janvier. L’espéce est décrite aussi de |’Ecuadeur ; notre male s’accorde parfaitement avec la figure citée, la description de Malherbe est réduite 4 une diagnose trés courte et insuffisante pour une détermination précise. Ces oiseaux different du P. buffoni de Cayenne, de Surinam et de la Guyane britannique, avec lesquels ils ont été comparés, par la coloration du dos qui est rayé en travers de brun et de jaunatre sans aucune trace de gouttes jaunatres propres a l’oiseau de la Guyane, par le sommet de la téte brun au lieu de noir et par le rouge frontal du male réduit 4 des points triangulaires trés petits ne s’étendant qu’a la ligne du milieu de l’ceil, tandis que chez l’oiseau de la Guyane les stries rouges {sont longues et grosses, dépassant considérablement le niveau du bord postérieur des yeux ; les raies foncées du dessous plus larges et moins nombreuses. Une femelle de Sarayacu (Coll. Berlepsch) parait appartenir 4 la méme forme. Le jeune oiseau a les taches cephaliques oblongues et d’un blan- chatre sale, les raies claires dorsales et les bordures des tectrices alaires d’une nuance roussatre ; le jaundtre du dessous moins pur. 3. Longueur totale 98, vol 178, aile 52, queue 27, bec 14, tarse 10 mill. 238. PicuMNUS GRANADENSIS, Lafr. Une femelle de Yagnachi recueillie en aout. Iris brun grisatre foncé. Cette femelle parait étre en robe anormale tres pale, a stries du dessous 4 peine indiquées sur les cotés du corps. *239. CAMPEPHILUS HZMATOGASTER (T'sch.). Un male de Mapoto tué en janvier. Iris cerise fonce. 240. CHLORONERPES MALHERBEI, Scl. Trois males de San Rafael, recueillis en mars. 241. CHLoRoNERPES FuMIGATUS (d’Orb. et Lafr.). Trois males de Machay et de Mapoto recueillis en décembre et en janvier. 242. CHLORONERPES CALLONOTUs ( Waterh.). Un male et deux femelles de Yaguachi recueillis en septembre et en mai. 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 107 243. MELANERPES PUCHERANI (Malh.). Male et femelle de Yaguachi pris en mai. 244. HyPpoxaNTHUS RIVOLII BREVIROSTRIS (Tacz.). Un male de San Rafael pris en mars. Momortip&. 245. Momorus MICROSTEPHANUS, Scl. Un oiseau de Yaguachi. ALCEDINID. 246. CeryLe caBanisi (Tsch.). Une paire de Yaguachi. TROGONID. 247. TROGON PERSONATUS PROPINQUUs (Cab. et Hein.). Cinq males et trois femelles pris & Machay, 4 Banos et 4 San Rafael depuis novembre jusqu’en mars. 248. PHAROMACRUS AURICEPS HELIACTIN (Cab. et Hein.). Un male de Machay pris en novembre. Longueur de l’aile 203, queue 180, bee 31 millimetres. GALBULID2. *249. GALBULA PASTAZ, sp. 0. G. tombacee simillima, sed major, dorso viridi non cupreo, abdomine intense rufo non ochraceo, rectricibus lateralibus totis cinnamomeis. gad. Sommet de la téte vert changeant au bleu ; dessus du corps, ailes, poitrine et les quatre rectrices médianes d’un vert brillant prenant dans les autres directions de la lumiére un léger ton bronzé, dans les autres cuivreux ; les plumes du menton sout blanchatres a la base, terminées de vert obscur; le reste de la gorge et le cou antérieur d’un vert semblable a celui du dos et prenant les mémes éclats dans les différentes directions ; la poitrine, l’'abdomen et les souscaudales d’un roux cannelle obscur, passant graduellement en une nuance moins foncée en s’approchant de la queue. Remiges primaires noires, les autres 4 barbe externe et l’extrémité verte ; sousalaires d’un cannelle moins foncé que la poitrine et le ventre ; barbe interne des remiges secondaires bordée de roux ala base. Les six rectrices latérales rousses sans rien de vert sur leur barbe externe. Bec noir ; pattes grises; iris brun foncé. Les jeunes ne différent des adultes que par la gorge largement et longuement rousse, de sort qu’il ne reste qu’une bande verte peu large sur la région jugulaire ; le roux du dessous moins foncé. 3 Longueur totale 250, vol 300, aile 88, queue 196, bee 45 mm. g >>. 267, »” 308, a3 91, »” 1 ne ey 59 o 108 L, TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [T'eb. 3, Cet oiseau différe de la G. tombacea de Monterico (Pérou central) par une taille plus forte, l’éclat doré et cuivreux moins fort, le vert du dessous profondement échancré au milieu de la poitrine, le roux du dessous moins obscur, point de bordures vertes sur les rectrices rousses. Les G. tombacea d’Yquitos (Coll. Berlepsch) sont aussi d’une taille plus petite; le male a le front brunatre terne au lieu de bleuatre et des bordures vertes sur les deux paires des rectrices externes. Huit oiseaux de Mapoto et de Machay recueillis en décembre et janvier. Bucconips. *250. MALACOPTILA FULVIGULARIS, Scl. Deux males de Mapoto recueillis en janvier. Iris cerise. CULCULID. *251. Crororuaca ANI, L. Une femelle prise 8 Yaguachi le 11 mai. Cet oiseau est de la taille de la C. suletrostris, mais il a le bec de la C. ant A créte aussi élevée sans aucune trace de sillons latéraux. Longueur de laile 132, queue 164, tarse 33, bec 26, hauteur du bec 22 millim. *252. DIPLOPTERUS N2&VIUS, L. Un adulte et un jeune de Yaguachi. 253. PIaAyA CAYANA MESURA (Cab. et Hein.) ? Une femelle de Mapoto du 30 janvier. *254. Coccyzus LANDSBERGI, Bp. Un male tué 4 Yaguachi le 2 juin. Iris brun foncé; tour de Poeil gris; machoire noire; mandibule grise et noire dans le tiers terminal ; pattes cendrées. RHAMPHASTIDE. *255. RHAMPHASTOS TOCARD, Vieill. Deux males de Mapoto, recueillis en janvier. *256. ANDIGENA HyPpoGLaucus (Gould). Male et femelle de San Rafael recueillis en mars. Iris rouge cerise. CAPITONID. *257. CapiTo BOURCIERI (Lafr.). Quatre males et trois femelles de Machay, recueillis en décembre et en janvier. Iris rouge cerise. PsITracip x. *258. ConuRUS SOUANCAI (Verr.). Un male et deux femelles de Mapoto, pris en janvier et février. Iris brun grisatre trés foncé. 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 109 259. BrRoroGeRYs PYRRHOPTERA (Lath.). Une paire de Yaguachi. *960. BROTOGERYS JUGULARIS, Deville. Un jeune de Canelos. Iris brun foncé. 261. Pronus corautinus (Bp.). Deux males et une femelle de Mapoto recueillis en janvier. Ivis gris trés foncé. Les oiseaux de Chaguarpata sont d’une taille un peu moins forte, ont les bordures bleues des plumes cephaliques beaucoup moins larges, surtout celles des joues, qui manquent quelquefois ; le bleu moins répandu sur la région jugulaire, et la nuance plus olivatre sur le dessous du corps; le bleu moins largement disposé sur la barbe externe de la rectrice latérale, nul sur la suivante, tandis que la troisiéme a encore du bleu chez les oiseaux de Mapoto. S Longueur de l’aile 210, queue 96 millim. (oiseau de Mapoto). 2 » 53 190, ,, 88 millim. (oiseau de Chaguar- pata). 262. Pronus SENILOIDES (Mass.). Deux oiseaux de San Rafael recueillis en mars. Iris brun foncé. *263. CAICA MELANOCEPHALA (L.). Un oiseau de Canelos pris en janvier. 264. CHRYSOTIS OCHROCEPHALA (Gm.). Un oiseau vivant de Naranchito (versant occidental). *265. CHRYSOTIS, sp. ? Un oiseau de Naranchito. Cet oiseau présente une certaine affinité au C. viridigenalis, Cass. (coecineifrons, Souancé), mais il en différe par une large bande sour- ciliére rouge réunie avec le rouge du front et prolongée en arriére vers la nuque ; les joues jusqu’a la région auriculaire sont d’un jaune verdatre au lieu d’un vert frais, comme les tectrices auriculaires ; le milieu du sommet de la téte est couvert de plumes d’un lilas bleuatre varies d’une maniére irrégulicre de rougeatre; le bec est noir au lieu de jaunatre. Comme cet oiseau a été élevé en captivité, on ne peut pas répondre sil n’a pas subi quelque altération dans sa coloration; mais M. Stolz- mann a vu un autre, également en captivité, qui ¢tait tout-a-fait également coloré, STRIGIDZ, 266. GLAuCIDIUM FEROX (Vieill.). Une paire rousse de Yaguachi. *267. GLAUCIDIUM JARDINEI (Bp.). Une paire de San Rafael tuée en mars. dad. D’un brun-chocolat trés foneé en dessus et les ailes 110 L. TACZ\NOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON’ [Feb. 3, presque uniformes partout, 4 sommet de la téte immaculé excepté quelques stries blanchatres fines au front et quelques beaucoup plus petites derriére les oreilles; une bande en chevron noiratre au cou postérieur, variée de taches fauves et blanchatres ; quelques taches roussdtres sur les scapulaires, et une rangée de taches plus grosses et plus pales le long du bord inférieur de l’aile ; cdtés de la téte bruns variés de blanchatre ; demicollier au col blane, coloré de roussatre sur la gorge, et bordé en dessous d’une raie brune; milieu méme de la poitrine blanc, cdtés largement d’un brun aussi foncé que celui du dos, parsemés de quelques taches fauves voisines du milieu et de stries trés petites sur les cétés; abdomen d’un isabelle blanchatre plus roussatre au voisinage de la poitrine, varié de grosses flamméches brunes ; souscaudales blanchatres traversées chacune par une ligne médiane brune. Remiges noiratres avec des taches blanc-roussatres au bord de la barbe externe, blanches et grosses sur l’interne. Queue noire avec six rangées de taches blanches sur les deux bords de toutes les rectrices; page inférieure beaucoup plus pale. Bec jaune pale ; iris jaune. Q Différe du male précédent par tout le sommet de la téte parsemé de macules fauves un peu plus grosses au front et diminuant graduellement en s’approchant de la nuque ; les taches plus blanches en partie sur les tectrices alaires, plus rousses sur la barbe externe des remiges ; les cétés de la téte variés plus fortement de fauve ; le collier jugulaire lavé de roussatre ; les taches roussatres plus grosses sur la poitrine, le fond de l’abdomen plus roussatre ; queue semblable a celle du male. 3 Longueur totale 176, vol 370, aile 100, queue 66 millim. g eB] ” 190, LPs 390, ” 106, > 68 3? *268. CrccABA VIRGATA (Cass.). Un poussin tué 4 Machay en décembre. _ Iris noir bleuatre. FALCONID. *269. HarpYHALIAETUS CORONATUS (Vieill.). Une jeune femelle de Rio Topo, tuée le 31 janvier. Iris bran grisatre. 270. Bureo pENNSYLVANICUs (Wils.). Deux femelles de San Rafael tuées en mars. Iris blanchatre et brunatre dans sa partie inférieure. *271. CERCHNEIS CINNAMOMINA (Sws.). Une paire de Riobamba et de Chimborazo. Iris brun foncé. CoLuMBID. *272, COLUMBA RUFINA, Temm. Un male de Yaguachi tué en juin. Ce mile est d’une taille un peu plus petite que le male de Chirimoto (Pérou), et beaucoup plus forte que le male de Cayenne, la-différence est surtout grande dans Ja longueur de la queue. Dans la coloration 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. a notre oiseau présente la plus grande différence dans le sommet de la téte, qui est longuement rouge dans les deux oiseaux cités, tandis que chez loiseau de Yaguachi le front est longuement rosé et le vert bronzé brillant commence plutot; le cou postérieur est violet passant au bleu sans rien de vert propre aux oiseaux cités. La queue est la plus caractéristique, tandis qu’elle est ordinairement terminée par une large bande gris pale, bien tranchée de la couleur basale, elle est uniforme en dessus dans la longueur des rectrices, et la nuance pile nest distincte que sur la page inférieure sans étre aussi nettement tranchée. Longueur de l’aile 190, queue 123 mm. (oiseau de |’ Ecuadeur). fe $3 LOW tel 5; keel oat; (oiseau du Pérou). - 3 182, ,, 102 ,, (oiseau de Cayenne). En général cet oiseau varie beaucoup en dimensions et en colo- ration de la téte. Le Comte Berlepsch a trouvé sur 30 exemplaires de Panama une différence de la longueur de l’aile entre 181 et 193. mill., de la queue entre 120 et 133. 273. METRIOPELIA MELANOPTERA (Molina). Deux oiseaux de Chimborazo recueillis en avril. Iris brun foncé. *274. CHAMEPELIA PASSERINA (L.). Trois males et deux femelles recueillis 4 Riobamba le 1 mai. Tris rosé. 275. CHAM#PELIA BUCKLEYI, Scl. et Saly. Six males et quatre femelles de Yaguachi recueillis en septembre et en mai. Iris brun rougeatre. 276. PreristeRA CINEREA (Temm.). Deux miles et trois femelles de Yaguachi recueillis en mai. *277. PERISTERA MONDETOURA, Bp. Un male pris en mars au dessus de San Rafael. 278. Leproprina PaLuipA, Berl. et Tacz. Une paire de Yaguachi recueillie en mai. Le male ressemble beaucoup aux deux femelles de la LZ. verreauxi de Cutervo (Pérou), et ne s’en distingue que par I’éclat métallique beaucoup plus fort au cou; le rosé du dessous pile, mais beau- coup plus pur. Celui de Pedregal a le rosé du dessous beau- coup plus fort et beaucoup plus largement répandu jusqu’au milieu de l’abdomen. 279. GEOTRYGON BOURCIERI (Bp.). Six exemplaires de Machay, de Banos et de San Rafael recueillis en novembre, février et mars. Iris jaune. L’oiseau de Cutervo (Pérou) se distingue de tons ces oiseaux de PEcuadeur or. par le plombé du sommet de la téte beaucoup plus foncé et par léclat de la région interscapulaire vert et non bleu violet. 112 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, CRACIDE. 280. PENELOPE MONTAGNII (Bp.). Un mile, quatre femelles et deux jeunes de San Rafael recueillis en février et en mars. Iris brun rougeatre. *281. CHAM#PETES TscHUDIT, Tacz. Une femelle de Runacocha prise le 2 janvier. Iris brun rougeatre, Ravip&. 282. RALLUS VIRGINIANUS, L. Un mile tué A Riobamba le 1 mai. Iris brun foncé. PaRRIDZ&. *283. Parra JACANA (L.). Un mile de Yaguachi. THINOCORIDE. *284, ATTAGIS CHIMBORAZENSIS, Scl. Deux males et une femelle recueillis 4 San Rafael en mars. Iris brun noisette. SCOLOPACID. *285. GALLINAGO JAMESONT, Bp. : Une femeile de Chimborazo tuée le 23 avril. LARID&. *286. PHatrHusA MAGNIROSTRIS (Licht.). Un male tué 4 Riobamba le 1 mai. Iris trés foncé. TINAMIDS. *287. NoTHOCERCUS JULIUS, Bp. Trois femelles de San Rafael (9300 pieds). Iris brun grisatre tres foncé. Ces oiseaux se distinguent d’un male de Bogota par la nuance des parties supérieures du corps plus foncée, plus olive et non roussatre, & raies noires plus fortes; le roux du sommet de la téte plus obscur, plus fortement ondulé de noir; les joues beaucoup moins rousses; la région jugulaire et les flancs du corps plus foncés et plus fortement rayés de noir. *288. NoTHOCERCUS BONAPARTEI (Gr.) ? Un mile tué en décembre & Machay. Iris brun grisatre trés fonce. Cet exemplaire se distingue de l’oiseau de Panama (Musée Ber- lepsch) par la coloration en général plus foncée, moins roussatre au dos, & vermiculation foncée beaucoup plus dense ; les macules sur les ailes et sur le croupion blanches au lieu de roussatres ; le bas ventre, 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 113 les flanes et les tibias plus foncés 4 macules également blanches au lieu de fauves. La différence la plus frappante est dans les ailes, dont la barbe externe des remiges secondaires est brun noirAtre traversée de raies roussatres fines, et espace foncé entre ces raies trés peu varié, tandis que dans l’oiseau de Panama les raies rousses sont beaucoup plus larges, moins nettement dessinées et espace renfermé entre elles est de la couleur du fond général vermiculé de noiratre ; la page inférieure des remiges est plus foncée et moins rousse dans notre oiseau; sousalaires fortement rayées de brun foncé, Longueur de Vaile 205, bec 47, tarse 65, doigt méd. 75, ongle 10 millim. (ois. de Machay). Longueur de Vaile 222, bec 44°5, tarse 65, doigt méd. 56, ongle 11°5 millim (ois. de Panama). 289. Cryprurus prteatus (Bodd.)? Crypturus, sp.? Berl. et. Tacz. P. Z. S, 1883, p. 577. Une femelle tuée en mai 4 Yaguachi. Cet oiseau et celui de Chimbo présentent une grande ressemblance aux C. pileatus non adultes de Panama et de Veragua; ils ont cependant les parties supérieures du corps beaucoup plus foncées, ce qui permet 4 supposer qu’ils appartiennent plutét & une forme voisine mais distincte. APPENDIX I. En 1876 M. Jelski a pris & Palmal, forét vierge humide sur le territoire de l’Ecuadeur, au voisinage du fleuve Tumbez, un oiseau voisin du Xiphocolaptes promeropirhynchus et du X. compressirostris, mais bien distinct par une taille moins forte et le bec plus robuste ; nous proposons donc 4 cette forme sud-ouest de ’Eeuadeur le nom et la diagnose suivantes :— XIPHOCOLAPTES CRASSIROSTRIS, sp. n. X. promeropirhyncho simillimus, sed statura minore, rostro robus- tiore, albido, gula pure isabellino-albida, abdomine medio toto subcaudalibusque nigro crebre ut in X. compressirostri macu- latis, striis capitis et colli albidioribus, tectricibusque alarum albido striatis distinguendus. Ce Xiphocolapte différe des deux formes citées par une taille moins forte, le bee plus épais et moins comprimé dans sa partie terminale 4 aréte moins aigue, blanchatre ; les pattes d’un plombé blanchatre & ongles paraissant étre plus courts a cause de leur courbure beaucoup plus forte, et de leur hauteur plus considérable, blancs, n’ayant qu’une ligne noiratre au dos de lextrémité. Dans la coloration la gorge est d’un blanc isabelle parfaitement uniforme; la couleur du dos moins foneée que celle des deux formes citées ; le croupion aussi longuement roux que dans le X. promeropirhynchus, mais d’une nuance beaucoup plus claire et plus vive, tandis que chez Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. VIII. 8 114 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, le X. compressirostris Je roux n’ est présent que sur la partie postérieure du croupion et d’une nuance foncée ; les stries de la téte et du cou plus pales que dans les deux autres formes sans aucune trace de bordures noires sur celles de la poitrine propres & la forme pé- ruvienne; le milieu de tout abdomen aussi fortement maculé de noiratre que dans cette dernitre; toutes les tectrices alaires striées finement de blanchAtre; le fond des sousalaires moins roussatre. Dimensions de ces trois formes :— &X, crassi- X. compressi- X. promeropi- rostris. rostris. rhynchus. millim. millim. millim. Longueur de Vaile........ 135 150 175 os de la queue .... 116 137 128 - duthecieincnie sls 48°5 53 50 Vy dutarse) 4...) 129 32 30 hs du doigt médian. 24 29 28 de longle’.... 3.11 12 12 43 de l’ongle du pouce 12 ay 12 Hauteur du bec... ..0.... 12 12 10 APPENDIX II. Considérations générales sur la Faune ornithologique de PEquateur occidentale. Par Hans von Beriupscu. M. Stolzmann ayant fini ses explorations dans la république de l’Equateur il me parait utile de faire une revision des oiseaux qui habitent loccident de ce pays, région le mieux exploré par ce voya- geur instruit et infatigable. Les deux collections précédentes faites par M. Stolzmann et son compagnon M. Siemiradzki, dont nous avons parlé dans les P. Z. S. 1883, pp. 536-577, et 1854, pp. 281-313, nous avaient fourni en tout 341 especes, tous recueillies dans la contrée située a l’ouest de la grande chaine des Andes, dans le voisinage de Guayaquil, Yaguachi et Chimbo (région de la céte), et dans des localités plus élevées jusqu’a une hauteur considérable, mais toujours de la pente occi- dentale. Cette derniére collection dont nous venons de parler pour la plu- part contient des espéces recueillies sur la pente orientale des Andes. Il y a cependant quelques espéces supplémentaires pour la faune de Poccident recueillies 4 Yaguachi, prés de Guayaquil. En outre il y a quelques espéces du mont Chimborazo, dont la faune sera aussi probablement a attribuer a celle de loccident. Ce seront :— = 1. Polioptila bilineata. 8. Crotophaga ani. 2. Spodiornis jardinei. 9. Coccyzus landsbergi. 3. Molothrus purpurascens. 10. Chrysotis ochrocephala. 4, Lampropsar warszewiczi. Ue , Sp. ine. 5. Hadrostomus homochrous. 12, Columba rufina. 6. Myiodynastes audax. 13. Parra jacana. 7. Cercomacra nigricans. 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 115 Du Chimborazo. 14, Oreomanes fraseri. 18. Cinclodes excelsior, 15. Muscisaxicola alpina. 19. albidiventris. 16. Synallaxis fammulata. 20. Oreotrochilus chimborazo. 17. Leptasthenura andicola. 21. Gallinago jamesoni. Le total d’espéces recueillies par M. Stolamann dans l’occident montera done au nombre 362. Quant & nos listes précédentes il faut quelques rectifications :— Dans la premiére liste il faut changer le nom de Chlorostilbon mela- norhynchus en C. atala’ (Less. )- Quoique Toiseau de Chimbo ne parait pas tout-a-fait identique 4 4 Poiseau de Trinidad, il n’en pourrait pas étre distingué peut-étre que comme race locale. Le C. melano- rhynchus, Gld., de Quito est fort différent. ‘© Mionectes striaticollis”? de la deuxiéme liste est M. olivaceus, Lawr. ! Il faut aussi changer le nom du “ Zyranniscus cinereiceps”’ de Chimbo. C’est le 7. leucogenys, Scl. La “‘ Catamenia homochroa’’ de Cechce (deuxiéme liste) n’est pas Yespéce de Mr. Sclater, mais une petite race de la C. inornata (Lafr.) : C. inornata minor, Berl. Dans la premiére liste on pourrait encore changer :— Parula pitiayumi en P. pitiayumi pacifica. Spermophila obscura en 8. pauper. Sayornis nigricans en S. cineracea. Synallazis fruticicola en S. elegantior fruticicola. Je suis a présent de Davis que le Turdus ignobilis maculirostris pourrait figurer comme une bonne espéce: 7’. maculirostris, Berl. La Vireosylvia chivi griseobarbata ne serait pas peut-étre différente de la vraie V. chivi. Jai encore quelques doutes sur le Tvroglodytes furvus albicans. Peut-étre que cette forme de Guayaquil sera distincte de l’oiseau de Chimbo, qui parait identique au vrai 7’. furvus (mieux musculus, Naum.) de la Guiane. Peut-Gtre qu'il y aura aussi deux espéces de Pheucticus du type chrysogaster (voyez P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 549, 1884, p. 292). Jene suis pas encore sur sur ce point. En outre M. Taczanowski et moi nous avons encore des doutes sur le ‘‘Crypturus, sp.’ de Chimbo et de Yaguachi et le “‘Chrysotis, sp.” de Naranchito. Ce seront probablement deux espéces nouvelles. Alors pour compléter nos listes il me parait nécessaire d’ajouter les espéces qui sont trouvées par Mr. Fraser et par d’autres voya- geurs dans les localités citées (ou dans leur voisinage) mais qui n’y sont pas retrouvées par M. Stolzmann. Il me parait utile d’exclure de cette liste les oiseaux de Quito, Nanegal, Pichincha et des autres localités de Poccident, mais plus septentrionales, parce que leur faune est un peu différente de celle _ @ouw viennent les collections de Stolazmann. Aussi on ne peut pas = 3 Sclater avait déja déterminé les oiseaux de Fraser comme Chl. atala.— v 8* 116 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, étre stir si tous les oiseaux qu’on appelle généralement peaux de Quito étaient réellement recueillis dans le voisinage de cette ville, ou plutot dans les régions de la pente orientale}. . Cinnicerthia unibrunnea (Lloa). . Chlorospingus atripileus (Lloa). . Oreotrochilus pichincha (Pichin- cha). . Helianthea lutetize (Lloa). . Nyctibius pectoralis. . Colaptes elegans (Lloa), . Milvago carunculatus (Pichincha). 8. Strix “ punctatissima ” (Quito). 9. Vanellus resplendens (“ Table- land”). 10. Querquedula cyanoptera (R. Ma- changra). 11. Penelope argyrotis, Bp. (Mindo, ‘Wis Pichineha). e Oiseaux de Nanegal. (Coll. Fraser.) . Diglossa indigotica. . Buarremon castaneiceps. . Chlorospingus atripileus. . Calliste rufigularis. vitriolina. ieterocephala. . Diva yassori. . Chlorochrysa pheenicotis. . Catamenia homochroa, . Synallaxis gularis. . Thamnistes zquatorialis. . Grallaria squamigera. . Tyrannulus nigricapillus. 25. Rhynchocyclus fulvipectus. 26. Myiobius villosus. 27. Agriornis solitaria. 28. Masius coronulatus. 29. Macheeropterus deliciosus. 30. Rupicola sanguinolenta. 31. Thalurania verticeps. 32. Urosticte benjamini. 33. Heliangelus strophianus. 34. Hemistephania rectirostris. 35. Urochroa bougueri. 36. Syrnium albogulare. 37. Pholeoptynx cunicularia. Oiseaux de Quito. . Turdus leucops, TZacz. Quito (Mus. Brit.). . Cinnicerthia unirufa. Quito (Mus. Brit.). . Chlorophonia flavirostris, Sc/. . Calliste guttata, Cab. Mindos (Bourc.). 2. Iridornis _ porphyrocephala. Quito (James. ). . Buthraupis cucullata. Quito (James. ). chloronota. Quito (James.). . Compsocoma notabilis. Quito (James.). . Dubusia selysia. Quito (James.). . Chlorospingus semifuscus, Sel. § Salv. . Buarremon pallidinuchus. schistaceus. . Oreothraupis arremonops. Quito (James. ). . Cyanocitta pulchra, Lawr. 2. Ochthoéca citrinifrons, . —— rufimarginata. . Thripadectes virgaticeps, Lawr. “ Quito.” . Margarornisguttata, Zawr, Quito. 56. 57. . ? Androdon sequatorialis. 59. Grallaria gigantea, Lawr. Acropternis orthonyx. Eutoxeres aquila heterurus. 60. ? Campylopterus lazulus. 61. Eugenia imperatrix. | 62, Panoplites jardinei. 63. ? Calliphlox mitchelli. 64, Zodalia ortoni, Lawr. “ Quito. ©. Pterophanes temmincki. 66. Ramphomicron herrani. Quito.” 67. Urosticte ruficrissa, Lawr. 68. Patagona gigas. Quito (Fraser). | 69. ? Hriocnemis mosquera. 70. —— smaragdinipectus. flee? godini. 72. ?—— nigrivestis, 73. —— derbyana. 74, ? —— lugens. 75. ? squamata. 76. aureliz. 77. ? Bucephala grayi. 78. Chlorostilbon melanorhynchus, Gid. Quito. 79. Stenopsis ruficervix. Quito (Gid.). 80. Hapaloptila castanea (Verr.). Quito. 81. ? Aulacorhamphus derbianus. 82. Tetragonops rhamphastinus, 83. Sarcorhamphus xquatorialis. 84. Leucopternis albicollis. Quito (Mus. Norwich). 85. Accipiter nigroplumbeus, Lawr. Quito val. (Orton). 1 Oiseaux du Pichincha (qui manquent a nos listes). (Coll. Fraser.) 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. HZ De lautre coté je comprends dans la liste les espéces d’ Esmeraldas (de la cété du nord) parce qu’il me parait que la faune de cette loca- lité a beaucoup de rapport avec celle de Guayaquil et de Chimbo. Il y a dont & ajouter :-— 1. Turdus gigas, Fras. Pallatanga (Fraser'). 44 reevei, Lawr. Ile de Puna (Reeve, Lawr.). 3. Myiadestes rallotdes (Laft. et d’Orb.). Pallatanga et Baba- hoyo (Fras.). 4. Thryophilus superciliaris (Lawr.), (‘ albipectus, Cab.’’). Babahoyo (Fras.) ; Puna (Reeve). 5. Dendreca “ aureola, Gld.”’ Esmeraldas (Fras.); Puna, Guaya- quil (Sundevall). 6. Progne chalybea (Gml.) (‘ dominicensis’’). | Esmeraldas (Fras.). 7. Buthraupis edwardi, Elliot. Esmeraldas. 8. “ Tachyphonus delattrei, Lafr., 2.’ Pallatanga (Fras.). 9. Hedymeles ludovicianus (L.). Esmeraldas (Fras.). 10. Oryzoborus occidentalis, Scl. Babahoyo (Fras.). JSunereus, Scl. Babahoyo (Fras.). 12. Coturniculus? Pallatanga (Fras.). 13. Icterus grace-anne, Cass. Machala, prés de Guayaquil (Orton). 14. Cassidix oryzivora (Gml.). Pallatanga (Fras.). 15. Cyanocorax mystacalis (Geoffr.). Guayaquil. 16. Agriornis pollens, Sel (‘“ andicola’’). Panza, Chimborazo (Fras.). . Myiotheretes erythropygius, Scl. Panza, Chimborazo (Fras.). 18. Phrygilus unicolor (Lafr. et D’Orb.). Panza, Chimborazo (Fras.). 19. Copurus leuconotus, Lafr. Esmeraldas (Fras.). 20. Muscigralla brevicauda, Lafr. et d’ Orb. Babahoyo (Fras.). 21. Huscarthmus pyrrhops, Cab. Puna, 8. Lucas (Buekley). | Les espéces suivantes qui se trouvent dans les listes de Mr. Sclater sur les collections de Mr. L. Fraser me paraissent identiques 4 des espéces de nos listes, comme:— Turdus “ albiventris,” de Pallatanga et Babahoyo, =T. maculirostris ? Conirostrum *‘ albifrons,” Pallatanga, =C. atrocyaneum ? Todirostrum “ ruficeps,” Pallatanga, =Peeilotriccus rufigenis. Myiobius “ phenicurus,” Pallatanga, =WM. stellatus. * Spiza sp.” ?, Pallatanga, = Spodiornis jardinei ? Todirostrum “ cinerewm,” Babahoyo, =T. sclateri. Sittasomus “ erithacus,” Pallatanga, =. amazonus. Cercomacra “ maculosa,” Pallatanga et Babahoyo, = C. nigricans? Phaéthornis “ guyi,” Pallatanga, =P. yaruqui. Chloronerpes “ rubiginosus,” Babahoyo, =C. canipileus. Trogon “ collaris,” Pallatanga, =T. virginalis. Glaucidium “ ferrugineum” SAE ape oat “ infuscatum o =G. ferow? Penelope “ jacucaca,” Pallatanga, =P. ortoni? Leptoptila “ verreauxi,” Pallatanga, =L. pallida? — “ albifrons,” Babahoyo, =L, verreauxi? —H. v. B. 118 57. L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, . Hapalocercus fulviceps (Scl.). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Tyranniscus cinereiceps, Scl. Pallatanga, Babahoyo (Fras.). . Elainea pallatange, Sci. Pallatanga (Fras.). placens, Scl. (‘‘implacens”). Babahoyo, Esmeraldas (Fras.). . Myjiozetetes texensis, Giraud? (‘“ columbianus”). Esme- raldas (Fras.). Cnipodectes subbrunneus (Scl.). Babahoyo, Esmeraldas (Fras.). . Myiobius ‘ barbatus (Gml.)*.” Babahoyo, Esmeraldas (Fras.). . Tyrannus niveigularis, Scl. Babahoyo (/ras.). . Tityra personata, Jard. et Selby. Esmeraldas (Fras.). . Attila torridus, Scl. Babahoyo (Fras.) ; St. Rosa (Steere). . Ampelio cinctus (Tsch.). Pallatanga (Fras.). . Pipreola melanolema, Sel. Chillanes (I’ras.). . Synallaxis griseo-murina, Scl. §. Lucas (Villagomez). . Dendrornis triangularis, Lafr.’ Pallatanga (Fras.). . Xiphocolaptes promeropirhynchus (Less.). Pallatanga (Fras.). . Thamnophilus albonuchalis, Scl. Guayaquil (Kellett) ; Puna (Barclay et Reeve). . Formicivora speciosa, Salv. Puna (Villagomez). . Terenura callinota, Scl., 2. Pallatanga (Fras.). Formicarius analis (Lafr. et d’Orb.). Esmeraldas (Fras.). . Glaucis ruckeri (Boure.). Esmeraldas (fras.). . Phaéthornis moorei, Lawr. Esmeraldas (Fras.). . Petasophora delphine (Less.). Citado (Buckley). . Panoplites flavescens (Lodd.). Citado (Buckley). . Rhamphomicron stanleyi (Boure. et Muls.)*. Panza, Chim- borazo (Fras.). . Ohrysuronia humboldti (Boure. et Muls.). Miva, Esmeraldas. . Polyerata amabilis (Gould). Esmeraldas (fras.). . Dryocopus lineatus (L.) (‘ fuscipennis”). Babahoyo et Esmeraldas (Fras.). . Celeus loricatus, Reichb. (‘‘ undatus, L.’’). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Ceryle torquata (L.). Babahoyo (fras.). . Trogon melanurus (Sw.). Babahoyo (Fras.). caligatus, Gould. Babahoyo (Fras.). . Bucco dysoni, Scl. ( leucocrissus”’). Babahoyo (Fras.). subtectus, Scl. Esmeraldas (Fras.). . Monacha nigra (Mill.). Guayaquil (Wiener). . Crotophaga sulcirostris, Sw. Babahoyo et Esmeraldas (Fras.) ; Puna (Reeve). Capito squamatus, Salv. Santa Rita (Buckley). 1 —WM. villosus, Sel. ? 2 =D. erythropygia equatorialis, Berl.? 3 Mr. Fraser a aussi trouvé 4 Pallatanga la Acestrura mulsanti, espéce qui n’ était pas observée dans les régions occidentales par Stolzmann. Mais je Vomets de cette liste parce qu'elle est déja mentionnée dans notre deuxiéme article d’Alausi (pente orientale).—H. y. B. 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 119 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. Chrysotis viridigenalis, Cass. Guayaquil (Mus. Bremen etc.). Pionus menstruus (Linn.). Babahoyo (Fras.). Pionopsitta pyrrhops, Salv. Santa Rita et S. Lucas (Buckley). Cathartes aura (L.). Babahoyo (Fras.). atratus (Bartr.). Babahoyo (Fras.). Polyborus cheriway (Jacq.). Puna (Barclay, Mus. Brit.) ; Bahahoyo (Fras., “‘ tharus”’ ). Herpetotheres cachinnans (Linn.). Babahoyo et Esmeraldas (Fras.). Ibycter americanus (Bodd.). Guayaquil (Barclay, in Mus. Brit.). Geranospiza cerulescens (Vieill.). Babahoyo (Fras.); Puna (Barel., Mus. Brit.). Accipiter bicolor (Vieill.), (“pileatus’’). Pallatanga et Esmeraldas (Fras.). Antenor unicinctus (Temm.). Pallatanga et Esmeraldas (Fras.) ; Puna (Reeve). - Asturina magnirostris (Gml.). Babahoyo et Pallatanga (Fras.). nitida (Lath.). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Urubitinga zonura (Shaw). Babahoyo (Fras.). anthracina (Nitzsch). Puna ( Reeve). . Heterospizias meridionalis (Lath.). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Gampsonyx swainsoni (Vig.). Guayaquil (Barclay, in Mus. Brit.). . Rostrhamus sociabilis (Vieill.). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Leptodon cayanensis (Gml.). Babahoyo (Fras. ). . Cerchneis sparverius cinnamominus (Sw.). Pallatanga (Fras.). . Leucopternis occidentalis, Salv. (Puna?) . * Phalacrocorax, sp.’ Babahoyo (Fras.). . Ardea egretta (Gml.). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Tigrisoma brasiliense (L.)'. Pallatanga et Babahoyo (Fras.). . Nyeticorax violaceus (L.). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Tantalus loculator, Linn, Babahoyo ( Fras.). . Columba speciosa, Gmel. Esmeraldas (Fras.). . Ortalida erythroptera, Scl. et Salv. Guayaquil (Mus. Paris) ; Babahoyo (Fras.). - Aramus scolopaceus (Gml.), Babahoyo (Fras.). . Eurypyga helias, Pall. Pallatanga (Fras.). . Hoplopterus cayanus (Lath.). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Aigialites semipalmata (Bp.). Puna (Reeve). collaris (Vieill.). Babahoyo et Esmeraldas ( Fras.). . Himantopus nigricollis (Vieill.). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Micropalama himantopus (Bp.). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Gambetta flavipes (Gml.). Babahoyo (Fras.). . Limosa fedoa (L.). Sta. Rosa (Steere). 5. Querquedula andium, Scl. et Salv. Paramo (Fras.). - Hulica ardesiaca (Tsch.) (‘‘ chilensis’’). Paramo (Fras.). ' —T, salmoni, Scl. & Saly. ? 120 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, 97. Attagis chimborazensis, Scl. Chimborazo (Fras.). 98. Rhynchops nigra, Linn. Babahoyo (Fras.). 99. Orypturus, sp. (“voisin du parvirostris’”’). Babahoyo et Esmeraldas (Fras.). 100. Mionectes striaticollis (Lafr. et d’Orb.). Pallatanga (Fras.). 101. Synallazis tithys, Tacz. Rio Zurumilla (Felstin). 102. Heliangelus micraster (Gould). S. Lucas, Prov. Losca (Buckley). En outre il faut ajouter quelques espéces trouvées par Stolzmann 3 Palmal, au sud de la céte occidentale de I’ Equateur :— 1. “ Pyranga azare.” 2. * Thamnophilus cesius, Licht.” 3. “ Heteropelma wallacei.” 4. Ceryle inda (L.). 5. Xiphocolaptes crassirostris de Palmal que nous venons de décrire. Tout cela fait un total de 468 espéces connues des régions occi- dentales visitées par Stolzmann. Si nous ajouterons encore les 85 espéces de Pichincha, Nanegal et de Quito, dont je viens de donner la liste plus haut, nous aurions en tout 553 espéces de l’ Equateur occidental. C’est bien évident que nos listes des oiseaux de ces contrées sont encore trés incomplétes. Il y manquent encore presque tous les oiseaux marins, et je suis sur qu'une exploration attentive des envi- rons de Guayaquil etc. fournira aussi un bon nombre des petites espéces qui n’étaient pas encore connues comme habitants de ces régions. Néanmoins le temps me parait venu pour dire quelque chose en regard des relations de la faune de cette contrée avec celle des régions voisines ’. Pour commencer, notre faune posséde beaucoup d’espéces qui lui paraissent propres ou qui ne sont pas encore trouvées ailleurs. De cette catégorie je compte 63 espéces, dont voici la liste :— Remplacés dans |’ Equateur oriental par : Turdus reevei. maculirostris. Cyphorinus phzeocephalus. C. thoracicus dichrous. Henicorhina hilaris. H. leucosticta. Microcerculus teeniatus. M. marginatus ? Thryophilus nigricapillus (aussi Nanegal). (en Antioquia TZ. schotti). Thryothorus euophrys (aussi Lloa). paucimaculatus. T. selateri? Cistothorus brunneiceps (aussi Pichincha). Geothlypis semiflaya. Basileuterus fraseri. Hylophilus minor. H. olivaceus. 1 Je me borne toujours de parler sur les régions visitées par M. Stolzmann, et les comparaisons n’ont pas de rapport aux oiseaux des environs de Quito.— Hv. B. 1885. ] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 121 Calliste cyanopygia. lunigera. Buthraupis edwardi. Chlorothraupis stolzmanni. Chlorospingus ochraceus. Buarremon inornatus. —— leucopterus (aussi Quito). Spermophila ophthalmica (aussi Quito). pauper. Obrysomitris siemiradzkii. ? Ostinops atrocastaneus. Peecilotriccus rufigenis. Tyranniscus uropygialis. Elainea semipagana. Musciyora occidentalis. Myiobius stellatus. Empidochanes griseipectus. Pachyrhamphus spodiurus. Pipreola jucunda (aussi Nanegal). Cephalopterus penduliger. Synallaxis erythrops. griseo-murina. Automolus assimilis. Thamnophilus unicolor, Formicivora consobrina. speciosa. Phaéthornis yaruqui (aussi Nanegal, Quito). Thalurania hypochlora. Heliodoxa jamesoni (aussi Nanegal). Pheolzema zquatorialis. Schistes personatus. Diphlogzena hesperus, Bourcieria fulgidigula, ~ Steganura melananthera (aussi Nanegal). Cheetocercus bombus. Chrysuronia humboldti. Amazilia dumerili. Agyrtria viridiceps. Trogon virginalis. Andigena laminirostris (aussi Nanegal). Capito squamatus. i Chrysotis, sp. ine. Pionopsitta pyrrhops. Bubo nigrescens. Leucopternis occidentalis. Leptoptila pallida. Penelope ortoni. Odontophorus erythrops. Aramides wolfi. Crypturus transfasciatus. ——,, 8p. nov, Remplacés dans l’Equateur oriental par : C. eceruleocephala. CO. chrysotis. C. melanotis ? B. brunneinuchus. S. ocellata ? O. alfredi. P. ruficeps. M. castelnaudi ? M. erythrurus. P. cinereus ? C. ornatus. S. fuliginosa (?). A. subulatus ? T. capitalis ? F. quixensis. P. guyi? P. rubinoides. 8. geoffroyi. (D. iris?) B. torquata. (C. josephine ?) (A. milleri ?) T. collaris. (peut-étre par A. hypoglaucus ?) Quelques especes de lorient se trouvent dans l’occident dans une forme un peu modifiée, comme :— Troglodytes furvus albicans. Parula pitiayumi pacifica. Dacenis egregia sequatorialis. Chlorophanes spiza exsul. 122 L. TACZANOWSKI AND COUNT BERLEPSCH ON [Feb. 3, Tanagra palmarum violilayata. Spermophila gutturalis olivacea. Leptopogon superciliaris transandinus. Megarhynchus pitangua chrysogaster. Gouldia conyersi equatorialis. Amazilia riefferi jucunda. Cheetura sclateri occidentalis. Pharomacrus auriceps heliactin. ete. La faune de la céte a le plus grand rapport avec celle des environs de Tumbez sur la céte du Pérou septentrional. En effet de 128 espéces trouvées par Messrs. Jelski et Stolazmann 4 Tumbez et St. Luzia, il y a 88 qui sont aussi connues des environs de Guayaquil ’. Il parait qu’il y a 38 espéces qui sont conjointement propres aux contrées de Guayaquil et de Tumbez, pas encore trouvées ailleurs :— Campylorhynchus balteatus. Thryophilus superciliaris. Cyclorhis virenticeps. Euphonia hypoxantha. saturata. Arremon abeillzi. Saltator flavidicollis. Gnathospiza raimondi. Coryphospingus cruentus. Icterus grace-annz. Cyanocorax mystacalis. Rhynchocyelus peruvianus eequatori- alis. Furnarius cinnamomeus. Synallaxis stictothorax. — tithys. Picolaptes souleyeti. Xiphorhynchus thoracicus. Lampornis iridescens. Heliomaster albicrissa. Myrmia micrura. Fluvicola atripennis. Muscigralla brevicauda. Todirostrum sclateri. Phyllomyias tumbezana. Ornithion sclateri. Elainea subplacens. Myiodynastes atrifrons. Myiobius erypterythrus. Myiarchus pheocephalus. Tyrannus niveigularis. Hadrostomus homochrous. Contopus punensis. Picumuus sclateri. Conurus erythrogenys. Brotogerys pyrrhoptera. Psittacula ccelestis. Campephilus sclateri. Chamepelia buckleyi. Il y a des autres espéces trouvées 4 Guayaquil qui sont répandues vers la céte du Pérou jusqu’a Lima, comme :— ? Dendreeca aureola. Mimus longicaudatus. Thamnophilus albinuchalis (jusqu’a Paucal). Neorhynchus nasesus. Spermophila telasco. Euscarthmus fulviceps. Un bon nombre d’espéces se répandent de Guayaquil vers le nord a travers de la région la plus occidentale de la Colombie jusqu’a Panama ou plus au nord de I’ Am érique central, comme :— Turdus obsoletus. (Panama ; Costa Rica.) Embernagra striaticeps. (Panama; Costa Rica.) 1 Les autres 40 espéces de Tumbez qui ne sont pas encore trouvées 4 Guaya- quil, pour la plupart sont des oiseaux d’une distribution étendue qui probable- ment seront aussi habitants del’Equateur. Cependant il y a quelques-unes qui jusqu’a présent ne sont pas encore trouvées ailleurs, comme Georhlypis sp., Camarhynchus cinereus, Hemophila stolzmanni, Ochthotca salvini, Elainea leucospodia, Rallus cypereti, Penelope albipennis. Peut-étre qu'ils sont propres ala région de Tumbez, peut-étre quils seront aussi constatés dans l'Equateur quand la faune de la céte sera mieux étudiée.—H, y. B, 1885.] BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 123 Atticora tibialis. (Antioquia, Panama.) Onipodectes subbrunneus. (Antioquia, Panama.) Platyrbynchus albigularis. (Veragua; Pérou du nord.) Cassicus flavicrissus. (Panama; Lechugal, Pérou.) prevosti. (Mexique; Tumbez, Pérou.) Icterus mesomelas. (Mexique; Pérou du nord.) Dendrornis erythropygia, subsp. (Jusqu’en Mexique.) Rhamphocenus rufiventris. (Guatemala, Antioquia.) Myrmeciza exsul. (Panama, Antioquia.) Hypocnemis nevioides. (Panama; Costa Rica.) Anabazenops subalaris. (Veragua, Costa Rica.) Glaucis ruckeri. (Panama; Costa Rica.) Heliothrix barroti. (Panama; Costa Rica.) Celeus loricatus. (Panama.) Galbula melanogenia. (Jusqu’en Mexique.) Trogon caligatus. (Jusqu’en Mexique.) Bucco subtectus. (Antioquia, Panama, Veragua.) Melanerpes pucherani. (Jusqu’en Mexique.) Pteroglossus erythropygius ? (Nicaragua !) Micrastur guerilla. (Jusqu’en Mexique.) Columba subyinacea. (Jusqu’en Costa Rica.) Quant aux régions plus élevées de notre faune, il y a quelques espéces conjointement propres a leur faune et a celle des Andes du Pérou du nord, comme: Aneretes parulus squatorialis. Picolaptes lacrymiger warszewiczi. Heliotrypha viola. Panoplites mathewsi. Lesbia gouldi gracilis. Lurocalis rufiventris. Hypoxanthus rivolii brevirostris. Elainea pallatange. Ampelio cinctus. Pérou central. Spodiornis jardinei. Pérou central. Heliangelus micraster. La comparaison avec la faune de |’Equateur orientale est difficile parce qu’on n’a pas encore publié des listes suffisantes des oiseaux de cette région. Messrs. Sclater et Salvin disent que Mr. Buckley y a recueilli 4 peu prés 800 espéces. I] est donc évident que cette derniére faune est beaucoup plus riche en espéces que celle de l’occi- dent. Bien dommage que jusqu’d présent une liste complete des collections de Mr. Buckley n’a pas encore paru; mais j’espére que nous la recevrons encore parce qu il y a des représentants de toutes les espéces de la collection Buckley contenues au musée Salvin- Godman. De ce que nous connaissons des oiseaux de l’orient il parait que de 468 espéces des régions occidentales & peu prés 220 se trouvent aussi sur la pente orientale, ce sera 4 peu prés la moitié. Il y aura peu d’espéces qui sont conjointement propres i la faune de locci- dent et de l’orient, comme :— Conirostrum fraseri. | Geotryon bourcieri. Chlorospingus pheocephalus. | Nothoprocta curyirostris. Buarremon spodionotus. Tyranniscus cinereiceps. Pionus seniloides. ete 124 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 3, Des 468 espéces de notre faune il y aura 4 peu pres 200 qui se trouvent dans les collections de Bogota (Nouvelle Grenade orientale). La faune d’Antioquia posscde aussi quelques espéces de notre région qui ne sont pas encore trouvées ailleurs, comme: Automolus holostictus et A. ignobilis. Du reste il faut remarquer que quelques espéces ne se trouveront dans les régions dont nous parlons que de passage en hiver. Ils nichent dans l’ Amérique du nord, dans les Etats Unis et quelques- unes plus au nord encore. Les voila :—- Turdus swainsoni. Rallus virginianus. Setophaga ruticilla. Porzana carolina. Pyranga estiva. ? Nycticorax violaceus. Hedymeles ludovicianus. Hoplopterus cayanus. Dendroéea blackburnie. ABgialites semipalmata. Empidonax acadicus. Gambetta flavipes. Contopus richardsoni. Micropalama himantopus. Coccyzus americanus. Tringoides macularius. Buteo pennsylvanicus. Limosa fedoa. 2. On the Lepidoptera of Bombay and the Deccan. By Lieut.-Col. C. Swivnoz, F.L.S., F.Z.S.—Part I. RHOPALOCERA. [Received January 9, 1885.] (Plate IX.) The contents of this paper show the results of two years’ daily collections and observations made by me personally at Poona and Bombay in 1882-83, and also for a short time in 1877. At the latter place I kept a large number of breeding-cages and had a great many Moths; and Mr. Taplin did the same on my account at Poona, and collected very largely for me at that place during the time my duties kept me in Bombay. Out of the two years I remained ten months in Poona, and the remainder of the time in Bombay ; and during the whole period I had a trained native collector in my employment, who collected every day, and I have kept a careful record of the numbers of each description of Butterfly and Moth captured by him each day; I can therefore certify to the absolute correctness of the dates given, and whenever it is stated that any particular insect occurs from, say, May to December, it means that I actually got that insect in every month from May to December. Mr. Kennedy collected for me at Ahmednuggur, and Major Hughes and Mr. Skinner at Belgaum. I brought home over ten thousand duplicates, all of which have been set up and carefully compared ; and I have given types of every insect mentioned in this paper to the British Museum. Lord Walsingham has very kindly worked out the Tineina and Tortrices; and Mr. Butler and Mr. Moore have given me great assistance in examining the national collection and the magnificent private collection of the latter. EC Moore del et lith Mintern Bros. imp NEW INDIAN LEPIDOPTERA. 1885. ] OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 125 NYMPHALID&. EvpPLa@in#. 1. TrRUMALA LIMNIACE. Pap. limniace, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 59. figs. D, E (1775). Common everywhere all the year round. 2. PARANTICA MELANOIDES. Parantica melanoides, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p- 247. Poona, November ; Mahableshwur, May ; Bombay. 3. PARANTICA AGLEA. Pap. aglea, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 377. fig. E (1782). Poona, June, November, and December ; Belgaum; Maha- bleshwur ; Bombay. This insect is almost identical with P. grammica, Boisd., from Java, but is quite distinct from P. melanoides. In the former the lower subapical streak runs in close to the cell-streak in the fore wings, just below the centre of the first subcostal spot ; whereas in the latter species there is a wide division between the two streaks, the two subapical streaks have both their inner ends together, and are just below the innerside of the second subcostal spot ; there are also other distinct differences which are very constant in the many examples of both species in my collection. 4, SALATURA GENUTIA. Pap. genutia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 206. figs. C, D (1779). Common everywhere all the year round. 5. LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS. Pap. chrysippus, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 471 (1758). Var. alcippoides, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 238, pl. 31. fig. 1. Common everywhere all the year round. Varieties with more or less white in the hind wings occur here and there; I have them cf all sorts and colours, from different parts of India; commencing with some taken in Bombay, in which the veins only are white, a Mhow example with merely a discal white patch, and Kurrachee examples in some of which the hind wing is nearly all white and some only part white ; and in none of these is the lower discal spot on the red area of the fore wings, which is one of the distinguishing marks of Moore’s type of LZ. alcippoides, whereas I have one true L. chrysippus female taken at Kurrachee with this spot clear and large. It is impossible to separate these white-marked insects from the true L. chrysippus, because a long series will show a regular gradation, from no white to all white in the hind wings; and this is also the case with the following species, which I believe to be a true species. It has also many varieties of white on the hind wings, and 126 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 3, Mr. Butler has pointed out to me that Klug’s type of L. dorippus has white hind wings, a fact which appears to have been entirely overlooked ; but this does not entitle the all red L. dorippus to a new name, because Klug happens to have figured an inconstant variety instead of the normal form. 6. LIMNAS DORIPPUS. Euplea dorippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. figs. 1-5 (1829). Poona, October and December; Khandalla, October ; Bombay, August. 7. CRASTIA CORE. Pap. core, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 266. figs. E, F (1780). Euplea vermiculata, Butler, P. Z.S. 1866, p. 276. Common everywhere all the year round; the variety H. vermi- culata is very plentifully met with throughout the whole district, and there are so many intermediates, that it is impossible to separate the two forms. 8. PaDEMMA KOLLARI. Euplea kollari, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 325 (1867), 3. Poona, September; Bombay, August. Is not often met with, but I do not believe it is rare ; it so exactly resembles Z#. core in coloration that it is passed over as E. core. In September in Poona, and again in the following August in Bombay, I made my collector catch every 7. core he could find, and thus got a few E. kollari in each place ; it is quite distinct from P. sinhala of Ceylon. The female is very similar in all its markings to the male, and only differs in the absence of the whitish sextial patch in the cell of the hind wings, and in having the hinder margin of the fore wings straight. I have several examples taken with males from Calicut, where this species is quite common. SATYRINE. 9, MELANITIS LEDA. Pap. leda, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 773 (1767). Common in all moist places from July to October. 10. MELANITIS ISMENE. Pap. ismene, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 26. figs. A, B (1775). Common in all moist places all the year round ; very plentiful in winter. 11. CALYSISME PERSEUS. Pap. perseus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 488 (1775). Poona, October and November ; Bombay, October. Not common. 1885.] OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 127 12. CALYSISME VISALA. M. visala, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 230 (1857). Poona, October. Taken in company with the above. 13. YPTHIMA ALEMOLA, 0. sp. Poona, October to June. Very common. Allied to Y. asterope, Hiibner, and Y. mahratta, Moore. 3 2. Upper side very similar to Y. asterope, which is an African insect. Underside much paler and of a different hue, greyish white, very plentifully covered with pale reddish-brown striz, more dense in the fore than in the hind wings; fore wings with a brown fascia from the costa round the ocellus back to the costa, diffuse and deep below the ocellus ; hind wings with three sinuous fasciee across the wing—first before the middle, second beyond the middle, third sub- marginal ; one or other of these fascize is very often obsolete. The strize are denser towards the base of the wing, leaving the outer half of the wing whitish ; two anal and one apical blind dot, in the place of the well-formed ocelli with yellow rings of Y. asterope ; one or other of these dots is often wanting, in some specimens all are wanting. I have examined over two hundred examples of this species. Expanse of wings 1,%;—1;4, inch. 14. YprHIMA HUEBNERI. ¥. hubneri, Kirby, Syn. Cat. D. L. p. 95 (1871). P. philomela, Hiibner (uec Linnzeus), Zur. Exot. Schmett. figs. 83, 84 (1818). Mahableshwur, May. 15. YeTHIMA BALDUS. Pap. baldus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. App. p. 829. Bombay, November. 16. YpTHIMA MAHRATTA. Y. mahratta, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, vol. iii. pt. 2, no. 1, p. 1 (1884). Bombay, October and November. 17. LeTHE NEELGHERRIENSIS. Satyrus (Cyllo) neelgherriensis, Guérin in Delessert’s Voy. dans Inde, pt. 2, p. 74, pl. 21. figs. 1, la (1843). Belgaum, no date; Poona, November. ACREIN&. 18. TELCHINIA VIOL&. Pap. viole, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p- 460 (1775). Poona, January to April; Bombay, September. 128 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 3, NYMPHALINZ. 19. CETHOSIA MAHRATTA. C. mahratta, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 556. Belgaum. A very rare insect in the Mahratta country, but quite common at Calicut. 20. ATELLA PHALANTA. Pap. phalanta, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. i. pl. 21. figs. 1, 2 (1773). Common everywhere. I took it at Poona in every month except July, August, and September, and in Bombay from July to December. 21. ARGYNNIS NIPHE. Pap. niphe, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 785 (1767). Bombay, 1877; I took several examples, but have not observed it since. 22. PyRAMEIS CARDUI. Pap. cardui, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761). Common everywhere from September to December. 25. PyRAMEIS INDICA. Pap. indica, Herbst, Nat. Schmett. vii. t. 180. figs. 1, 2 (1794). Bombay. I took several examples in 1877, but have not observed it since. 24, JUNONIA LEMONIAS. Pap. lemonias, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 277 (1764). Commonly found in ditches all the year round. 25. JUNONIA HIERTE. Pap. hierte, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 424 (1798). Commonly found in ditches all the year round. 26. JUNONIA ORYTHIA. Pap. orythia, Linn. Mus. Ul. p. 278 (1764). Commonly found in ditches all the year round. 27. JUNONIA ASTERIE. Pap. asterie, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 769 (1767). 28. JUNONIA ALMANA. Pap. almana, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 272 (1764). The latter is common everywhere all the year round; the former (I. asterie) is common in the latter half of the year. I am convinced that although the types of each are so different they are both one and the same insect, one being the normal and the other the dimor- phic form, though unfortunately I have not yet been able to produce 1885. ] OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN, 129 both from the eggs of what I actually know to be one female. Mr. Aitken in Bombay produced both from the same group of larvee taken together ; and I have a long series of examples showing every stage of variety between the two. 29. PRECIS IPHITA. Pap. iphita, Cramer, Pap. Ex. iii. pl. 209. figs. C, D (1782). Poona, June ; Matheran, May ; Belgaum, September and October, in great plenty ; Bombay, October and November, common. 30. KaLLima WARDI. Kallima wardi, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, part i. p. 14. Poona, August; Khandalla ghats, August. A very difficult insect to capture, as it keeps to the tops of the trees on the slopes of the hills. 31. ERGOLIS ARIADNE. Pap. ariadne, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 778 (1767). Poona, September to February; Mahableshwur, May ; Bombay (no date). 32. HypANIs POLINICE. Pap. polinice, Cramer, Pap. Ex. iv. pl. 375. figs. G, H. Poona, September to December; Ahmednuggur, June to November. 33, HyPANIs SIMPLEX. Hypanis simplex, Butler, P. Z.S. 1883, p. 146, pl. 24. f. 8. Poona, September to January. 34, HyPoLIMNas BOLINA. Pap. bolina, Linn, Mus. Ulr. p. 295 (1764). Common everywhere from July to January. 35. HypoLimNas AVIA. Pap. avia, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 111 (1793). Common everywhere all the year round. 36. HypoLimNas MISIPPUS. Pap. misippus, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 264 (1764). Common everywhere throughout the year; very plentiful in the winter. The female commonly has the coloration and markings of Limnas dorippus. 37. NEPTIS ASTOLA, Neptis astola, Moore, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 560. Matheran, May ; Sattara, November; Poona and Bombay from September to December. Found in hilly districts. Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1885, No. IX. 9 130 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 3, 38. ATHYMA LEUCOTHOE. Pap. leucothoé, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 292 (1764). Belgaum, Khandalla, December ; in hilly places. 39. EvTHALIA GARUDA. Adolias garuda, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. 1. C. vol. i. p. 186 (1857). Common everywhere from October to May. 40. SyYMPHZEDRA NAIs. Pap. nais, Forst. Nov. Spee. Ins. ces (1771). Pap. thyelia, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 142 (1793). Belgaum, Poona, April. 4]. CHARAXES SAMATHA. Charaxes samatha, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p- 831. Matheran, December. 42. CHARAXES FABIUS. Pap. fabius, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 12 (1781). Poona, February, April, November ; Belgaum; Bombay, November. LEMONIID2. LiBYTHZIN &. 43. LIBYTHEA LEPITA. L. lepita, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. vol. i. p. 240 (1857). Bombay. 44. LipyTHEA MYRRHA. L. myrrha, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 171 (1810). Bombay. NEMEOBIIN. 45. ABISARA FRATERNA. Abisara fraterna, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 532. Poona, September ; Khandalla, November; Bombay. 46. DopoNa EUGENES. Dodona eugenes, Bates, Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. ix. p. 371 (1867). Bombay. LYcazNIDa. 47. POLYOMMATUS B&TICUS. Pap. beticus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ii. p. 789 (1766). Common everywhere, from October to June; there are three or 1885. ] OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 131 four broods in succession ; the butterfly varies very much in size, and some of those taken in the winter are very diminutive. 48. LAMPIDES ZLIANUS. Hesperia elianus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 280 (1793). Poona, October, November, and March; Belgaum, September ; Bombay, October. 49. LaAMpIDES ALEXIS. Pap. alezis, Stoll. (nec Scop.), Suppl. Cram. pl. 38. figs. 3-3 C (1790). Poona, November to April ; Bombay, November and December. 50. JAMIDES BOCHUS. Pap. bochus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 391. figs. C, D (1782). Poona, November, January, and June; Bombay, October to December. 51. CaToCcHRYSOPS STRABO. Hesperia strabo, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1. p. 287 (1793). Lye. kandarpa, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. vol. i. p. 82 (1829). Poona, very plentiful all the dry season from October to June ; Bombay, observed in December only. 52. CATOCHRYSOPS CNEJUS. Hesperia cnejus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. v. Suppl. p. 430 (1798). Poona, April to June; Bombay, August to December. 53. CATOCHRYSOPS PATALA. Lyc. patala, Kollar, Hiig. Kaschm. iv. 2, p. 418 (1848). Poona, November to May. 54. CaTOCHRYSOPS HAPALINA. Catochrysops hapalina, Butler, P.Z.S. 1883, p. 148, pl. 24. figs. 2, 3. Poona, January to May. 55. CATOCHRYSOPS THESEUS, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 8.) Bombay, October. 3. Above like C. cnejus, below greyish white; fringe grey on fore wings, markings greyish brown, marginal line brown, sub- marginal aid discal macular lines arranged as in C. hapalina, but the markings broader, the spots running into each other forming two almost clear bands ; hind wing with a subcostal black spot near the base and another below it, a lunular streak at the end of the cell, two biack spots on an orange ground near the anal angle ; border greyish brown ; submarginal and discal whorl of markings as in C. enejus, but darker, broader, and running into each other, almost form- ing bands; the discal band commencing with a longitudinal sub- g* 132 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 3, costal deep black streak ; all the markings in both wings surrounded by whitish. Expanse of wings 1,2; inch. 56. CATOCHRYSOPS NICOLA, N. sp. Poona, December. . Upper side pale blue ; both wings with broad costal and outer black borders, deepest at the apex ; hind wings with five marginal largish black spots surrounded by yellowish commencing near the anal angle, one in each interspace, with whitish streaks above each spot: underside pale greyish, markings greyish brown surrounded by white, a streak at end of each cell, a whorl of discal square spots, a row of marginal and submarginal square spots, the submarginal spots having a white band internally ; a subbasal centre spot and three others below it in a line, and two black spots on orange ground near anal angle. Expanse of wings 152; inch. This is closely allied to C. pandava, and may probably be only a local form of that species. 57. ZizeRA ossa, n. sp. (Plate IX. figs. 11d, 122.) Poona, September to June ; Bombay, September to October. Pale bluish grey above ; costa and outer border of all the wings black ; the breadth of the outer border of the fore wings differs a little in the males, but is much wider in the females, is diffused inwardly, and often occupies nearly half the wing ; underside pale brownish grey, with the markings as in Zizera maha, Kollar, and Zizera diluta, Felder. Expanse of wings 1, inch. A very distinct and pretty little species ; in great plenty in Bombay during September. 58. ZizERA INDICA. Lycena indica, Murray, Traus. Ent. Soe. 1874, p. 525. Poona, December to June ; Ahmednuggur, June. 59. Z1izERA KARSANDRA. Polyommatus karsandra, Moore, P.Z.S8. 1865, p. 505, pl. 31. fig. 7 Poona, September to April; Bombay, August ; Sattara, November ; Ahmednuggur, August to November. 60. ZIZzERA PYGMRA. Lycena pygmea, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xix. pl. 7. fig. 3 (1876). Bombay, November; Poona, January to March. 61. NACADUBA ARDATES. Lycena ardates, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1874, p. 574, pl. 67. fig. 1. Poona, March, June, and November; Belgaum, September ; Ahmednuggur, June ; Bombay, July, September, and November. 1885.] OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 133 62. CHILADES LAIUS. Papilio laius, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 319. figs. D, E (1782). Poona, October to June. 63, CHILADES VARUNANA. Polyommatus varunana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 772, pl. 41. fig. 6. Poona, May. 64. TaLicaDA NYSEUs. Polyommatus nyseus, Guérin-Ménéville, in Delessert’s Souv. Voy. Inde, pt. ii. p. 78, pl. 22. figs. 1, la (1843). Poona, September to June; Belgaum, September and October. A very local insect. 65. CYANIRIS ALBIDISCA. Cyaniris albidisca, Moore, P. Z.S. 1883, p. 524, pl. 68. fig. 7. Poona, January. 66. Mreispa GuNGA, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 7.) Poona, March. Above black ; fore wings with a white patch in the centre, exteud- ing from below the cell to the binder margin ; hind wings with an apical and anal underneath spot showing through; otherwise un- marked ; fringe white. Underside milk-white ; wings with a streak at end of each cell ; a few marks on costa of fore wings, marginal lines, a row of submar- ginal marks, then another line and a row of discal streaks, and on hind wings a further middle row of streaks, all very thin and of a reddish-grey colour ; hind wing with a black subcostal spot, a spot on centre of anal margin, a spot between these spots, one near the apex and another near the anal angle. Expanse of wings 11; inch. 67. CASTALIUS ROSIMON. Pap. rosimon, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 71 (1787). Poona, January and February, March and May; Bombay, October to December. 68. CasTaLius CHOTA, n. sp. Smaller than typical C. rosimon. Upper side with the marginal bands in both sexes narrow, and the discal spots smaller. On the underside of both wings the spots are also much smaller. Expanse 55, to 5% inch. Poona, February, May. 69. Tarucus PLINIUs. Hesperia plinius, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1, p. 284 (1793). Poona, September to June, very plentiful; Sattara, June and November ; Bombay, July, September, and December. 134 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 3, 70. TARUCUS NARA. Lycena nara, Kollar, Hiig. Kaschm. iv. 2, p. 421 (1848). Poona, October, December, January, April, and May; Bombay, July to December; Ahmednuggur, August and September. 71. TaARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS. Hesperia theophrastus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1, p. 281 (1793). Poona, September, November, and January ; Bombay, October. 72. AZANUS UBALDUS. Pap. ubaldus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 390. figs. L, M (1782). Poona, November and January. 73. AZANUS ZENA. Lycena zena, Moore, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 505, pl. 31. fig. 9. Poona, November to January and in Avgust; Ahmednuggur, June, August, and September. 74. APHN2ZUS ELIMA. Aphneus elima, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p- 51 (1877). Poona, November to May. 75. APHNZUS TIGRINUS, Aphneus tigrinus, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, 1884, p. 10. Poona, October, December, May, and June. 76. APHNEUS VULCANUS. Pap. vulcanus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 519 (1775). Poona, May. 77. APHNZUS SCHISTACEUS. Aphneus schistaceus, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i. p. 106, pl. 41. figs. 3, 3a, g 2 (1881). Sattara, September. 78. APHNZXUS ICTIS. A. ictis, Hewitson, Ill. D. L. p. 61, pl. 25. figs. 8, 9 (1865). Poona, November to April. 79. VIRACHOLA PERSE. D. perse, Hewitson, Ill. D. L. pl. 8. figs. 19, 20 (1863). Kandalla, December ; Bombay. 80. VirRACHOLA ISOCRATES. Hesperia isocrates, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. pt. 1, p. 266 (1793). Poona, October to May; Khandalla, December ; Bombay, July to December. 1885. ] OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 135 81. DruporRrx EPIJARBAS. Dipsas epijarbas, Moore, Catal. Lep. Mus. E.I.C. i. p. 32 (1857). Bombay, October. 82. BasPA MELAMPUS. Pap. melampus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 362. figs. G, H (1782). Poona, November, December, and April; Belgaum; Bombay, October and November. 83. TasURIA LONGINUs. Hesperia longinus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 430 (1798). _ Poona, November and December ; Bombay, November. 84. TASURIA JEHANA. Tajuria jehana, Moore, P.Z. 8. 1883, p. 529, pl. 49. fig. 7. Poona, March and December ; Bombay, July and November. 85. ANOPS PHEDRUS. Pap. phedrus, Fabr. Spee. Ins. ii. p. 125 (1781). Poona, November ; Bombay, July, September, and October. PAPILIONID4. PIERIN. 86. PoNTIA XIPHIA. Pap. xiphia, Fabr. Spee. Ins. ii. p. 43 (1781). Poona, October to June ; Matheran ; Bombay, October, November, and December. 87. TERIAS LETA. T. leta, Boisd. Sp. Gén. i. p. 174 (1836). Poona, October to June ; Ahmednuggur, September, October, and November; Bombay, July, October, November, and December. 88. TERIAS DRONA. Ter. drona, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 137, pl. 1. fig. 13 (1829). Poona, November and December. 89. TERIAS VENATA. Ter. venata, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C. i. p. 65, pl. 2. fig. 2 (1857). Poona, June and September ; Ahmednuggur, June and September ; Bombay, July to October. 136 — LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 3, 90. TreRIAS RUBELLA. Ter. rubella, Wall. Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 323 (1867). Poona, October to April; Belgaum, September and October ; Sattara, October and November; Bombay in 1877. 91. TERIAS HECABE. Pap. hecabe, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 249 (1764). Common everywhere, from November to May. 92. TERIAS HECABEOIDES. Ler. hecabeoides, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. p. 85, pl. 2. fig. 2 (1855). Common everywhere, from October to April. 93, TERIAS XZSIOPE. Ter. esiope, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep. i. p. 85, pl. 2. fig. 8 (1855). Common everywhere, from October to April. I took a male T. hecabeoides in coitu with a female of this species in September 1882. 94. TERIAS EXCAVATA. Ter. excavata, Moore, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 252. Poona, October and November ; Sattara, October. 95. TERIAS PURREEA. Ter, purreea, Moore, P. Z. S. 1882, p. 252. Poona, November and January. 96. TERIAS IRREGULARIS. Terias irregularis, Moore, P. Z.S. 1882, p. 243. Poona, January. 97. TERIAS ASPHODELUS. Lerias asphodelus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 151, pl. 24. fig. 13. Poona, January, February, March, and April. 98. TERIAS NARCISSUS. Ter. narcissus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1883, p- 151. Poona, December. 99. BELENOIS MESENTINA. Papilio mesentina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 270. figs. A, B (1782). Common everywhere. 1885. ] OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 137 100. HupHiIna PHRYNE. Papilio phryne, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 473 (1775). Common everywhere. 101. Hurwina ZEUXIPPE. Pap. zeuxippe, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 362. figs. E, F (1782). Poona, April to June; Belgaum. Underside in both sexes like a faded H. phryne. Upper side like a male H. phryne without its vein-markings ; both sexes much more like each other than is the case with H. phryne: the female has the black border-markings darker than in the male, a spot near the hinder margin, and a black band all round the cell in the fore wings ; on the hind wings a submarginal row of spots, and the markings of the veins showing faintly through the wing. 102. Hupwina CASSIDA. Pap. danaus cassida, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 427, n. 595, 596 (1798). Poona, October to April. Below, the hind wings in both sexes are of a dull chrome-yellow colour, generally quite unmarked, sometimes with the subcostal and medial nervures greenish grey. Above, both sexes are very similar and resemble the male of H. zeuxippe; but sometimes the hind wings of the males are quite immaculate, and the female has in the fore wing a diffused greyish band on the costa as far as the end of the cell, extending into and filling one third of the cell, going round the end of the cell and running partly up the third medial nervule, also a spot near the hinder margin, and on the hind wings a few faint submarginal spots, which, however, in many specimens are entirely absent. 103. HupHINA PALLIDA, 0. sp. Poona, January and February ; Bombay, February. Allied to the former, but much smaller: ¢ 2 pure white above, base with grey irrorations, which run up the costa of the fore wings to the end of the cell, and form a faint band filling one third of the cell ; apical border as in the preceding species, but more attenuated downwards. Hind wings immaculate, the usual macular band being altogether absent in most specimens, and very faintly indicated by spots in one or two of the veins in a few specimens. Below, fore wing pure white, apex and the entire surface of hind wing pale yellowish fleshy-buff colour; fore wings with the veins round the cell grey, a streak extending partly up the third medial nervule, a blackish spot between the second and third medial nervules, another near the hinder angle, between the submedian nervure and first median nervule. Hind wings unmarked. The female only differs from the male in three extra marks on the upper surface of the fore wing, 7. e. a streak from the end of the 138 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 3, cell in the third median nervule, the spot at the end of this streak on the interspace between this and the second median nervule being much larger and more round, and by a spot near the hinder angle corresponding to the spot on the underside. Expanse of wings, ¢ 174—1;4; inch, 2 145-15. 104. Aprras LIBYTHEA. Pap. libythea, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 471 (1775). Poona, October to April; Bombay, July to December. 105. ApprAs ARES, 0. sp. Poona, November to March. Allied to A. libythea, but smaller and altogether paler, and very different in the female. 3. Above and below of the same white spotless colour as A. liby- thea, with the same kind of greyish irrorations on the costa above, but differing at the apex and outer border of the fore wings in being marked with only a few greyish-brown atoms, instead of the inwardly-toothed black border of A. libythea. . Above white ; fore wing with the costa finely grey, a streak at the end of the cell, a deep costal band on the basal half, filling the upper third of the cell, an apical band, commencing from the first subcostal nervule, and gradually fining down the outer border of the hinder angle, iron-grey; hind wings immaculate. Below white, apex of fore wings and the entire suface of hind wings slightly suffused with chrome-yellow, darkest in the basal portion of the costa of the hind wings; both wings quite unmarked. Expanse of wings, ¢ 27) inches, 2 1,%. 106. Hiposcritia sHiva,n. sp. (Plate IX. figs. 1 ¢, 22.) Parbutti Hill, Poona, December to April; very plentiful, but confined entirely to this hill. Allied to H. narendra, Moore, but much smaller. ¢. Very much like a diminutive H. narendra above, but the hind wings are quite unmarked. Below, the fore wings have the black band limiting the apical patch much broader, and the hind wings are pale dirty bone-colour and quite unmarked. °. Has the apical patch like the female of narendra with the costa irrorated with the same colour, but without the broad costal band of that insect ; the hind wings have a black macular border. Below, it is very similar to the male, with the subapical band broader, and the hind wings irrorated with grey and a black dot at the end of the cell. Expanse of wings of H. shiva, 2745 inches. The female of H. narendra, which has never been described, has below a broad costal black band, a broad apical black patch with the apex suffused with chrome-yellow. Hind wings chrome-yellow,: deeply irrorated with dark greenish grey. Expanse of wings of H. narendra, 2y%y inches. 1885.] OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 139 1064. Devias EvCcHARIS. Pap. eucharis, Drury, Ul. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 10. figs. 5, 6 (1773). Common everywhere all the year round. Larve feed on San- talum album, length 14 inch, colour greenish brown. Pupa pale yellow, spotted black, suspended by a thread round the body ; they are much troubled by the Ichneumon, and of fifteen pupz found on a gate-post at Poona, only one had escaped, the Ichneumon-larve being clearly visible through the skin of the pupa, there being from two to seven larve in each pupa. 107. NEPHERONIA GAEA. Nepheronia gaea, Felder, Reise Nov., Lep. ii. p. 150 (1865). Poona, November to April ; Bombay, October to November. I have two female examples taken at Poona in November, with yellow on the abdominal border of the hind wings, above as in females of NV. happia. 108. NEPHERONIA HIPPIA. Pap. hippia, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 55 (1787). Bombay, October, November, and December. The male of this species has a much deeper black border to the hind wings than in the preceding species, and the female is alto- gether a darker insect, and has generally a good deal of chrome- yellow on the hind wings; at least this is the case with all the females of this species I have yet met with, whereas out of all the numerous examples of WV. gaea I have taken (much the commoner species in the Deccan), I have only seen two with any yellow on them at all. \ 109. CaToPsILIA PYRANTHE. Pap. pyranthe, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 245 (1764). Common everywhere all the year round. 110. CaTopstLia THISORELLA. Callidryas thisorella, Boisd. Sp. Gén. i. p. 609 (1836). Poona, November to June; Ahmednuggur, October to No- vember. 111. CaropsILia ILEA. Pap. ilea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 426 (1798). Poona, November to June; Ahmednuggur, September and October. 112. CaropsILiA PHILIPPINA. Pap. philippina, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 361. figs. C, D (1782). Poona, October to April; Ahmednuggur, November ; Bombay, March, July, and October. 140 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPrERA (Feb. 3, 113. CAToOPSsILIA CROCALE. Pap. crocale, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. 55. figs. C, D (1779). Poona, June and October; Ahmednuggur, June; Belgaum, September; Bombay, August to November. Larvee found feeding on Sumatran Acacia. Larval stage 20 days. 114, CarorsiLIA HEERA, B. sp. Belgaum, September; Poona, November and December. 3¢. Above like a small C. crocale ; below also coloured like that species, but with a gilded dot at the end of the cell in all the wings, and sometimes with two gilded dots at the end of the cell on the hind wings. @. Above, coloured and marked like C. crocale; below in all respects like a pale female of C. catilla. Expanse of wings, ¢ 2 2,5; inches. This looks like a diminutive hybrid between C. crocale and C. catilla; but I have a long series from the same localities, all showing the same constant characteristics, and have gone through them with all the specimens of the genus in the British Museum, and am of opinion it is a good species. ‘ 115. CaTopstLiIA CAaTILLA. Pap. catilla, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 229. figs. D, E (1782). Common everywhere all the year round. Larvee found feeding on Sumatran Acacia, length 12 to 2 inches, in the hot weather, and from 22 to 3 inches in the rains; larval stage 18 to 22 days. 116. Cotas FIELDII. Col. fieldii, Mén. Cat. Mus. Petr., Lep.i. p. 79, pl. 1. fig. 5 (1855). Bombay in 1877. I did not observe it in 1882 or 1883. 117. HeBomota GLAUCIPPE. Pap. glaucippe, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 240 (1764). Khandalla Ghats, November and December. It appears to be purely a mountain insect in these parts, and was never observed in the plains above or below. 118. Ix1As MERIDIONALIS, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 5 9.) Poona, June, October, and November; Ahmednuggur, October and November; Belgaum, September and October ; Bombay, July to December. Allied to J. marianne, Cramer, but altogether a brighter coloured insect. dg. Above differs in the clearer white ground-colour of the wings, with the basal irrorations very thinly blue-grey, the inner black margin of the apical patch of the fore wings narrower, the 1885. } OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 141 black central knob squarer and cleaner cut, and the black band on hind wings narrower and not continued to the anal angle, but fining down and stopping before the first medial nervule, being produced to the angle in the shape of a bluish-grey shade which runs into the black border at the centre, giving the border an appearance of uniformity in depth throughout. Below, the coloration is very much brighter, more ochreous and altogether different; the apical orange patch is almost as large and as brilliant as it is above, and the discal series of spots on the hind wing are white, large, bordered with chocolate-brown, very much as in female I. marianne but larger. Q. Differs from I. marianne of that sex above in having the inner border of the apical patch as in J. agnivena (Moore) and I. dapalpura (Butler), the broad streak from the costa terminating at the end of the cell. The border of the hind wings is narrow, exactly as in the male; and on the underside the markings are as in the male but larger, and the general coloration is very bright, brighter even than in J. agnivena, the fore wings being suffused with bright orange, and the hind wings with bright chrome-yellow. Expanse of wings, ¢ 2, 2,3) inches. This species is no doubt the southern form of I. marianne (Cram.), but Cramer’s plate is so badly coloured, the difficulty is in deter- mining what Cramer’s type of I. marianne really is. I have brought home many hundreds of examples of these white Ixias, and have gone through them all, and through the B. M. collection, and through Mr. Moore’s splendid collection ; and with Mr. Butler’s assistance have come to the conclusion that Cramer’s type repre- sents the N.W. Indian form,,of which I have several specimens from Mirzapore, and other places in N.W. India. 119. IxtAs AGNIVENA. Ixias agnivena, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p, 50 (1877). Poona, November to April. 120. Ixtas cuMBALLA, n. sp. (Plate IX. figs. 13g, 149.) Bombay, July and August. Allied to I. marianne (Cramer). 3. Above like a large I. meridionalis. Below, fore wings, above the first median nervule and the outer surface of the hind wings, bright sulphur-yellow. Fore wings with the entire space below the cell pure white, apical orange patch hardly visible through the wing, the discal spots deep black instead of brown; the entire surface of both wings with hardly any of the usual striations. Hind wings with the usual discal spots large, deep chocolate-brown, with a slight indication of white visible in one or two specimens, but generally of a bright chocolate-brown without any white at all. 2. Above with a great deal of black, the inner border of the 142 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 3, apical patch of the fore wings being so deep as to make the patch occupy more than half the wings; hind wings also with a very deep black border. It may here be noted that in all species of Indian Lxias the depth of the border of the hind wings and the depth of the inner border of the apical patch of the fore wings varies more or less. Below, the markings are as in the male, but the brown patch near the hinder angle is very much larger, and the discal series of large spots in the hind wings show more or less white in them ; but the general coloration of the wings differs much from the males, the apical orange patch being almost as bright as it is above, and the general coloration of the wings is dull pale ochreous white covered with pale brown strize. Expanse of wings, ¢ 9 23% inches. Taken on Cumballa Hill, Bombay, and I have an example also taken on a hill near Belgaum. 121. Ixtas conaBa, n. sp. (Plate IX. fig. 6.) Bombay, 1876. Allied to I. pyrene (Linn.). 3d. Above like I. dharmsale, Butler ; the black basal irrorations are denser, the inner border of apical patch on the fore wings is parrower, the marginal border of the hind wings is deeper and not macular. Below, the general coloration is the same, but there are no striations, except a few very faint ones near the base and at the apex of the fore wings; there is a brownish spot at the end of the cell on the fore wings, also a faint spot on the costal third near the apex, a few very faint discal spots across the space occupied by the apical patch above, and a spot in the centre of the costa of the hind wings ; otherwise both wings are clear lemon- yellow and quite unmarked. Expanse of wings, 25%) inches. 122. Ixtas sHopa, n. sp. (Plate IX. figs. 3g, 49.) Bombay, December and January. Allied to I. pyrene (Linn.), near I. maulmainensis (Moore), and I. dharmsale (Butler). ¢. Above like the latter, inner border of apical patch on pri- maries very narrow; hind wings with the border almost absent, reduced to spots on costal and subcostal nervules, and minute dots in the remaining nervules. Below, apical third of fore wings and the entire surface of hind wings deep chrome-yellow ; remainder of fore wings pure primrose ; the costa and apex of fore wings and the entire surface of hind wings covered with brown striz; fore wings with a blind black spot at the end of the cell, and four, sometimes five, faint brown subapical spots ; hind wing with a brown dot at the end of the cell, a large chocolate-brown spot in the centre of the costa, and four discal spots of the same colour, all with white pupils, the third discal spot the largest. Q. Above pale primrose, with the markings somewhat as in 1885.] OF-BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 143 I. dharmsale of the same sex, but the inner border of the apical patch is composed of a broad band from the costa to the lower end of the cell, and then is connected with end of the patch near the hinder angle by a faint line, the orange space of the apical patch being in some examples pure yellow, and in some with a faint orange tinge; hind wings with the outer border as in the male. Below, with the markings as in the male, but the discal spots across the space occupied by the apical patch above are much larger and blacker ; there are more of them, generally six, and the first three have white pupils; some of the specimens have a large blackish brown patch near the hinder angle, which is altogether absent in all the males; the discal spots in the hind wings are large, four in number, and are white on a suffused brown belt. Many of the females are pure albinos. Expanse of wings, ¢ 2), 2 2 inches. 123. Ix1as DHARMSAL&. I. dharmsala, Butler, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 150, pl. xv. figs. 8, 9. Bombay, September to December. All the females captured are white. I have this species also from Deesa. 124. Ix1As KAUSALA. I. kausala, Moore, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xx. p. 49 (1877). Bombay, taken in 1877. ‘ 125. TERACOLUS FULVIA. Idmais fulvia, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soe. ser. 3, vol. iv. p. 392, pl. 9. fig. 5 (1867). Poona, October. 126. TERACOLUS CYPREA. Pap. cyprea, Fabr. Mant. Ins. p. 22 (1787). Bombay, taken in 1877. 127. TeERACOLUS KENNEDII. T. kennedii, C. Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 440. Ahmednuggur, August, September, and October. Very plentiful, and apparently quite a local insect. 128. TERACOLUS DANAE. Pap. danaé, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 476 (1775). Bombay, Poona, and Belgaum. I took it in Bombay in 1877, but did not succeed in getting it through my own collector during the past two years, and therefore no date is recorded; but I received examples from both Poona and 144 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA [Feb. 3, Belgaum from friends in 1883. It is always a rare insect in the Deccan. 129. TreRACOLUS TAPLINI. T. taplini, C. Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 440, pl. 40. figs. 8, 9. Bombay, in coll. B. M.; Poona, May. I took two examples in Bombay in 1877, a coloured drawing of one of which I still have; and Mr. Taplin sent me one captured last May, from Poona. 130. TERACOLUS PERNOTATUS. T. pernotatus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 159, pl. 7. fig. 1. Poona, October and November. 131. TERACOLUS ETRIDA. Anthocharis etrida, Boisd. Sp. Gén. i. p. 576 (1836). Poona, November, January, February, and June; Ahmednuggur, November; Bombay, September. 132. TERACOLUS BIMBURA. T. bimbura, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 161, pl. 7. figs. 3-4. Poona, October and January. Butler’s type came from Bimbur in Cashmir ; but the underside of the secondaries has such extraordinary markings, and is so different from anything else in the genus, there is no mistaking the insect. 133. TERACOLUS PSEUDEVANTHE. T. pseudevanthe, Butler, P.Z. 8. 1876, p. 164, pl. 7, fig. 16. Belgaum, September; Bombay, July and August, November and December. 134. TERACOLUS EUCHARIS. Pap. eucharis, Fabr. Syst. Nat. p. 472 (1775). Bombay, February ; very plentiful. . 135, TERACOLUS TITEA. Pieris titea, Godt. Ent. Méth. ix. p. 124 (1819). Bombay, December ; very plentiful. The above three are very closely allied to each other. They are probably seasonal varieties of each other, but with a very long series I have been able to separate them without leaving any inter- mediates. PAPILIONIN2. 136. ILIADES POLYMNESTOR. Pap. polymnestor, Cram. Pap. Exot. i. pl. 53. figs. A, B (1779). Matheran; Parbutti hill, Poona, November; would probably be found on the sides of most of the larger mountains in the district. 1885.] OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 145 137. OPHEIDES ERITHONIUS. Pap. erithonius, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 232. figs. A, B (1782). Common everywhere throughout the year. Larve feed on citron, lime, and orange. At Poona Mr. Taplin has reared them all the year round; both dark and pale yellow forms. Larval stage 14 days ; pupal stage 14 days. 158. CHILASA DISSIMILIS. Pap. dissimilis, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 301 (1764). Khandalla, December ; affects the hill-sides ; Bombay, taken in 1877. 139. CHILASA CLYTIA. Pap. clytia, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 296 (1764). Bombay, taken in 1877. 140. LarrtTias PAMMON. Pap. pammon, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 189 (1764). Pap. polytes, Linn. Common everywhere throughout the year ; the females of both P. hector and P. diphilus form. The larva and pupa are very similar in appearance to those of P. erithonius. The larvee feed on citron, lime, and orange. Larval stage 14 days; pupal stage 14 days. ‘The pupa is sometimes bright green and sometimes chocolate- brown. Both kinds are equally common, and each produces both sexes. 141. MeNELAIDES DIPHILUs. Pap. diphilus, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. pl. 40 B. fig. 1 (1785-98). Common everywhere from October till June. It varies much in size and markings ; some of the males taken in the cold weather at Ahmednuggur are very small, measuring less: than 3 inches in the expanse of their wings. 142. MENELAIDES HECTOR. Pap. hector, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 183 (1764). Poona, March and June; Belgaum, October; Bombay, July, September, and October. 143. CHARUS HELENUS. Pap. helenus, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 185 (1764). Poona. 144, ZETHES AGAMEMNON. Pap. agamemnon, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 202 (1764). Poona, Belgaum, Ahmednuggur, October to June ; Bombay, all the year round. Larvee feed on Gnaltherea longifolia, colour dark green with yellowish shades ; more humpbacked than the larve of P. pammon, with sharp spines on the shoulders. Larval stage 18 to 21 days; pupal stage the same. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. X. 10 146 LIEUT.-COL. C. SWINHOE ON THE LEPIDOPTERA ([Feb. 3, 145. DeLCHINA THERMODUSA, 0. Sp. Matheran, November and December. Allied to D. teredon, Felder, and D. sarpedon, Linn. The green band across the middle of the wings is much broader in the centre, touching the discoidal cell at the first median nervule, and fiuing upwards and downwards quite suddenly ; the band on the fore wing being also composed of eight pieces instead of nine, as in the other two species, the first apical spot being absent. Hind wing with the tail produced as in D. teredon. Underside differs from both on the hind wing in the very narrow subbasal black latitudinal streak margining the green band, in the absence of the black suffusion in the costal aud subcostal interspaces, and in the black and red space at the end of the cell being very limited and pushed out by the green band, and in the general coloration of both wings being very much paler. These characteristics are identical in the four specimens in my collection. Expanse of wings 332; inches. In coll. C. Swinhoe. HeESPERIIDS. 146. SARANGESA PURENDRA. Pyrgus purendra, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. 1. p. 250. Bombay, August to December. 147. PyRGuUS GALBA. Hesperia galba, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ili. 1, p. 352 (1793). Poona, January and March ; Bombay, August. 148. AMPITTIA CORAS. Pap. coras, Cram. Pap. Exot. 1. pl. 31. fig. F (1775). Bombay, July to October. 149, ASTICTOPTERUS STELLIFER, Butler. Astictopterus stellifer, Butler, Trans. Linn. Soc. 1879, p. 555. Poona, April; Bombay, November. 150. Upasprs FOLUS. Pap. folus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 354. fig. H (1782). Poona, Ahmednuggur, Bombay. I have received it at different times from all these places, but never succeeded in capturing one myself, and consequently no date is recorded. 151. PLesIONEURA LEUCOCERA. Hesperia leucocera, Kollar, Hugel’s Kasch. iv. 2, p. 454, pl. 18. fig. 3. Bombay, September. 152. PLESIONEURA AMBAREKESA. P. ambareesa, Moore, P. Z.8. 1865, p. 758. Mahableshwur, May. 1885. | OF BOMBAY AND THE DECCAN. 1-47 153, 'TeLicora AUGIAS. Pup. augias, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 794 (1767). Poona, September to June; very common. 154. PARNARA BADA. Hesperia bada, Moore, P. Z.8. 1878, p. 688. Poona, October, November, and December ; Belgaum, September ; Bombay, September. 155. PARNARA BEVANI. Hesperia bevani, Moore, P. Z.S, 1873, p. 688. Poona, October, November, and December ; Bombay, September, January. 156. PaARNARA NAROOA. Hesperia narooa, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1878, p. 687, pl. 45. fig. 4. Poona, November and December. 157. CHAPRA AGNA. Hesperia agna, Mocre, P. Z.S. 1865, p. 791. Poona, September, October, and November; Belgau:n, September ; Bombay, September. i 158. CHAPRA MATHIAS. Hesperia mathias, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798). Poona, October to May; Ahmednuggur, November; Bombay, July to December. 159. SuasTus GREMIUS. Hesperia gremius, Fabr., Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep. B. M. p. 271, Be 3. fie..7, 9. Hesperia divodasa, Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E. I. C. i. p. 255. Poona, February and May; Bombay, July to December. 160. IsorreINON NILGIRIANA. Isoteinon nilgiriana, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1883, p. 533. Matheran, May. 161. IsorerNoN FLEXILIs, n. sp. (Plate IX. figs. 9, 10.) Poona, December. 3 2. Upper side dark shining olive-brown ; cilia pure white ; fore wing with two small semidiaphanous spots, one at the upper end of cell and one above it ; three contiguous subapical spots, the top spot very minute and in the male sometimes absent ; another outer very minute dot, which also is often absent in the male; and three larger spots obliquely—two in the disk and one touching the submedian nervure ; hind wings unmarked. Underside paler, spots as above ; 10* 148 MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. [ Feb. 3, fore wings with a blackish longitudinal shade covering the lower half. of the wing; hind wings with an indistinct diffused discal fascia of same colour. Expanse of wings 153, inch. 162. BapAMIA EXCLAMATIONIS. Pap. ewclamationis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 530 (1775). Q Pap. ladon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ili. pl. 284. fig. C (1782). Poona, April, May, and June; Belgaum, September; Mahab- leshwur, May ; Matheran, May ; Bombay, July, August, September. 163. PARATA ALEXIS. Pap. alexis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 533 (1775). Poona, May, June, November, December; Bombay, July, August, and September. 164. GANGARA THYRSIS. Pap. thyrsis, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 532 (1775). Bombay, August to December. Very common just before dark. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. Fig. 1. Hiposcritia shiva, $,u. sp., p. 138. 1 2. pop 3. Ivias jhoda, G,n. sp., p. 142. 4. 5 meridionalis, 2, n. sp., p. 140. colaba, G, un. sp., p. 141. . Megisha gunga, un. sp., p. 133. . Catochrysops theseus, G,u.sp., p. 131. . Isoteinon flexilis (upper side), n. sp., p. 147. (underside), ll. Zizera ossa, G, un. sp., p. 182. 13. Ivias cewmbaila, 3, un. sp., p. 141. 14, —— ek 3. On Echidna acanthion from Northern Queensland. By Rosert Cotzerr, C.M.Z.S. [Received January 13, 1885.] (Plate X.) We have in the course of late years several times been informed that the genus Hehidna extends into Queensland. But although a considerable number of specimens have been obtained from that part of Australia, and several of them have found their way to Europe, still no satisfactory examination of their specific characters as compared with those of the other species has, so far as I know, ever been published. Thus in Dr. Bennett’s interesting paper on Ornithorhynchus and their burrows (Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1877, p. 161) it is mentioned that the Hchidna is very numerous in the Gomarry scrubs, Merugaden ; rg at > ti Sis Se i 1885.] MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. 149 and in a later article (1881, p. 737) a similar statement is made as regards the district of Toowoomba, not far from Brisbane (272° S. lat.) by Mr. George Bennett, his son. Moreover, Mr. Macleay says in an article in Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1884, vol. viii. p. 425, that he has had the Hehidna in confinement from the district of Brisbane. Thus it is evident that the Echidna is a well-known animal in that part of Queensland. In all these papers the said species is entered under the name of LE. hystrix, i. e. aculeata, and, moreover, as several of the specimens collected have been examined in London by Prof. Owen and others, there seems no reason to doubt that they really belong to this well- known South-Australian species. In June 1878, again, Capt. Armit mentions in the Journ. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. xiv. p. 411, that North Queensland is also inhabited by the Echidna, which he found numerous at Georgetown, 200 miles west of Cardwell, and he states that it is met with at least up to 18°S. lat., and according to his opinion also will be found on the Leichhardt ranges and throughout the length and breadth of the Cape-York peninsuia. Capt. Armit gives us no definite information as to the species to which he refers the Echidna of the Cardwell district, nor does he furnish any description of it. But he sent to the Linnean Society in London a dried skull to which, according to Dr. Murie, the following label was attached :—‘“‘ Head of Tachyglossus (hystrix?), ?, killed near Georgetown in 18° S. lat. Nov. 1876.” This skull has been examined by Dr. Murie and described in the Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 413, where he concludes his researches with the following words :—“ In conclusion I would state that, from the data which have come under my observation, we cannot regard Capt. Armit’s animal found in Queensland as offering any distinction from the wide-spread Echidna hystriw.” As mentioned before, there seems to be no reason to doubt that the Echidna that occurs in the district of Brisbane really belongs to E. aculeata, which thus extends from the most southern part of Australia at least as far north as the 273° S. lat. in South Queens- land. On the other hand, it is highly improbable that Capt. Armit’s specimens from North Queensland could have been identical with the said species, although Dr. Murie has with the greatest accuracy compared the skull mentioned above with five skulls of the species from South Australia and Tasmania, without being able to find any specific distinction between them. It will be shown by the following that Dr. Murie has given at least one brief character (without attributing much importance to it, on account of the insufficient materials), which has, however, proved to be constant for the species :—‘‘The female Queensland skull .... is barely appre- ciably narrower across the cerebral area, but decidedly lower in the same region.” Amongst the interesting collection of mammals brought home to the Museum of the University of Christiania by Dr. Lumholtz 150 MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. [Feb. 3, from Central and North Queensland in the years 1881-84’, there were nine specimens of the North-Queensland Hehidna, all of them collected in the district west of Rockhampton, under 23° S. lat. I shall endeavour now to give some remarks on these specimens. In my opinion there can be no doubt of their being different from E. aculeata ; and as they also seem to differ from LF. lawesi, Rams., from New Guinea, described in March 1877 (Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. ii. p. 30), a species still only imperfectly known, but to which they are, at any rate, very nearly related, I have thought it best to give the North Queensland Echidna a special name ; and at the last meeting of the Scientific Society of Christiania (Dee. 14, 1884), I communicated its diagnosis and a brief description of it under the name of £. acanthion. EcuipNa ACANTHION, Coll. 1884. Tachyglossus, sp. inc., Armit, Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xiv. (Zoology), p- 411 (Cardwell district), 1878. Echidna hystrix, Murie, Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. xiv. (Zoology), p- 413 (Cardwell district), 1878. Tachyglossus lawesi, Ltk. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1884, p. 150 (unknown locality). Echidna acanthion, Collett, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ. 1884, no. 13, pp- 1-12 (Rockhampton district), 1884. Diagn. Snout of moderate length, or rather short, slightly bent upwards, and to the length of the skull as 1 to 2-27. The skull, which is to the total length as 1 to about 4, is broadest below, and more or less narrower towards the parietalia. The breadth is to the length of the skull as 1 to 2°5. The dorsal spines are powerful and closely set, of unequal size ; whitish yellow with black tips; some, which are longer than the others, form irregular rows along the back, the rest being shorter, with the black tip broader; they begin midway between eye and ear, and extend on the sides a little beyond the margin of the helly. Flattish bristles, intermingled with hairs, cover the front, the fore feet, and the belly. Breast and throat covered with hairs. The hairs on the back very short and scarce. The soft parts of the body brownish black, sometimes with a clearer tint on the fore limbs; in a young male the throat was yellowish brown. The second claw on the hind foot is very long, the third short and slender, being scarcely half the length of the second. Total length about 450 millim. Locality. Dr. Lumholtz informs me that he found this species fairly well distributed over the eastern part of Central Queensland. In the coast-range near Herbert river in North Queensland (18° § Jat.) it was also common; it occurs here in the ranges covered with dense scrubs. It is called “‘Gombian”’ by the natives, and is tracked by the tamed dingoes, and it is considered here, as everywhere else, a great delicacy by reason of its fatness. 1 Vide Proe. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 381 (and p. 406), 1885. | MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. 151 E. acanthion is no doubt distributed over the whole of Central Queensland, at least in the eastern varts of that district, and in North Queensland as far up as to 18° S. lat.; but it also occurs, according to Capt. Armit’s supposition, over the whole of Cape York peninsula. Thus the remarkable genus Echidna extends from Tasmania (£. setosa, Cuv.), throughout the whole eastern part of Australia, from Victoria and New South Wales to South Queensland, occurring also in West Australia (4. aculeata, Shaw), and through Central and North Queensland up to Torres Strait (4. acanthion) ; furthermore it occurs in the south-eastern part of New Guinea (Z. lawesi, Rams.). Besides these, the northern parts of New Guinea is inhabited by a fifth species, the rather aberrant form Proechidna bruijni (Peters and Doria)’, £. acanthion is much nearer related to the E. lawesi from New Guinea, than it is to the South-Australian /. aculeata. Specimens examined. —The specimens collected by Dr. Lumholtz, and preserved in the University Museum of Christiania, are the following *:— Total length. 1eebre\~ [7] ietiaaliete bee orate ithe 365 millim. rea bP: a Mae 425 ”,, Seed Spectres ieee Rectatels Dat Loves AAS anit Ady Wee expec. ait t. abi boisie. Ft ADO bys SAE had § ata wea atacset ri Ges Claticessiohatds ced ead vests VARY EEE 1 sear oogh paras goat iste about 410, Bint O) Sig. deport test about 405 __,, O:A6lin.. daetad tide ate 448, No. 1 is a young male, caught at Gracemere near Rockhampton in July 1881. The others were caught at Coomooboolaroo, 80 miles W. of Rockhampton ; Nos. 2-8 in February 1884 ; No. 9, a female with fully developed mamme, in the beginning of March the same year. Sex. Of the nine specimens, three are males, five females; in one specimen (No. 4) of which the skeleton only is preserved, the sex cannot with certaity be decided, but it would seem to have been a female. I cannot detect any character by which the sexes can be distin- guished externally, with the exception of the sharp, but short spur on the inside of the hind heel of the male; this spur has already appeared in the young male (No. 1), the skeleton of which is far from being perfectly ossified. As to the skull it may be noted that the male (No. 5) has a proportionally shorter snout than the female (No. 9), but its skull is, on the other hand, broader and higher behind (cf. figs. 3 & 4, 1 Tachyglossus bruijnii, Peters and Doria, 1876; Acanthoglossus brurjnii, P. Gervais, 1877 ; Proechidna bruijnii, Murie, 1878; and Bruijnia tridactyla, Dubois, 1872. * At present there are stuffed specimens of the following:—No, 1, No. 5, and No. 9; and mounted skeletons of No. 1, No. 2, and No. 3. 152 MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. _—[Feb. 3, p. 155). How far this fact is the rule, or whether it is attributable to the younger age of the male, can only be ascertained on the examination of more abundant materials. Size.—The largest specimens are a male and a female with a total length of 448 millim. each, and these appear to be full-grown. The second male (No. 5) is younger, with a total length of 415 millim., and the skeleton showed that it was not yet full-grown. The third male (No. 1) was young. The females have a total length of 405 to about 440 millim. The greater number of the specimens have thus a length of more than 16, but not quite 18 inches, which may perhaps be considered to be the normal size, as the generative organs of one of the females, which have been preserved, showed the specimen to be fully developed. It is, however, probable that H. acanthion attains a still larger size, as it can be seen by comparison of two skeletons of the same size of E. acanthion and EZ. aculeata (total length 425 mm.) that the last species is already in every respect fully ossified without a trace of the open sutures, while in £. acanthion, on the other hand, there are still some traces of these earlier stages. It may therefore be concluded, that perhaps the North-Queensland species attains still larger dimensions than 2. aculeata’. The Covering of the Skin.—The dorsal spines are long and powerful, closely placed, and perfectly hiding the scarce and short fur at their bases. A number of spines are stronger than the others, and are regularly distributed over the back, making it almost possible to arrange them here in three to four irregular series; they are also distinguishable from the others by the clearer colour of their exposed parts. These strong spines reach a length on the back of 43—- 47 millim., on the tail sometimes of 55 millim.; their diameter is 34 millim. The other spines, which are far the greatest in number, are shorter and finer, have a length of abont 22-30 millim., sometimes a little more, but are distinguishable by their darker colours. Their dia- meter rarely exceeds 2-24 millim. This spiny covering extends forward to beyond the ear, on the sides of the body as far as tothe margin of the belly; one or two spines may sometimes reach beyond the margin, but the rule is that the belly is only covered with hairs. The fur at the root of the spines is, as mentioned above, very scarce and short, and it is only a rare exception that the tips of one or two hairs are visible between the spines, as in the young male (No. 1). ‘The forehead and throat are covered with flattish bristles, mingled with a few normal hairs, which commence in front of the eye; these bristles gradually merge behind into short spines, which successively become stronger; still on the occiput and the uape they are somewhat shorter than those on the back. The legs are covered with similar flattish bristles, particularly on their outer 1 Of this latter species there is preserved in the University Museum of Christiania a mounted specimen with a total length of about 470 to 480 millim, 1885.] MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. 153 side, yet here mixed with normal hairs, At the hind margin of the ear is found a thick patch of blackish hairs, as in the other species. The belly is covered with hairs, longer or shorter, mixed with flattish bristles ; on the breast and lower side of the head there are, as a rule, no bristles, but hairs only. Colour.—The dorsal spines are pale yellowish with black tips ; this black tip is very short in the longer spines, but broader in the shorter ones, by which the longer get a clearer appearance than the rest. In some specimens (but not in all) one or two of these spines are entirely yellowish without black tips. In the shorter spines the pale colour at their bases is almost hidden by the black. Thus, contrary to Z. aculeata, where all spines are equally coloured (yellow- ish with short black tips), and almost of the same length, Z. acanthion at a distance appears to be blackish with irregular series of long and clearer-coloured spines. On the nape and the front the spines are sometimes entirely black, sometimes yellowish, or particoloured. One of the specimens (No. 9) differs a little from the rest, the longer spines here being almost black, like the shorter. This spe- cimen, a full-grown femalé, therefore appears to be blackish with a few yellowish spots. The colour of the belly is blackish brown, under the tail perfectly black ; in some specimens a paler line may be observed on the outer side of the legs. The young male (No. 1) is somewhat different from the rest, the breast and throat being reddish brown, which colour also extends itself along the inner side of the fore limbs, and can be traced also onthe hindlimbs. An irregular black band crosses the throat from the lower side of the ears. The belly is blackish brown, as in the other specimens, and mixed with one or two yellowish spines. Skeleton.—In the young male, with a total length of 365 millim., the skeleton is very far from being perfectly ossified. A large fonta- nelle is found on the upper part of the os temporale ; in many of the bones the different epiphyses are not yet grown together. There are open sutures between the occipitals, and between the coste cervicales aud their vertebrze ; the caput femoris is separate ; the sacral vertebree are all separate, as well as the bones of the pelvis. On the dorsal vertebrae the spinous processes are very cartilaginous ; the same is the case with the upper margin of the scapula, of the proc. olecranoides in the fibula, and at the ends of other bones, The 0s coracoideum is separate. On the lower jaw the proc. coronoideus ext. is still not developed. In an apparently almost full-grown female, with a total length of 425 millim., the sutures are still open around the os dasioccipitale, and the coste cervic. of the epistropheus can still be separated when slightly pressed, and the epiphyses both on the wna and radius and on the fibula and tibia may be easily parted’. 1 As mentioned aboye, all these parts are perfectly ossified in a specimen of E. aculeata of the same size. 154 MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. _[Feb. 3 In a male specimen, with a total length of 448 millim., the skeleton is perfectly ossified. The skull is very much like that of Z. aculeata, but may probably always be distinguished by its. narrower cerebral area and propor- Fig. 1. Skull of Echidna acanthion, §. No. 5. tionally short snout, although scarcely different in this respect from the South-Australian and Tasmanian species. The length of the skull in proportion to the total length of the skeleton is as 1 to 4 (3°93 to 4°26). When the skull is seen from behind, the lateral profile, especially in the somewhat younger specimens, widens regularly downwards, the os squamosum having its greatest height below, and the upper part of os demporale ( perioticum) diminishes regulariy towards the parietalia. The greatest breadth, which is to the length as 1} to 2-5, Fig. 2. Skull of Echidna acanthion, 2. No. 9. is therefere in EB. acanthion situated at the bottom of the skull, quite near the glenoid fossa. In the perfectly full-grown specimens (male and female) the skull becomes less narrow upwards, but in all cases does not widen as in 1885.] MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION, 155 E. aculeata. In these specimens the erista sagittalis is also sharp and longer, whereas only a trace of it may be observed in the younger skulls. The snout is of moderate length or rather short. Tn the full-grown specimen its proportion to the length of the skull is as 1 to 23, as will be seen by the list below, and in several specimens it is but a little longer than the breadth of the skull’. Measurements. | Total Length of | Length of Breadth of Preportion of |Sex.| length. | — skull. snout. | skull. ‘snout to the skull. = millim. | millim. millim. millim. } 2.19 4295 | 108 51 | 43 211 3. 1d 448 105 47 44 2°23 | 420 103 46 43 2-23 tess tot ai.” |” 9g 46 42 2.26 Oe Ot2|0° 448.) | 180 A2 45 11 fa? 2.) \(e)'4l0%) | > 411038 7 42 ) (e)i2.19 8. 9... (ce) 405 101 46 40 (c) 2:19 | Oe 480 hadi Bey it dilly pc 44 «ors | 2-09 / In the full-grown specimens the snout is more or less distinctly turned upwards, the profile of the front being deeply concave over the orbits, and down along the nasalia, and the lower margin of the skull rises obliquely in front of the orbits. Thus the skull forms a distinct contrast to that of Proechidna bruijni from New Guinea; Figso: Fig. 4. Fig. 3. Skull of Echidna acanthion, 2 (back view). No. 9. Fig. 4. Skull of Echidna acanthion, § (back view). No. 5. probably the other Papuan species, 27. Jawesi, has a similar concave snout to L. acanthion. The palate is armed with about nine rows 1 The snout is measured without the cutaneous covering, from the foramen lacrymale in the skeleton, or the foremost margin of the eye in the skin, 156 MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. _ [Feb. 3, | of retroverted spines, the number of which varies in the different specimens; as a rule the hinder and middlemost rows, which are the longest, have 15 to 20 of these spines. They are very short and shar Terabe young male (No. 8) the skull is not yet full-grown; the snout is remarkably short, even shorter than the breadth of the skull '. The snout is not bent up, but perfectly straight, the profile of the frontals not being concave over the orbits; but a faint concavity can be traced beyond the middle of the nasalia. The snout is proportionally broad in this specimen; the breadth of the ossa nasalia on their frontal end measuring together 16 millim. ; in the full-grown specimen the breadth is about 10-11 millim. Vertebre.—The number of vertebree was as follows :—cervical vertebree 7, dorsal vertebrae 16, lumbar vertebre 3, sacral vertebree 3, caudal vertebre 13-14 (where the latter have been complete). In two specimens, a female with a total length of 425 millim.(No. 2), and a male with a total length of 448 millim. (No. 3), the last dorsal vertebra had no trace of ribs, and thus there were 15 dorsal and 4 lumbar vertebree. All the vertebree were more slender than in specimens of £. aculeata of the same size. The Limbs.—The exact measurements of the bones of fore and hind limbs are as follows :— No. 5, ¢. No. 4. No. 2, 2. No. 3,¢. | No.9, 9. Total length) Total length | Total length Total length | Total length 415 millim. _ 420 millim. 425 millim. 448 millim. | 448 millim. millim. millim, millim. millim. millim. Humerus? 42 42 5 42 46 Ulna 62 62 67 67 67 Radius 48 48 50 52 53 Femur 5+ 52 7 55 57 Tibia 51 52 56 DD 57 Fibula ... 57 59 62 62 60 The ossa marsupialia have about the same length as the humerus. The claws are no doubt of precisely the same construction as in the Papuan £. lawesi. The second claw is very long, strong, and curved, with a length of 35-36 millim., or even 38 millim., whereas the third claw is much slenderer and is scarcely half the size of the second ; its length is 15-16 millim., and it is but a little longer than the fourth and fifth, which are the shortest. 1 Length of the skeleton 365 millim. ; length of the skull 93 millim. ; of the snout 41 millim.; breadth of the skull 43 millim.; proportion of the snout to the skull 2-02. ? Measured from the articulations. 1885.] MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. 157 The Ovaries and Mamme.—In the paper of Mr. George Bennett previously alluded to (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 737) it is stated that he found impregnated specimens of the South-Queensland species (Z. aculeata) on the 30th August and the 14th September, and that, according to his view, the young will be found in the uterus in the course of September or October in this part of Queensland (the Brisbane district), although he acknowledges that he does not ‘think it can be fixed at any certain period, but must in some places begin earlier than in others.” The specimens from Central Queensland collected by Dr. Lum- holtz were caught in February or March (with exception of the young male, which was caught in July), and thus the generative organs may be presumed to have been ina dormant state. This, however, seems not to have been the case; and it is probable that E. acanthion produces its young at a different (earlier) season from the southern #. aculeata. » Dr. Lumholtz informs me that, according to the statements of both the white men and the natives, #. acanthion breeds in the winter time, as a rule in the month of May. One pair of ovaries and one pair of mammee were preserved and brought home by him. The first were taken from a full-grown specimen (No. 9) in the beginning of March, and are considerably developed, although not containing at the time mature eggs. The mammary glands, which were, as far as Dr. L. remembers, taken from the same spe- cimen, were on the other hand large and swollen and contained quantities of milk which profusely flowed out on a slight pressure. The two ovaries were of about the same size, the right, however, being a trifle smaller. Both were equally developed and showed on their upper surface a number of ovisacs which appeared as shining hemispheres in the stroma without being stretched in any pedicle. The number of these ovisacs was in the right ovary six, all of about the same size with a diameter of 33 millim., besides four to five smaller or very small. On the left there were 13 larger ovisacs, with a diameter of 4 millim., and two to three smaller ones. The two uteri were about equally developed on both sides, but here also the left wasa trifle larger. Both were at the time strongly contracted and empty; the diameter from the outer walls was 7 millim. On the right uterus the peritoneum with tunica propria was straitened a little above the middle, so that the upper part appeared as a rather twisted enlargement (8 millim.). The inner layer of the uterine wall had a thickness of 33 millim. The length of the right wéerus was 24 millim., of the left 29 millim. The common vestibulum was very wide, and filled with crushed parts of insects. The vesica urinaria was very muscular. As mentioned above, the two mammary glands contained quantities of milk and appeared to have been in full action. They were oblong or kidney-formed and rather compressed; they were shaped as if folded together a little above the middle, and covered with a thin 158 MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. [Feb. 3, membranous tissue. One (the left?) was the larger, and had a length of about 57 millim., a breadth of 40 millim.; its greatest thickness (at the outlet of the lacteal ducts) was 22 millim. ‘The other was a little smaller. The ‘“‘mammary areola” was visible on the belly as a flattish spot. No trace of a pouch could with certainty be distinguished (in the single mounted female specimen). In the mounted full-grown male was visible on each side of the belly (where the mammary areola is found in the female) a small vortex of hairs, apparently an indication of the rudimentary mamme of the males of other mammals. Parasites —In two specimens I found half a dozeu individuals of an Ivodes, attached between the hairs at the root of the dorsal spines or in the ear-tuft. Comparison with E. aculeata.—Whilst EL. acanthion will be easily distinguishable from £. aculeata by its external characters, the skeletons of both species are more difficult to distinguish. Yet, compared with a skeleton of #. aculeata of the same size, that of E. acanthion will be seen to be decidedly slenderer. Thus when the skeleton No. 3, with a total length of 448 millim., is laid side by side with a skeleton of HZ. aculeata, the total length of which is 450 millim., all the vertebra from the head to the pelvis show themselves as perceptibly narrower and weaker ; whilst the breadth of the penultimate lumbar vertebra in Z. aculeata was 20 millim., the same vertebra in 2. acanthion was only 164 millim. broad. The processus spinosi of the first dorsal vertebra did not (yet) show any trace of being notched in F#. acanthion, whilst the notches were distinct in the other species. The humerus is weaker and narrower. The breadth between epicondylus medialis and lateralis (i. e. the greatest breadth on the ulnar side) is in £. aculeata 47 millim., in E. acanthion 41 millim. only ; the breadth between trochanter medialis and lateralis (i. e. the greatest breadth on the scapular side) is 31 millim. in Z. aculeata, and 27 millim. in £. acanthion. The scapula is shorter and is more straight. Its greatest length (to the articulation with humerus) in EZ. aculeata is "56 millim., in LE. acanthion 51 millim. ; in the latter species the margo superior is almost straight, but more bent outwards in EZ. aculeata. The vids are not narrower in LF. acanthion than in the other species ; but the pelvis is decidedly weaker. Whilst thus the length from the upper end of os ili to the hinder end of os ischii (@. e. the greatest length of the pelvis) in L. aculeata was 66 millim., the same distance in L. acanthion was 60 millim. only ; and whilst the greatest breadth (between the upper ends of ossa iii) in E. aculeata was 44 millim., the same in £. acanthion is 41 millim. Also the foramen obturatorium was the larger in L. aculeata, The femur is shorter; in Z. aculeata its length is 59 millim., in FE. acanthion 53 millim. Any difference in the length of the 1885.] MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION, 159 other bones of the limbs can scarcely be shown to exist, but all are perceptibly stronger in H. aculeata. As mentioned above, HZ. acanthion is furthermore distinguishable from F. aculeata (and setosa) by the claws of the hind foot, the third claw reaching hardly the half of the length of the second, whilst in the other species these claws are of nearly the same length. A corresponding difference in the strength of the respective phalanges may be observed. Finally, with regard to the skull it has been already stated that in most respects it agrees almost perfectly with that of ZF. aculeata. Certainly the length is a little greater in the latter species (116 millim.) than in L. acanthion (111 millim.); this, however, may perhaps not always be the case. € The shape of the skull, as seen from behind, appears to be to a certain degree varying in both species; but H. wcanthion seems constantly to have a narrower cerebral area than ZF. aculeata. As inentioned above, Dr. Murie has described in the Journ. of Linn. Soc. vol. xiv. (p. 413) a skull of the species, found by Capt. Armit at Cardwell, thus not far from the York peninsula. In his comparison of the skull with five skulls of Echidne from S. Australia and Tasmania, he states that it is “barely appreciably narrower across the cerebral area, but decidedly lower in the same region.” This feature is characteristic in all the examined skulls of £. acanthivn, and is still more perceptible in the younger-specimens than in the full-grown. Thus the greatest breadth of the skull is below the foramen retro- temporale, whilst the part above gradually decreases upwards ; in the full-grown specimens (No. 3 and No. 9) this decrease is less marked, but the skull is never broader above the said foramen than below, as in H. aculeata. In the latter species the os temporale widens upwards (in the two skeletons preserved in the University Museum of Christiania), and the greatest breadth of the skull is therefore immediately above the foramen retro-temporale, not below it. Finally, the snout is straight in Z. aculeata (in the specimens before me), but in all specimens of Z. acanthion more or less bent upwards. Comparison with E. lawesii—In March 1877 Mr. E. P. Ramsay, in Proc. Linn. Soe. New South Wales (vol. ii. p. 30), described an Echidna under the name of Z'achyglossus lawest from a specimen just received from Port Moresby in New Guinea. The type specimen wasa skin of a male, which Ramsay considered to be full-grown ; its length from the snout to the tip of tail was 13:4 inches, or about 336 millim. In Sept. 1878 Mr. Ramsay gave a short communication in the same Journal (vol. iii. p. 244) on three more specimens, also from the 8.E. coast of N. Guinea. The new specimens consisted also in the dried skins only, and the measurements given in the same place may therefore also be considered as but approximative. The largest specimen had a length of 16 inches from snout to root of tail, and when the length of the tail is added, the total length has been about 160 MR. R. COLLETT ON ECHIDNA ACANTHION. [Feb. 3, 425 millim. The other specimens were smaller, had a length to the root of tail of 12 and 12°5 inches, or, with the same calculation, a total length of 325 and 341 millim. It is evident from Mr. Ramsay’s short description and measure- ments, that H. acanthion is very nearly related to L. lawesi. The same armature of the back with powerful and closely-set_ spines, and a very scanty covering with hairs between the spines is found in both; and in both the claws on the hind feet show the same mutual proportions of length, by which they easily may be distin- guished from the South-Australian and Tasmanian species. Although Ramsay’s description of H. dawesi, on account of the limited materials, could not be very exhaustive, there still seem to exist differences, which entitle us to separate the Australian form from its neighbour on the other side of the Strait. 1 endeavour below to touch upon the points in which 4. acanthion seems to differ from £. lawesi, although such comparison can only advanta- geously be made with the specimens of HZ. Jawesi themselves, which I have not had an opportunity of seeing. Besides the short original description of the latter species, I have just received in a letter from my friend Dr. Vinciguerra a few remarks on a specimen in the Museo Civico, in Genoa, ‘received in exchange from Berlin, and examined by Dr. Gestro. The chief difference between them seems to exist in the length of the snout (and perhaps also that of the skull), which is perceptibly shorter in £. acanthion than in the other species. As to the skull, there is unfortunately no exact statement given of its length in Ramsay’s short description of Z. lawesi. Only in the type-specimen, the total length of which has been about 336 millim., the length of the skull is said to lave been four inches, or about 103 millim. This undoubtedly is on the whole larger than in equally large specimens of FL. acanthion. This seems also evident from another of the measures given. In Ramsay’s type specimen of £. lawesi, the total length of which is about 336 millim., the distance from tip of snout to the ear is (skin stretched) 4°5 inches, or 113 millim. In the Genoa specimen, with a total length 377 millim., the same distance is 120 millim. In E. acanthion, on the other hand, the length of the skull is 93 millim. in the young male with a total length af 365 millim. ; and even in the largest specimen, the total length of which is 448 millim., the skull does not exceed 111 millim. The length of the snout is measured in all Ramsay’s four specimens of EZ. lawesi, and has been fourd to be as follows *:— Total length 326 millim. Length of snout 53 milllim. » » 336 a) eel > 63 2 39 3) ”» 341 3 ”? ” 99 29 bed » 430 2° » te] 61 39 1 Calculated from the English measurements. 2 « From tip of snout to the eye 2°5 inches.” 1885.] ON A NEW RODENT OF THE GENUS C@LOGENYS. 161 The Genoa specimen measured, according to Dr. Gestro—total length 377 millim., length of snout 53 millim. As has been already stated (p. 155), even in the largest speci- mens of H. acanthion, with a total length of 440-448 millim., the length of the snout does not exceed 53 millim.; and it may there- fore be taken as granted that H. lawesi has the snout decidedly longer than E. acanthion. The description of the covering of the skin and the colour does not seem to show any definite difference. Certainly Mr. Ramsay says of E. lawesi, ‘Some of the long cylindrical spines are altogether white, some all black, some particoloured with white or black tips.” To this can be noted, that altogether white spines are very scarce or absent in all specimens of Z. acanthion, and that none of the particoloured spines have white tips but these are always black-tipped. Furthermore the hairs of the back as stated above are perfectly hidden between the spines in H. acanthion; while Mr. Ramsay savs of H. lawesi, ‘‘ A few black hairs are scattered through the spines and on the sides of the body,” and Dr. Gestro of the specimen in Genoa, “ Entre les épines il y a des poiles trés-visibles.”’ Thus the hair-covering between the spines seems to be less scanty in #. lawesi than iu Z. acanthion. Further, the length of the bare portion of the snout in Z. acanthion (in consequence of the shortness of the snout itself) is never two inches, as in the type specimen of H. Jawesi, but even in the largest specimens but a little more than one inch and a half. 4. Description d’un nouveau Rongeur du genre Celogenys. Par Jean SrotzMann. [Received January 16, 1885.] Pendant mon dernier voyage dans la république de lEquadeur on m’a souvent parlé d’un quadrupéde, nommé par les indigénes “ Sacha- cut,” * tandis que le paca (Ceelogenys paca) y est connu sous le nom de ‘ Gualilla.” De la description, donnée par les habitants du pays, je supposais que l’animal en question pouvait appartenir au méme genre de Calogenys. Mais comme ce dernier habite les contrées trés chaudes et se tient toujours au voisinage des eaux, tandis que le “ Sacha-cui” est propre 4 une haute région, renfermée entre 6000 et 10,000 pieds au dessus du niveau de la mer, fréquentant souvent les lieux trés éloignés des courants d’eau, je supposais qu’il s’agit d’un quadrupéde inconnu, et aprés m’en avoir procuré une paire d’individus adultes, j’ai reconnu que j’avais raison. Je donne done sa description, en lui proposant le nom du C@LOGENYS TACZANOWSKII. C. fusco-brunneus, subtus albicans, lateribus quaternis seriebus *“ Sacha” (indien)=lIa forét ; “ cwi” (indien)=eavia. Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1885, No. XI. ll 162 MR. J. STOLZMANN ON A NEW [Feb. 3, macularum albarum notatis : capite breviore quam in C. paca: setis postocularibus minus numerosis. Couleur générale des parties supérieures du corps et des cétés est d’un brun noiratre, avec quatres séries de taches blanches sur chacun des cétés, dont linférieure, commengant sur les cétés de la gorge, traverse toute la longueur du corps jusqu’au cété postérieur de la cuisse et est composée de quatorze taches, dont celles du venire sont presque réunies entre elles ; la deuxicme commence au dessus de la premitre tache de la série précédante et finit au dessus de son extrémité ; elle est composée de douze taches, dont les médianes sont fort rapprochées entre elles, sans se confondre enticrement; la troisiéme série, aussi longue que la précédante, est composée de dix taches, parfaitement séparées, commengant au cou; la quatri¢me, commengant A la moitié de la longueur du corps, est composée de cing taches moins prononcées que celles des séries précédantes et parcourt prés de la ligne dorsale. Tous les poils foncés sont unicolores, mais plus obscurs a Pextrémité qu’a la racine. Partout entre les poils foncés il y a un faible mélange de poils blancs. Les cétés de la téte sont converts de poils blanchatres, mélangés avec de noiratre; ces derniers sont prédominants sur Ja région sousoculaire ; les poils du menton sont bruns et rares; le reste du dessous du corps est couvert de poils isabelles blanchatres, avec un mélange de poils foncés sur le devant de la poitrine ; les pattes couvertes de poils de la couleur du dos, les poils du metatarse et des doigts des pattes postérieures tirant au roussatre, sur le cOté interne du bas des pattes antérieures se trouve une grande tache dénuée, parsemée de poils blancs, trés courts. Moustaches supérieures noires, les inférieures blanches: quel- ques-unes de ces derniéres dépassent l’oreille. Sur la région médiane entre l’ceil et l’oreille se trouve un groupe des soies assez longues. Cétés postérieurs des oreilles couverts de poils rares et peu longs: a son bord inférieur il y a une touffe abondante de poils longs. Ongles cornés, 4 bords blanchatres. Face antérieure des dents incisives d’un jaune orangé. Plante des pattes grise foncée. Iris brun trés foncé. La femelle ressemble au male et n’en differe que par la couleur générale plus foncée, la téte plus petite et moins large. Les dimensions des différentes parties du corps du male. meétre, PASTE RU rs wicca es Agnes tek in» 2, OrdaG Distance entre les narines et l’oeil.............. 0°057 Distance entre l’ceil et Poreille ....-........... 0°042 Lonmucir totale 2.5. baane> -- eyelet 'n a. Aicis Canais e EAE Longueur depuis les épaules 4 la queue ........ 0°370 Hanteur an Sarre os negli. Goda we wees ow “ORRS iautenisauserguplon races. «> - ete c\s\-.9)s ne,ana! Os20D LOBQHCURIGPUA JAHIUCS eee cea cn atev ose nde em OU LOD Longueurida farses). jess Rew ses. Jee” 0038 1885. ] RODENT OF THE GENUS C@LOGENYS. metre. Doigt externe du bras ....... oteehs shale ter 01016 pp A HOUBI Cy cidhe arqewn reeks sped ee wOOL2 Doigt modiandu bras (29)\.t «xia dvaa alo we eteled ein 9 neredae < = ae eulemans lith Hanhart imp YROCHROA HYPOSPODIA m8) — b> mp 1 ge | Aart Har G.Keulemans J 1885. ] BIRDS FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 223 1, NEopHRON MONACHUS (Temm.). Neophron monachus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 19. Neophron pileatus, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p- 376. 3, 5000 feet. Not observed higher up the mountain, as it frequents the more thickly inhabited parts; often in flocks associated with the Ground Hornbills and the White-necked Ravens. 2. PoLyBOROIDEs TyPICcus, Smith. Polyboroides typicus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 48. 2, 5000 ft. Only met with in the neighbourhood of villages. Their feathers and those of the Kite are much prized by the natives for the orna- mentation of their capes. 3. Bureo auGur, Riipp. Buteo augur, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 175; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 374. 3, 4000 ft.; fg, 5000 ft.; 3g, 8000 ft. 4. Burro pEsERTORUM (Daud.). Buteo desertorum, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit.-Mus. i. p. 179; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 374. 3, 5000 ft. 5. ASTURINULA MONOGRAMMICA (Temm.). Asturinula monogrammica, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. i. p. 275; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 374. 3, 5000 ft. 6. BARBATULA LEUCOTIS, Sundev. Barbatula leucotis, Marshalls, Monogr. Capitonide, p. 131, pl. 52. Megalema leucotis, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p- 371. 3, 3000 ft.; 2, 6000 ft. It inhabits the dense forest, where its presence is often proclaimed by its harsh strident note, which it repeats at intervals, and being a bold bird is easily killed. The first pair were met with at Taveita, perched on the bough of a mimosa, and others were seen on the southern flank of the mountain up to 6000 feet. 7. HALCYON ORIENTALIs, Peters. Halcyon orientalis, Sharpe, Monogr. Alcedinidz, p. 181, pl. 66 ; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 361. 3, 5000 ft. Feeds principally upon the small crabs which inhabit the moun- tain-streams. 224 CAPT. G. E, SHELLEY ON [ Mar. 3; 8. BucrRos crisTaTus, Riipp. Bycanistes cristatus, Elliot, Monogr. Bucerotide, pl. 26. Buceros cristatus, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 361. 3, 4000 ft.; 2, 5000 ft.; 2, 6000 ft. Generally distributed over the mountain up to 6000 ft., especially near habitations. They show no fear of man, being generally pro- tected by the natives, who look upon them with superstitious awe, arising possibly from their being useful scavengers, as well as from their peculiar loud cry, which resembles at times that of the wailing of a woman in distress, at others that of the braying of an ass. In August and September they were breeding, and occasionally the head of the female might be seen peering out from a hole in a tree some 30 or 40 feet high, where she had been plastered in by her affectionate husband. By the chips lying about, it would appear that these holes are excavated by the birds to the required size. These birds are monogamous, and show great affection for each other, which is fortunate, as the female during incubation has entirely to rely on her mate for daily subsistence. 9. BUCEROS MELANOLEUCUS, Licht. Tockus melanoleucus, Elliot, Monogr. Bucerotide, pl. 49. 3 2, 5000 ft. 10. Eurysromus AFrer (Lath.). Eurystomus afer, Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 274. Two ¢, 3000 ft. Often mobs birds of prey. 11. Turacus HARTLAUBI (Fischer & Reichen.). Corythaix hartlaubi, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 363. 3 2, 10,000 ft. Bill red and green. Skin round the eyes scarlet. Sexes similar. It frequents the forest, and is most abundant at about 9000 feet. Its loud cry may be frequently heard, but it is difficult to see amongst the thick foliage, and still more difficult to approach, being very shy. 12. Coxrus LEvcotis, Riipp. Colius leucotis, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p- 363. 3, 5000 ft.; 2 g, 6000 ft. 13. HAPALODERMA NARINA (Vieill.). Hapaloderma narina, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 368, 3, 3000 ft. This specimen agrees better with the Natal birds, with which we 1885.] BIRDS FROM KILIMA-NJARO, 225 have compared it, than with the equatorial race, H. constantia, Sharpe. Only one specimen seen at Taveita, in the forest: it must be scarce, as the natives appear to have no name for it. 14, AusEonAx MINIMA (Heugl.). Muscicapa minima, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 435, pl. 18. f. 1. 3, 4000 ft.; 3g, 6000 ft.; 3g, 7000 ft. 15. MuscicaPa JOHNSTONI. Muscicapa johnstoni, Shelley, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 558. 2, 6000 ft. Found on the southern slope of the mountain just above Moshi, on the borders of the cultivated district. 16. Lanrus caupatus, Cab. Lanius caudatus, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. p. 254; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 344. 3, 3000 ft. In immature plumage. This species affects the desert and waterless districts at the foot of the mountain, where it perches upon the low shrubs, and pounces upon the grasshoppers, which are very abundant in these districts, and form its principal food. 17. Lantus couuaris, Linn. Lanius collaris, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. 1883, p. 255. Lanius humeralis, Fischer, Zeitsch. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 344, 3, 4000 ft.; 6 2, 5000 ft.; J, 6000 ft.; 2 9, 7000 ft. One of the commonest birds on the mountain, and very bold. 18. Dryoscopus sUBLACTEUs, Cass. Dryoscopus sublacteus, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. viii. 1883, p- 140; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 348. 3, 3000 ft.; ¢, 5000 ft.; ¢, 8000 ft. 19. Dryoscopus cuBxa (Shaw). Dryoscopus cubla, Gadow, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vili. p. 148; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 345. 3 2, 3000 ft.; g, 5000 ft.; g, not labelled. The female had the irides scarlet. 20. CRATEROPUS KIRKI, Sharpe. Crateropus kirki, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 316. 3, 5000 ft. Very common and bold. = ’ 226 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [ Mar. 3, 21. Pycnonortus LayarpI, Gurney. Pyenonotus layardi, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. 1881, p. 132 ; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 341. 2, 3000 ft.; 2 9, 5000 ft. 22. TurDUS CABANISI, Bp. Turdus cabanisi, Seebohm, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. v. 1881, p. 229. 3, 5000 ft.; 3g, 6000 ft. The most northern locality of this species, whence it ranges south- ward on the east coast to the Transvaal. Almost confined to inhabited districts. 23. PINAROCHROA HYPOSPODIA, sp. n. (Plate XIII.) Kilima-njaro, 2, 14,000 ft. Close to P. sordida (Riipp.), which is the type of the genus Pina- rochroa; but the present bird is slightly larger, paler and less isabelline beneath, and has the white on the tail more limited, each feather having broad blackish-brown ends. Upper parts brown, slightly darker on the crown and quills ; tail— the four outer pairs of feathers white with broad blackish-brown ends ; this colour extends somewhat down their shafts, and covers about one third of the end-portion of the outer web of the exterior feather, and nearly the entire inner web of the third feather from the centre ; the centre two pairs entirely black. The wing-coverts and inner secondaries are broadly edged with sandy brown, and the remainder of the quills have almost obsolete similarly coloured edges. Sides of the head in front of the eye and the cheeks slightly washed with ashy brown. Underparts ashy buff, slightly darker on the lower throat and front and sides of the chest, and passing into rufous- shaded brown on the flanks, thighs, and under tail-coverts ; under surface of the wings dark brown with the coverts rufous-brown; the axillaries and inner margins of the quills ashy buff. Total length 5*7 inches, culmen 0°55, wing 3, tail 2°2, tarsus 1°25. Found only at great altitudes, affecting the grassy and boulder regions, where they are to be seen in family parties of from three to five. Here they enliven the desert scenery by flitting before the traveller with a constantly repeated pleasing chirp, and perched upon the boulders flit their tails up and down after the manner of Chats. 24. PRATINCOLA AXILLARIS. Pratincola azillaris, Shelley, P.Z.8. 1884, p. 556. 3 2, 5000 ft.; 3d, 6000 ft.; 9, 7000 ft.; J, 8000 ft.; oS, 10,000 ft. Breeds in September. Very abundant but not met with below 5000 ft. They are bold, and frequent the native villages in their lower range. 25. Printa MysTacea, Rupp. Prinia mystacea, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 191. Drymeca tenella, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p- 312. 3 2, 5000 ft. 1885.] BIRDS FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 227 26. CIsTICOLA SUBRUFICAPILLA (Smith). Cisticola subruficapilla, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vii. p. 283. 3, 5500 ft.; 9, 8000 ft. 27. NECTARINIA FAMOSA (Linn.). Nectarinia famosa, Shelley, Monogr. Nect. p. 13, pl. 5. 3 in partial moult, 29, 5000 ft.; 2, 6000 ft.; g in moult, 7000 ft. Very abundant. 28. NECTARINIA JOHNSTONI, sp. n. (Plate XIV.) 3, Kilima-njaro, 11,000 ft. Very similar in size, form, and colour to N. famosa, but readily distinguished by the pectoral tufts being bright scarlet. Entire head, neck, back, least and median wing-coverts, and chest metallic green, with the bases of the feathers black; a small black patch from the gape to the eye. The head, neck, and back have a slight golden shade, not so strong as is generally the case in N. famosa, while the rump and upper tail-coverts have a bluish lustre ; remainder of the wings brownish black with a slight purple gloss ; the greater wing-coverts are partially edged with metallic green, shaded with bronzy-violet on a few of the outer feathers; the primary-coverts and the greater secondaries show, in certain lights, faint indications of similar metallic edges. “Tail purplish black, the feathers towards the centre being narrowly and partially edged with bluish green. Axillary tufts bright scarlet ; abdomen, thighs, and under surface of the wings blackish brown; under tail-coverts purplish black, with slight traces of metallic bluish-green margins to a few of the feathers. The under wing-coverts towards the bend of the wing are tipped with metallic green. Bill and legs black. Total length 10-6 inches, culmen 1°25, wing 3°3, tail 6°6, tarsus 0-7. Very abundant. Noi seen lower than 5000 or 6000 ft., but reaches higher up the mountain than any other bird with the exception of Corvultur albicollis and Pinarochroa hypospodia. Found very much round a curious teazle-like lobelia (Lobelia deckeni). Also at lower levels it affects the tall aloe flower-shoots. 29. NECTARINIA KILIMENSIS, Shelley. Nectarinia kilimensis, Shelley, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 555. Two ¢, 3000 ft.; ¢ 2, 4000 ft.; 4d, 5000 ft.; 2, 5600 ft. ; 3, not labelled. Found mostly near base of mountain, very common. Rarely if ever seen above 5600 ft. 30. NECTARINIA REICHENOWI (Fischer). Nectarinia reichenowi, Shelley, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 556, pl. 51. Drepanorhynchus reichenowi, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 338. 3, 4000 ft.; 2 9, 5000 ft. Never seen above 5000 ft. Abounds in the native plantations, being, in common with most 228 CAPT. G. E. SHELLEY ON [Mar. 3, of the other Sun-birds, attracted there by the flowers of the sweet potato and of various beans and peas. 31. Crinnyris arrinis, Riipp. Cinnyris affinis, Shelley, Monogr. Nect. p. 239, pl. 74. fig. 2. d, 4000 ft.; 3g, 5000 ft.; ¢, not labelled. Very abundant at low levels. 32. CINNYRIS MEDIOCRIS, sp. N. 3, Kilima-njaro, 12,000 ft. Intermediate between C. chalybeus and C. chloropygius, but with the bill slightly more curved than in either. It resembles C. chaly- beus in the colouring of the metallic parts, having the blue terminal collar to the throat and blue upper tail-coverts; but differs from that species and resembles C. chloropygius in the colouring of the abdomen, thighs, under tail-coverts, and wings, which are darker and more olive than in C. chalydeus. Entire head, neck, back, least and median wing-coverts uniform metallic golden green ; upper tail-coverts steel-blue; remainder of the wings dark brown, with the margins of the feathers shaded with olive; the green of the throat terminates in a narrow steel-blue collar, followed by a broad scarlet collar; pectoral tufts yellow ; remainder of the underparts brownish olive, slightly washed with olive-yellow ; thighs dark brown ; bill andlegs black. Total length 4°6 inches, culmen 0:7, wing 2°1, tail 2, tarsus 0°7. Fairly abundant. Only remarked in upper regions. 33. CINNYRIS KIRKI, Shelley. Cinnyris kirki, Shelley, Monogr. Nect. p. 273, pl. 85; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 339. z 3 in moult, 3000 ft.; ¢ 2, 5000 ft.; 2, 7000 ft. 34. Moraciiia Loneicauna, Riipp. Motacilla longicauda, Riipp. Neue Wirb. pl. 29. fig. 2. Two 6, 6000 ft. 35. PoLiosp1za TRISTRIATA, Riipp. Poliospiza tristriata, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 642. @, 8000 ft. Found in small flocks. 36. CITRINELLA CITRINELLOIDEs, Riipp. Citrinella citrinelloides, Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. p. 644. 2, 6000 ft.; 3, 7000 ft. 37. VIDUA PRINCIPALIs (Liun.). Vidua principalis, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Maradaz), 1884, p- 325. Two ¢, 5000 ft. 1885. ] BIRDS FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 229 38. ? PENTHETRIA EQUEs, Hartl. Penthetria eques, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 326. g, 5000 ft.; 2, 7000 ft. ' These are immature specimens or in the brown winter plumage, and can therefore only be doubtfully referred to this species. 39. HypHANTORNIs ocULARIUS (Smith). Hyphantornis ocularius, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 331. 3, 2300 ft.; ¢, 6000 ft. 40. Sycosprotus REICHENOWI, Fischer. Sycobrotus reichenowi, Shelley, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 557. Hyphanturgus reichenowi, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 331. 23,32, 5000 ft.; g, 6000 ft. Breeds in colonies, especially affecting palm-trees. 41. Orto.Lus notatus, Peters. Orivlus notatus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 196; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 334. 3d, 2500 ft. Irides carmine. 42. Amyprus morio (Linn.). 3, 7000 ft. This is a full adult male, agreeing perfectly in its measurements with Natal specimens. Met with in small flocks of five or six. They utter a low pleasing ery or soft whistle and frequent small thickets. 43. CoRvULTUR ALBICOLLIs (Lath.). Corvultur albicollis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iil. p. 24. Archicorax albicollis, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 336. 3, 5000 ft. Inhabits the whole mountain up to the snow, and breeds in August in crevices in the most inaccessible rocks. 44. Corvus scapuxatTus, Daud. Corvus scapulatus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iil. 1877, p. 22; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 337. 2, 5000 ft. More a bird of the plains than the mountainous region, where its place is taken by Corrultur. 45, TRERON WAKEFIELDI, Sharpe. Treron wakefieldi, Shelley, Ibis, 1883, p. 269. Two 3 2, 5000 ft.; 2, 6000 ft. Seen generally in pairs, eats the sycamore-figs. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. XVI. 16 230 MR. C. 0. WATERHOUSE ON [ Mar. 3, 46. PaALUMBUS ARQUATRIX (Temm.). Palumbus arquatrix, Shelley, Ibis, 1883, p. 283. 3, 10,000 ft. Bare skin round eyes, bill, and feet saffron-yellow. This specimen agrees perfectly with others from Natal. Only noticed at great attitudes from 8500 ft. to 10,300 ft. Seen in pairs in the dense forests, sometimes in company with T'uracus hartlaubi. 47. TYMPANISTRIA TYMPANISTRIA (Temm.). Tympanistria tympanistria, Shelley, Ibis, 1883, p. 326. Peristera tympunistria, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 278. 2, 5000 ft. 48. FRANCOLINUS SCHUETTI, Cab. Francolinus (Scleroptera) schuetti, Cab. J. f. O. 1880, p. 351; 1881, pl. 2. Froncolinus schuetti, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p- 382. 3, 6000 ft. Frequents the rocks and was very abundant at 5000 ft. It was not met with in the plains. 49. FRANCOLINUS ALTUMI, Fischer & Reichen. Francolinus altumi, Fischer & Reichen. J. f. O. 1884, p. 179, pl. 2; Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p. 383. 3, 6000 ft. This species frequents the plains more than the mountains. 50. Isis HAGEDASH (Lath.). Ibis hagedasch, Fischer, Zeitschr. ges. Orn. (Madaraz), 1884, p- 386. ©, 3000 ft. Irides scarlet. Shot in a marsh near Taveita out of a small flock of ten or twelve. 4, On the Insects collected on Kilima-njaro by Mr. H. H. Johnston. By Cuas. O. WarEerRHovuseE. eceived February 3, 1885.] (Plate XV.) COLEOPTERA. The series of Coleoptera collected by Mr. Johnston comprises examples of fifty-six species. Many of them belong to widely dis- tributed genera and are not of special interest. Of the nine species taken at an elevation of 10,000 to 14,000 feet the following are worthy of note :—Two examples of Carabus P.Z.8 1885. Pe ae a. M.Horman-Fisher del et lith. Mintern Bros .imp. COLEOPTERA FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 1885. ] INSECTS FROM KILIMA-NJARO, 231 deckeni, Gerstaecker, which was described from a single female example found in this mountain. The species, however, proves to be a Calosoma, and not a Carabus, and is nearly allied to a species found in Abyssinia. There is a single specimen of one of the Trichiide, which I have provisionally placed in the genus Calometopus, although the clypeus not being emarginate it is possible that a new genus may have to be made for its reception. I havenamed the species Calometopus planatus. There are only two species of this genus known, C. senegalensis and C. nyasse. The third species to which I would call attention is one of the Hete- romera of the family Moluride. I have named it Melanolophus ater ; it appears to be most nearly allied to M. septemcostatus, described by Fairmaire in Revoil’s ‘ Faune et Flore des Pays Comalis,’ but which, if I have correctly determined it, occurs also in Abyssinia. Of the species found at lower elevations the majority, so faras I have identified them, are only known from South-east Africa (e. g., Melyris parvula, Gerst., Himatismus buprestoides, Gerst., Amiantus castano- pterus, Haag, Sepidium muscorum, Gerst., Anomalipus heraldicus, Gerst., Mylabris kersteni, Gerst., Epicauta dichrocera, Gerst., Rho- palizus sansibaricus, Gerst., Phrissoma giganteum, Guérin) ; others are found in most parts of Africa (e. g., Calosoma senegalense, Dej., Oryctes boas, Fabr.). Of the new species which I describe, Searabeus cribricollis has its nearest ally, so far as I know, in an Indian species S. sanctus, Fabr.; Amblysterna johnstoni is nearest to A. natalensis, Fabr. CaRABID. CARABUS DECKENI, Gerst. This interesting species was described by Dr. Gerstaecker (Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg., 1867, p. 10; Von der Decken’s Reise in Ost- Africa, iii. p. 56, pl. iv. f. 2) from a single female example found by Dr. Kersten on Kilima-njaro at an elevation of 8000 feet. The two examples, male and female, found by Mr. Johnston differ from the female described by Dr. Gerstaecker in being rather smaller (only 13 millim. long), and, so far as one can judge from description, in having the elytra smoother with less impressed strie. Dr. Gerstaecker remarks on the fact of a species of Carabus being found in this locality, none ever having been found before in South Africa. ‘The species, however, is not a Carabus, but a Calosoma, as is indicated by the compressed third joint of the antenne ; a character which Dr. Gerstaecker overlooked when he stated that the separate joints of the antennz are formed as in Carabus pumilio. ScARABZIDE. SCARABZUS CRIBRICOLLIs, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 1.) Black, somewhat dull. Head closely and very strongly punctured, the punctures longitudinally confluent on the front of the clypeus, the anterior teeth of which are rather acute and moderately reflexed. 16* 232 MR. C. O. WATERHOUSE ON (Mar. 3, Thorax nearly twice as broad as long, moderately convex, with a transverse impression in the middle of the base. In the middle of the disk is a shining (but finely punctured) line, which does not extend much beyond the middle; all the rest of the surface is strongly punctured ; the punctures near the shining line are a little separated from each other, but at the sides and on the fore part they are crowded together and asperate; the sides are strongly rounded, finely serrate, and fringed with black hair. The elytra are a little narrower than the thorax, very slightly narrowed posteriorly, dull, but with the suture shining; the striz are fine, the interstices flat and finely coriaceous (except the sutural interstices and the scutellar region), with numerous dull shallow punctiform impres- sions placed very irregularly. Femora and tibie fringed with black hair. Sternum smooth and shining, with a well-marked broad impression between the intermediate legs. Length 22 millim. This species most nearly resembles the Indian Scarabeus sanctus, Fabr. The sides of the thorax are, however, more regularly rounded, much less sinuate before the posterior angles ; the shining discoidal line is broader, and there are no smooth spots on each side of this line. The elytra have the striz finer and neater, the interstices are flatter, coriaceous, with the punctiform impressions smaller and more separated from each other. ONTHOPHAGUS JOHNSTONI, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 2.) Entirely black, except the apex of the antenne, which is rusty- yellow. Head as long as broad, obliquely narrowed in front of the middle, rounded at the apex, closely and coarsely rugose, except near the eyes. There is a slightly raised straight ridge between the eyes, and a second, longer one halfway between this and the front of the clypeus. The thorax is smooth, shining at the sides and in front, slightly dull above; the fore part is perpendicularly truncate ; the truncature bounded above by aslightly prominent ridge ; viewed from the front there are three shallow impressions: on each side there is a line of small tubercles bounding the discoidal area; the surface of the disk is moderately closely but extremely delicately punctured, and appears impunctate to the naked eye; the sides are more distinctly punctured : the base is oblique on each side, and is angularly produced in the middle, The elytra are convex, shining, not quite twice as wide as the length at the suture, rounded at the sides and apex, very delicately striated, the striz delicately punctured ; the interstices flat, sparingly punctured ; near the suture the punc- tures are extremely delicate but become more distinct towards the sides. The pygidium is rather sparingly but distinctly punctured. The sides of the sterna, the margins of the femora, and the posterior tibize are fringed with long black hair. Length 21-25 millim. I know of no species which much resembles this. Its most near ally is a species which I have seen named O. xoctis, Th., in Mr. 1885.] INSECTS FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 233 Bates’s collection. The species has somewhat the general build of O. marsyas, Ol. ; the head is longer, the clypeus not sinuous at the sides ; the thorax rather flatter above, with a prominent, nearly straight ridge in front above the anterior perpendicular truncature; the anterior angles are as if truncated; the base is more angularly produced in the middle of the base; the elytra are scarcely narrowed at the base, &c. TRICHIIDA, CaALOMETOPUS (?) PLANATUS, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 3.) Nearly black ; the elytra dark testaceous, with the suture, mar- gins, and a lunate spot near the scutellum smoky black. Antennz and tibize reddish yellow, the margins of the abdominal segments pale yellow. Head very closely and rather strongly punctured ; the clypeus more finely punctured, a little broader than long, noé emar- ginate at the apex, but slightly arcuate, the angles obtuse ; all the margins reflexed. Thorax a very little broader than long, moderately convex, very strongly and rather closely punctured, parallel at the sides to considerably in front of the middle, where it is obliquely narrowed; the anterior angles nearly right-angles, very slightly prominent; the posterior angles obtusely rounded; the base gently arcuate and margined: on the disk there is a slight impression a little in front of the middle: the sides have the lateral ridge only behind the middle and at the anterior angle; the slightly swollen under flank is thus not separated from the upper surface of the thorax in front of the middle. Scutellum elongate, triangular, strongly punctured. Elytra twice as broad as the thorax, a little longer than broad; flat, with the sides nearly perpendicularly de- flexed ; dull, the suture and sublateral ridge shining: each elytron with six somewhat irregular dorsal lines of dark punctures; the apex closely rugulose. Pygidium closely vermiculate-strigose. Club of the antennze a little longer than all the previous joints taken together. Body beneath and the legs sparingly clothed with yellow hair, Anterior tibiz obtusely tridentate. The posterior tibiee with a triangular tooth a little below the middle; the edge above this tooth with four or five small teeth. Tarsi long and slender ; claws red, Abdomen shining, not very closely but strongly punctured ; ae basal segment yellow in the middle, margined with yellow at the sides. Length 12 millim. A single example was met with. It is probable that this species may have to be separated from Calometopus on account of the form of the clypeus, which is not emarginate. Never having seen the type of the genus (C. senegalensis), I am unable at present to say in what other way it differs. BuPreEstip&. AMBLYSTERNA JOHNSTONI, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 4.) Size and general form of A. natalensis, Fabr. Golden green, 234 MR. C. O. WATERHOUSE ON [ Mar. 3, shining, the underside and legs coppery, the sides of the abdomen violet. Thorax more convex than in A. natalensis, more closely and much more strongly punctured; the sides more regularly arcuate, with only a very small lateral impression ; the dorsal median channel well marked. Elytra very strongly and irregularly punctured, with small punctures interspersed; the punctures near the shoulders are somewhat transverse, and the interspaces being very narrow become transverse rugee. All the large punctures are finely punctured and filled with pale pubescence, which gives the elytra a speckled appear- ance. The lateral and apical costz are as in A. natalensis, but not so strongly marked, and there is no lateral stripe above the lateral costa. Antenne black, with the opaque portions smoky. Under- side of the body somewhat violet, the abdominal segments margined with green. Legs coppery. Length 25 millim. PsILOPTERA LETA,n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 5.) Rather parallel, depressed, bluish green above, brassy green below. Head very rugose. Thorax nearly one third broader than long, a little broader across the middle than at the base, and then obliquely narrowed in front, with a shallow median impression and one on each side; the surface rather strongly but very irregularly punc- tured, coarsely rugulose-punctate at the sides; the irregular space on each side of the median impression sparingly punctured, shining coppery ; and a little more removed from the middle there is an irregular-shaped coppery spot a little in front of the middle. Scu- tellum black. Elytra nearly parallel for two thirds their length, then narrowed to the apex, not very convex, with lines of some- what strong punctures; the alternate interstices flat, the others in parts very slightly convex ; the flat interstices are strongly and not very closely punctured; the others have each about eight ovate finely punctured impressions; the raised parts smooth and slightly brassy. At the sides there is a submarginal, closely, and finely punctured impressed line, extending from under the shoulder to near the apex; in this stripe there is some very fine whitish pubes- cence, which is only visible in certain lights. Prosternum with a triangular projection on each side of the front margin. Abdomen irregularly and strongly punctured, and finely pubescent. Length 30 millim. Mocurip&. MELANOLOPHUS ATER, nD. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 6.) Dull black. Head closely and strongly punctured, with a slight impression on the forehead. Antenne with the 3rd joint nearly as long as the 4th and 5th taken together; the 4th joint a little longer than broad, the following joints very similar; the 10th joint the same length as the 9th, but broader than long; the 11th as broad as the 10th, but short, truncate at the apex. Thorax as long as broad, or even a trifle longer, very convex (densely and strongly punctured, 1885. ] INSECTS FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 235 the intervals irregular, shining, rugee or granules), moderately nar- rowed at the base and apex; arcuate at the sides, with no lateral ridge; the front margin nearly straight, the anterior angles not prominent, the base slightly bowed. Elytra not quite twice as broad as the thorax, oblong-ovate, moderately convex ; each elytron with three zigzag shining coste (two dorsal, one lateral), the interstices plicate and rugulose; the suture not costiform. The sides of the elytra shining, the surface uneven and sparingly punctured, Pro- sternal process closely and rather strongly punctured; the meso- and metasterna less so. Abdomen dull, very finely punctured, the punctuation of the apical segment rather stronger. Legs rugose, not clothed with paler tomentum. Length 14-15 millim. The females are rather broader than the males, especially in the elytra, which are more oblong and somewhat flattened dorsally. The males have two very small shining spots on the disk of the thorax in front of the middle, and there is an indication of a fine median line. I have been in doubt whether to place this species in the genus Amiantus or the more recent genus Melanolophus, Fairm. (Faun. et Fl. d. Pays Comalis, 1882, p. 69). The general form is, how- ever, more that of Melanolophus, but the suture of the elytra is not costiform. The anterior angles of the thorax are not produced for- ward as in Amiantus. The antenne are rather shorter than in either of these genera. HYMENOPTERA, ORTHOPTERA, &c. The other Insects collected by Mr. Johnston do not present any- thing remarkable. There is, however, a very fine specimen of Mantis (Jdolum diabolicum, Saussure), of which a male example in the British Museum is from the White Nile. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XY, Fig. 1. Scarabeus cribricollis, p. 231. 2. Onthophagus johnstoni, p. 252. 2a. Lateral view of thorax of ditto. 3. Calometopus planatus, p. 233. 3a. Front view of head of ditto. 4. Amblysterna johnstoni, p. 233. 5. Psiloptera leta, p. 234. 6. Melanolophus ater, Q p. 234. 236 ON A NEMATOID WORM FROM KILIMA-NJARO. [Mar. 3, 5. Note on a Nematoid Worm (Gordius verrucosus) obtained by Mr. H. H. Johnston on Kilima-njaro. By F. Jer- FREY Betz, M.A., F.Z.S. [Received February 3, 1885.] The single specimen of Gordius which was obtained by Mr. Johnston belongs to a well-known and widely-distributed species, but yet presents points of interest such as are almost always absent from so-called new species. So far as my knowledge extends (and on this particular point it is in advance of that of Dr. Linstow, who, in his valuable ‘Compendium der Helminthologie,’ does not mention the parasite now under consider- ation), Gordius verrucosus is, in earlier life, parasitic on a species of the genus Mantis; and there is in the British Museum a specimen of ** Mantis, sp.,” which, as Mr. Waterhouse has been good enough to point out to me, is really IZ. membranacea, accompanying a Gordius. The whole of the abdomen of this Orthopteron is completely emptied of its contents. A similarly excavated Mantis, the appearance of which had excited Mr. Waterhouse’s wonder, is to be found among the insects collected by Mr. Johnston between 3000 and 5000 feet. A specimen, belonging apparently to the same species, is to be found half in and half out of the abdomen of Hierodula bioculata, a Mantid collected on the west coast of Africa, and lately presented to the Trustees by Dr. Giinther, F.R.S. With regard to the geographical distribution of the species, it is to be noted that it is sufficiently wide to include South Africa and Ceylon ; while there are in the British Museum specimens named respectively by Dr. Baird, the author of the species, and by Dr. Orley, who in 1881 went carefully through the collection in the Museum ; these specimens are reported as coming from Vera Paz, Guatemala (presented by O. Salvin, Esq.), and the “ neighbourhood of Irazu, Costa Rica” (presented by Messrs. Godman and Salvin). The fact that the same parasite is to be found in hosts of different species is well known. ‘The present case, in which Mantis membranacea from Ceylon, Idoleum diabolicum from Kilima-njaro, and Hierodula biocu- lata from West Africa are infested by a common form, is almost exactly paralleled by the case of the Tenia described by Peters from a Rhinoceros from the Mozambique, and by Murie and Garrod in Rhinoceroses from India. As to the second point which has arisen, the presence of G. verrucosus in Central America, 1 note differences in the form of the integumentary papillz, which are sufficient to induce me to suggest that no stress should be at present laid on this point, though they are not enough, when taken in conjunction with my own want of experience in the degrees of possible variations, to lead me to put myself into more decided opposition to the views or determinations of such workers as Dr. Baird and Dr. Orley. 1885.] MR. MTIERS ON A THELPHUSA FROM KILIMA-NJARO. 237 6. Description of a new Variety of River-Crab, of the genus Thelphusa, from Kilima-njaro. By E.J. Mrers, F.L.S., F.Z.S. [Received February 3, 1885.] The species of T’helphusa, or River-Crabs, are extremely numerous, and their discrimination is often very difficult, on account of the changes which the species undergo as they increase in age and size. In the collection brought by Mr. H. H. Johnston from Kilima- njaro are two specimens of this genus, which [ assign, though not without some hesitation, to the Thelphusa depressa, Krauss, de- scribed from types taken near Pietermaritzburg, Natal. They agree with the description and figure in their depressed carapace, which is considerably dilated at the branchial regions, in the non-develop- ment of the lateral epibranchial tooth, and in other essential characters; but differ in the more strongly defined cervical suture of the carapace, and the more strongly denticulated merus, and much less strongly arcuated dactylus of the chelipedes. As regards this latter character, I may observe that in a series of Thelphuse (perhaps 7’. difformis) in the Museum collection, the dactyli of the chelipes are in some males arcuated, and in others nearly straight. I append a detailed description of the specimens from Kilima- njaro, which I propose to designate 7. depressa, Krauss, var. johnstoni, but which may prove to belong to a distinct species. THELPHUSA DEPRESSA, Krauss, var. JOHNSTONI. Cf. Thelphusa depressa, Krauss, Siidafrik. Crustaceen, p. 38, pl. 11. fig. 4 (1843). Carapace transverse, widest in its post-frontal region, depressed, with the dorsal surface nearly smooth, and divided into two nearly equal portions by the zigzag cervical suture, which extends trans- versely across the carapace to the postero-lateral margins; behind this a second transverse depression (not a suture) crosses the cara- pace behind the cardiac region. The postfrontal crest extends to the antero-lateral margins of the carapace, and is interrupted only by the meso-gastric suture, which bifurcates posteriorly (as usual in the genus) ; this crest is granulated near to the antero-lateral margins, which are defined by a distinctly granulated line; the lateral epibranchial teeth are not developed. On the hepatic and . branchial regions are several faintly indicated lines, which extend inward for a short distance over the dorsal surface of the carapace from the lateral margins. The front is about one third the width of the carapace, punctulated above, with its anterior margin sinuated, its antero-lateral angles obtuse and not prominent. The orbital margins are entire, and defined by a raised line, which is granulated except near to the front; the inferior orbital margin is regularly arcuate, not (as in 7. perlata) angulated near to the interior sub- ocular lobe, which is not at all prominent; the tooth, also, at the exterior orbital angle is very little developed; the parts of the 238 MR. MIERS ON A THELPHUSA FROM KILIMA-NJARO. [ Mar. 3, carapace adjoining the antero-lateral angles of the buccal cavity are very distinctly granulated. The eye-peduncles are slender (for a species of this genus), and the eyes do not attain the exterior angle of the orbit. The exterior maxillipedes are formed as in T’. perlata, having the ischium and merus of the endognath distally truncated, the merus rounded at its antero-external angle, and scarcely emar- ginate at its antero-internal angle. The chelipedes in the adult male are unequal, the right the larger ; in both the merus is armed with a series of spinules on the anterior margin, and with a somewhat longer spine near the distal extremity ; the carpus with a spine followed by a smaller spinule on the inner margin; the palm is somewhat compressed and nearly smooth, rounded above; the dactyl and pollex are denticulated on the inner margins, and have between them, when closed, a rather narrow interspace ; the dactyl is slightly arcuated and as long as, or rather shorter than, the palm. The ambulatory legs are of moderate length, with the fourth to sixth jomts compressed, and with the superior margins acute; the margins of the penultimate joints near to the distal extremity and the dactyli are armed with small spinuliform teeth, which on the dactyli are disposed in four longitudinal series. ; Adult male. lines. millims. Length of carapace.......... 173 37 Breadth of carapace about .... 254 54°5 Length of a chelipede........ 44 93°5 This form may be distinguished from other African species in which the postfrontal crest is distinctly developed, by the following characters :—From 7. perlata, M. Edw., which is found at the Cape and Port Natal, by the wider transverse carapace, which is more dilated at the branchial regions, and not dorsally granulated near the antero-lateral margins, and by the form of the orbit, whose inferior margin is regularly concave (not as in specimens referred to T. perlata in the Museum Collection), abruptly angulated near the interior subocular lobe. From 7’. inflata, M. Edw., by the less convex carapace, straight postfrontal crest, and the granulated line which borders the antero-lateral margins of the carapace. T. aubryi, M. E., T. africana, A. M. E., and T. emarginata, Kingsley, from the Gaboon, West Africa, and Port Natal, have an additional tooth between the exterior angle of the orbit and the postfrontal crest. In 2 goudoti, M. E., from Madagascar, the postfrontal crest is less developed, and the immobile finger of the chelipedes forms more or less of an angle with the inferior margin of the palm. Another species from Madagascar, 7. madagascariensis, A.M. E., which has not, I believe, been figured, is distinguished by the lesser development of the postfrontal crest and the straighter fingers of the chelipedes, which meet along their inner margins. In the West-African 7. bayoniana, T. anchiete, and 1. dubia, Brito Capello, the lateral epibranchial tooth is more developed. In 1885.] PROF. LANKESTER ON THE HEART OF APTERYX. 239 T. limula, Hilgendorf, from Senegambia, the postfrontal crest is less distinctly developed near the lateral epibranchial teeth, behind which, in the males, are indications of two other teeth. 7. On the Heart described by Professor Owen in 1841 as that of Apterye. By E. Ray Langesrer, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., Jodrell Professor of Zoology in University College, London, Fellow of Exeter College, Oxford. [Received February 19, 1885.] When busy some three years ago with the examination of the right cardiac valve of Ornithorhynchus and Echidna, I was naturally anxious to examine the similar valve of Apteryx, which had been stated by Sir Richard Owen to present a divergence from the character which it usually presents in Birds, and instead of being purely muscular as in all other Birds, to possess membranous areze and chorde tendinee. Sir Richard Owen gives the following account of this valve in his paper published in 1841, in the ‘ Trans- actions’ of this Society (vol. ii. p. 272) :— “The principal deviation from the ornithic type of the structure of the heart is presented in the valve at the entry into the right ven- tricle (pl. lii. g. fig. 3). This is characterized in birds by its muscularity and its free semilunar margin. In the Apteryex it is relatively thinner, and in some parts semitransparent and nearly membranous ; a process moreover extends from the middle of its free margin, which process is attached by two or three short chorde tendinee to the angle between the free and fixed parietes of the ventricle. We perceive in this mode of connection an approach in the present bird to the mammalian type of structure analogous to that which the Ornithorhynchus, among Mammalia, offers, in the structure of the same part, to the class of birds; for the right auricular ventricular valve in the Ornithorhynchus is partly fleshy and partly membranous. The dilatable or free parietes of the right ventricle were about ;),th of an inch in thickness, those of the left were ¢ th of an inch thick.” I was fortunately able to gratify my curiosity with regard to the heart of Apteryx by the dissection of a specimen preserved in spirit, which I owe to the courtesy of Mr. Cheeseman. I was not a little astonished to find that the right cardiac valve of my Apéfery« was totally different from that described by Owen, and so far from presenting any membrane or chorde tendinee, exhibited the normal structure of the right cardiac valve in birds; in fact was a purely muscular lobe. I put the matter by at that time, and was reminded of it a few weeks since by Mr. Beddard, who told me that he had obtained a precisely similar result to my own from the examination of a specimen of Apterya which had recently come into his possession. Mr. Beddard further told me that he had taken an opportunity 240 PROF. LANKESTER ON THE HEART OF APTERYX. [ Mar. 3, of looking at Owen’s specimen of the heart of Apteryx, which is now in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, No. 923 B.b. and that it certainly differed altogether, as regards its right cardiac valve, from an ordinary bird’s heart, and from the Apteryx-heart dissected by him. Mr. Beddard remarked, as Owen had done himself, that the valve in this specimen in the College of Surgeons was very similar to the right cardiac valve of the Monotremata. It occurred to me that possibly Sir Richard Owen had made an unfortunate mistake at the time of dissecting his Apteryx, and that since he had at the same time specimens of Ornithorhynchus under examination, side by side with the Apéeryx, the heart of one of the latter might, by the inadvertency of some assistant or attendant, have been exchanged for the heart of the former. Accordingly on Feb. 18th I requested Prof. Charles Stewart to allow me to remove from its bottle, and closely examine the specimen 923 B. b., labelled “ Heart of Apteryz australis”’ (so placed and labelled, so far as I have been able to ascertain by inquiry, under the direction of Prof. Owen). The figure in the Society’s ‘Transactions’ does not represent the appearance of this heart, inasmuch as three musculi papillares are figured, and are described as “ chords tendinex,’’ whilst only two (the great anterior and the right) are obvious in the prepara- tion. That is, however, a matter of detail which Prof. Owen regarded as liable to variation, since he says that two or three chord tendinez are present, and in his paper on Apteryx he speaks of having dis- sected two specimens. On removing the heart from the bottle in Prof. Stewart’s presence, I was able to point out to him that the aortic arch of this supposed heart of Apteryax has a sinistral and not a devtral flexure. I also found that the auricles and the relatively small jugular sinus are identical with that of Ornithorhynchus, and unlike the auricles and large veinous sinus of any bird. I found, further, that the arrangement of muscle and membrane in the right cardiac valve is precisely (not only approximately) similar to that described by me in Ornithorhynchus, and figured in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1882, pl. xl., and also in 1883, pl. iii. The shape of the whole heart, the shape of the right ventricular cavity, and the markings of its surface (rudimentary column carneze) are precisely of the same character as in the nine specimens of Ornithorhynchus-hearts examined by me. I have no kesitation in stating that the heart, specimen No. 923 B.b., in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, is not the heart of an Apteryx, but the heart of an Ornithorhynchus paradoxus. This being the case, the discrepancy between the observations made independently by Mr. Beddard and by me upon the structure of the right cardiac valve of Apteryx, when compared with the statements made forty years ago by Sir Richard Owen, is accounted for. Sir Richard Owen did not examine the heart of Apteryz, but by an accident occupied himself with the heart of an Ornithorhyn- chus which he mistook for the heart of that bird. 1885.] ON RACES AND UYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONIDH. 241 8. On Races and Hybrids among the Salmonide.—Part IV. By Francis Day. [Received February 17, 1885.] In continuation of the series of papers upon “ Races and Hybrids among the Salmonidz,” which I have communicated to this Society, I propose to resume my account of the Howietoun experiments from November 1884 until the present time. This period has been most instructive, as comprising the period during which the ova of the hybrids have been incubating; it has also demonstrated that we must not be too confident, should the eggs of two-year-old fish fail to hatch, that such failure is not due to the immaturity of the parents. Respecting the hybrids between the Lochleven-Trout eggs and Salmon-smolt made December 24, 1881, those fish which have re- mained in the Octagon pond at Craigend' do not appear to have bred, neither have they much increased in size. On February 12 one was taken with a fly: it measured 93 inches in length, was in fair condition, and on being opened proved to be a barren male. Its form was similar to what I have previously described these fish to be. There were seven large black spots on the opercles on the right side and eight on those of the left ; a row of red spots along the lateral line and a second series above it. Fins edged anteriorly with white, the dorsal with several irregular rows of black spots. A slight appearance of par-bands when in certain lights. Taken in conjunc- tion with the largest similarly bred hybrid two years older than this lot, which was found in November 1884 to be merely 164 inches long*, the supposition is raised that the breed may be a dwarfed one. The young hatched in 1884 from Lochleven-Trout eggs and young Salmon-par, which produced “ dropsies,” * are still in one of the large boxes at Howietoun. The water was too discoloured to allow of their being visible: a few were obtained by means of a landing-net ; but they do not appear to have much increased in size. The first experiment made with the eggs of a Grilse +, which had been reared from eggs hatched at the Howietoun fishery, was on November 7, 1884, when about 100 were obtained by Mr. Thomp- son from one of these fish that had jumped out of the pond, and which were milted from a Lochleven Trout. On January 3, 1885, 18 hatched; and when I saw them on February 10 they were looking very well, and none of them appeared to be suffering from any deformities. Particular attention must be drawn in this place to the age of the Grilse, which had been hatched early in 1881 from ova and milt obtained from the Teith in December 1880. The fact of these young fish being in their third winter season has probably much influence on the success of their hatching. Prior to discussing the results of incubation in the ova of the * Proc. Zool. Soc, 1884, p. 584. 2 L.c. p. 584. ® T. ¢. p. 583. * L.c. p. 582, 242 ON RACES AND HYBRIDS AMONG THE SALMONID. [Mar. 3, rising two-year-old hybrid fishes, a very important fact must not be overlooked. Last season, 1883-84, it was observed that, although young Salmon-par at just over two years of age could fertilize the ova of Trout, the alevins were dropsical, and only about 100 out of 4000 survived. So the experiment was altered this season; and a young Lochleven Trout rising two years of age was employed to supply the eggs which were milted from an adult of her own race. November 13, 1884.—About 500 eggs were obtained from a rising two-year-old Lochleven Trout, their average size being 0°17 of an inch in diameter (at 8 years old they are from 0°20 to 0°24 of an inch) ; these were impregnated from a male of average size and of the same race. The eggs were placed in box 1240; and it was observed that besides being small, they had a much thinner shell than had those of older fish. The eggs did very badly, and only about a dozen hatched. This experiment is of very great value, as tending to show that small eggs taken from young mothers have a deficiency of vitality ina similar manner to the milt of the young males. On December 9, 1884, about 400 ova were taken from a Howie- toun Grilse and milted from a Lochleven Trout. The diameter of the eggs was 0°22 inch; and they were placed in tray 108 6. Only about half the eggs appear to have been impregnated. December 13.—500 eggs were obtained from a dead Sea-Trout which had met its death from direct injury, a wound having ex- tended into the ovary, and possibly water had then obtained entrance. To these eggs the milt of a Salmon par, reared at Howietoun, was added ; and they were deposited in box 84¢. The size of the eggs was 0°18 inch in diameter. Probably none will hatch. December 13, 1884.—650 eggs were obtained from a Sea-Trout, and having been impregnated trom a Lochleven, they were placed in tray 846. The size of each egg was 0°18 inch in diameter. November 11, 1884.—About 12,000 eggs of the Lochleven Trout were milted from a Howietoun-reared smolt, and laid down in box No. 1. These eggs have done very well, only about 87 dead ones having been picked out ; they hatched on January 28, and the young look well. In this experiment neither parent was under the third season. November 14, 1884.—About 800 eggs of the Lochleven Trout were milted from three Howietoun-reared pars and smolts. These eggs were placed in box 96a. They hatched on February 5; the young are numerous, and appear to be very healthy. The remark on the age of the parents in the last experiment also may be applied to this. On November 12, 1884, 1350 eggs of a Lochleven Trout were milted from a hybrid Char and Trout’, this hybrid being 83 inches in length. The eggs were placed in box 92a; only about 12 eyed, and out of these 3 embryos came to their full size, but had not suf- ficient vitality to burst their shell, dying unhatched. As a rule, the eggs appeared not to have been impregnated. On measuring 1 Proe. Zool, Soc. 1884, p. 586. duit Jaryury goumput “MA'SOARYVAORT SITNTE UAT TAG p 1885.] DR. GUNTHER ON A VARIETY OF FELIS LEOPARDUS. 243 the eggs, I found that the majority averaged 0°24 inch in diameter. The cause of the failure in this instance may probably have been more due to the young age of the male (a rising two-year-old) than to its being a hybrid. Next winter, however, ought to set this question at rest. November 12, 1884.—A female rising two-year-old hybrid Char of the Struan’ race gave 146 eggs, out of which only six hatched on February 3, 1885. November 12, 1884.—4500 eggs of Lochleven Trout were milted from a hybrid rising two-year-old of the Struan race; they hatched on February 2, 1885. Among them are many deformities, a few dropsies ; while about half the ova hatched. Respecting the rising Struan two-year-old hybrids’, they have suffered from the winter more than any other form. Kept in plank- pond no. 4, as December set in they began to be languid ; and one or two having died, they were shifted into the old fario pond, no. 5, on Dec. 24, when 74 fish were transferred. The next day 15 died, and two on the 26th. Since then a few have succumbed; and one on Feb. 12. These fish seem, in their shallow pond, to have felt atmo- spheric changes very severely, requiring deeper water into which to descend, while it is very remarkable that the hybrid crosses between the American Char and the Lochleven Trout (9 leopards and 146 zebras) were not so affected, although kept under precisely similar surroundings. In continuation of the table of measurements of the eggs* of Grilse, Lochleven Trout, American Char, and those of the Struan hybrids which I gave in my last paper, I have the following addi- tional ones to record :— Salmo salar, 16 \b. weight : diameter of each egg 0°24 ofan inch. + » Howietoun Grilse: ie An 0-20 to 0-22 of an inch. » trutta, small: 5 3 0:175 to 0:18 of an inch, » levenensis, 8 years old: Pr a few 0°20, 0°22, most 0-24 inch. 2 a ‘ each egg 0°17 of an inch. : fontinalis, 3 : i 0-17 of an inch. a ne 0:14 to 0°16 of an inch. ” ” 2 ” Hybrid Char, Struan race it Ah 0°15 of an inch. 9. Note on a supposed Melanotie Variety of the Leopard, from South Africa. By Dr. A. Ginruer, F.Z.S. [Received March 3, 1885.] (Plate XVI.) A few days ago Mr. F. Bowker brought to me the flat skin of a “rare Leopard” which he had obtained at Grahamstown. The animal had been killed in a hilly district covered with dense scrub and situated at a distance of about forty miles from the town. On further inquiry I learned that a second specimen had been obtained in * Proe. Zool. Soc. 1824, p. 587. 2 L.¢. p. 586. 3 L.c. p. 588. 244 DR. GUNTHER ON A VARIETY OF FELIS LEOPARDUS. [ Mar. 3, the same district, and is at present preserved in the Museum of Grahamstown’; that the ordinary kind of Leopard is common in the locality, that the Cheetah is very scarce, and that the Lion has been entirely exterminated for a considerable period. The points in which the skin differs from the ordinary type are the following :— The ground-colour is tawny with a rich orange gloss about the shoulders. Of the rosettes only a few indications are preserved, namely on the haunches, where two are visible on the right side, whilst they form an irregular confluent pattern on the left. Remains of rosettes are also visible, one on each shoulder close to the verticelli of hairs which are usually developed in this place in the Leopard, Lion, &c. Two pairs of similar rudimentary rosettes succeed these at intervals of about 10 inches. The remainder of the rosettes are broken up into, or replaced by, innumerable small separate spots, which are most distinct in and behind the region of the shoulder, and on the outer sides of the legs. They are more diffuse on the flanks, where they mix with the ground-colour, producing a brownish tinge. Finally on the back, from the forehead to the sacral region, they are more or less confluent, so that the whole of the back appears to be of black colour, which is most intense above the lumbar region. A few black spots on the upper lip, a conspicuous black spot above each eye surrounded by a light yellowish ring, and a large black spot on the back of the ear are present as in Leopards with typical coloration. On the other hand, the tail differs in a remark- able manner, it being fulvous for its first two thirds, which colour gradually changes into pale grey ; the whole tail is sprinkled with numerous very small and clearly defined spots, the extreme tip being black. Chin, chest, belly, and inside of the legs white with large black spots as in the ordinary Leopard. Whiskers and claws white, hair between the foot-pads black. The hairs are of about the ordinary length, with a very thick underfur on the sides of the body. The measurements of the flat skin are as follows:—Head and body 4 feet 1 inch, tail 2 feet 6 inches; distance of central line of back from the fore toes 2 feet 6 inches. In endeavouring to throw some light on this extraordinary deviation from the ordinary type, we are almost entirely limited to the evidence to be gleaned from the specimen before us. The possibility of its being a hybrid between the Leopard and one of the other large feline animals of South Africa is to be considered. There is a very evident mixture of two patterns of coloration, viz. of that in which the ornamental colour appears in the form of rosettes, and that of simple black spots as in the Cheetah. Yet the whole build of the animal and the structure of the typically feline claws prevent us from assuming that the Cheetah might be one of the parents. It would be more within the bounds of possibility that our specimen is the offspring of a Leopard with a Lioness which had 1 This is evidently the same specimen which was described by Mr. Trimen in Proc. Zool. Soc, 1883, p. 535. 1885.] THe SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 249 strayed so far southwards, the African Lion being frequently found with a very dark dorsal region and with the long hairs of a more or less intense black; also the bright tawny ground-colour of the shoulder in our specimen is very Lion-like. But it would be extremely hazardous to found an opinion on such slight grounds, the more so as we cannot find any trace of structural leonine characters. The hairs consist of a soft underfur of fine wool-hairs, mixed with stouter hairs; the latter cannot be distinguished microscopically from those of the ordinary Leopard; and both are almost identical with, perhaps a little more slender than, those of the Lion. It is a well-known fact that the Asiatic Leopard exhibits a decided tendency to melanism; and it is stated that the black Leopards are found chiefly in forest-districts of considerable elevation. So far the conditions under which melanism appears in the Asiatic Leopard seem to be similar to those under which our specimen was reared. On the other hand, the abnormal coloration affects the ornamental pattern of the Asiatic Leopard in a different fashion from that observable in our specimen. In the former the black colour is equally diffused over the whole body, the rosettes retaining their shape and number, and shining with a more intense black through the ground-colour. This is a very different pattern from that of our specimen. Nevertheless, considering all circumstances, I have no better opinion to offer than this, that the specimen is an instance of incipient melanism—the first appearance of the melanotic tendency which is so strongly developed in Asiatic individuals of this widely spread species. March 17, 1885. Prof. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1885 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of February was 48, of which 20 were by presentation, 14 by purchase, 7 by birth, 2 were received in ex- change, and 5 on deposit. ‘The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 105. : The most noticeable additions during the month of February were as follows :— 1. A Viverrine Phalanger (Phalangista viverrina) from Australia, purchased February 10th, being of a species new to the Society’s Menagerie. 2. An Isabelline Lynx (felis isabellina), received in exchange from the Zoological Gardens, Calcutta, February 27th. This animal has been placed in company with the example of the same species presented in 1882 by Capt. Baldock (see P. Z.S. 1882, p. 720), with which it seems to agree in every respect. 3. Two young examples of the American Brown Pelican (Pelecanus Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. XVII. 17 246 ON THE PELICANS IN THE MENAGERIE, &¢. [ Mar. 17, Juscus), purchased February 28th. The acquisition of these birds renders the Society’s series of Pelicans very nearly complete, as we now have specimens of seven species living in the Gardens, as will be seen by the subjoined list. List of Pelicans now living in the Gardens. 4 White Pelicans (Pelecanus onocrotalus). a. Presented by E. T. Rogers, Esq., C.M.Z.S., Feb. 3, 1868. From Syria. b. Presented by A. C. Henderson, Esq., April 25, 1877. ec. Presented by J. Simonds, Esq., June 6, 1880. d. Presented by C. J. Bolau, Esq., June 2, 1852. 1 Mitred Pelican (Pelecanus mitratus). a. Presented by Dr. Holub, Sept. 18, 1879. From S. Africa, 1 Crested Pelican (Pelecanus crispus). a. Presented by Dr. Dagle, April 10, 1873. 1 Red-backed Pelican (Pelecanus rufescens). a. Purchased, July 21, 1880. 2 Brown Pelicans (Pelecanus fuscus). a, 6. Purchased, Feb. 28, 1885. 1 Rough-billed Pelican (Pelecanus trachyrhynchus). a. Purchased, July 3, 1884. I Australian Pelican (Pelecanus conspicillatus). a. Purchased, May 14, 1868. I may remark that most of these birds are now in fine breeding- plumage, and that the Rough-billed Pelican (to the shedding of the upstanding plate on the culmen of which I called attention on a former occasion) has now developed a new knob on its beak. I have also to call your attention to a fine example of a species of Bird-Spider which has been for some time in the Society’s Insect- House, and has within these few days been presented to the Society by Mr. H. R. P. Carter, of Madras. It was found in a teak-log, and is believed to have come from Burmah. Mr. O. P. Cambridge, who has examined the drawing of it (which I now exhibit), believes it to be referable to Mygale fasciata, Latr., Koch, ‘ Die Arachniden,’ Band ix. p. 41, Plate ceci. fig. 717. Mr. Sclater exhibited and made remarks on a curious Duck shot on Lord Bolton’s estate in Yorkshire in January 1885, which was apparently referable to the Common Scaup (Fuligula marila), but was remarkable for having the broad and clear white front of the female, and the black head of the ordinary male of this species. Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier exhibited and made remarks on a pair of abnormal antlers obtained in India, said to be those of the Sambur (Cervus aristotelis). 1 See P. Z.S. 1884, p. 410. +. Hanhart imp re Ean Smart ht : : | PERICROCOTUS MARCHESE lanhavt iim 2 MACRONUS KETTLEWELLI . 1885.] ON BIRDS COLLECTED BY THE YACHT ‘ MARCHESA.’ 247 Professor Bell exhibited examples of two species of Phytophagous Coleoptera (Aspidomorpha sancte-erucis and A, milaris) from Bombay, to illustrate the difference in coloration of. living and dead examples. The following papers were read :-— 1. Report on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage of the Yacht Marchesa.—I. A Provisional List of the Birds inhabiting the Sulu Archipelago. By F. H. H. Guittemarp, M.A., M.D., F.L.S., &c. [Received February 13, 1885.] (Plates XVII. & XVIIT.) The Sulu Archipelago, a group of islands lying between the Philippines and the extreme north-east point of Borneo, has been, until quite lately, almost a terra incognita to naturalists. The diffi- culties of navigation, owing to the numerous reefs and shoals, the dangerous currents, and lastly, but by no means least, the possibili- ties of a rencontre with pirates, rendered a visit to the islands a some- what hazardous experiment in former times. Lately, however, the facilities for exploring them have much increased. One of the results of the formation of the new North Borneo Company has been the opening of steam communication between their territory and Sulu Island. Recent surveys have lessened the dangers of navigation, and, though pirates still exist, even in these latter days of civiliza- tion, they confine their operations chiefly to small and unarmed praus. Ornithologically speaking, the island of Basilan has always been regarded as one of the Philippines. Lord Tweeddale incorporated it as such in his “ List of Birds known to inhabit the Philippine Archipelago ” (Tr. Z. S. vol. ix. part 2); while Mr. Sharpe, in a paper on the Birds of the Sulu Islands, followed his example by omitting all notice of Mr. Everett’s collection formed at Isabela de Basilan. But in many geographical publications it forms part of the Sulu Archipelago, and the line of separation between the latter and the Philippine Islands is drawn to the south-west of Mindanao. Such a line, however, has neither a political nor zoological raison détre. ‘The Sultan of Sulu has no authority in Basilan, and though the Spaniards had doubtless other than scientific reasons for inclu- ding Sulu in their charts as belonging to the Archipielago Filipino, I hope to show in this paper that they are so far borne out, in that the Ornis of the group appears to be almost purely Philippine. Mr. Sharpe, in the paper already alluded to (P.Z.S. 1879, part 2), gave a list of all the Sulu birds known at that date, chiefly from a small collection made by Mr. Burbidge on the island that has given its name to the Archipelago. To this I have been able to iy 248 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [ Mar. 17, add considerably. On the 20th of April, 1883, I arrived at Sulu Island in Mr. Kettlewell’s yacht ‘ Marchesa,’ then on her way to New Guinea, and stayed there over a month, calling again at the group for a few days on our return journey. During these two visits our party colleeted over the whole of the western half of Sulu Island, and also visited Pangasinan, Lapac, Siassi, and Tawi-tawi, though, owing to our limited time on these latter islands, we were unable to obtain many specimens. Our total collection numbered over 200 individuals of 60 different species. The total number of species recorded by Mr. Sharpe from the Sulu group is 20. These I have had to reduce by four—Cuculus fucatus, Carpophaga pickeringi, Calenas nicobarica, and Gallus stramineicollis. The three first are given on the authority of Cassin, who records them as from ‘“‘ Mangsi, one of the Sooloo Islands.” This has naturally led Mr. Sharpe astray. Mangsi, though no doubt originally under the jurisdiction of the Sultans of Sulu, who used at one time to own a considerable portion of Borneo, is not one of the Sulu group at all, but is an island off the N. coast of Borneo, lying between Banguey and Balabac. It is 200 miles from the nearest island of the Sulu Archipelago, and its avifauna is doubtless directly derived from the adjacent mainland. Gallus stramineicollis is, I have no doubt, merely the result of the crossing of G. bankiva with the common fowl. All the natives from whom I inquired agreed that there is but one species of Jungle-fowl on the islands; and I have myself had abundant evidence of the freedom with which it inter- breeds with the domestic bird. There thus remain 16 species of presumed authenticity in Mr. Sharpe’s list ; and to these I have been able to add 49 others, bringing the full total up to 65 species. I do not pretend that this is by any means an exhaustive list, even of Sulu Island alone, still less of the other islands of the Archipelago, but, as will be seen, it is more than sufficient to show the main source from which the bird-life of that group is derived. If from the 65 species above mentioned we deduct those birds, for the most part of wide distribution, which are common alike to Borneo and the Philippines, we have 39 species left. Of these, two are new species described in the following pages, and three (Dicrurus pectoralis', Ptilopus formosus, and Artamides pollens) are from the Celebes group and the Ké Islands respectively. One, Carpophaga pickeringi, though obtained by Cassin from Mangsi, is new to Sulu. Of the rest, three are presumably Bornean, as against no Jess than 30 Philippine species unrecorded from the former country. The three Bornean birds—Scops rufescens, Iyngipicus ramsayi, and Gerygone jflaveola—demand a moment’s consideration. The Sulu habitat of the first-named species rests on a single individual which was believed to have been shot on Sulu Island by Mr. Bur- bidge. Mr. Sharpe informs me that the bird reached him unlabelled, and together with other birds shot by Mr. Burbidge in North ' Dicrurus pectoralis has hitherto only been recorded by Wallace from the Sulla Islands, and by Bruijn from the Obi group. 249 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘ MARCHESA.’ Aeg KanSngtg ‘osvpediyoay njug ey} Jo dey, aurpng (6 = sfal| pup sqooys funpr be Suesny, pas 4 oF 7% 0 wie Teyy © ’ OD f Havwveynsuey nN ‘GRARor) | a CL Paley Q Keg ey eeyes CO: no is is: : ; tisdale “Ty ovqereg, f 250 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [ Mar. 17, Borneo. The only examples of Iyngipicus ramsayi that I am aware of are in Capt. Wardlaw Ramsay’s collection, and are believed to come from N.E. Borneo. In both these cases I would submit that the locality is not a matter of absolute certainty. With regard to Gerygone fiaveola it is worthy of remark that the Sulu examples of this species appear to be almost intermediate between Bornean birds and G. simplex of the Philippines. We have thus three species of doubtful Bornean origin, and no less than ten times that number of Philippine birds. Of the latter, the following is a list ; those marked with an asterisk being represented in Borneo by closely allied species. Table showing the Philippine Species occurring in the Sulu group but wanting in Borneo. Cacatua hematuropygia. Prioniturus discurus. Tanygnathus luzoniensis. Tanygnathus burbidgei. Diceum hypoleucum. xCinnyris jugularis. Cinnyris julie. Corone philippina. Loriculus bonapartei. *Pelargopsis gigantea. *Centrococcyx viridis. *Rhipidura nigritorquis. xCyornis philippensis. Oriolus frontalis. *Pycnorotus goiavier. xCalornis panayensis. Sarcops calvus. »xMunia jagori. Osmotreron axillaris. Ptilopus melanocephalus. Phabotreron brevirostris. Tanthenas griseigularis. *Cc: sychus mindanensis. Macropygia tenuirostris. Cisticola exilis. Turtur dussumieri. Parus elegans. Gallus bankiva. Zosterops everetti. Rallina euryzonoides. Such an immense proportion of Philippine forms is, however, only what would be expected after consulting the charts of the Archipelago. The Strait of Basilan shows soundings of from 30-40 fathoms only, and from that island south-westwards to Tawi- tawi the depths are such that a ship could easily anchor at almost any point on the submarine bank counecting the group. West of Tawi-tawi, however, the level of the sea~-bottom completely changes, depths of 100 fathoms or more being obtained close in-shore, while in the fairway of the Strait (the Sibutu Passage) Captain Chimmo was unable to get bottom at 500 fathoms. The distance across the Strait is about eighteen miles, and the surveys hitherto made seem to show an equally precipitous slope of the eastern banks of Sibutu Island. We are at present without exact information as to the soundings between Sibutu and Borneo, one point of which, Tanjong Labian, is distant only twenty miles, but as many islets, reefs, and sand-cays are known to intervene, it is almost certain that they are not of any great depth. This Sibutu Passage thus seems to be the natural delimitation of the Philippine Archipelago, and though of the only two species obtained, or said to have been obtained, from Sibutu Island, Oviolus chinensis and Sarcops calvus, the latter at least is purely Philippine, I cannot help thinking that a more extended knowledge of its avi- 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 251 fauna would probably show a preponderance of western rather than eastern species. In the following list I have given in full the Philippine localities, and also the occurrence in Borneo and Celebes, of each species, together with such notes on the habits of the birds as my limited residence on the islands permitted me to make. Where the extreme- length measurements of the different species are given, they are in all cases taken from the birds while in the flesh. The wing-mea- surements only are from the dry skin. 1. Cacatrua HazMaATUROPYGrA (Miiller). Psittacus hematuropygius, L. S. Miiller, S. N. Suppl. p. 77, no. 51. Cacatua hematuropygia, Wald. Tr. Z.S. ix. p. 132; Sharpe, Tr. Linn. Soc. n.s. i. p. 312; id. P. Z.S. 1879, p. 313. Hab. Luzon, Guimaras, Negros (Meyer) ; Palawan (Steere) ; Zebu, Leyte, Nipa, Panaon, Mindanao (Zverett); Sulu Island (Burbidge, Guillemard) ; Lapac Island, Sulu Archipelago (Guéllemard). a. g. Lapac Island. b-g. 3. Sulu Island. h-k. 2. Sulu Island. ln. Sulu Island. None of the above birds appear to be immature, at least so far as regards plumage, neither does there seem to be any sexual difference. The feathers of the crest are all strongly tinged with lemon-yellow at the base, but the reddish-orange colour which, on the under tail- coverts, gives its specific name to the bird, is on the crest invariably confined to one solitary feather. In some skins the ear-coverts are strongly washed with orange-yellow. Length 32°5-33°0 centims. ; wing 21°2—21°8; no difference between g and @. Iris pinkish red; brown in the young bird. Bill bluish, Tarsus blue-grey. This bird is exceedingly common on the island of Sulu, where it seems generally to occur in small flocks of three or four indi- viduals. It is often to be seen in a state of captivity among the natives, and one individual was brought alive to Europe in the yacht * Marchesa,’ and presented to the Zoological Society by Mr. Kettle- well in 1884". The flesh of this species is good eating, and free from the bitterness so characteristic of many of the Parrots. 2. Prronirurvus piscurus (Vieillot). Psittacus discurus, Vieillot, Gal. des Ois. i. p. 7, pl. 26. Prioniturus discurus, Wald. Tr. Z.S. ix. p. 132; Sharpe, Tr. Linn. Soc. n. s. i. p. 312; id. P. Z. S. 1879, p. 133 ; Tweedd. P. Z.S. 1877; 1878, p. 379. Hab. Luzon (Meyer, Everett); Negros (Steere) ; Zebu (Everett); Panaon (Zverett) ; Mindanao (Cuming, Everett, Murray); Basilan (Steere) ; Sulu (Burbidge); Balabac (Steere) ; Guimaras (Meyer). It is probable that this species is not common in Sulu Island, for during a residence there of more thau six weeks I never obtained a single specimen, and only once saw it. 1 Cf. Sclater, P.Z. 8. 1884, p. 251. I] 252 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [ Mar. 17, 3. TANYGNATHUS LUzONIENsIs (L.). Psittacus lucionensis, Brisson, Orn. p. 295, no. 41; Linn. S.N. i. p. 146, no. 31. Tanygnathus luzoniensis, Sharpe, Tr. Linu. Soc. 2ud series, 1876, Zoology, vol. i. p. 312; Wald. Tr. Z. S. vol. ix. pt. il. p. 133. Hab. Luzon (Meyer); Guimaras (Meyer); Negros (Layard, Steere, Everett); Zebu (Everett); Leyte (Everett); Mindanao (Steere, Everett); Malanipa (Murray); Sulu (Burbidge, Guille- mard); Palawan (Steere, Everett); Basilan (Steere). a, 6. 3. Sulu Island. c. 3. Lapac Island. d,e. 9. Sulu Island. Jf. 2. Lapac Island. The large size of the beak at once distinguishes the male bird, in which also the blue of the nape is more pronounced. In none of the individuals is there any blue on the forehead, cheeks, or uropy- gium. Iris yellowish red in male, “pearly” in female; bill scarlet; tarsus olive. Length 34:0-35°3 centims.; wing 19°0( 2 )- 20°7 (3). These skins agree with those from the Philippines in the British Museum collection. 4. TANYGNATHUS BURBIDGEI, Sharpe. Tanygnathus burbidgei, Sharpe, P. Z.S. 1879, p. 313. Hab. Sulu (Burbidge, Guillemard). a, 6. 6. Sulu Island. c,d. 9. Sulu Island. e. juv. 6. Sulu Island. Length 39-5 centims. J. juv. 29. Sulu Island. Length 39-0 centims. First described by Mr. Sharpe from specimens brought from Sulu Island by Mr. Burbidge. The series under consideration bears out the validity of the species, the adult birds having the head a bright yellowish green, the wing-coverts without blue, and a back a dark green, thus differing from 7. everetti of Mindanao. In the imma- ture male the head is somewhat darker, but, as far as regards plu- mage there is otherwise no difference from the mature bird. The sexes appear alike. Length 40°0-41°5 centims.; wing 21°8-22-7. Iris red ; bill vermilion, dirty white in the young bird ; tarsus dull olive-brown. In common with the preceding species, this Tanygnathus is toler- ably abundant all over the island of Sulu. 5. LoriCULUS BONAPARTE], Souancé. Loriculus bonapartei, Souancé, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1856, p. 222. Loriculus hartiaubi, Tweed. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 819. Hab. Leyte, Bohol, Dinagat, Mindanao, and Basilan (Zvereté) ; Sulu (Guillemard). a-e. 6. Sulu Island. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA.’ 253 Iris brown ; tarsus brownish yellow. Length 16°5—16°6 centims. ; wing 9°4—9°6 centims. The five individuals of this species, all of which are males, are almost identical both in colouring and measurement. The forehead is bright orange-red, shading off into a rich orange on the nape. Back and scapulars green, more or less washed with golden yellow ; rump and upper tail-coverts light crimson, almost scarlet in some lights, and with a silky gloss. The rest of the body-surface is green, with the exception of a pectoral patch of the same colour as the rump, which commences just below the chin. None show any trace of blue on the head. This series, then, does not seem to differ appreciably from L. haré- laubi, described by Lord Tweeddale, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 819; and a comparison with the skins in the collection of the British Museum shows merely a slightly more scarlet shade in the red of the Sulu examples. But L. bonapartei of Souancé also appears identical in every way, and I have therefore adopted his title. In his descrip- tion the beak is said to be black. It is worthy of note that in the five Sulu examples under consideration the colour of the beak is different in nearly every case. In two birds it is noted as “red,” while in the remaining three it is ‘‘ brown black,” “ brownish,’’ and “very dark yellow.’ Yet no one bird appears more adult than another. It is curious that in all the Sulu birds the beaks in the dried skin are black. 6. Havrasrur INTERMEDIUS, Gurney. Haliastur intermedius, Gurney, Ibis, 1865, p. 28; idem, 1866, p- 247. ? Hab. Luzon (Meyer) ; Guimaras (Meyer); Zebu, Leyte, Bohol, Negros, and Mindanao (Zverett) ; Malanipa (H.M.S. ‘Challenger ’); Sulu (Guillemard) ; Celebes, Borneo (Mottley). a. $. Sulu Island. An old male, the black shafts of the white feathers on the head much prolonged beyond the web of the feather. Iris light pearly yellow; beak pea-green, bluish at base; tarsus pale yellow; claws

according to the individual, The total length varied from 39-41 centims., wing 22°5—23°5 ; but one extraordinarily small female from the Weeda Islands only measured 32°8 centims., wing 21°7. It was, however, apparently adult. 64. ReINWARDT@NAS REINWARDTI! (Temm.). Reinwardtenas reinwardtit, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 125. a,b. 3. Batchian. ce. do. Obi Latu. Iris, inner ring yellow, outer red ; circumocular bare skin red; bill red at base, tip brown; tarsus coral-red. 65. MACROPYGIA BATCHIANENSIS, Wall. Macropygia batchianensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 136. a, 6. d. Ternate. ce. 2. Ternate. In a the forehead is fulvous, passing into pinkish ash-colour on the vertex, and thence into the bright metallic colour of the cervix. The whole of the breast is vinacecus pink, each feather crossed by a | narrow, well-marked, subapical blue-black bar. Example 4 differs in having nearly the whole head fulvous ; there is less of the metallic colouring on the cervix, and the barring on the breast is very slight. The general colour of the female is light ruddy chestnut ; the fore- head strongly marked with black. The cervix and scapulars are barred with pale rufous and black, forming a patch at the back of the neck. 66. Cata@:nAs NicoBarica (Linn.). Calenas nicobarica, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 209. a. 2. Bisa Island, Obi group. Iris greyish pink; bill black; tarsus dark coral-red ; soles of feet yellowish. Length 37°5 centims., wing 25°5. With bright copper-coloured reflections on the upper surface ; the forehead fuscous, well defined posteriorly. 67. MEGAPODIUS FREYCINETI, Q. et G. Megapodius freycineti, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iil. p. 230. a. do. Batchian. 68. TRINGA ALBESCENS, Temm. Tringa albescens, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 315. a-c. d. Weeda Islands, S.E. Halmaheira. Iris brown ; biJl and feet black. Length 15-3 centims., wing 10- 10:2. Shot October 16. 69. NUMENIUS UROPYGIALIS, Gould. Numenius variegatus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 332. a. Sd. Obi Major, October 10. P.Z.S. 1885. Pl. XXXV. Crocodile. Fig.4. as ‘Bg. 1 J.Smuit Iith . Hanhart SKULLS OF OSTRICH. FROG. CROCODILE & CHICK . 1885.] ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SPHENOID BONE. or “I N 3. On the Development and Morphology of the Human Sphenoid Bone. By J. Brann Sorron, F.R.C.S., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at the Middlesex Hospital Medical School. [Received May 25, 1885.] (Plate XXXV.) It has been truly remarked that the mode of ossification of the sphenoid bone is one of the most difficult questions in osteogenesis. We may go further and say that the morphological relations of the precursors of the sphenoid bone, the trabecule cranii, present even greater difficulties. For some years past I have been, with the kind assistance of my pupils, gradually accumulating material for a thorough investigation of this interesting and important region of the skull. ‘The result of the inquiry I propose to embody in this paper. In order that the various constituent nuclei of the complex human sphenoid bone may be correctly comprehended, it is essential that the early stages of the human chondro-cranium be briefly sketched. The embryological history of the cranial skeleton clearly shows that a uniform plan of construction underlies the skull in all Craniata ; and that it may be divided into a basi-cranial region, formed by two cartilaginous plates enclosing the notochord, known as the parachordals, which later on fuse and form a continuous plat- form known as the basilar plate. The anterior limit is marked off by the pituitary body. This basilar plate or notochordal region of the skull-base forms a floor for the hind and mid brain. The second portion is composed of a pair of bars, the trabeculee, embracing posteriorly the termination of the notochord, then separating to enclose a space, which is afterwards occupied by the pituitary body, they again come into contact, in most cases coalesce, and extend forward into the nasal region. This section of the primordial skull may be conveniently termed the basi-facial region, the trabeculze forming a support for the fore brain (see fig. 1, p. 578). The third element in the skull consists of the sense-capsules, auditory and olfactory; the optic capsules as a rule remain distinct. Lastly, the appendicular elements claim consideration; they comprise the palato-pterygoid, meckelian, and hyoid cartilages, and the remaining branchial bars. The portion which more immediately concerns us in this paper is the trabecular region. It is now admitted unreservedly by those anatomists who have dealt with the morphology of the skull from the vantage point afforded by embryology, that the basi-cranial region—the portion 578 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE DEVELOPMENT [June 2, extending from the margin of the foramen magnum to the summit of the dorsum sellee—is composed of the same elements as the vertebral column, but differs from it in that it has not passed through any stage of vertebration', the notochordal portion with the para- chordals representing the centrum, with the laminze which meet dorsally in man and mammals, over the developing brain in the occipital segment only. Anteriorly the representatives of the laminz take on a very different disposition. During development the skull, whose long axis was originally a direct continuation of, and in the same plane as, the vertebral column, becomes at an early period bent, or, as it is usually described, flexed downwards. One of the important results of this flexion is the dissociation of the anterior portion of the lateral Fie t, Te A diagram to represent the disposition of parts in the base of the primitive skull. N.C, Notochord ; Pa, parachordals; P.C, periotic capsules; 7, trabecul ; C.T, ethmo-vyomerine region. neural walls from the parts immediately adjacent. Eventually these dismembered portions of the neural walls coalesce around the down-bent brain and are recognized as the trabeculz cranii. This admirable explanation was first promulgated by Goette (Entwicklung- geschichte der Unke, page 629); and this view has certainly much more to recommend it than the notion that the trabeculz are to be regarded as a pair of branchial arches. 1 Vide Huxley, ‘The Cranio-facial Apparatus of Petromyzon,” Journal Anatomy and Physiology, vol. x. p. 418. 1885. ] OF THE HUMAN SPHENOID BONE. 579 After the trabeculae have coalesced, growth occurs in them in three directions :— 1. Laterally, to form the side walls of the skull anterior to the periotic capsules. 2. Mesially, to fill up the floor of the pituitary fossa. 3. Forwards, to form the ethmo-vomerine and _fronto-nasal plates. Although the trabecula at a very early period form a floor to the pituitary fossa, yet this fossa is never completely shut off from the pharynx in the chondro-cranium; a small opening persists for a very long time, the censideration of which leads to some very inter- esting conclusions, and which renders necessary the study of the early stages of the formation of the mouth and pharynx. It has been very satisfactorily proved that the buccal mucous membrane is derived from the epiblast; the process by which this derivation occurs is usually described as a tucking-in of the epiblast ; but in reality it is a necessary outcome of the primary cranial flexure. Passing between the open arms of the trabecule is a narrow tubular portion of the anterior primary encephalic vesicle, known as the infundibulum ; this diverticulum from the primitive brain comes into contact with the buccal epiblast ; the meeting point of the two structures is represented by the pituitary body. This disposition of the parts has long been known. Whilst engaged working over the development of this complex region, I found that even at the mid period of intra-uterine life of the human embryo a narrow cavity may be detected passing from the pharynx through the basisphenoid, so as to come into close relation with the infundibulum. The point of communication with the pharynx is in the middle line in contact with the basisphenoid, the spot being indicated at birth by a recess in the mucous membrane known as the bursa pha- ryngea (see fig. 2, p. 580). After birth the canal suffers obliteration ; but a band of fibrous tissue, passing from the pituitary body to the pharynx, represents the original position of the canal. When the bone is macerated the fibrous tissue disappears, leaving a hole in the basisphenoid, termed by Landzert the canalis cranio-pharyngeus (Petersburger med. Zeitschrift, Bd. xiv.). This cranio-pharyngeal canal may be detected in the floor of the sella turcica in very many mammals at birth. Up to the present time I have been unable to assure myself that the lower end of the infundibulum ever opens into the pharynx, but there is every probability that such is the case. However, the exist- ence of this diverticulum of the first encephalic vesicle raises an exceedingly interesting question. It will be remembered that the central canal of the spinal cord at its caudal end is brought into relation in the early embryo of very many of the Vertebrata with the hind gut, by a narrow and, in most cases, very temporary passage known as the neurenteric canal, which passes around the caudal end of the notochord, but afterwards becomes obliterated. Turning now to the cephalic end of the notochord, we find the 580 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE DEVELOPMENT [June 2, central canal of the encephalic vesicles turning round the most anterior end of the notochord in the form of an infundibulum, to form a continuity with the buccal epiblast and come in yery close relationship at first with the extreme end of the foregut ; the place where these highly interesting occurrences take place being for a long time represented by the cranio-pharyngeal canal. The inquiry needed to make the demonstration complete is, to determine The posterior wall of the pharynx, showing the position of the Bursa pharyngea, B.P, From a foetus at the fifth month. positively whether the infundibulum is always a cul-de-sac, or at some period communicates with the cavity of the future pharynx. It is a very remarkable fact that the pituitary fossa and the space between the bladder and the rectum are common situations for those curious tumours known as teratomata; it will be interesting to ascertain the relation of the curious neurenteric passages to these morbid growths. The ossification of the sphenoid must now be considered. The ale arise from single nuclei in the cartilage forming the lateral walls of the skull immediately anterior to the periotic cartilage, commencing about the eighth week of intra-uterine life. They are the first centres of this important bone to make an appearance. A little later two circular spots may be detected in the cartilage forming the floor of the pituitary fossa. They first become visible on the under surface of the bone, and are not affected when the peri- chondrium is removed : these are the paired basisphenoidal nuclei. They are very quickly followed by two earthy spots in the lingulze, lying between the alz and basisphenoidal nuclei, as shown in fig. 3 A, which represents the disposition of these six nuclei, three on either side, viz. basi-, lingulee-, and alisphenoid centres. The two for the basisphenoid become quickly confluent from below upwards, and the lingulee soon fuse with them and form a porous mass. The alz grow rapidly, but remain separated from the lingulee by a thin layer of cartilage until the first year after birth. These six centres constitute with the internal pterygoid plate, which will be considered further on, the posterior portion of the sphenoid bone. 1885.] OF THE HUMAN SPHENOID BONE, 581 _ The details of the ossification of the presphenoid, or that portion in relation with the optic nerves, may be summarized as follows :— A series of figures to show the disposition of the various nuclei of the human sphenoid bone. The upper figure shows the relation of the centres to the cartilage; the latter in all cases is represented by dots. In the middle figure the basisphenoidal nuclei haye coalesced, the orbito- sphenoids haye joined the presphenoids, and the internal pterygoids have joined the alisphenoids. Tn the lowest figure the sphenoid bone is represented as at the eighth month of feetal life. A.S, Alisphenoid; B.S, basisphenoid; LZ, lingule; F, pterygoids; O.S, orbito- sphenoids; P.S, presphenoid; O.F, optic foramen; /’./, foramen rotun- dum; £0, foramen ovale; C, cranio-pharyngeal canal. The dorsum sellz at this date is cartilaginous, and therefore it is not repre- sented in the figures. The foramen ovale, until some time after birth, is only a notch in the alisphenoid. Ossific matter is deposited immediately external to the optic foramen, and extends rapidly outwards to form the orbitosphenoid. This occurs about the commencement of the third month. a" Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1885, No. XXXVIII. 38 582 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE DEVELOPMENT [June 2, Later a nucleus makes its appearance on the inner side of each optic foramen, on the deep aspect of the perichondrium: these are the presphenoidal centres. They attain some considerable size before involving the cartilage, and can during the first month of their existence be removed without in-any way disturbing the subjacent cartilage. The orbitosphenoid quickly sends down two spurs around the optic nerve, which fuse with the presphenoid. The presphenoids in their turn send a thin shell of bone across the dorsal aspect of the cartilage to fuse with each other ; a small circular spot of cartilage long remains to indicate the point around which they united. It is long before these presphenoidal nuclei fuse below ; a large piece of cartilage, belonging to the ethmo-vomerine plate, separates them, even for some months after birth. Long before this occurs the presphenoids, bearing their allies the orbito-sphenoids, have fused with the basisphenoids; the line of fusion being represented in afterlife by the ridge known as the olivary process. Before dismissing the orbito-sphenoid, it is necessary to draw attention to one circumstance connected with it, of some interest. The lateral extension of the trabeculee to form the side-wall of the chrondro-cranium is in the later stages replaced almost entirely by the alisphenoids. If the region of the side-wall of the skull known as the anterior lateral fontanelle in the foetus (in the adult it is called the pterion) be examined between the fourth and seventh months of intra-uterine life, it will be easily noted that the cartilaginous orbito-sphenoid extends into this fontanelle, so that for a considerable period it helps to form the side-wall of the skull. In man the permanent orbito- sphenoid never extends so far outwards as its cartilaginous forerunner, leaving the space to be filled in by the epipteric bone. The details of the ossification of this region I have considered elsewhere’. There remains little to add concerning the later development of the orbito-sphenoid, except to note that eventually the orbito- sphenoids of opposite sides send a thin lamella across that portion of the presphenoid which is anterior to the optic groove, thus excluding it from the cranial cavity. The portions of the sphenoid previously considered are strictly cranial, but it receives an additional element from one of the appendages of the skull, viz. the palato-pterygoid bar. In a paper published in the Proceedings of this Society for 1884, ‘ On the Parasphenoid”’ &c., facts were adduced to show that the anterior portion of the palato-pterygoid cartilage in man became ossified to form the internal pterygoid plate; the nucleus for this bone may be detected as early as the commencement of the third month of intra-uterine life. The length of time it may remain as a separate ossicle varies within wide limits. I have seen it distinct from the sphenoid as late as the fifth month; but asa rule it will be found united with the under surface of the alisphenoid at the commencement of the fourth, so that it joins the alisphenoid before that bone «On the Relation of the Orbito-sphenoid to the Pterion,” Journal of Anatomy and Physiology, vol. xviii. p. 219. 1885. ] OF THE HUMAN SPHENOID BONE. 583 fuses with the corresponding lingula, with which element the internal pterygoid also has after birth an osseous union; the space left between this triple union of ala, lingula, and pterygoid being occupied by the vidian or great superficial petrosal nerve, a nervous cord of no small morphological significance, as I have previously shown. The external pterygoid plate is simply an apophysis from the under surface of the alisphenoid, becoming conspicuous about the third month of intra-uterine life. As a matter of convenience and ready reference, the dates of appearance of the individual centres and their fusion with one another are here given in a collected form. At the eighth week the following centres appear quickly one after the other, in the following order :— 1. Alisphenoids. 2. Basisphenoids. 3. Lingulee sphenoidales. 4. Internal pterygoids, During the third month the ossific points fuse in the following order :— 1. Basisphenoidal nuclei coalesce, and the 2. Lingulee join the basisphenoid. At the third month the following centres appear :— 1. Orbito-sphenoid. 2. Presphenoids. At the fourth month the orbito-sphenoids fuse with the presphe- noids and the internal pterygoids join the alisphenoids. At the seventh month the presphenoid and postsphenoid coalesce. At the eighth month the presphenoids fuse together. During the first year after birth the alisphenoids bearing the in- ternal pterygoids coalesce with the lingule, and the so-called sphenoidal tubinals develop. The strip of cartilage which is pro- longed from orbito-sphenoid to the anterior lateral fontanelle (the pterion) now disappears. We must now deal with the morphology of the various centres of the sphenoid. In the determination of the regions of the skulls in different types we are greatly assisted by the disposition of the cranial nerves, which in the majority of cases serve as fairly reliable guides. The optic nerves always embrace the presphenoid, whilst the third division of the fifth cranial nerve usually quits the skull between the most anterior part of the periotic capsule and the alisphenoid, whilst the auditory nerve stands in very definite relationship with the various constituent nuclei of the periotic capsule, in those forms in which this cartilage undergoes ossification, so that as a rule we have no difficulty in distinguishing between the regions. When deal- ing with the individual ossific nuclei the case is very different, it being absolutely necessary to watch every stage of the development to avoid falling into the numerous pitfalls which abound on every side. The presphenoid nuclei do not offer very much that is important, 38 584 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE DEVELOPMEN'T’ [June 2, but the basisphenoid and its associated nuclei are in no small degree interesting. Mr. Parker, in his very valuable paper, “ On the Skull of the Com- mon Fowl” (Phil. Trans. 1869), introduces us to two very remark- able bones which he names the basitemporals. J will describe them in Mr. Parker’s own words :—“ The subcranial region, which in the Frog is ossified by the basitemporal wings of the parasphenoid, is here supplied with a pair of distinct and large basitemporal bones which extend from near the median line, beneath the cochlea and so far outwards as to constitute a floor for the tympanic cavity ; their anterior limit is near the fore margin of the alisphenoid cartilage. These ossifications arise in a thick weft of fibrous tissue in the hinder part of the palate ; the matrix is abundant in the middle line, extend- ing forwards to the bone next to be described. The Eustachian tubes run forwards and inwards above the anterior edge of these bones, and meet in the middle line beneath the pituitary fossa”’. The Fowl’s basitemporals are shown on Plate XXXV. fig. 1. It is needful to explain what is here meant by the basitemporal wings of the parasphenoid. Underlying the Frog’s skull (as shown in Plate XXXV. fig. 2) isa dagger-shaped bone termed by Prof. Huxley the parasphenoid, but it is simply the representative of the vomer of the mammalian skull: the lateral portions marked L in the figure are what Mr. Parker refers to as the basitemporal portions. The morphological value which the latter writer places upon the bird’s basitemporal is so singular that it is needful again to quote his own description, contained in a footnote in the “ Fowl” paper :—“ From a careful comparison of these parts in the lower Mammalia with those of man, I feel satisfied that the bony lingule im that class answer to the basitemporal rudiments of the parasphenoid”’ (p. 770). This comparison was first suggested to Mr. Parker by Prof. Huxley, who states in a foot- note in one of his admirable ‘ Lectures’ that “ Mr. Parker agrees with my suggestion that the basitemporals of the Sauropsida are the homologues of the lingule sphenoidales of Man”? (p. 220). My intention is now to proceed to show beyond all doubt that the “suggestion” and the “‘ agreement”’ are out of harmony with the facts of the case and opposed to the usual methods of morphological reasoning. The lingule of the Mammalian sphenoid have no relationship whatever with the basitemporals of birds. The proof is as follows :—The basitemporals, and no one doubts the facts, arise in membrane. It is a well-establisheil truth that a bone preformed in cartilage cannot be homologous with one simply of membranous origin. The basitemporals are membrane-bones ; the lingule are preceded by cartilage. On this ground alone the evidence of identity fails. On Plate XXXV. fig. 3, is represented the base of the skull of a young Ostrich (Struthio camelus) : two distinct osseous nuclei are seen lying on either side of the basisphenoid, between it and the alisphenoid ; they are developed in cartilage, thus in mode of ossification as in their relations they correspond to the * Morphology of the Skull, p. 231. 1885. | OF THE HUMAN SPHENOID BONE. 585 lingule of mammals. Jn the same specimen the basitemporal bones are present. ‘The skull of this Ostrich is sufficient in itself to prove that the cenclusions of Mr. Parker regarding the identity of the basi- temporals of birds and the mammalian lingulz sphenoidales are based on erroneous premises. It now behoves me, seeing that I challenge these views, to identify the lingulee, and explain the apparently anomalous condition of the basitemporals, I shall address myself to the lingule first. In the skull of certain fish there is a centre known as the sphenotic, which occupies the antero-external region of the periotic capsule, but the cartilage in which it arises is always of a composite character, being due to the confluence of proper cranial cartilage with that of the periotic cartilage. This centre is present in the Fowl in the very spot where the lingule ought to be represented. In the chondro-eranium of Man, the cochlear region of the periotic capsule comes into union with the lingulze of the sphenoid, and the remains of the uniting cartilage are familiar to students of human anatomy as the cartilage filling up the foramen lacerum medium. If the cartilaginous lingule of the bird and man are homologous, and on that score there can be no doubt, then the ossific nuclei which transform them into bone should certainly be considered homologous also. On these grounds my contention is, that the nuclei called sphenotic in the Fowl and Ostrich are the true morphological representatives of the human lingule. It is now necessary to find out to what ossifications in the mammalian skull the basitemporals of the bird really correspond. Turn from the Bird for a brief space, and inspect the hard palate ofa Crocodile. From before backwards we find the following bones :—- premaxilla, prepalatine portion of the maxilla, palate, and a bone usually marked pterygoid ; passing from the outer edge of this bone to the maxilla is a bony bar known to anatomists as the os transver- sum, the general relations of which can be readily seen by reference to Plate XXXV. fig. 4 The anatomical relations of the bone marked pterygoid are impor- tant in the following particulars: they surround the posterior nares, it being due to their intervention that the nasal passages are pro- longed posteriorly to sucha marked extent in the Crocodile. Above, they have the Eustachian passages, and externally they support the os transversum. This latter bone ought to be really regarded as the pterygoid. In Man’s skull, and it is most probably true of other mammals, the internal pterygoid arises as an ossification of the distal end of the palato-pterygoid cartilage. The bone in the Crocodile’s hard palate marked pterygoid arises as a membrane-bone, and during its growth the outer end invades to a slight extent the middle portion of the palato-pterygoid cartilage, and thus cuts off the distal end of the chondral rod, which becomes the os transversum, really the in- ternal pterygoid. Even at the risk of being tedious I must make myself clear on this point. In Man a rod of hyaline cartilage stretches from, and is con- tinuous with, the malleus at the eighth week of intra-uterine life ; it 586 MR. J. B. SUTTON ON THE DEVELOPMENT [June 2, passes towards the anterior limit of the fronto-nasal plate. Later the rod becomes segmented as follows :—the distal end becomes internal pterygoid plate, the middle portion persists as the cartilaginous piece of the Eustachian tube, and the proximal portion degenerates into ligament. The details of the metamorphosis of this bar will be found in my paper on the “‘ Parasphenoids” &c. (Proc. Zool. Soc. November 1884). In the Crocodile the corresponding bar of cartilage is continuous posteriorly with the huge quadrate, its middle portion is considerably infringed by the so-called pterygoids, whilst its distal end is conti- nuous with the os transversum. If the bones forming the posterior limit of the hard palate in Crocodiles are not to be regarded as pterygoids, to what do they correspond? They are the homologues of the avian basitemporals. As is the case with the so-called pterygoids of the Crocodile, the bird’s basitemporals are preformed in membrane, they underlie the basisphenoid, and the Eustachian tubes lie above them ; but the bird in its aerial mode of life needs not a long tubular nasal passage, indeed its hard palate may be considered defective, and each basi- temporal, instead of sending a process of bone to curve around the posterior nares, merely persist as a flat plate of bone which even- tually becomes welded to the skull-base. In birds the pterygoids take a different direction from that of the Crocodile’s os transversum: in the former case they converge ante- riorly, and in some avian skulls actually come into contact at the spot where they join the palatines, whilst posteriorly they abut upon the quadrate bone ; this last fact is sufficient to prevent any misinterpre- tation as to their nature. In the Crocodile the anterior ends of the pterygoids are carried outwards, until they rest on the maxillee, and the postpalatine bones (the so-called pterygoids), being wedged in- between them, separate the pterygoids from the quadrate to such an extent as to disguise their real nature and make them appear as additional ossifications. According to this view the pterygoid of Birds, the os transversum of Crocodiles, the transpalatine of the Snake, and the internal pterygoid of Mammals, including Man, arise in connection with the distal end of the palato-quadrate cartilage, and must therefore be regarded as homologous bones. The so-called pterygoids of Snakes and of Crocodiles and the basi- temporals of Birds agree in their mode of development and relation- ship to the main morphological landmarks of the skull; they must therefore be regarded as homologous ossifications, and as a matter of convenience it is proposed to name them postpalatines. Whether these ossifications are represented in the mammalian skull by the so- called sphenoidal tubinals, or by certain accessory ossicles which are developed in connection with the hinder end of the vomer in some types (marsupials, hedgehog, &c.), ornot represented at all, is a matter of very little importance. It would of course be very interesting to be able to determine whether the bones which prolong the hard palate in some of the Edentates, Myrmecophaga tor example, arise in the same manner as the bird’s basitemporals. My conviction, so far 1885.] _ OF THE HUMAN SPHENOID BONE. 587 as I have been able to look into the question, is that they do, but until my material is more abundant the yuestion, with me, remains sub judice. Fig. 4 is an attempt to represent in a graphic manner the meta- morphosis of the palato-pterygoid bar in a Bird, in a Crocodile, and in Man, so as to explain how it comes about that in a Bird the A series of diagrams to illustrate the metamorphoses of the palato-pterygoid arch in Birds, Crocodiles, and in Man. P=pterygoid; C=cartilage; Q@=the quadrate. In Man the malleus is the equivalent of the quadrate, and is represented thus: Q=M. J.C, Meckel’s cartilage ; P.G. processus gracilis. The upper row of figures represent the cartilaginous bars, arranged in order from left to right—Bird, Crocodile, and Man. The lower row represent the adult condition. . true pterygoids rest on the quadrate, but in the Crocodile and in Man the true pterygoids are separated by a piece of cartilage. Lastly, in a preceding paper I endeavoured to dispose of the blade of the famous parasphenoid. On the present occasion I try to show that the view which would regard these basitemporals (postpalatines) as the homologues of the lateral portions of the Frog’s parasphenoid is against the weight of evidence. The investigation supports my view previously expressed, that the parasphenoid of the amphibian skull is represented in the highest mammals by the vomer, and by that bone alone. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV. Fig. 1. View of the base of the skull of a Chick at end of second week. PP, Postpalatine (basi-temporals of Parker). 2. Under view of the skull of a Frog, to show the general appearance and relation of the so-called parasphenoid, P. The lateral portions are marked L. 3. The sella turcica of a young Ostrich, Struthio camelus, to show the lingule, J. 4.8, Alisphenoid; B.S, basisphenoid; /.17, foramen magnum. 4. The hard palate of a Crocodile, to show the so-called pterygoid bones. P.P, The author’s postpalatines; P.N, posterior nares; HL, opening of Eustachian tube. (Figs. 1, 2, and 4 after Parker.) 588 MR. E, A. SMITH ON SHELLS [ June 2, 4. On a Collection of Shells (chiefly Land and Freshwater) from the Solomon Islands. By Epaar A. Smrru. [Received May 26, 1885.] (Plates XXXVI. & XXXVII.) The specimens forming this collection were obtained by Mr. H. B. Guppy, Surgeon on board H.M.S. ¢ Lark,’ which visited the Solomon Islands in 1882 for hydrographical purposes. .Special value attaches to the collection, as in every instance the particular island where each individual specimen was collected has been noted by Mr. Guppy, to whom much praise is due for his great care in this respect, and also for the admirable manner in which the shells themselves have been preserved. A large number of Helicida have already been recorded from these islands, but in many instances the precise island has not been mentioned. It is important to know this, for as far as our present knowledge extends some species appear to be restricted to special islands, whilst others are known to exist on several. The series of Melania and Neritina are particularly interesting, as the freshwater forms from these islands have been comparatively over- looked. The genera Ampullaria, Paludina, Limnea, Physa, Planorbis, and Ancylus are as yet unrecorded from this group, and the only member of the family Unionide which is known to exist there is that (Unio guppy?) described further on in this paper. Of Neritina only six species have been noticed, namely :—1. N. macgillivrayi, Reeve; 2. N. porcata, Gould; 3. N. igi he Chemnitz ; ; 4, NV. christovalensis, Becre ; 5. N. adumbrata, Reeve ; and perhaps 6. NV. cuprina, Récluz. Of these numbers 1, 2, 3, and 4 were also collected by Mr. Guppy, in addition to which he obtained eleven . other species. These are:—7. N. cornea, Linné; 8. NV. subsulcata, Sowerby ; 9. N. pulligera, Linné; 10. VN. petiti, Récluz; 11. N. ollvacea, Le Guillou; 12. WV. asperulata, Récluz; 13. N. variegata, Lesson; 14. N. turtoni, Récluz; 15. N. brevispina, Lamarck ; 16. NV. squarrosa, Récluz; 17. N. sanguisuga, Reeve. Some of these species range not only through most of the islands of the Solomon group, but have a considerably wider distribution. This wide dispersal of these freshwater Nerites may be due to the fact that their egg-capsules are calcareous and apparently able to resist salt-water. These, if attached to floating timber, might be carried considerable distances. It is less likely that the perfect live shells would be transported in this way, for according to some experiments made by Mr. Guppy, it appears that they cannot stand submersion in salt-water for any length of time. One individual (NV. cornea) survived after a submersion of 12 hours, but when a dozen were placed in the water and kept there five days not one survived, although the water was changed from time to time. 1. Hexnicarion PLANOSPIRA, Pfeiffer. Hab. Ugi and Santa Anna (Guppy). This, the only species of Helicarion as yet recorded from the PP’ Z.S. 1885. Pl. XXXVL Mintern Bros. imp. RMantern del et hth = LAND SHELLS FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 4: Mintern Bros.imp R.Mintern del et hth FRESHWATER SHELLS FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS 1885. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 589 Solomon Islands, has also been collected further north than Ugi, on San Christoval and Guadaleanar, by Macgillivray. 2. Hexrx(Nantna) nitipisstma. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 1, 10.) Shell thin, transparent, very glossy, depressed, narrowly perforate, pale brownish horn-colour above, whitish towards the umbilicus, sculptured with very faint lines of growth. Whorls 4-5, slightly convex, impressed and marginate above at the suture; last whorl large, rounded at the periphery. Aperture obliquely lunate ; peri- stome simple, thin, slightly thickened and reflexed partly over the perforation. Spire low, but very little raised above the last whorl, obtuse at the apex. Greatest diameter 14 millim., smallest 12; height 9. Hab. Treasury Island, Bougainville Straits. Nanina casca of Gould, irom the Fiji Islands, is very like this species, but has more slowly increasing whorls: the last is propor- tionally smaller than in H. (Nanina) nitidissima. Two specimens from Guadaleanar Island, collected by J. Macgil- livray during the voyage of H.M.S. * Herald,’ and presented by him to the British Museum, may be considered as referable to a variety of this species, having the spire somewhat more elevated and the body-whorl a little more globose. 3. Hexirx (Nanina) sotipruscuta. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 2, 2 6.) Shell very narrowly perforate, depressed, somewhat solid, dark chestnut-brown and a little glossy above, more shining and paler beneath, becoming almost white at the umbilical region ; whorls 63, convex, separated by a deepish suture, and, with the exception of two or three at the apex which are smooth, sculptured with strong, close- set, arcuate, and oblique strize on the upper surface, crossed with a few more or less distinct spiral lines. Body-whorl rounded at the periphery, or sometimes with the faintest indication of an angle, convex, and only exhibiting fine lines of growth below. Aperture obliquely semi-lunate ; peristome simple, but, owing to the solidity of the shell, seeming slightly thickened, especially on the very oblique columellar margin, which is shortly reflexed above over the perfora- tion. Spire depressed-conoid, having the least convex outlines and an obtuse apex. Greatest diameter 18 millim., smallest 163, height 12; aperture 8 long, 43 wide. Hab. Santa Anna Telarc living generally on the trunks of cocoa-nut palms”’ (Guppy). This species is well distinguished by its comparative solidity and strong sculpture on the upper surface. 4. Hexrx (Corasta) TRIcoLOR, Pfeiffer. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 3, 3b.) This species was described originally from specimens collected at the island of San Christoval; it was obtained at Ugi or Gulf 590 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [June 2, Island by Brenchley during the eruise of the ‘ Curagoa,’ and Mr. Guppy found it at San Christoval, Ugi, and Santa Anna, all of these localities being at the southern end of the group. As the species has not been recorded from any of the other islands, it is possible its distribution may be confined to San Christoval and the small islands in the immediate vicinity. The variety 3 of Pfeiffer (Monog. Helic. vol. iv. p. 193) was obtained by Mr. Guppy at Santa Anna; one of the specimens, which evidently is adult, being more conical above and only 25 millim. across at its greatest diameter, whilst the normal form from San Christoval attains at times an extreme width of 35 millim. Specimens of the typical form, of the same large size, but lacking the red markings on the sutural band and at the keeled periphery, were collected at San Christoval by J. Macgillivray, Esq., during the voyage of H.MLS. ‘ Herald.’ A specimen obtained on the north coast of the same island by Mr. Guppy is worthy of special mention, and may be termed var. picta, on account of the undulating reddish-brown stripes which ornament both the upper and lower surfaces. A similar example was also collected by Dr. A. Corrie and- presented to the Museum. The markings on these two shells are very striking and distinctly visible within the aperture. 5. Hexrx (Corasta) aNADYomENE, A. Adams & Angas. Hab. Ugi I. The single specimen obtained by Mr. Guppy is a rather more adult shell than the type, which was presented to the British Museum by Mr. Angas. It has somewhat more strongly marked lines of growth, is of a rather thicker substance, and has the peristome more thickened and more broadly reflexed. Guadalcanar Island, where this species was first discovered, is a little to the west or north-west of Ugi or Gulf Island. 6. Hexrx (Greorrocuus) ACMELLA, Pfeiffer. Hab. Faro Island and Florida Island. Of this species only one variety has previously been mentioned, which is of an almost uniform greenish-yellow tint. A specimen ‘* from the coral-limestone region ’’ of Florida Island has the body- whorl of a salmon-tint and the three topmost volutions bright red. The peristome is white, as in the normal form. It seems to me doubtful whether this species is really specifically distinct from H. meta, Pfr.; for even in the small series in the Museum the gradual transition from one form to another can almost be demonstrated. The greater convexity of the whorls, the broader body-whorl, and consequently the sharper spire, mainly distinguish this species. It was originally said to have come from the Admiralty Islands, the inaccuracy of which locality has since been pointed out by Brazier (Journ. de Conch. 1880, p. 302), who obtained specimens from Bougainville and Ysabel Islands, showing that this species has a rather extended range in this group of islands. 1885. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 591 7. Hexix (Georrocuus) GAMELIA, Angas. Hab. Shortland and Treasury Islands in the straits between Bou- gainville and Choiseul Islands (Guppy) ; Stephen and Ysabel Islands (Angas). 8. Hextrx (GrorrocHus) HARGREAVESI, Angas. Hab. Faro Island, also between Bougainville and Choiseul Islands. Found in the higher parts of the island up to the summit, 1900 feet above the sea. This and the preceding species are very closely related, the colour and disposition of the bands being almost thesame. H. hargreavesi may, however, be recognized by its more elevated conical form, the much broader band on the base of the body-whorl, the blackish- brown peristome, the dark-coloured callosity overspreading the umbilical region, and the peculiar oblique columellar margin, which is thickened and almost subtruncate anteriorly where it falls within the outer edge of the lip, which is fused above with the spreading umbilical callus. In H. gamelia the last whorl does not descend in front, whereas in the present species it takes a rather sudden and considerable turn downwards. 9. Heiix (GroTrRocHUS) MENDANA, Angas. Hab. Shortland Island, Bougainville Straits. In the Proe. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 889, Angas gave Ysabel Island as the lccality of this species, but he subsequently presented two specimens to the British Museum from Bougainville Island. 10. Heirx (Georrocuvus) MOTACILLA, Pfeiffer. Hab. Simbo Island, south of Choiseul Island. Eddystone Island, where this species was originally discovered, also belongs to the Solomon, and not to the Admiralty group as stated by Pfeiffer. The specimens brought home by Mr. Guppy belong to the variety ornamented with four spiral bands upon the body-whorl, two above and two below the middle, of which the two nearest the somewhat carinate periphery appear to be invariably of a darker tint than the rest. 11. Hexrx (Georrocuus) curpyr. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 4.) Shell elevately conical, thin, pale yellow, ornamented with con- spicuous nearly black or black-brown spiral bands, one above and one below the sutures of the upper whorls, and three upon the last, one sutural, the second peripheral, and the third basal. Volutions 6, rather slowly enlarging, a little convex, sculptured with fine oblique striz of growth, not glossy. Three first whorls livid pur- plish, the last rather sharply angled at the middle, not descending in front, having the basal band broad around the almost concealed perforation, and obsolete within the aperture. The latter is oblique, somewhat narrowed and pouting in front, banded within with three almost black and two white bands, the central one of the former being squarely truncate at the end, only the lower corner of it 592 MR. E, A. SMITH ON SHELLS [June 2, touching the margin of the lip, which is pale, oblique, receding, a little expanded and reflexed in front and at the columellar margin, the upper end of which is spread over and nearly conceals the small umbilicus. Height 224 millim., greatest diameter 19, smallest 15, Hab. Faro Island, Bougainville Straits ; ‘in the higher parts of the island up to the summit, 1900 feet above the sea.”’ This species is remarkable for the striking contrast of its colour- bands and the angular character of the last whorl. 12. Henix (GeorrocHus) DAMPIERI, Angas, var. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 5.) Shell imperforate, subglobose, conoid, light brown or fawn- colour, here and there minutely dotted with dark-grey specks, with a broad white band around the middle of the penultimate whorl and two upon the last, one above and the other below the middle, also a narrow white line revolving up the spire beneath the suture, and a dark brown zone surrounding the pale or yellowish umbi- lical region. Whorls 5, a little convex above, somewhat glossy, obliquely and very finely striated by the lines of growth, the last more or less concentrically striated beneath, shortly descending at the aperture, which is white within. Lip a little thickened, edged with reddish brown, only slightly expanded on the right side, more dilated below, produced into a thin transparent callosity over the umbilical region, united above to the upper extremity of the peri- stome. Columellar margin oblique, white or partly tinged with reddish brown, thickened and terminating below within the edge of the lip. Height 19 millim., greatest diam. 22, smallest 19. Hab. Choiseul Bay, Bougainville Straits (Guppy); Louisiade Archipelago (Angas). The specimens fiom the Solomon Islands are smaller than the type with which, through the kindness of Mr. G. F. Angas, I have compared them. They also have the peristome brown, and the basal band is darker. 13, Hexrx (GEorRocuts) EROS, Angas. Hab. Shortland Island, Bougainville Straits (Guppy). This species also occurs at Ysabel and Stephen Islands according to Brazier and Angas, being very abundant on trees at Ysabel. It varies considerably in colour, and has not always a rose-tinted peri- stome, whilst the apex of the spire is in some specimens purple-brown instead of rose. ‘Lhe single shell obtained by Mr. Guppy is dark purple-brown, with a white zone at the suture, which is sparsely marked with dark dots. It has a white band at the periphery, and a broad zone of the same colour around the umbilicus; the lip is pink. 14. Hexrx (Grotrrocuus) cierys, Récluz. (Plate XXXVI. fies. 6, 6 6.) This species, with which may be united H. helicinoides of Hom- bron and Jacquinot, is subject to considerable variation in size, colour, 1885.] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 593 and form, apparently resulting from difference of habitat. The typical form occurs in San Christoval and Ugi, and also in Guadal- canar and New Georgia, but in a somewhat dwarfed condition. An entirely white variety with a pellucid zone on the upper surface, occupying the position of the brown band in the type, was collected by Macgillivray on San Christoval. Mr. Guppy obtained several forms of this species at Choiseul Bay, Shortland, Treasury, Simbo, Rua Sura, and Santa Anna Islands. The specimens from the last locality (var. meridionalis, fig. 6 6) are smaller than the type, pale brown above, with a white thread-like line at the suture, and the acutely keeled periphery, paler beneath, especially towards the centre, and have the aperture particularly acuminate at the termination of the keel. These specimens, which were found by Mr. Guppy living “on young cocoa-nut palms growing on low ground bordering the sea,” recall to mind H. eva from the New Hebrides, which, however, has a narrower body- whorl, usually a coloured lip, and is generally of a more solid texture. The specimens from Simbo (var. simboana, fig. 6 a) are uniformly pale horn-colour, rather sharply carinate at the middle, and have the peristome white, considerably thickened and almost notched at the upper end of the columella, and the body-whorl is more contracted than in the typical form. ‘The examples from Choiseul Bay, Short- land and Treasury Islands (var. septentrionalis, fig. 6) are all alike, of smaller dimensions than the normal form, thin, pale brownish horn- colour, with rather more convex whorls than usual, the carina at the periphery being acute and thread-like as in the variety simboana. Whether these several varieties should take specific rank is questionable, for, although there is considerable difference between the extreme forms, even in the series of nearly one hundred speci- mens under examination, the gradual transition from one form to another is observable. 15. Hewrx (VipeNnA) MERZIANA, Pfeiffer. Hab. Ugi Island. Neither of the two specimens from this locality is typical, nor are they both alike. One is about the usual size, but less sharply carinate, of a paler colour above and variegated with less of the opaque streaks. ‘The second specimen is more abnormal, especially in form, and rather like P. meleagris, Pir., except that it is keeled. The two species already mentioned, also H. deiopeia, Angas, and H. sebacea, Pfr. (=H. cerealis, Cox, afterwards changed to H. thorpei- ana by Brazier), are all very closely related, H. sebacea (stated by Pfeiffer to be from the Admiralty Islands) evidently being but a pale variety of H. meleagris. The typical form inhabits San Christoval and New Georgia, H. meleagris and H. deiopeia are found at Guadaleanar, and the special locality of H. sebacea is unknown, “the Admiralty Islands ” given by Pfeiffer probably being one of the many false habitats emanating from Cuming’s collection. Having the actual types of 594 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [June 2, both H. sebacea and H. cerealis under examination, I have no hesi- tation in pronouncing them identical, 16. Hexix (VipENA) SANCTHZ ANNZ. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 7, 7 6.) Shell depressed-conoid, deeply umbilicated, very acutely keeled at the periphery, light brown, sometimes with a few radiating pale streaks on the upper surface, sculptured with oblique lines of growth. Whorls 5, rather slowly increasing, slightly convex, depressed and margined above the suture, last not descending, compressed above and below the keel, a little convex towards the umbilicus, which is moderately large. Aperture transverse, flesh-tinted within. Peri- stome simple, a little thickened along the basal margin, with the ex- tremities united by a thin callus. Height 7 millim.; greatest diameter 17, smallest 15. Hab. Santa Anna. “ Living generally on the trunks of cocoa- nut palms”’ (G'uppy). This species is very like H. latimarginata, Smith, from the Fiji Islands and Contrariétés Island, Solomon group; but is a trifle larger, more widely umbilicated, has a less convex spire, and a broader body-whorl. The pale streaks on the upper surface are like those in H. merziana, Pir., but they do not occur in all ex- amples. 17. Hexrx (Raytipa) VILLANDREI, Gassies. Hab. Ugi Island (Guppy); San Christoval (Macgillivray, Angas, and Brazier). 18. Hetrx (CAaMa#NA) HOMBRONI, Pfeiffer. Hab. Shortland and Faro Islands (Guppy); Ysabel Island (Brenchley in Brit. Mus.); Solomon Islands (Hombron and Jac- quinot). ‘Admiralty Islands,” the locality originally assigned to this species, is evidently incorrect. 19. Hexrx'(Cuioritis) Eustoma, Pfeiffer. Hab. Ugi and Faro Islands (Guppy); New Georgia (Macgil- livray). With this species should be united H. erinaceus of Pfeiffer, for having carefully compared the types of both forms, I do not find any difference, and therefore conclude that H. eustoma is another instance of a species wrongly assigned to the Admiralty Islands. 20. Buiimus (PLacosryLus) CLERYI, Petit. Hab. “The Koofeh district on the north coast of San Christoval’’ (Guppy). as. This remarkable species varies considerably in form, some speci- mens being much constricted round the middle of the body-whorl and much more slender than others, which show no trace of irregu- larity of outline. The type figured by Petit has a length of 100 1885. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 955 millim., and is 35 wide, the aperture being 60 in length. As an instance of extreme variation, I give the dimensions of one of the specimens collected by Mr. Guppy: length 104, breadth 29!; aperture only 50 long. The sculpture of this species does not appear to have been hitherto properly described. In well-preserved specimens the first four whorls are sculptured very much like a fine thimble. A cessation in growth or some important change then takes place, which is marked on the shell by an oblique indentation, from which point the sculpture alters, consisting of coarsish lines of growth and irregular spiral striz. The peristome varies in colour, being either white or almost golden, but generally of a reddish-flesh tint. The columella- twist is also variable, in some specimens being much thicker and more contorted than in others. 21. Butimus (Puacostytus) rounaAk1, Hlombron and Jac- quinot. Hab. Faro Island, Bougainville Straits. This species has not been recorded from so northern a locality, and in fact has only been previously obtained at Ysabel Island. The name of this species has (perhaps rightly) been changed by M. Crosse to B. hombroni. 22. Butimus (PLAcosTYLUs) MILTOCHEILUS, Reeve. Hab. Ugi or Gulf Island, the south-east part of San Christoval and Santa Anna. The last island is a new locality for this species, the distribution of which has been given by Brazier in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’ 1869, p. 162. He says that it varies much in size and colour. An interesting variety with a white lip was ob- tained by Mr. Guppy both at San Christoval and Santa Anna. Like B. cleryi this species has the upper whorls finely punctate, and suddenly alters the character of the sculpture after two and a half volutions have been formed. In adult shells this peculiar pitting on the apical whorls is generally more or less obliterated. 23. PARTULA, sp. A small species of this genus was collected by Mr. Guppy in Treasury Island and at Choiseul Bay, which appears to be very like P. cinerea, Albers. The same species was also obtained at Gulf Island by Mr. Brenchley, and at Guadalcanar by J. Macgillivray, both of whom presented specimens to the British Museum. Albers describes the whorls of his species as ‘‘ planiusculi,” whereas in all the examples under examination they are rather convex, but with this slight exception they correspond very closely with his diagnosis. 24. SucCINEA SIMPLEX, Pfeiffer, var. Hab. “From marshy districts where Taro is cultivated, Treasury and Shortland Islands” (Guppy). These specimens are of a darker tint than those described by 596 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [June 2, Pfeiffer, have the spire a trifle shorter, and the body-whorl the least more ventricose. In all the apex is reddish, and the lines of growth rather coarse. 25. CycLosroma (ADELOSTOMA) TRISTE, Tapparone Canefri, var. ? Hab. Faro and Shortland Islands and Choiseul Bay in Bougain- ville Straits and Santa Anna Island (Guppy); Guadaleanar (Mae- gillivray, in Brit. Mas.). Dr. Tapparone Canefri has kindly compared specimens from these islands with his C. triste, and is of opinion that they may be con- sidered a variety of it; and observes that the New-Guinean form is a little smaller, its spire a little more slender, its surface more glossy, the colour redder, and the apex of the spire darker. The shells under examination are clothed with a very thin epi- dermis when in a fresh condition, exhibiting numerous very fine spiral thread-like lines, which entirely disappear in worn shells and can easily be rubbed off with a brush. For several species having a similar epidermis and an incomplete peristome, Dr. Tapparone Canetri has proposed the subgenus Adelostoma. ‘The little shell Cyclostoma infans from Wild Island, Admiralty group, described from the ‘ Challenger’ Collection (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1834, p. 226, pl. xxiii. fig. 8) belongs to the same section. 26. LrepropoMa JACQUINOTI, Pfeiffer. Hab. Rua Sura Island, off the north coast of Guadalcanar. This species does not appear to have been frequently met with by collectors, and is chiefly known (as Cyclostoma pellucida) by Rous- seau’s description in the ‘Voyage au Pole Sud,’ and the diagnosis by Pfeiffer taken from the figure in the Atlas to that work. The three specimens collected by Mr. Guppy are uniformly semipellucid white, with the exception of the apex, which is pale reddish. The whorls are five in number, considerably convex, rapidly enlarge, and are sculptured throughout with very fine concentric striz besides the more prominent spiral lire, which are most distinct upon the body-whorl above the prominent carina at the periphery. The peri- stome is moderately and equally expanded all round except at the short interruption at the body-whorl and just under the umbilicus, where it is conspicuously emarginate. ‘The operculum is thin, pale dirty yellowish, consists of about eight volutions which are separated by a raised revolving sutural line and sculptured with rather coarse cross-lines of growth. The largest of the three specimens from Rua Sara is 15 millims, high, 17 at its greatest diameter and 123 at its smallest. L. immaculatum, Chemnitz, is very like this species in some respects, but differs a little in form, having a taller and more conical spire, less rounded whorls, a more shallow suture, &e. 27. LEeProroMA VITREUM, Lesson. Alab. Santa Anna, Simbo, and Shortland Islands. 1885. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 597 This species, originally described from New Guinea and sub- sequently met with at several other localities, has not, I believe, been previously recorded from the Solomon Islands. The only three specimens obtained by Mr. Guppy are entirely white,’ and two ot them have an indication of an angle or keel at the periphery, the other, from Santa Anna, being regularly rounded at the middle. 28. OMPHALOTROPIS NEBULOSA, Pease. (Plate XXXVI. fig. 8.) Hab. Ugi Island, “ found living on trees which clothe a low tract of land skirting the beach” (Guppy); San Christoval and Guadal- eanar Islands (Macgillivray, in Brit. Mus.); Solomon Islands (Pease). The shells which I associate with this species were considered by Pfeiffer the O. bulimoides of Hombron and Jacquinot. That species, however, was collected at Hogoleu, one of the Caroline Islands, situated about a thousand miles to the north-west of San Christoval, and does not appear to have a carinated umbilicus judging from the figure in the ‘ Voyage au Pole Sud’ and from Rousseau’s description in the text. It also has much more convex whorls and a longer aperture. The colouring of this species varies considerably. The majority of specimens which I have examined are dirty whitish or yellowish, varied with more or less interrupted spiral_brown bands, of which there are four on the body-whorl, two above and two below the middle. Other examples are of a nearly uniform brown colour with a pale line at the periphery, and, again, others are longitudinally streaked. The operculum is thin, horny, concave externally, and consists of three to three and a half rapidly enlarging whorls, the nucleus being well towards the centre. O. fragilis, Pease, is very like this species, but has a slight keel or angle at the periphery, stronger spiral strize, and a less effuse base to the aperture. 29. PupINA SOLOMONENSIs. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 9, 9 a.) Sheil small and very like P. difficilis, Semper, and P. keraudreni, Vignard. Itis of a reddish tint, especially the body-whorl ; consists of 54 whorls, which are the least convex and exhibit a pellucid line, frequently brown, immediately beneath the suture. Last whorl very obliquely descending behind, narrowed below, and flattened some- what above the aperture. Columella thickened with callus, white, parted off from the whorl above by an oblique circumscribing red line, truncated rather low down. Outer lip slightly thickened and effuse, and a little paler than the rest of the whorl, produced some- what at its junction with the body-whorl, which in consequence has the appearance of rising suddenly after an oblique descent. Length 7 millims., diam. 33, aperture 2 long and wide. Hab. Shortland Island, Bougainville Straits, in the decayed trunks of fallen trees (Guppy); Treasury Island (presented to the British Museum by J. Brazier, Esq.). This is a larger species than P. difficilis, Semper, or P. keraudreni, Vignard, which appear to be very much alike. ‘The slit in the Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. XXXIX. 39 598 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS {June 2, columella is a trifle lower down, the columella itself is pale and marked off from the rest of the whorl by a red curved line, and the aperture is less produced or pouting along the lower margin. 30. Hareravesia potita, H. Adams, var. Hab. Faro Island, Bougainville Straits; ‘in the higher parts of the island up to the summit, 1900 feet above the sea”’ (Guppy). It is not stated by Adams (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 795) from which island of the Solomon group the types were obtained. In all probability they were not from Faro, as the specimen from this locality varies somewhat in form, having a more conical spire, less convex whorls, and the aperture less produced laterally. Should these differences prove constant in a large series of specimens, I should be inclined to consider this form specifically distinct. Hyalopsis tumida, Pease (Amer. Journ. Conch. vil. p. 27), 1s the same as the present species. 31. Hexicina moquiniAna, Récluz. Hab. “ The island of Ugi, living in a region of coral-limestone at an elevation varying between 300 and 400 feet above the sea” (Guppy). San Christoval and Guadalcanar Islands (Macgillivray, in Brit. Mus.). This species appears to vary in size, colour, the coarseness of the spiral strie, in the acuteness of the central keel, and in the greater or less development of the dentiform projection at the base of the columella. I have no hesitation in pronouncing H. spinifera to be a very slight variation, and indeed H. egregia might almost be regarded in the same light. 32. HeLIcinA EGREGIA, Pfeiffer. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 10, 10a.) Hab. “ From the coral-limestoue region of the east island of the Florida group, on leaves” (Guppy). The unique type of this species was collected by Macgillivray on the island of Guadalcanar, which is situated just to the south of Florida Island. The operculum is thin, and coloured precisely like that of H. moguiniana, Récluz, and its variety H. spinifera, Pfeiffer, all three being of a dark sanguineous red with the exception of the columellar margin, which is whitish. This species is not keeled at the middle like the two above-named forms, and is more finely striated, and consequently has a smoother surface. The three specimens collected by Mr. Guppy are all differently coloured. One is exactly like the type (see fig. 272 in Sowerby’s Monograph, Thesaur. Conch. vol. iii., and Conch. Icon. vol, xix. fig. 159) ; another lacks the broad zone on the upper surface ; and the third is uniformly light purplish-red, the peristome and aperture being of a more decided red tint. 33. Hexnicina MoDESTA, Pfeiffer. Hab. Choiseul Bay, Shortland Island, and an islet in Treasury Harbour, Bougainville Straits (Guppy); Guadalcanar Island (Mac- gillivray, in British Museum). 1885. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 599 The specimens described by Pfeiffer were said to have come from Tanna, one of the New Hebrides islands ; but this certainly requires confirmation, as so many of the localities in Cuming’s collection are erroneous. ‘The figures in Sowerby’s Monographs are all enlarged, those in the ‘Thesaurus’ being fairly accurate as regards form, but those in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica’ are altogether unlike the species. The operculum of this little shell is white, concave in the middle, and is broadly thickened along the outer margin. 34. Henicina soLomonensis. (Plate XXXVI. figs. 11, 11 4.) Shell small, globose-conical, reddish or yellowish, pale at the apex. Whorls 4—4, the least convex above, sculptured with lines of growth and fine spiral strie both on the upper and lower surfaces, very faintly margined above at the suture; last whorl rounded at the periphery, obsoletely angled near the junction of the outer lip and the least descending in front, so that the faint angulation is visible for a short distance above the sutural line. Aperture some- what semicircular and oblique, small ; peristome slightly expanded ; umbilical callosity yellowish or pellucid whitish, defined towards the the base of the columellar margin. Greatest width 4 millim., smallest 4; height 34. Hab. Faro, Shortland, and Treasury Islands. The specimens from the last of the above islands were obtained “at a height of 900 feet above the sea.” This little species is of about the same size and form as H. multi- color, Gould, but is distinguished by the spiral sculpture. The operculum is greyish, becoming rather darker at the middle. 35. Pyruia sCARABZUS, Linné. Haé. Santa Anna Island, “ living ona sandy swampy soil raised a few feet above the sea” (Guppy). Of the five adult specimens from the above locality, which are of medium size (about 30 millims. long) and normally mottled and blotched, three are umbilicated and one imperforate. The variation in this respect has already been referred te in my account 6f the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of the ‘Challenger’ Expedition (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, pp. 261 and 268). P. insularis of Hombron and Jacquinot I regard as the same as this species. Three specimens of the variety named P. albovaricosa by Pfeiffer were also collected by Mr. Guppy “on the low tract skirting the coast on the south-east side of San Christoval.” Two of these specimens are coloured precisely like the types, which were said to have come from the island of Celebes, but the third is very remarkable, being totally white. Three young specimens of the normal form, from Santa Anna Island, are clothed with a very thin epidermis which is produced into numerous parallel thin hair-like threads in the direction of the line of growth. At this early stage the shells are imperforate, and the columella has in consequence a somewhat different appearance. 39* 600 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [June 2, 36. Mezampus rasciatus, Deshayes. Hab. Rua Sura Island, off the north coast of Guadalcanar, found in crevices of a log on the shore (Guppy) ; Ysabel Island (Brenchley in Brit. Mus.). j This species apparently differs as much in size as colour, and is very widely distributed, there being in the British Museum specimens from the Keeling Islands, Louisiade Archipelago, New Hebrides, and Fiji. The largest specimens are generally whitish with transverse brownish bands, and the smallest are frequently of an almost uniform black-brown, or light olive-brown or dirty yellow, with only the faintest indications of transverse zones. 37. MELANIA AMARULA, Linné. Hab. From a stream in Ugi Island. The two specimens from this locality differ in form and the number of spines upon the angle of the whorls. One has a much longer body-whorl, and has seventeen spines, the other only eleven. The columella is orange, and the epidermis towards the lip villose, as in the variety called M. cybele, Gould. 38. Meant scaBRa, Miiller. Hab. Ugi Island. I see no sufficient reasons for separating the few specimens obtained by Mr. Guppy from this variable and widely distributed species, with which several forms held distinct by Brot in his Monograph should, I think, be united. I have compared them with Indian examples, with which they agree very closely. 39. MEuAntaA SALAMONISs, Brot. Hab. Ugi Island. The single specimen from this locality differs in colour from the type figured by Brot, being uniformly olive, except the upper spirally striated whorls, which, beiug more or less destitute of the epidermis, are paler, and exhibit a series of small red spots or short flames below the suture. 40. Mrvania FuLGURANS, Hinds. Hab. Ugi Island. This species has not, I think, been recorded from the Solomon Islands, although it has probably been known for some time to in- habit that group, for Mr. Brazier of Sydney presented, in 1879, four specimens from that locality to the British Museum. These and several obtained by Mr. Guppy show that the species is rather variable in painting. None have the zigzag lines of the typical form, but are chiefly ornamented with spiral series of reddish dots or short lines, sometimes falling into longitudinal rows, and the whorls below the suture are often blotched with a darker colour. Mr. Guppy’s largest specimen (7 whorls remaining) is 40 millim. long. . 1885. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 601 41. Meant FASTIGIELLA, Reeve. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 1.) Hab. “Imbedded in a dark calcareous loam exposed in the bank of a large stream at Sulagina on the north coast of San Christoval.’ The specimens found by Mr. Guppy are not quite so slender as the type figured by Reeve, but agree with it exactly in all other respects. An important feature not referred to by Reeve is the presence of fine transverse lire upon the body-whorl below the spined keel. The fine costz and spiral striee on the uppermost volutions are very constant in all specimens ; and therefore I think it most pro- bable that Brot’s shell (Monogr. Melania, in Conch.-Cab. pl. 38. f, 2a) does not belong to this species. Mr. Guppy was unable to discover any living specimens; those which were obtained being, however, well preserved and even retain- ing a certain amount of the epidermis, which is of a “yellowish brown ” colour as described by Reeve, and not of the sombre tint depicted in his figure. 42. MeLanta, sp. (Plate XX XVII. fig. 2.) Hab. Found “imbedded in a dark calcareous loam exposed in the bank of a large stream at Sulagina on the north coast of San Christoval” (Guppy). Only one dead specimen was obtained of this species. It is ovately fusiform, consists of about 8 or 9 whorls, is longitudinally plicate, the folds being produced into short spines just beneath a depression a little below the suture. The plicee are crossed by about three spirally striated grooves, and the body-whorl is strongly transversely ridged and grooved below the middle ; the furrows also, as in the upper whorl, being finely striated in the same direction. Length 26 millim., width 93. 43. MELANIA veRRUCOSA, Hinds. Hab. The same as Mel. fastigiella. The three shells obtained I am unable to separate from this Species, which was described originally from specimens from New Ireland, a little to the north of the Solomon group. M. damonis of Brot appears to be very closely allied to this species, if not the same. As stated by the latter author, some specimens are more slender than others, as shown by the following measurements of two specimens with an equal number of whorls: length 20 millim., diameter Tesh length 22 millim., diameter 63. 44. MevaniA suBGRADATA. (Plate XXXVII. figs. 3, 3 a.) Shell elongate, turreted, rather solid, covered with an (olive?) epidermis, and marked with fine longitudinal oblique red lines which extend from suture to suture. Whorls probably about 10, flat or even a little concave at the sides, shouldered above, usually with a spiral shallow groove and a few strize near the shoulder, and marked with fine incremental striz. Suture deep, slightly oblique. Last whorl long, finely transversely striated, most distinctly at the base. 602 MR. E, A. SMITH ON SHELLS {June 2, Aperture elongate-pyriform, acute above, effuse at the base. Outer lip thin, sharp, arcuate, and prominent at the middle. Columellar margin rather thickly covered with callus, united above to the outer lip. Length of two specimens, consisting of five whorls, 30 and 25 millim. ; diameter 11 and 104; aperture 14 and 12 long, 6 and 5 wide. Hab. ‘‘Imbedded in a dark calcareous loam exposed in the banks of a large stream at Sulagina, north coast of San Christoval’ (Guppy). This species has a good deal the form of M. queenslandica, Smith, but has a more turreted spire, colour-markings, and more distinct spiral sculpture. 45. Meant vciensis. (Plate XXXVII. fig. 4.) Shell subulate, acuminate, beneath the epidermis (which is wanting in the specimens at hand), of a dirty pale livid or purplish tint. Whorls probably about 14 in number; the eleven remaining are a little convex, rather slowly enlarging, and sculptured with close-set obliquish fine riblets which are crossed by crowded spiral striz. Last whorl large, with the riblets rather obsolete below the middle, and very close together, much more numerous than those upon the upper whorls. Aperture obliquely pear-shaped. Length 25 millim., diameter 8; aperture 83 long, 43 wide. Hab. From a stream in Ugi. Of this species only three dead specimens were obtained. They were all completely covered with a hard thickish coating of lime, so that no part of the sculpture was visible. This earthy covering was easily chipped off, and the ornamentation was revealed in most perfect condition. It is remarkable that the fine close riblets exist not only on the upper whorls but continue to the last, and are cut across by the spiral striee, producing an almost granular aspect. 46. MELANIA SANCTZ ANNE. (Plate XXXVII. figs. 5, 5a.) Shell small, acuminately pyramidal, somewhat eroded towards the apex, covered with a yellowish-olive epidermis, and sometimes marked with a few indistinct reddish irregular spots and lines near the middle of the body-whorl. Whorls 5-6 remaining, flattish at the sides, divided by a slightly oblique distinct suture, all with the exception of the last one or two more or less distinctly longitudinally finely plicate ; the plicee are more conspicuous in some specimens than in others, being at times entirely eroded. The other sculpture consists of fine lines of growth and a few rather distant spiral striee, which cut across the incremental lines and produce a puckered appearance. Aperture elongate, pyriform, pale bluish within. Length of specimen consisting of six whorls 13 millim., diameter 5; aperture 5 long and 23 wide. Hab. ‘‘ From a stream in the interior of Santa Anna” (Guppy). This is a small species, somewhat like M. boninensis of Lea in form, but differently sculptured. 1885. } FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 603 47. Meant Gupryi. (Plate XX XVII. figs. 6, 6a.) Shell slenderly acuminate, covered with an olive-brown epidermis. Whorls about 14, divided by a very oblique deepish suture, concave above the middle and somewhat convex below it, and then contracted ; ornamented with a few spiral series of nodules (about five on the upper whorls) and rather indistinct, very oblique and flexuous, longitudinal ridges, upon which the nodules rest, also exhibiting very sloping and flexuous lines of growth ; the most conspicuous rows of granules are near the middle of the whorls. Aperture pyriform. Outer lip thin, remarkably sinuated above towards the suture and arcuately prominent below. Columellar margin oblique, straightish, covered with a callus, curving into the broad basal sinus. Length 31 millim., diameter 7; aperture 9 long, 4 wide. Hab. “From the stomach and intestines of a fish living in the freshwater lake of Wailava in the island of Santa Anna’ (Guppy). This is a very remarkable and distinct species, with a very drawn- out spire, peculiar granuled sculpture, and a deeply sinuated labrum. 1 have much pleasure in naming it after Mr. Guppy. 48. CERITHIDEA CORNEA, A. Adams (var.). Hab. From Mangrove swamps, Choiseul Bay (Guppy); Andai, New Guinea (Zupparone Canefri) ; Borneo (Adams). The specimens from the Solomon Islands vary slightly from the Bornean shells in Cuming’s collection. The ribs are somewhat farther apart, the body-whorl is rather more distinctly carinate at the periphery, the aperture a trifle larger, the lip being more expanded and more produced to the left over the channel at the base of the columella. The whorls, too, are somewhat higher, for in specimens of the same length I find about a whorl more in the specimens from the Solomon Islands than in the original types. 49. NeriTa MARMORATA, Hombron and Jacquinot. Hab. Found “living just above high-water mark on the surface of the coral-limestone coast, San Christoval” (Guppy); Solomon Islands (Hombron and Jacquinot). This species was described by Reeve (Conchol. Iconica, vol. ix. sp. 47) under the name J. oleagina, a year after the publication of the Zoology of the ‘ Voyage au Pole Sud’ by Rousseau. Reeve’s figure gives a better idea of the mottled colouring than that in Hombron and Jacquinot’s Atlas, pl. 16. f. 15-17. Their figure of the operculum does not appear to be quite correct in outline, judging from those obtained by Mr. Guppy, none of which have the emar- gination on the columellar side in front. The apical whorls in all examples are of a lemon-yellow colour, and the columellar margin between the teeth is generally suffused with the same tint. Nerita marmorata, Reeve, which is found in the Gulf of Suez, may in future be called MW. crassilabrum. 50. Nerirrna cornea, Linné. (Plate XXXVII. figs. 7, 7 0.) Hab. Found living on the stems of tree-ferns, betel-nut palms, 604 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [June 2, &c., ina marshy district in the interior of the Shortland Islands, Bougainville Straits ; also from a stream in Choiseul Bay, and from the vicinity of Star Harbour on the south-east coast of San Christoval, found living on the trunks of trees 300 feet above the sea and about 150 feet above an adjacent stream. The majority of the specimens from the above localities are very like Reeve’s figure (Conch. Icon. f. 7a). One specimen, however, from a stream in Choiseul Bay, is worthy of special notice on account of its extraordinary size. It is as large as the shell figured by Gould (Wilkes’s Explor. Exped. pl. xi. fig. 155) from Fiji, and, like it, has the edge of the columeila furnished with about a dozen small denticles, agreeing in this respect with N. subsuleata. The portion of the specimen which equals an average-sized example is: quite normally painted; but the rest or aftergrowth is mostly of a sombre olive-brown, with only very faint indications of the spiral mottled black zones. The operculum is quite similar to that of other specimens, but much thickened with flesh-red callus on the inner surface. The distribution of this species has already been given by Von Martens in his monograph of the genus. In addition to the localities there enumerated, I may mention that in the British Museum there are specimens from Amboyna and the Admiralty Islands collected by the Challenger Expedition; and others from Guadaleanar, San Christoval, and Ysabel Islands of the Solomon group, presented by J. Macgillivray, Esq., and J. Brenchley, Esq. 51. NeriTINA suBsuLcata, Sowerby. Hab. Streams in Treasury and Faro Islands, and at Choiseul Bay ; also found living in numbers on the stems of tree-ferns, betel- nut palms &c., in a marshy district in the interior of the Shortland Islands ; also from a stream in the vicinity of Star Harbour on the south-east. coast of San Christoval ; from a stream in the middle of the island of San Christoval 3-4 miles from the coast ; from the sides of a freshwater stream, found at an elevation of 500 feet above the sea at Cape Keibeck, San Christoval, and finally from a stream in Ugi Islands. Mr. Guppy informs me that this is the most widely distributed species of the genus which occurs in the Solomon group, and that when first picked off the rock it ejects a watery fluid possessing a powerful musky odour. Some of the specimens are considerably eroded, and the erosion is always greatest in non-caleareous districts, where the carbonic-acid gas of the rain is not previously expended as a dissolving agent of limestone rocks. Although this species very closely approaches N. cornea, it may, I think, be held distinct on account of its difference in coloration, the crenulated and straighter margin of the columella, and the slightly finer sculpture on the outer surface of the operculum, especially towards the outer curved margin. 1885. ] FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 605 52, NeriTina pusia, Chemnitz. Hab. From a stream, Shortland Islands. The single specimen from this locality is of a dark olive tint, marked with slender zigzag black lines very closely packed together except upon the last half of the body-whorl, which is destitute of the black lineation but is quite distinctly spirally ridged, the ridges being about as fine as in N. subsulcata. 53. NEeRITINA ADUMBRATA, Reeve. Hab. A stream in Choiseul Bay, and found living on the sides of a deep ravine worn by a stream in a soft calcareous rock, Ugi Island. N. cuvieriana of Reeve (Conch. Icon. sp. 87), which may not be the form described by Récluz under that name, is certainly the same as this species. The specimen figured in the ‘ Conchologia Iconica’ (figs. 57 a, 6), is not half the size of some of the shells collected by Mr. Guppy. The figures are not good, and do not convey the shape correctly. The aperture narrows in front, and the columella is less sharply sinuated in the middle, and finely crenulated along the edge. As in some other species, the colour is rather variable, some examples appearing at a distance uniformly dark olive, but on closer inspection, especially on the upper whorls, exhibit spotted markings. Others are distinctly motiled and spotted all over, whilst others again are transversely banded. The red stain on the collumella is present in most specimens, but is only feebly indicated in some of the smallest. The operculum is white or of a flesh tint on the outer surface, and generally has a livid stain at the nucleus. It is rather smooth, exhibiting fine lines of growth and a few feeble longitudinal strie. ‘The inner surface is of a darker flesh tint, and has a slightly elevated pale obsolete ridge curving from the nuclear end to the middle of the columellar or straight side. The outer curved margin is also a little thickened within. The erect process is rather slender. The largest specimen has an extreme length of 34 millimetres. 54, NeRITINA PULLIGERA, Linné. Hab. Choiseul Bay and Ugi Island (Guppy); Guadalcanar Island (Macgillivray) ; and San Christoval ( Brenchley). Of the two specimens from Ugi one is peculiar in having only a slight trace of the orange-red colour of the aperture. In addition to the localities cited by Martens in his monograph of this genus (Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 51), I might mention Queensland, Australia, on the authority of Tenison-Woods, and of a specimen in the British Museum presented by Mr. Wickham. 55. Nerittna petitt, Récluz. Hab. Treasury and Faro Islands. This species also occurs at the Fiji Islands, where it was collected by Macgillivray. Its further distribution has been given by Martens in the Conchylien-Cabinet. His surmise that N. californica of 606 MR. E. A. SMITH ON SHELLS [June 2, Reeve is the same species is confirmed by an examination of the type in the British Museum. The specimens collected by Mr. Guppy are of a light olive-brown colour, and exhibit a fine reticulation and spotting with black from the violet apex to the middle of the last whorl. 56. NerIvTIna oLIvaAceA, Le Guillou. Hab. Streams in Treasury Island, and in a stream at Sulagina, San Christoval. The specimens from the above locality differ from those collected by Cuming at the Philippine Islands in being rather smaller and in having the collumelar callus of a reddish tint except along the toothed edge, which is white. Some of the specimens exhibit a considerable amount of fine spotting and reticulating lines. With this species I would unite N. solium, Récluz ; and perhaps the four following species, N. bicolor, Récluz, N. subpunctata, Récluz, N. interrupta, Récluz, and N. souleyetana, are merely varieties of the same species. 57. NERITINA MACGILLIVRAYI, Reeve. Hab. Streams in Faro Island (Guppy) ; streams in Guadalcanar Island (Macgillivray, in Brit. Mus.) ; and Ngau, Fiji group (Brit. Mus.). the Fijian specimens are considerably larger than the type figured by Reeve, having an extreme diameter of 42 millims. All the specimens of this species which I have seen have the apex con- siderably eroded. The specimens obtained by Mr. Guppy are of small size, and may be adult shells, although having a maximum diameter of only 16 millims. 58. NERITINA ASPERULATA, Récluz. Hab. Ugi Island, “ living on the sides of a deep ravine worn by a stream in a soft caleareous rock’ (Guppy). This species has not been previously recorded from these islands. The specimens are smaller than those obtained by Mr. Cuming at the island of Luzon, but may not be adult; the columella is of a uniform pale ochre tint. The operculum is almost precisely the game as that of N. sanguinea which I have described, but has a broader corneous border. 59. NeriTINA porcaTa, Gould. Hab. In streams, Faro Island (Guppy); San Christoval, Solomon group, Fiji and Navigators Islands (Brit. Mus.). Neritina sanguinea, Sowerby, is very like this species in many respects, but is smoother, being without the distinct ridges so characteristic of N. porcata, 60. NeRITINA VARIEGATA, Lesson. Hab. Faro, Simbo, San Christoval, and Ugi Islands, and Choiseul Bay. 1885.] YROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. 607 None of the specimens from the above localities are large, but are very variable in the style of their coloration, some from Ugi being precisely like N. pulchra of Sowerby, wrongly said to have been found at Panama. The operculum in all, however, is of the same slaty-black colour, with the pale spot at the nuclear end. The majority have the red stain on the columella more or less intense, but a few have the columella uniformly bluish-white. 61. Neritina TurRTONI, Récluz. Hab. From a stream, Shortland Island, and found “ imbedded in a dark calcareous loam exposed in the banks of a large stream at Sulagina on the north coast of San Christoval ” (Guppy); Guadal- canar Island, in streams (Macgillivray, in Brit. Mus.). The specimens from the Solomon Islands appear to be marked very much alike; they are all coloured with oblique, fine, more or less undulating or zigzag black and yellow lines, of which the latter are invariably the finest and indeed hair-like. The largest specimens are those from Guadalcanar, measuring twenty-five millims. from the apex to lower margin of the aperture, The dead specimens from San Christoval retain the external polish and markings, although probably somewhat altered in tint ; the black lines being of a dark slate-colour and the yellow lines white or lilac. The apertures and columella have lost all colour and are of a white chalky texture. In these specimens the columellar surface seems to be rather more convex than usual; but still I have no doubt they belong to this species. 62. NERITINA BREVISPINA, Lamarck. Hab. From streams in Shortland, Treasury, and Usgi Islands. The shells from the first and last of these localities closely resemble figures 24 a, 6 (NV. subyranosa) in Reeve’s monograph of this genus in the ‘Conchologia Iconica.’ Two specimens, however, are rather different, being smoother and very closely and finely lineated with black as in WV. penicillata, Gould, which I regard. as a variety of this species. The specimens from Treasury Island have the same kind of sculpture, but are entirely destitute of spines. 63. NerITINA squaRrRosa, Récluz. Hab. From streams in Treasury Island. This species has not been previously recorded from the Solomon Islands. The only specimen obtained is grey, faintly zoned with a darker tint, has many of the triangular warts whitish, and the collumella yellowish ; it is 27 millims. in diameter. 64. NERITINA SANGUISUGA, Reeve. Hab, Faro Island. This species may be the NV. macrocephala of Le Guillon, as suggested by Martens, but it does not correspond in all respects with the original description in the ‘Revue Zoologique’ for 1841. The Solomon- Island specimens are only half the length of the specimen figured by 608 ON SHELLS FROM THE SOLOMON ISLANDS. {June 2, Reeve, and some of them exhibit indistinct spotting and reticulation when held up between the light and the eye. The surface of the brown-black epidermis is without gloss, and under the lens appears finely rugose or subgranular. The operculum is rather narrow, with a projection on each side in front of nearly the same length, with a deep rounded sinus between, and the horny portion covers about half the surface. The figure of the operculum of N. cumingiana, given by Martens (Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, pl. 4. fig. 4), somewhat resembles it. N. magnifica, Reeve, and N. scarabeus of the same author, are the same species, but I doubt whether WV. sanguisuga also belongs to it. The sculpture of the former is not quite the same, and the surface more glossy. 65. NAVICELLA SUBORBICULARIS, Sowerby. Hab. Faro, Treasury, and Ugi Islands, from streams (Guppy) ; Guadalcanar (J. Maegillivray) ; and San Christoval (Brenchley). Both the varieties described by Martens (Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 31, pl. 6. figs. 5-14), and also figured by Reeve (Conch. Cab. figs. 5, 5a), oceur in the Solomon Islands, the black-striped variety being apparently of less frequent occurrence than the more finely reticu- lated form. 66. Unio cupryr. (Plate XXXVII. figs. 8-8 4.) Shell elongate, very inequilateral, usually a little longer than twice the height, compressed, covered with a blackish-brown epidermis, exhibiting strong lines of growth and very faint radiating substriation, and marked with fine wrinklings at the eroded beaks, which are small and placed quite near the anterior extremity. Dorsal margin behind the umbones almost straight or the least excurved for some distance, then at an obtuse angle becoming oblique before rounding into the extremity, which is a little more sharply curved than the anterior end. Ventral outline either faintly excurved, straight, or the least concave. Interior bluish-white, most iridescent at the hinder extremity, generally stained in parts with olive-brown. Cardinal tooth of the right valve moderately large, four- or five-lobed at the top, situated just in front of the umbo. Between it and the outer margin is a short ridge, the space between the tooth and the ridge receiving the single, smaller, roughened and striated tooth of the left valve. Lateral tooth of the right valve long, obliquely truncate behind, fitting in between two teeth in the opposite valve. Anterior adductor sear deep, posterior superficial, squarish in front. Pedal scar in both valves under the cardinal tooth very deep. Ligament elongate, prominent. Length 80 mm. ; height 38 ; diameter 21. SO: tanks Pa 5S ra 18. Hab. From streams in Shortland Island. This species recalls to mind some of the forms from Australia and New Zealand. Its principal features are the elongate compressed form, dark brown colour, wrinkled apices, and coarse incremental 1885.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 609 lines. It is the only species as yet recorded from the Solomon Islands. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Prats XXXVI. Fig. 1, _ a, 1b. Helix (Nanina) nitidissima, p. 589. 2,2 2a, 26. ) solidiuscula, p. 589. 3, ee 3b. —— (Corasia) tricolor, var., p. 589. —— (Geotrochus) guppyi, p. 591. — ( ) dampreri, var., p. 592. —( ) eleryi, var. septentr ionalis, p. 592. —— (——) , var. simboana, p. 592. — , var. meridionalis, p. 592. —— (Videna) sancte anne, p. 594. " Omphalotropis nebulosa, p. 597. Pupina solomonensis, p. 597. 10, 10 a. Helicina egregia, p. 598. 11, 11a,116. —— solomonensis, p. 599, Puate XXXVII. Melania fastigiella, p. 601. , 8p., p. 601, ’ subgradata, p . 601. ujiensis, p. 602. sancte anne, p. 602. guppyi, p. 603. . Neritina cornea, var., p. 603. Unio guppy?, exterior of left valve, p. 608. a ——,, exterior of right valve, p. 608. b. —-——, hinge-margin of left valve, p. 608. DO DWAA AH one ¢ © a8 S J a eI de SU G2 BO “Iqo 9 gaa © 0 MIG June 16, 1885. Prof. Flower, LL.D., V.P.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1885 :— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of May was 164, of which 67 were by presentation, 52 by purchase, 19 by birth, 7 by exchange, and 19 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 117. The most noticeable additions during the month of May were as follows :— Four Pucheran’s Guinea-fowls (Vwmida pucherani) from Eastern Africa, presented by Commander C. E. Gissing, R.N., H.B.M. Vice-Consul at Zanzibar. This fine species has not lately been represented in the Society’s series. Examples of two species of Wild Cats of the genus Felis, pre- sented by Frank Swettenham, Esq., acting British Resident of Perak, Malay Peninsula. Two of the Cats appear to be young examples of Felis javanensis ; the third is a fine example of the rare Felis mar- morata, remarkable for its long tail. 610 SIR P. LUMSDEN ON SNOW LEOPARDS. [June 16, The following extracts were read from a letter addressed to the Secretary by Mr. J. Biittikofer, dated Leyden Museum, May 30, 1885 :— “On reading the interesting account of a visit to the birds’-nest caves near Elopura (British North Borneo) by Mr. Pryer, contained in the last part of the ‘ Procedings,’ Dr. Jentink, the Director of our Museum, called my attention to a paper from the hand of the late Dr. Bernstein, our celebrated traveller in the Malay Archipelago, published in the ‘ Journal fiir Ornithologie’ as early as 1859. You would oblige me very much by taking notice of this paper in the next number of the ‘ Proceedings,’ as that may serve to correct any impression which might otherwise be entertained that the account of Mr. Pryer, with the adjoined report on the edible birds’ nests by Mr. J. R. Green, is the first satisfactory solution of the question which has been offered. In order to show how thoroughly and successfully Dr. Bernstein has studied the question ix Joco, allow me to quote some of the most interesting parts of his exhaustive treatise.” Mr. Biittikofer then quoted passages from the article alluded to in the ‘ Journal fiir Ornithologie’ for 1859, pp. 112-115 ; following from which it appeared that Dr. Bernstein had proved most con- clusively from his own observations that the so-called edible nests of Collocalia ave formed from the spittle of these birds, the salivary glands of which are abnormally developed during the breeding- season for this purpose. The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the Secretary by Major-General Sir Peter Lumsden, K.C.B. :— ‘‘The young Snow Leopards of which you inquire were captured on the 17th of November, 1884, on the southern slopes of the mountains which in Persia separate the valley of Zroabad from that of Torbut-i-Jani, crossed here by a road known as the ‘ Istoi pass,’ and not very far from where the range is penetrated by the Heri- Rud river, separating Persia from Affghanistan. A native hunter had shot a ‘ mish’ (or wild sheep) and had left it in order to go after another, then in sight, which having also secured, he returned to secure the first one, but on reaching it found a Leopardess greedily devouring it. He shot her, and on going up to the body found no less than five young kittens, perhaps ten days or a fortnight old, very active and savage; he with difficulty managed to secure two of them, which he brought back to camp. They were taken care of by a native, and carried along with us, fed on milk, meat, &e., to Kazan, from whence they were despatched on a mule to the British Agent in Herat, with instructions to send them on the first opportunity to Mr. Barnes, the Government Political Agent, Quettah, who was to arrange for their despatch to the Society’s Gardens. “ Nawab Mirza Hassim Ali Khan, my personal assistant, took them over from the native huntsman who captured them, looked after 1885.] MR. 0, THOMAS ON HETEROCEPHALUS GLABER. 611 their keep, and arranged everything for their despatch &c. These kittens within a very few days became quite tame.” Mr. Oldfield Thomas exhibited a specimen ofa burrowing Rodent apparently allied to the rare Heterocephalus glaber, Riippell, which had been recently presented to the Natural History Museum, and read the following letter from the donor :-~ Junior Carlton Club, Pall Mall, 8.W., June 15, 1885. Dear Sir,— In looking at my journal I find the following notes under the date January 29, 1885 :— Gerlogobie, Ogardain, Central Somali-land.—* To-day the natives brought into camp a curious little creature, a sort of Mole, length 43 inches, skin bare, with a few stiff hairs. Tail like that of a Hippo. Its toes armed with bristles, and its teeth like those of a Walrus. On being placed on the ground it commenced to dig furiously, using its teeth to loosen the earth with ; its eyes were tiny, aud its ears simply holes in the sides of its head.” This little creature, called ‘‘ Farumfer” by the Somali, throws up in places groups of miniature craters, which exactly represent vol- canoes in active eruption; when the little beasts were at work I used frequently to watch them, and found that the loose earth from their excavations was brought to the bottom of the crater, and sent with great force into the air in a succession of rapid jerks, but they them- selves never ventured forth from the shelter of their burrows. I caught several by suddenly plunging a sharp-pointed instrument into the volcano, but never succeeded in making good skins of them. Yours very truly, E. Lort Puruurrs, F.Z.S. Mr. Thomas remarked that no specimen of H. glaber had apparently been recorded since Riippell’s original example described just 40 years ago’; and that it was therefore a matter of great interest to determine whether that author’s description of its charac- ters and habits held good on the examination of further specimens, since it had been sometimes supposed that the original type was either immature or diseased, and on that account more or less hairless. This second specimen now proved that Riippell was quite correct in his deseription, and that the normal state of the animal was as figured by him. It appeared, however, that the nearest affinities of Heterocephalus are not with Spalax and Rhizomys, as had been supposed by Mr. Alston?, who had only Riippell’s figures to go upon, but with Bathyergus and Georychus, to the latter of which it was very closely allied, differing chiefly in its want of hair, much longer tail, and in its not possessing any premolar teeth. ? Mus. Senck. iii. p. 99, pl. vii. (animal), x. (skull), 1845. ? P.Z.8. 1876, p. 86. 612 MR. BLANFORD ON A SKULL OF PARADOXURUS. [June 16, Mr. Thomas hoped to be able to give a fuller description, with figures, of this interesting specimen at a future meeting of the © Society’. Mr. W. T. Blanford exhibited the skull of a Paradoxurus, which he believed to be an undescribed form, and made the following remarks :— The skull now exhibited was sent to me together with askin, from which unfortunately nearly all the hair had been removed by moths, by the Rev. S. Fairbank, of Ahmednagar in the Bombay Presidency, about two years ago. He had received the specimen from Mr. F. Levinge, who procured it in his own garden at Kodaikanal, on the Palni (or Pulney) hills in the Madura district, Madras Presidency. The natives of the hills called the animal “ Kart-nai,’’ or dog of the woods ; and Mr. Fairbank suggested that it might be Paradow- urus zeylonensis, Pall. (P. zeylanicus, Kelaart), a species hitherto not known to occur elsewhere than in Ceylon. On comparison, however, the skull was found to differ not only from that of P. zeylonensis, but from all known species of Paradoxurus, in the excessive length of the anterior palatine foramina, which are more than 0°4 inch long (10 millimetres), and extend back as far as a line drawn through the posterior edges of the anterior upper premolars. In all other Paradoxuri the foramina are only half as long as in the skull from the Palni Hills, and do not extend back further than a line drawn through the hinder edge of the canines. On searching amongst specimens in the British Museum, Mr. Oldfield Thomas (to whom I am indebted for much assistance in working out this and other questions connected with Indian zoology) called my attention to a flat skin presented some years since by Mr. F. Day, C.1.E., and different from that of any known Paradoxurus. This skin agrees with the description given by Mr. Fairbank, and with the remains of that sent by him; and although the exact locality whence it was procured is uncertain, Mr. Day tells me he is 1 During the passage of these remarks through the press, I have had, through the kindness of the Directors of the Senckenberg Museum, the opportunity of examining the original type of H. glaber described by Riippell. I find that Mr. Phillips’s specimen, while referable to the genus Heterocephalus, represents a distinct and very much smaller species, which I would propose to call 'H. phillipsi, after its discoverer. It may be readily distinguished by the fol- lowing comparative measurements :— Skull :— From Lambda to Basal Greatest Palate tip of nasals. length, breadth. length. millims. millims. millims. millims. EL. LUNE. oc ccteg eaten as 21°5 (c) 23:2 18:3 156 EL, phillipst .........008 161 17:5 13°6 91 Hind foot :— TLS QUO aaccniascesuee 21:2 HL, phillipst ........000 166 The type of H. phillipsi is a fully adult female. ; July 30, 1885. OME: J.Smit lith 1. PSITTACULA SPENGLERI. 2.PSITTACULA CYANOCHLORA Tanhart imp. 1885. ] DR. G. HARTLAUB ON A NEW PSITTACULA. 613 satisfied that it was obtained originally on one of the higher hill- ranges of Southern India. I was at first uncertain whether, after all, this apparently new Paradozurus might not be the P. zeylanicus, var. fuscus of Kelaart (Prod. Faun. Zey]. p. 39 ; P. montanus, Kelaart apud Blyth, J. A.S. B. xx. pp. 161-184); but one of the typical specimens of this form in the British Museum proves to be a slightly browner variety of P. zeylonensis. I have very little doubt that the large tree-cat mentioned by Surgeon-Major Bidie in the Government ‘ Manual of the Nilagiri District,’ p. 152, as having been obtained on the Animali hills and at Kotagiri on the Nilgiris, is the species to which attention is now called. If so this form has a considerable range in the southera portions of the Syhadri, or Western Ghats. I hope before long to be able to lay before the Society a general note on the species of Paradozurus, but meantime I propose to name the form here described after one of the best naturalists of Southern India, and to define it thus :— PARADOXURUS JERDONI, Sp. Nov. General structure apparently similar to that of the common P. hermaphroditus (= P.musanga, P. typus, P. bondar, &c.), except that the fur is uniform in length without longer black-tipped hairs on the body. Skull with anterior palatine foramina extending back as far as the anterior pair of premolars. Colour of fur deep rich brown on head, shoulders, and limbs ; back and sides the same but grizzled. Tail brown, with along white tip. Hairs and underfur of the body brown, except a long subterminal grey ring on the longer hairs of the back and sides. Vibrissee dark brown. . Dimensions approximately the same as in P. zeylonensis (head and body about 20 inches), or rather larger. The skull measures 4°45 inches in length from behind the occipital condyles to the anterior border of the premaxillaries. Hab. The higher ranges near the west coast of Southern India. The following papers were read :— 1. On a new Species of Parrot of the Genus Psittacula. By Dr. G. Harriavs, F.M.Z.S. [Received May 26, 1885.] (Plate XXXVIII.) In a small collection of birds’ skins from Baranquilla, presented of late to the Bremen Museum, I found a single specimen of a typical Psittacula, apparently quite adult and very probably a male. After having compared this little bird with the Psittacule of our collection— (1) Ps. passerina, from 8.E. Brazil, (2) Ps. cyanochlora, Natt., from Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. XL. 40 614 DR. G. HARTLAUB ON A NEW PSITTACULA. [June 16, North Brazil, not to be confounded with Ps. passerina, (3) Ps. cyanopyga, from the island of Tres Marias, (4) Ps. celestis, and (5) Ps. conspicillata,—and after having searched most assiduously, but without success, for a description in the systematical works, I think that I am justified in describing my Psittacula as of a new species. May I be allowed to name it after my friend Dr. W. Spengel, a well-known zoologist and the able Director of the Bremen Museum. PsITTACULA SPENGELI, sp. nov. (Plate XX XVIII. fig. 1.) Minor: rostro pro mole magno et valde robusto; lete et dilute psittacino-viridis : pileo letius et purius tincto; gastreo nonnihil in flavidum vergente; tergo infimo, uropygio et supracaudalibus dilute azureis; subalaribus prope marginem internum ale ex azureo-malachitaceis, dein intense cobaltino- cyaneis : tectricibus remigum sec. ord. uropygio concoloribus ; alula spuria nigro-cerulescente ; scapularibus dorso concoloribus ; rectricum pure et dilute viridium pogoniis internis subvirescenti- flavis, mediis totis viridibus ; subcaudalibus nitide et dilutissime viridibus ; rostro pallido ; pedibus incarnatis. Long. tot. circa 107 millim.; ale 81 millim.; caud. 30 millim. The colour of the upper parts is a light parrot-green, finer and purer on the crown and the sides of the head ; underparts somewhat lighter with a faint yellowish shade ; rump and upper tail-coverts of a fine light turquoise-blue (the same as in Ps. cyanopyga) ; greater Wing-coverts of the same colour; primaries black on the inner and green on the outer webs ; under wing-coverts near the margin of the wing of the same light turquoise-blue, but nearer the body of a fine blue; tail-feathers light green, the inner webs of the lateral rectrices yellow, with an indistinct greenish shade; under tail-coverts of a very light yellowish-green ; beak very large, whitish; feet flesh- coloured. Psittacula spengeli resembles P. cyanopyga in the turquoise- colour of the rump ; but differs from it in its smaller size, in the much larger beak, in the cobalt-blue spot on the inner wing-coverts, and in the yellow inner webs of the rectrices. In Psittacula cyanochlora, Natt. (passerina, 3 jr., Finsch), the inner wing-coverts are very much like those of Ps. spengeli; but the colour of the rump is, as in the former species, a brilliant emerald-green, and the inner webs of the rectrices are not yellow but green with yellowish margins. Psittacula cyanochlora is altogether a larger bird with a much smaller beak. The cobalt-blue colour of some of the tectrices of the primaries, so apparent in Ps. cyanochlora, is entirely wanting in Ps. spengeli. So far as I know, Psittacula spengeli is the only member of this lovely little group in which the colour of the inner wing-coverts repeats that of Ps. passerina &c., and the colour of the rump that of Ps. cyanopyga. I take this opportunity of sending for exhibition a typical specimen of Ps. eyanochlora, Natt. MS., which, as already observed, has been RALLI Cc) > 20) to 9) ‘> 1885.] DR. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS OF THE ‘ MARCHESA.’ 615 considered by Dr. Finsch as the young male of Ps. passerina, but which I believe to be a distinct species. It may be described as follows :— PsITrACULA CYANOCHLORA. (Plate XXXVIII. fig. 2.) 3. Supra psittacino-viridis, nonnihil obscurius adumbrata ; capitis lateribus et gastreo toto dilutius et subflavescenti-viridibus ; tergo, uropygio et supracaudalibus pulchre smaragdino-viri- dibus ; rectricibus viridibus, pogoniis internis marginem versus flavicantibus ; alarum tectricibus minoribus dorso concoloribus majoribus (remig. sec. ord.) cyanescentibus, in malachitaceum ver- gentibus, nonnullis subelongatis et angustatis, cobaltino-ceruleis ; subalaribus pulchre et extense cobaltinis ; margine interno alari e malachitaceo viridi ; rostro toto pallido ; pedibus incarnatis : crassitie Ps. passerine. Hab. Rio Brancho (Natterer). There is a young male Ps. passerina in the Bremen Collection which . resembles Ps. cyanochlora in most respects. But there are some differences, and amongst them there is one which I consider to be rather important. In this “ young male” of Caracas the cobalt-blue spot on the subalares is very small and has evidently not yet reached its full extension. In cyanochlora you will observe that the cobalt- blue of the subalares has the greatest possible extension, just as in the old male of passerina. Now this is very curious, and very much in favour of my opinion. The colour of the ¢ectric. major. is very similar in the Caracas bird and in Ps. eyanochiora, but it is brighter in the latter. The curious one or two narrow elongated dark-blue feathers are to be found in both birds. The emerald-green colour of the rump is also the same in both birds, it being only a little brighter in Ps. eyanochlora. The green colour of the upper parts is much lighter and purer in the Caracas bird, and the sides of the head and the whole under- parts are of a different green, finer, more emerald, and less ellowish than in Ps. cyanochlora. 2. Report on the Collection of Birds formed during the Voyage of the Yacht ‘ Marchesa.”—Part VI. New Guinea and the Papuan Islands. By F. H. H. GurittEMArD, M.A., M.D., F.L.S., &c. [Received June 2, 1885.] (Plate XX XIX.) The ‘ Marchesa,’ on leaving the Moluccas, proceeded to the islands lying off the north-west coast of New Guinea. Batanta and Waigiou were first visited ; and from the former, in the neighbourhood of a fine bay discovered at the east end (which was roughly surveyed, 40* 616 DR. ¥.H.H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, and named after the yacht), several specimens of Wilson’s Bird of Paradise were obtained. In Waigiou, during the month of October, we found many females and immature males of Paradisea rubra, but the male in full plumage seemed very rare. Our search for the lovely Rhipidornis gulielmi IIL. was quite unsuccessful, and though I inquired of many natives concerning it, none of them had any knowledge of it. Leaving some hunters both in this island and Salwatti, we proceded to Dorei Bay, where three Dutch missionaries are stationed ; the only white men in the whole of Dutch New Guinea. These gentlemen were of great help to us, and it was through their assistance that we were able to obtain so large a collection of birds from the slopes of the Arfak mountains ; a region that we ourselves were unfortunately unable to visit in person, owing to our restricted time and the fact that our flour and other provisions had already come to anend. After visiting Jobi, an island that proved, ornitho- logically speaking, very unproductive for us, save in specimens of _ Paradisea minor, we returned to Dorei Bay. After a short stay for arranging our Arfak specimens and various other purposes, we proceeded on our return journey ; and on arriving at Samatee in the island of Salwatti, we were pleased to find that our hunters had succeeded in obtaining for us a living specimen of the exquisite Twelve-wired Bird of Paradise (Seleucides nigricans). The island, however, not proving very rich in bird-life, we decided to go south- ward to Mysol, and found our way with some little difficulty through a network of small islands and shoals to Efbee, a little village on the south coast. Here we left five of our hunters with directions to proceed if possible to the west part of that island, and, after making a short survey of the harbour, we sailed for Amboina in order to re- provision the ship. The Aru islands were the next localities visited by the ‘ Marchesa,’ but the result was singularly unsuccessful. The season was unhealthy, and the ship’s company suffered considerably from fever and scurvy. We accordingly returned to Mysol, picked up the hunters we had left upon the island, and, merely touching for a day or two at Batchian en route, we anchored once more in the roadstead of Ternate. The collection thus obtained was a very large one, and numbered examples of close on two hundred and thirty species, of which two hundred and thirteen are noticed in the following pages. The col- lection of the Birds of Paradise was an exceedingly rich one, consisting of Porotia sexpennis, Lophorhina superba, Paradigalla caruneulata, Astrapia nigra, Epimachus speciosus, Drepanornis albertisi and D. bruijni, Ptiloris magnifica, Seleucides alba, Semioptera wallacei, Para- diseee minor, apoda, and rubra, Diphyllodes speciosa, chrysoptera, and wilsoni, Cicinnurus regius, and Xanthomelus aureus. The series of many of the above were very large, and the whole formed what is without doubt the finest collection that has hitherto been brought from New Guinea and itsislands. But the thoroughness of the work of previous explorers, such as Wallace, Beccari, Von Rosenberg, and D’ Albertis, is shown from the fact that among the many hundred skins obtained by the ‘ Marchesa’s’ party, not one single new species 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 617 occurs, although fresh localities have been assigned to many. The expedition likewise failed in solving the problem of the nesting of the Paradiseide in spite of every inquiry having been made, and large rewards offered for the eggs of any of the species. Among many living birds brought back by the ‘ Marchesa,’ and presented by Mr. C. T. Kettlewell to the Society, were three fine examples of Paradisea minor, which have now been in the Gardens for nearly a year and are still in good health. The Seleucides unfortunately died on the voyage home. The present paper concludes the series on the birds collected during the ‘Marchesa’s’ voyage. It is to be regretted that, in the present days of ocean yachting, more yacht-owners do not follow Mr. Kettlewell’s example, and strive by private enterprise to add somewhat to our knowledge of those countries that have been left so long unexplored. 1, HALiasTUR GIRRENERA (Vieill.). Haliastur girrenera, Salvad. op. cit. vol. 1. p. 15. a. Jr. Waigiou. 2. Baza REINWARDTI (Miill. et Schleg.). Baza reinwardtii, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 26. a. 6. Dobbo, Aru. 6. Aru. c. Waigiou. Iris yellow; tarsus and feet yellow; bill dark slate. Length (example «) 40 centims. ; wing 29 centims. Salvadori does not mention the occurrence of this species in Waigiou. 3. Asrur LeEucosoma (Sharpe). Leucospizias leucosomus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 42. a. 9. Arfak (Bruijn). The feet and tarsi are yellow in the dried skin, and are doubtless so in the living bird. 4. AstuR POLIOCEPHALUS (G. R. Gr.). Urospizias poliocephalus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ie p. 45. a. 6. Wammar, Aru. : Iris brown ; bill black ; skin round eye and at base of bill orange ; feet orange, claws black. Length 37°8 centims. ; wing 21*2 centims. 5. AstuR ToRQUATUS (Cuv.). Urospizias torquatus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 60. a. 2. Batanta. j ; Batanta is a new locality for this species, but Wallace obtained it in Waigiou. 618 DR. ¥.H.H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 6. AsTUR MELANOCHLAMys (Salvad.). Urospizias melanochlamys, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 63. a. 3. Arfak (Bruijn). Mr. Gurney, who has kindly assisted me in the identification of many of the birds of prey collected during the voyage of the ‘Marchesa,’ writes :—‘‘'This specimen agrees with the description given in Salvadori’s Orn. della Pap. with the following exceptions :— The under wing-coverts are whole-coloured dark maroon like the breast, except the lowest row, which are pale tawn. Also no spots are visible either on remiges or rectrices, and the bill is only partially black, the lower mandible and the sides of the upper, next the gape, being horn-yellow.” 7. CacATUA TRITON (Temm.). Cacatua triton, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 94. a. ¢. Salwatti. 6. 2. Mysol. ce. Arfak. Iris brown; bill and legs black. Length 48°6-49°5 centims. ; wing 28°5—30 centims. The Arfak bird is considerably larger than the other birds. The crest is very full and long, not pointed, and not recurved. From the base of the bill to the end of the crest is 17°0 centims., as against 130 and 13°) centims. of the other examples. The bill also is much larger. 8. MicroGLOssUS ATERRIMUS (Gm.). Microglossus aterrimus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 107. a. 6. Salwatti. b. 3. Dorei (via ad.). c. 2. Waigiou. d. Jr. Momos, Waigiou. Iris dark brown; bare skin red; bill and legs black. In the young bird the maxilla is dark brown, whitish at tip ; the mandible stone-colour, white at the tip; the feathers of the abdomen finely barred with light yellow, and the tail-feathers much pointed. This species gets extremely tame in confinement, appears torpid, and is very deliberate in its movements. 9. NaSITERNA‘BRUIJNI, Salvad. Nasiterna bruijni, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 115. a, 6. 6. Arfak. e. 9. Arfak. Obtained from Mr. Bruijn of Ternate. 10. NasITERNA PYGMHA (Q. et G.). Nasiterna pygmea, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 117. a. &. Mysol. b. 2. Mysol. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 619 Iris, bill, and feet brown ; length 9:4—10°0 centims, (Salvadori gives 7°8 centims. !); wing 5*7—-5:9 centims. 11, TANYGNATHUS MEGALORHYNCHUs (Bodd.). Tanygnathus megalorhynchus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 129. a, 6. 3. Momos, Waigiou. c, d. 2. Momos. e. ¢. Samatee, Salwatti. Iris whitish yellow; bill scarlet; tarsus dull olive. Length 38°0-42'3 centims. Salvadori gives 43-46 centims. as the total- length measurements ; these have possibly been taken from the dried skin. The Salwatti bird is bluish on the head, not green. 12. ApROsMICTUS DORSALIS (Q. et G.). Aprosmictus dorsalis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 140. a. 3. Batanta. 6. 2. Andai. ec 2.Chabrol Bay, Waigiou. d. 9.Samatee, Salwatti. e. New Guinea. Iris orange; bill black, red at base of maxilla; tarsus dirty yellow, sometimes olive-green or brownish. One of the females only has the interscapulars green. 13. PsrrracELLA BREHMI (Rosenb.). Psittacella brehmti, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 145. a. 6. Arfak. 6. 2. Arfak. Obtained by the hunters in the neighbourhood of Hatam. The bill of the male is much larger than that of the female. 14. CycLopsirracus occIDENTALIS, Salvad. Cyclopsittacus occidentalis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 152. a, b. 3. Samatee, Salwatti. Iris brown ; bare space round eye blackish; bill black ; tarsus dark greenish. Length 23°0 centims. ; wing 11°3 and 11:6 centims. Very like C. blythi from Mysol, but quite distinct in having the azure subocular spots, and differing from C. desmaresti in wanting the blue nuchal patch. 15. CycLorsitTacus BLyTuI, Wall. Cyclopsittacus blythi, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 154. a-d. 3. Mysol. e-g. 2. Mysol. Iris brown ; bill black; tarsus dull olive. Length 22°8-25 centims. ; wing 11°3-11°7 centims. This series shows C. blythi to be a perfectly good species. The individuals vary a good deal in colour, some having the underparts much brighter than others. Thus in one they are almost grass- 620 DR. F.H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, green, while in another, a female, there is a broad pectoral band of orange, and the breast and abdomen are tinged with that colour. In two males and a female, all of which have a general green rather than orange colouring, a feather or two beneath the eye, corre- sponding to the position of the subocular spot in C. ocecipitalis, are slightly tipped with greenish blue. 16. CycLopsIrrAcus DIOPHTHALMUS (Hombr. et Jacq.). Cyclopsittacus diophthalmus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 158. a-d. 3. Mysol. e-h. 2. Mysol. Iris brown; bill black; feet dull olive. Length 14°5-15°4 centims. ; wing 8°3-8°9 centims. Besides the absence of the red on the cheeks, the female differs from the male in the red not shading into golden yellow on the vertex as in the latter. 17. CycLopsirracus ARUENSIS (Schleg.). Cyclopsittacus aruensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 161. a, b. 3. Dobbo, Aru. Iris dark brown ; tarsus olive-green; bill dark slate. Length 15°8, 16°2 centims. ; wing 8°6, 8°4 centims. 18. GEOFFROYUS PUCHERANI, Bp. Geoffroyus pucherani, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 184. a. 3. Batanta. 6. 2. Batanta. c. d. Waigiou. d, e. 3. Mysol. Iris greyish yellow; bill, maxilla of ¢ red, white at the tip, mandible dark slate, both slate-colour in the 9 ; tarsus olive-green. Length 27:5-28°0 centims. ; wing 15:0-17:0 centims. 19. GEOFFROYUS JOBIENSIs (Meyer.) Geoffroyus jobiensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 187. a. &. Ansus, Jobi. 6. 2. Ansus. Iris yellow ; bill, in male maxilla red, mandible black ; in the female both black; feet olive-grey. Length 27:2; wing 16°6 centims. The red of the back is brighter than in G@. pucherani; the under wing-coverts are light cobalt, not azure, and in the female the head is of a clearer brown. 20. EcLectus recroratis (P. L.S. Mill.). Eclectus pectoralis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 196. a-c. 3. Waigiou. d,e. 9. Waigiou. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 621 fj. &. Batanta. g. 3+ Dobbo, Aru. Iris red in the male, yellow or orange in the female. Maxilla of male rosy red, manciblel black ; bill of female entirely black ; feet dull olive-green. Length of birds from N.W. islands, 38°7-41°4 centims. ; wing 24*8—27:0 centims. The Aru bird is larger (44:4 and 28:0 centims.) ; but does not otherwise differ. A Waigiou male is partially albino, having the 1st, 4th, and 7th primaries of the left side, and the Ist, 3rd, and 7th of the right snowy white. 21. DAsypTILuS PESQUETI (Less.). Dasyptilus pesqueti, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 216. a. Arfak. 6, c. Dorei. All in similar plumage, except that in one the inner primaries are not tipped with red. These birds were obtained by the hunters ; I never saw the species except one specimen in confinement, in the house of Mr. van Bruijn Morris, the Resident of Ternate. It was fed almost entirely upon bananas. 22. Lorrius tory (Linn.). Lorius lory, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 223. a-c. 6. Waigiou. d-f. 2. Waigiou. g. Waigiou? h, i. 3. Andai. k. 3. Mysol. 1. Salwatti. Iris light yellow in the adult, yellowish brown in immature birds. Bill bright orange-red ; tarsus black. The individual marked «© Waigiou?”’ has the throat and breast red, and the blue of the nape does not join that of the under surface. It thus corresponds to Salvadori’s L. erythrothorax, but is evidently only a variety of ZL. lory. One of the examples from Andai is immature, and has the greater series of under wing-coverts yellow, with black tips, and the middle and lesser striped red and blue. The two median rectrices are green subterminally, and there are some scarlet feathers intermixed with the blue of the mantle. The only example obtained from Salwatti is characterized by the large extent of blue occupying the throat. This species was found to be extremely abundant in Waigiou. 23. Eos wauuacet, Finsch. Eos wallacei, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 255. a. 2. Napriboi, Waigiou. Iris “ brick colour ;” bill orange ; tarsus greyish. Length 29-0 centims., wing 15:0 centims. A much brighter species than the Moluccan representative, H. riciniata, the red being more intense. 622 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 24. Eos ruseata, Blyth. Eos fuscata, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 263. a. o. Andai. Iris, inner ring orange, outer white; bill orange; tarsus black ; pectoral bands and abdomen red. Another individual, obtained alive from Jobi, was also of the red variety. 25. CHALCOPSITTACUS ATER (Scop.). Chalcopsittacus ater, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 269. a, 6. g. Samatee, Salwatti. c, d. 9. Samatee. e-h. 3. Efbe, Mysol. i, ke. 2. Mifbe: Iris, inner ring yellow, outer red; bill and feet black. Length 36-39 centims.; wing 18°5-19°8. These measurements are con- siderably in excess of those given by Salvadori (long. 33 centims., wing 17-18 centims.). In this series the Mysol birds can at once be distinguished from those of Salwatti by the brighter blue of the back and uropygium, and by the tendency to red coloration in various parts of the body. Thus, in all the examples e-/ the tibials are more or less red, in some very brightly so. There is no trace of this in any of the birds from Salwatti. All the Mysol birds have the feathers of the fore- head washed with red, all have the carpal margin more or less marked with that colour, one of them very strongly so, and in four individuals the greater series of under wing-coverts are similarly characterized, while some of the primaries have a patch of reddish yellow on the inner web. While in Mysol I twice saw a bird in a flock of others, which had the front part of the head bright red, apparently much as in C. scintillatus. This species was abundant in Mysol, in flocks of from 10 to 20 individuals. One that lived in confinement on board the ‘ Marchesa’ for some months became excessively tame. 26. CHALCOPSITTACUS SCINTILLATUS (Temm.). Chalcopsittacus scintillatus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 274. a, 6. &. Dobbo, Aru. Iris yellow; bill and tarsus black. 27. TRICHOGLOSSUS CYANOGRAMMUS, Wagl. Trichoglossus cyanogrammus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 279. a-e. d. Mysol. f-i. 2. Mysol. k. 9. Chabrol Bay, Waigiou. l,m. o. Salwatti. n. 6. Batanta. o. 2. Batanta. p. 2. Andai. Iris orange-red ; bill reddish orange ; feet brownish olive. Length 25°5-29°0 centims. ; wing 13°0-14°7 centims, 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 623 28. TRICHOGLOSSUS NIGRIGULARIS, G. R. Gr. Trichoglossus nigrigularis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 292. a-g. 6. Dobbo, Aru. h. 2. Dobbo. Iris orange ; bill bright orange-red ; feet greyish black. Length 27:0-31°7 centims. ; wing 14°8-15°5 centims. The last of the series has the breast yellowish orange, and the feathers tipped with green, not dark blue. There is a large amount of variation among the individuals, the abdomen being green in some, in others bluish black. In one, the nuchal collar is yellow- orange, much marked with red, instead of greenish yellow, as it is usually. T, nigrigularis, a common bird at Dobbo especially, differs from T. cyanogrammus in the greater length of tail and wing. 29. TRICHOGLOsSUS ROSENBERGI, Schleg. Trichoglossus rosenbergi, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 298. ses Iris yellow; bill scarlet; tarsus dull olive-green. Length 23°5 centims., wing 12:4, tail 7°5, tarsus 1:6. This bird was obtained from a native of Dorei Bay, and was kept in captivity for some time. It agrees in almost every particular with Salvadori’s description, but is smaller. It is also much smaller than the example of 7. rosenbergi in the British Museum. The only noticeable difference in the plumage is that the inner web of the first primary is yellow washed with red, the next is more red, and so on till the fourth, which is entirely red. The entirely blue head, the broad yellow nuchal collar, the narrow brownish-red collar above it, and, lastly, the red inner webs of the primaries, serve at once to distinguish this species from 7. cyanogrammus. 30. NropsIrracus MUSCHENBROEKI (Rosenb.). Neopsittacus muschenbroekii, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 300. a, 6. Arfak. c, d. Vix ad, Arfak. e, f. Jr. Arfak. g. Jr. Arfak (Bruin). h. Arfak (Bruijn). Examples ¢ and dare nearly adult, but the tips of the greater series of under wing-coverts are dull greenish brown. Examples e and f have but a slight amount of red on the breast, but in A this colour commences at the chin. 31. CorIPHILUS WILHELMIN& (Meyer). Coriphilus wilhelmine, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 302. a. 2. Arfak (Bruijn). 32. CorIPHILUS PLACENS (Temm.). Coriphilus placens, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 303. a, 6. Chabrol Bay, Waigiou. 624 DR. F.H. H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 6, c. 2. Chabrol Bay. d. Juv. d. Mysol. e. 6. Arfak. Iris red or yellow ; bill and feet bright red. Length 17*7-18°5 centims. ; wing 8°6—-9-0 centims. The Arfak bird has no yellow on the first three primaries, in the others the first two only are without the yellow patch ; the head is more distinctly yellow. The species has, I believe, not been pre- viously obtained from this district. 33. OREOPSITTACUS ARFAKI (Meyer). Oreopsittacus arfaki, Salvad. op. eit. vol. i. p. 315. a. &. Arfak. 6. 2. Arfak. 34, CHARMOSYNOPSIS PULCHELLA (G. R. Gr.). Charmosynopsis pulchella, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 317. a-c. 6. Arfak. d. 3 viv ad. Arfak. e. 2 viv ad. Arfak. Ff: Fr..6~ Arfak. The thighs are slightly streaked with yellow in all. The young bird has the plumage of the adult, except that the breast is greenish and unstriped with yellow. It is also peculiar in having the inner webs of the flight feathers (beginning with the third) yellow towards the base. This seems to be a not uncommon characteristic of im- maturity in other allied genera. 35. CHARMOSYNA PAPUENSIS (Gm.). Charmosyna papuensis, Salvad. op. cit, vol. i. p. 320. a-c. 6. Arfak. d-g. Q. Arfak. h-k. Viv ad. Arfak. l. Jr. Arfak. In all the last four examples, the inner webs of some of the primaries at the base are yellow. The individual 7 has the under surface barred, and the tail short. The long tail-feathers of this species appear to be naturally wavy from their first appearance. 36. CHARMOSYNA JOSEPHIN (Finsch). Charmosyna josephine, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 325. a. 6. Arfak (Bruijn). 37. CucuLus cANoRoIDEs, S. Miill. Cuculus canoroides, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 328. a. 3. Momos, Waigiou, Nov. 12. 6. 2. Momos, Oct. 25. ce, d. Jr. Waigiou, Nov. 12 and 15, e. 2. Wammar, Aru, Dec. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 625 Iris yellow, brown in the young bird; bill black, greenish or yel- lowish at base of lower mandible; tarsus chrome-yellow. Length of example 4, 33°4 centims. ; wing 20°5 centims. None of the above are in perfect plumage. 38. CuRrysococcyx MEYERI (Salvad.). Lamprococcyx meyerii, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 346. Geno, Artak. Bill black; feet ash-coloured. Wing 9:4 centims. This indi- vidual has the whole sinciput chestnut, which was found to be the case in the only six females examined by Salvadori, though the colour was more restricted in some cases than in others. It is therefore not improbable that it is a constant sexual peculiarity. 39. ? EupyNAMIS RUFIVENTER (Less.). Eudynamis rufiventer, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 368. a. 6 ad. Traitors Islands (N. of Jobi I.). b. f$ (2). Traitors Islands. ec. o (?). Traitors Islands. d. 2. Waigiou. The above birds were all obtained from Mr. Bruijn of Ternate, and are unaccompanied by notes on the colour of the soft parts. The first, a, isa male in full plumage ; 8, also marked ¢, has the head, neck, and iuterscapulars shining bluish green, the rest~of the back and wings spotted with white, the tail barred with rufous-white. The chin and throat are black, the upper breast rufescent, and the whole of the rest of the under surface white, barred with black. Example, from the same locality, differs from the last in having the upper surface spotted indiscriminately with white and rufous, and the whole under surface rufous barred with black. The last individual, d, from Waigiou, has the upper surface spotted with rufous ; the under parts rufous barred with black. The diagnostic points given by Salvadori— “foemina supra albo-maculata; gastreoalbido .. H. cyanocephala.” “¢fcemina supra rufo-maculata; gastreeo rufescente. E. rufiventer.” are thus inapplicable. 40. NESOCENTOR MENEBIKI (Garn.). Nesocentor menebiki, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 377. a. 3. Mysol. 6. 3. Samatee, Salwatti. ce. 2. Dorei. Iris red, in the Dorei bird yellow, with an outer ring of brown; bill yellowish, dark at the base; feet dark horn-colour. Length 65°5-66-4 centims., wing 20-23. 41. Ruytrpoceros puiicatus (Penn.). Rhytidoceros plicatus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 392. a. 3. Momos, Waigiou. b. 2. Momos. 626 DR. F. H.H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, Iris of male orange, of female yellow; bill pale yellowish white, reddish at base; tarsus black. Length of male 90°5 centims., of female 78°5. Both old birds, with the edges of the bill much notched. The male has six maxillary plaques; the female only four. 42. ALCYONE LESSONI, Cass. Alcyone lessoni, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 410. a. 9. Batanta. Iris brown; bill black; feet bright red-orange. Length 14-0 centims., wing 7°S. A small specimen as compared with Salvadori’s measurements, in which the length is given as 16°5-17°5 centims. 43, ALCYONE PUSILLA (Temm.). Alcyone pusilla, Salvad. op. cit. vol.i. p. 414. a. do. Waigiou. 6. Batanta. Iris brown; bill black ; feet clear brown. Length of Batanta example 13 centims. Salvadori does not mention Batanta asa locality for this bird. 44. Cryx souiraria, Temm. Ceyx solitaria, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 420. a,b. &. Salwatti. e, d. 2. Salwatti. e. 2. Waigiou. Tris brown ; bill black ; tarsus orange. Length 135-14 centims. ; wing 5:4 centims. This species has never previously been recorded from Waigiou. 45. TANyYsIPTeRA GALATEA, G. R. Gr. Tanysiptera galatea, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 438. a-c. 3. Batanta. d,e. &. Andai. fig. 2. Andai. h,i. 3. Waigiou. k,l. 2. Waigiou. Iris brown; bill brilliant coral-red ; feet yellowish green. Common ; but difficult to obtain in good plumage. 46. HaLcyon NIGROCYANEA, Wall. Halcyon nigrocyanea, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 457. Halcyon quadricolor, Oustal. Le Nat. 1880, p. 323; Sharpe, Birds of N. G. part 13. a, 6. 3. Ansus, Jobi (Bruijn). ce. 6. Ansus (Bruijn). The series is interesting as proving the identity of H. nigrocyanea, 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 627 and H. quadricolor of Oustalet. Exawmple a is a typical individual of the former ; ¢ has the chestnut abdomen, and corresponds to the description and figure of the latter. It is noteworthy that in all other respects it agrees perfectly with a, though the colouring is somewhat brighter. The third, 6, resemblesa, but the blue abdomen shows a few scattered chestnut feathers, which are sufficient to make the identity of the two species evident. The skin is labelled ¢, which is most probably correct; and it would therefore seem most likely that H. quadricolor is a young stage of the male of H. nigro- cyanea. It should be mentioned, however, that example ec shows no sign of immaturity, and it is therefore quite possible that it may be a variety. 47. SAUROPATIS SAUROPHAGA (Gould). Sauropatis saurophaga, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 468. a-c. 3. Mysol. d. Jr. 3. Mysol. e. 29. Mysol. St. &. Waigiou. g- 2. Dorei. Tris brown ; bill as in 8. chloris ; feet brownish black. Length 28-29°8 centims. ; wing 11:8—12°8 centiims. Individuals are of bluish or greenish shade, without reference to locality or sex. Example d has the beak and tail short, the breast delicately barred with brownish black, the wing barred with white. This species haunts the mangroves on the shores of most of the Papuan islands in abundance. 48. Savropatis sancra (Vig. et Horsf.). Sauropatis sancta, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 476. a. 9. Waigiou. 6. 2. Batanta. Iris brown; bill as in S. chloris; tarsus grey. Length 21 centims. 49. SyMA TOROTORO, Less. Syma torotoro, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 482. a,b. 3. Salwatti. c. dg. Waigiou. d. 9. Waigiou. e. Jr. 2. Waigiou. Iris brown; bill and feet bright yellow. Length 21-+5-22-4 centims. ; wing 8-2 centims. The immature female has a shading of brownish black on the vertex and a regular black collar. Bill and tail shorter ; the former dusky yellow ; otherwise resembles adult. S. torotoro seems somewhat rare. It is found in the forest, not on the coast, and appears to feed entirely on insects. 628 DR. ¥F.H.H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 50. SAUROMARPTIS GAUDICHAUDI (Q. et G.). Sauromarptis gaudichaudi, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 487. a-h. 3. Waigiou. i-n. 9. Waigiou. o-r. 9. Batanta. s. Jr. S. Batanta. t-x. 3. Mysol. y, z 2. Mysol. a, o'. 9. Aru. cl. 2. Salwatti. Iris brown ; bill greenish yellow ; tarsus pale olive-green. Length 31+7-34 centims. ; wing 13°5-14°5 centims. In spite of Salvadori’s opinion to the contrary, I cannot help regarding the blue-tailed bird as the male, and the chestnut tail as, in adult individuals, an invariable mark of the female sex. Salvadori holds that the females also assume the blue tails, but only in extreme adult life ; and, secondly, that the male has at first a chestnut tail, but assumes the blue tail at an early stage. The present series does not bear this first assertion out. Without a single exception ail the adult examples with chestnut tails are marked @ ; all those with blue tails ¢. Among the former are some which are undoubtedly old birds, with the maxilla worn and notched at the edge, but the tails show no sign of turning blue. Again, in Salvadori’s series of 98 individuals, of those labelled as 2, with the tail blue, two only have Beccari’s initial appended ; the rest are birds obtained from Bruijn. Conversely, of those labelled S$ with a chestnut tail, all are from Bruijn with the exception of two, which are of Beccari’s collecting. I do not for a moment wish to imply that Mr. Bruijn’s collectors are more unreliable than natives usually are, but I can only say that of my own hunters there was but one on whom I could depend for the accurate determination of sex. The females have not the same deep glossy black back as the males, and the scapulars are in no case edged with blue. Example s is a young bird, with a very short beak and tail; the collar, eye- streak, loral spot, and sides of throat are fulvous ; the blue on the wings is much paler; the tail beneath is red as in the female, but on the upper surface the basal half is strongly tinged with blue. It is a male. The bill is greenish black; basal half of mandible whitish. 51. Mr“ipoRA MACRORHINA (Less.). Melidora macrorhina, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 500. a. 3. Waigiou. b. Jr. 3. Waigiou. c. 2. Waigiou. d. Jr. 2. Dorei. Iris brown; bill—maxilla very dark brown, mandible greenish yellow; feet greenish brown. Length of adult 33°7 centims. ; of immature birds 27°0 and 29-5 ceutims. ; wing 11°5 centims. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA.’ 629 The immature examples have the whole under surface fulvous, becoming albescent onthe abdomen. On the breast and throat each feather is edged with brownish black. Feathers of forehead and vertex tipped with dull green, surrounded by a dull cobalt line, with an ill-marked rufous collar posteriorly. The ochraceous edging of the feathers of the back and wings is devoid of any green tinge. 52. EURYSTOMUS ORIENTALIS, Linn. (var. pacificus). Eurystomus pacificus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 503. Eurystomus orientalis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 508. a. 3. Jobi. 6. Q. Jobi. ec. ¢. Batanta. d. Andai. 53. EuRYSTOMUS CRASSIROSTRIS, Sclat. Eurystomus crassirostris, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. ps 510. a. 9. Efbe, Mysol. Bill orange-red, tip black ; tarsus and feet dull red. Length 33 centims., wing 20°2; tail 11:5; bill from gape 4°3, breadth 2:9; tarsus 1°9. Easily distinguishable from Z. orientalis by its brighter colouring and larger size. 54. PoDARGUS PAPUENSIS, Q. et G. Podargus papuensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 513. a. 3. Waigiou. 6. 2. Waigiou. ce. 9. Arfak. Iris red-brown; bill and feet greyish brown. Length 56-57 centims. ; wing 29'4—29°8 centims. The male is much whiter beneath, and without the ruddy tinge which is apparent on the scapulars of the female. 55. PopaRGUS OCELLATUS, Q. et G. Podargus ocellatus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 517. a. d. Waigiou. 6. 2. Mysol. ce. 2. Ansus, Jobi. d(¢). Arfak. e. 9. Arfak. J. Pullus. Andai. Iris brown ; bill brownish ; feet flesh-coloured. Length 32°5- 33°8 centims.; wing 18-19 centims. The nestling is a little ball of white fluff; the feathers of the upper surface faintly barred with brown, and with the centre of the apical portion of each feather brownish black. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. XLI. 41 630 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 56. ASGOTHELES ALBERTISI, Sclat. gotheles albertisii, Salvad. op. eit. vol. i. p. 524. a. 9. Arfak (Bruijn). Salvadori considers it possible that this species may be identical with 4. wallacei. Compared, however, with a female of the latter species, the present example is seen to differ by the much greater delicacy of the feet, tarsus, and beak. The maxilla has a finer and sharper hook, and the nostrils are smaller, and considerably more covered by the frontal plumes than is the case in #. wallacet. The tarsus also is longer, and the toe shorter than in the latter. 57. ASGOTHELES WALLACE! (G. R. Gr.). Aigotheles wallacei, Salvad. op. cit, vol. 1. p. 526. a. 9. Arfak. Obtained from Mr. Bruijn of Ternate. It corresponds with the description of 4. wallacei given by Salvadori, except that a tolerably distinct line of rufous extends down the centre of the under surface from the chin to the abdomen. 58. Macrorreryx MysTACcEA (Less.). Macropteryx mystacea, Salvad. op. cit. vol. 1. p. 537. a. 9. Batanta. 6. 2. Chabrol Bay, Waigiou. Iris brown; bill black ; feet greyish black. Length 31°0-33°2 centims.; wing 22°5-23°5 centims. Tolerably abundant on the sea-coast of all the islands of the N.W. part of New Guinea. 59. CoLLOCALIA ESCULENTA (Linn.). Collocallia esculenta, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 540. a. 3. Efbe, Mysol. 6. 9. Efbe. Tris brown; bill black ; feet clear brown, claws black. Length 9°6 centims. ; wing 10 centims. 60. PELTOPs BLAINVILLE! (Less. et Garn.). Peltops blainvillei, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 8. a,b. ¢. Momos, Waigiou. c. 6. Mysol. d. 9. Andai. e. Arfak. Tris red, surrounded by a faint ring of lavender; bill and feet black. Length 18°5 centims. (Andai) to 20°5 centims. (Mysol). Wing 9°8-10°2 centims. The Andai and Arfak examples differ in having the white dorsal spot much larger than in the others. In the Arfak bird some of the white feathers of this region are marked with red. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA.’ 631 61. MoNARCHA FRATER, Sclat. Monarcha frater, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 17. a. Arfak. 62. Monarcua GUTTULATUS (Garn.). Monarcha guttulatus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 22. a. 3. Waigiou. b. (Locality unknown.) c. Jr. Waigiou. Iris dark brown; bill slate-blue, light at the edges; feet ashy. Length about 17 centims., wing 8. In 4 the forehead and throat are ashy, while the breast is washed with pale rufous. It is probably an immature male. Example ec has the whole under surface white, the breast washed with rufous, and a few feathers on the chin greyish. Cheeks and lores buffish white ; wings brown ; external rectrices tipped with white. 63. MonaRCHA CHALYBEOCEPHALUS (Garn.). Monarcha chalybeocephalus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 30. a,b. 3. Waigiou. e. d. Waigiou. d. S. Mysol. Iris ruddy ; bill slate-coloured ; tarsus greyish black. Length 18 centims., wing 86-92. The species does not seem to have been recorded before from Mysol. 64. MoNARCHA MELANONOTUS, Sclat. Monarcha melanonotus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 38. a, 6. 3. Mysol. ce. 2. Mysol. d. 3. N. coast of Papua, long. 139° (Bruijn). Iris brown; bill blue-black ; feet bluish black. Length 14°5- 15°8 centims., wing 7'4-7°6. In the male obtained from Mr. Bruijn the yellow of the uropygium is of less extent than in the others. 65. ARsEs BATANT, Sharpe. Arses batante, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 42. a-c. 6. Batanta. d-g. 9. Batanta. h. 2. Waigiou (Bruijn). Iris brown; bill and tarsus dark cobalt-blue. Length 18°5 -19°3 centims.; wing 8°5-8°6, male 9:0. The eyelid is bright cobalt-blue, not yellow as Mr. Sharpe has described it. The Waigiou bird is marked ¢, but is no doubt a female, unless the young male in the first stage has the plumage of the female: In this example the fulvous of the breast ends abruptly, not shading off into the white of the abdomen, as is the case in the others. ° 41 632 pk. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 66. ArsEs rnsuLaRis (Meyer). Arses insularis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 47. a. &. Jobi (Bruijn). 67. SAULOPROCTA MELALEUCA (Q. et G.). Sauloprocta melaleuca, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 48. Rhipidura tricolor, Sharpe, Cat. B. vol. iv. p. 339. a. 3d. Momos, Waigiou. b. 2. Momos, Waigiou. c. 9. Samatee, Salwatti. d. Dorei. e. 9. Batanta. Jf. &. Dobbo, Aru. Iris brown; bill and feet black. Length 21°5-23:0 centims., wing 10°1-10°6. 68. RurprpuRA SETOSA (Q. et G.). Rhipidura setosa, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 61. a. 3. Momos, Waigiou. b. 2. Chabrol Bay, Waigiou. c. Momos. Iris brown; tarsus dark grey; bill black. Length 17°0-17°7 centims., wing 8°0—-9°5. 69. Muscicapa GriseostictTa (Swinh.). Muscicapa griseosticta, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 80. a. 2. Momos, Waigiou, Oct. 20. 6. Efbe, Mysol, Dec. 8. Iris brown ; bill and feet black. Length 13-3 centims., wing 8°6. The above localities are both new for this species. 70. MoNACHELLA MULLERIANA, Schl. Monachella saxicolina, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 83. a. 6. Arfak. 6. Arfak. 71. Pa@citopryaAs HYPOLEUCA (G. R. Gr.). Pecilodryas hypoleuca, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 86. a. &. Salwatti. 6. Waigiou. Iris brown; bill black; tarsus brown. In both individuals the black patches of the sides of the breast nearly, if not actually, meet in the middle line. Salwatti is a new locality for this species. 72. MicR@CA FLAVOVIRESCENS, G. R. Gr. Micreca flavovirescens, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 92. a. &. Ansus, Jobi. Tris brown ; maxilla black, mandible flesh-colour ; feet and tarsus flesh-colour. Length 15°8 centims., wing 7°8. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 633 73. MAcHEZRORHYNCHUS ALBIFRONS, G. R. Gr. Macherorhynchus albifrons, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 109. a. 6. Arfak. Like M. nigripectus, this species has the long loose feathers of the back strongly tipped with yellow. 74, MACHZRORHYNCHUS NIGRIPECTUs, Schleg. Macherorhynchus nigripectus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 109. a, 6. 3. Arfak. 75. MaLurvus ALBoscAPULATUS, Meyer. Malurus alboscapulatus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 119. a. do. Arfak. 76. GRAUCALUS CHRULEOGRISEUS (G. R. Gr.). Graucalus ceruleogriseus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 122. a. 2. Mansinam. &. 2. Dorei. ce. 2. Arfak. Iris brown ; bill and feet black. Length about 34-0 centims., wing 16°0-16°6. The Mansinam example differs from the others in having the apices of all the flight-feathers edged with white. All the tail-feathers are also strongly tipped with white, the outer pair for half an inch or more. In the Arfak bird there are no white tips to the wing-feathers, and only a faint trace of that colour at the apices of the two external rectrices, and the under wing-coverts are a deeper isabelline. All three examples are darker on the under surface than are those in the British Museum from the Aru Islands. 77. GRAUCALUS BOYER! (G. R. Gr.). Graucalus boyeri, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 124. a. 9. Mysol. Iris dark brown; bill and feet black. Length 24°5 centims., wing 12°8. Lores white, nasal plumes buffish ; no black on chin, the first two or three feathers of which are pale buff. The external pair of rec- trices are faintly tipped with grey. 78. GRAUCALUS MAGNIROSTRIS, Forsten. Graucalus magnirostris, Salvad. op. cit. vol. il. p. 129. a. 3. Waigiou. Iris dark brown; bill and feet black. Wing 17°2 centims., tail 16:0, bill 3°2, tarsus 2°7. This species has hitherto been considered as peculiar to the Halmaheira group, but a comparison of the present example with individuals from that island and Batchian shows that they are identical, 634 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [ June 16, 79. GRAUCALUS MELANOPS (Lath.). Graucalus melanops, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 130. a (2). Mysol. 6. 9. Efbe, Mysol. Iris brown; bill black; feet brownish black. Length 32°3 centims., wing 19:0. Chin, throat, and forehead irregularly marked with grey and black in both examples. In a the breast and upper part of the abdomen are grey, with obsolete bars. In} the upper breast only is grey, with faint barring; the white of the under surface being more extended than in a. G. melanops has not previously been recorded from any of the islands of N.W. New Guinea, although it was obtained by Wallace as far north as Amboina. _A comparison of the present specimens with others from the Aru Islands shows no dif- ferences of importance. 80. GRAUCALUS PAPUENSIS (Gm.). Graucalus papuensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 132. a, b. 3. Mysol. ce. 9. Mysol. d. 3. Salwatti. e. 29? Jobi (Bruin). Iris brown ; bill black; tarsus brownish black. Length 28-6- 30°2 centims., wing 14°5-15°3. ; If the label of the bird obtained from Mr. Bruijn be correct, Jobi is apparently new as a locality for this species. It does not differ from the others. The sex is given as 2, but no doubt erroneously, as the forehead and lores are jet-black. 81. Epoxitsoma mExAN (S. Miill.). Edoliisoma melas, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 143. a. 9. Chabrol Bay, Waigiou. b. 2. Ansus, Jobi. Iris brown ; bill black; tarsus dark slate. Length 24:0-24°6 centims., wing 12°0. The example from Waigiou, a new locality for this species, is darker than the Jobi bird. 82. Epoiisoma MONTANUM (Meyer). Edoliisoma montanum, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 147. a. 3. Arfak (Bruijn). 83. Epoxisoma scuisticeps (G. R. Gr.). Edoliisoma schisticeps, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 148. a. 2. Mysol. Length 21°5 centims., wing 10°7._ The dull smoky grey of the head ill defined posteriorly, and shading into the dark cinnamon of the cervical region. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 635 84. EDOLIISOMA INCERTUM (Meyer). Edoliisoma incertum, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 152. a. 9. Jobi (Bruijn). With no black on the chin, and with the median rectrices with a very small spot of that colour. 85. LaLaGEe AaTROVIRENS (G. R. Gr.). Lalage atrovirens, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 159. a. 2 (?). Arfak (Bruijn). This is probably a young male, not a female, the upper surface being shining greenish-blue. The species has hitherto only been recorded from Mysol, Salwatti, and the adjacent coast. 86. ARTAMUS LEUCOGASTER (Valenc.). _Artamus leucogaster, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 167. a. 3. Waigiou, Nov. 11. Iris dark brown; bill greyish blue; feet slate-colour. But rarely seen in the Papuan islands during the cruise of the ‘ Marchesa.’ 87. ARTAMUS MAxIMUs, Meyer. Artamus maximus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 172. a-d. Arfak. e. 6. Artfak (Bruijn), January. a—d without label, obtained by the hunters in the neighbourhood of Hattam. 88. Curpia CARBONARIA (S. Miill.). Dicruropsis carbonaria, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 177. a,b. 3. Dorei. e. go. Chabrol Bay, Waigiou. d, e. Momos, Waigiou. f. Efbe, Mysol. g. 2. Batanta. Iris crimson ; bill and feet black. Length 31°0-32°7 centims. ; wing 15°2-16°5 centims. The Batanta example is much smaller than the others, and is of a deeper blue-black on the breast and back. The spots are brighter, and there is a tendency to the development of a side neck-hackle. 89. Cracticus casstcus (Bodd.). Cracticus cassicus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 184. a. &. Dorei. 6. Arfak. c. 6. Waigiou. d. Samatee, Salwatti. e. 9. E. Batanta. Ff. 2. Dobbo, Aru. Iris dark brown, except in the Batanta bird, in which it was orange ; bill slate-blue, dark at the tip ; tarsusblack. Length 33*4— 636 DR. F.H.H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 36:9 centims. (Batanta); wing 16°5-17°0 centims. 4 is an individual in imperfect plumage ; the whole of the upper surface, with the exception of the uropygial region, black; the under surface dusky. It was brought down by the hunters from the Arfak, but I have no record as to its exact locality. 90. Cracticus quoyt (Less.). Cracticus quoyi, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 190. a. 3. Salwatti. 6. 2. Salwatti. c, d. 3. Mysol. e. 9. Mysol. J. 3. Chabrol Bay, Waigiou. g- 2. Dobbo, Aru. Tris brown ; bill slate-blue, apical half black; tarsus and feet brownish black. Length 35°4-38:1 centims.; wing 17-0-18°8 centims. As in C. cassicus, the size of the bill is subject to great variation. ; 91. RHEcTESs UROPYGIALIS, G. R. Gr. Rhectes uropygialis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 193. a,b. 3. Mysol. c,d. 2. Mysol. e. od. Salwatti. Iris brown; bill and feet black. Length 26:0-28-°8 centims. ; wing 12:0—12°6 centims. The females have the head a duller black than the males, and the forehead and lores are dull brown. The cinnamon of the back and under surface is paler. 92. RuEcTEs ARUENSIS, Sharpe. Rhectes aruensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 194. a. Jr.? Wanumbai, Aru. Chin and throat fuscous; wings and tail brownish black ; uropygium and upper tail-coverts brown. Under surface fulvous. 93. RuEcTes picnrovs, Bp. Rhectes dichrous, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 195. a. 3. N. coast of Papua, long. 139° E. (Bruijn). 94. Ruecres cerviniventris, G. R. Gr. Rhectes cerviniventris, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 200. a. Arfak (?) (Bruijn). 6. Locality unknown. Example a agrees with those in the British Museum. It is labelled ‘ Arfak,’’ but most probably erroneously. 6 is without label, and differs considerably from the other, though it is possible that these differences are only sexual. There is an entire absence of the hoary appearance of the head and upper part of the back noticeable in the other skin; the wings have no tinge of rufous; 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 637 the chin and throat are darker, with an ill-marked narrow rufous band below ; the rest of the under surface is buff. 95. RuecTes soprensis, Meyer. Rhectes jobiensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii, p. 201. a. &. Ansus, Jobi. . b. 2. “ Mount Arfak” (?) (Bruijn). Iris brown; bill light fleshy horn; feet greyish brown. Length 27°6 centims. ; wing 12°0 centims. The second example is probably another instance of erroneous locality. It does not differ in any way from the Ansus bird. 96. RHECTES FERRUGINEUS, S. Mill. Rhectes ferrugineus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 203. a. 9. Andai. Tris chocolate-brown; bill black ; feet slate-colour. Length 29-0 centims. ; wing 14*2 centims. The loose feathers of the lower part of the back are strongly tipped with fulvous. 97, RHECTES LEUCORHYNCHUS, G. R. Gr. Rhectes leucorhynchus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 206. a. 3. Momos, Waigiou. 6. 2. Momos. c. Pullus. Waigiou. Iris pale yellow; bill pale yellowish; feet light grey. Length 30°5 centims., wing 13°5-14°5. The male has the ear-coverts more rufous than the female. The young bird resembles the adult, but is browner. 98. CoLLURICINCLA MEGARBYNCHA (Q. et G.). Colluricincla megarhyncha, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 211. a. 3. Batanta. b,c. 2. Batanta. d. Batanta. Iris brown ; bill dull purplish grey ; feet greyish. Length 19-1- 20°5 centims., wing 9°0—9°5. 99. CoLLuRICINCLA AFFINIs (G. R. Gr.). Colluricincla affinis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 213. a. 3. Momos, Waigiou. 6. ¢. Waigiou. Iris grey-brown ; bill horn-colour ; feet brownish black. Length 18°5 centims., wing 9°1—9°3. A smaller species than the preceding, and without the rufous on the under surface. 100. PacHycEPHALA soror, Sclat. Pachycephala soror, Salvad. op. cit. vol, ii. p. 222. a. 2. Arfak, 638 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 101. PacHycEPHALA SCHLEGELI, Rosenb. Pachycephala schlegelit, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 223. a-d. 3. Arfak. e. 9. Artak. 102. PacHYCEPHALA RUFINUCHA, Sclat. Pachycephala (°) rufinucha, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 225. a. Arfak. 103. PACHYCEPHALOPSIS HATTAMENSIS (Meyer). Pachycephalopsis hattamensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 236. a. Arfak. 104. PAcHYCARE FLAVOGRISEA (Meyer). Pachycare flavogrisea, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 238. a. &. Arfak (Bruijn), 6. Arfak. 105. CLIMACTERIS PLACENS, Sclat. Climacteris placens, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 241. a(@). Arfak. This example has the reddish cheeks which by Salvadori are said to be the characteristic of the female. 106. SrrreLtia papurENsis (Schleg.). Sittella papuensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 242. a( 6). Arfak. Bill in the dried skin yellow, black at apex ; feet lemon-yellow. Wing 8°3 centims. Entire head, chin, aud throat white, eyelid bright yellow. Breast and abdomen fuscous, with well-marked dark strize. Upper surface like the under, but less striated. Wings brown, the secondaries and tertiaries paler towards the tip. Lesser wing-coverts blackish, with a faint blue gloss; under wing-coverts the same, but with some of the greater series white at the tip. Upper tail-coverts white ; under tail-coverts barred black and white, each feather being of four colours—ashy, fawn-colour, black, and white, from base to apex. Tail black; the three or four outer rectrices tipped with white. This specimen is without the obsolete white spots on the breast, abdomen, and upper surface described by Salvadori, neither is there any trace of white marking on the inner web of the third, fourth, and fifth primaries *. 107. CINNYRIS JOBIENSIS (Meyer). Hermotimia jobiensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. il. p. 246. a. 6. Ansus, Jobi. 6. Q. Ansus. 1 In the above description Salvadori writes ‘‘ rectricibus ¢ertia, guarta et quinta”’ &e., but it is evident from the context that emdgibus should be read. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 639 Tris brown ; bill and feet black. Length 10°9 centims. ; wing 6°1, of female 5:1. The male bird has a few greenish-yellow feathers on the breast, abdomen, and mantle. 108. Crnnyris Aspasia, Less. Hermotimia aspasia, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 247. a. 3. Waigiou. b. 2. Waigiou. c. go. “New Guinea.”’ d. g. Mysol. ?e. 2. Aru. Iris dark brown; bill and feet black. Length of Mysol male 11°7 centims., wing 6:1. The Aru bird may perhaps be the female of C. chlorocephaia. 109. CrnnyRis FRENATUs (S. Miill.). Cyrtostomus frenatus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 265. a. &. Waigiou. 6. 2. Waigiou. c,d. &. Mysol. e-h. 2. Mysol. i, k. 3. Dorei. l. 3. Jobi. m. &. Aru. Iris brown; bill and feet black. Length 10°7-12°2 centims. The Jobi bird, which from the narrow yellow moustachial streak is evidently not quite adult, is considerably lighter in colour on the head, neck, and upper surface than the others. 110. Dicaum PEecTorRALE, Mill. et Schleg. Diceum pectorale, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 273. a. 3. Napriboi, Waigiou. 6. go. Andai. ce. 6. Arfak. Iris brown; bill brownish black; feet dark greyish brown. Length 9-0—9°5 centims., wing 5:2. 111. PrisroRHAMPHUS VERSTERI, Finsch. Pristorhamphus versteri, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ti. p. 286. a, 6. do. Arfak. ce. 2. Arfak (Bruijn). The female corresponds with Salvadori’s description of the female of P. versteri, but has no trace of white on the tail-feathers ! 112. OrrocHarRis ARFAKI (Meyer). Oreocharis arfaki, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 289. a,6(¢). Arfak. In one example there is no trace of white in the middle of the breast and abdomen, these parts being much more strongly tinged 640 DR. F. HH. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16 with vinous brown than in the other specimen. The yellow apical spot on the external web of the wing-feathers is not confined to the three last tertiaries, but is found also on all the secondaries. 113. Myzometa nicRiTA, G. R. Gr. Myzomela nigrita, Salvad. op, cit. vol. ii. p. 291. a. 3. Dobbo, Aru. Iris brown; bill and feet black. Length about 11°5 centims., wing 5°7. 114. Myzomea RosENBERGI, Schleg. Myzomela rosenbergii, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 294. a. 3. Arfak (Bruyn). 6. 2 (2). Arfak (Bruijn). ce. dr. 3 (2). Arfak (Bruijn). d. Jr. 2 (2). Arfak (Bruijn). This series, if the sex be in each case rightly given, would confirm Meyer’s assertion that the adult male and female are alike in plumage. Examples a and do not differ except that the latter is less bright in colouring; ¢ resembles Salvadori’s description of an adult female, and d that of the young bird, the latter being without the red uropygium. It is, however, most probable that the sex has been wrongly determined by Mr. Bruijn’s hunters in at least two out of the four individuals. 115. MyzomELA ADOLPHIN&, Salvad. Myzomela adolphine, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 299. a. 3. Arfak. 116. MyzomMELA ERYTHROCEPHALA, Gould. Myzomela erythrocephala, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 500. a, b. 2. Dobbo, Aru. Iris brown ; bill black ; tarsus brown. Length 10°8-11:0 centims., wing 5°0-5:2. 117. Myzometa EQuEs (Less.). Myzomela eques, Salvad. op. cit. vol. il. p. 301. a. 3. Mysol. Bill black ; tarsus blackish brown. Length 16:2 centims. (Salva- dori gives 11*5-14:0 centims.!); wing 6°9. 118. Myzome.a ogscura, Gould. Myzomela obscura, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 303. a. 3d. Wammar, Aru. Iris brown ; bill black; tarsus grey. Length 15:1 centims., wing 7‘0. With no trace of vinaceous on the head, 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 641 119. GuycrpHiLa MopEsTA, G. R. Gr. Glyciphila modesta, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 307. a. 2. Dobbo, Aru. Iris brown; bill and feet clear brown. Length 11°5 centims., wing 6°5. 120. MELILEsTES MEGARHYNCHUs (G. R. Gr.). Melilestes megarhynchus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 313. a. 3. Momos, Waigiou. . Iris red; bill black ; feet lead-colour. Length 25:0 centims., wing 9°9. 121. MELILESTES NOVZ GUINE# (Less. ). Melilestes nove guinea, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 315. a. Waigiou. Iris brown ; bill and tarsus black. 122. MELIPOTES GyMNopPsS, Sclat. Melipotes gymnops, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 317. a, 6. Arfak. 123. MELIDECTES TORQUATUS, Sclat. Melidectes torquatus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 319. a. od. Arfak (Bruijn). Anterior part of the cheeks rufous. Below the black pre-pectoral collar is another of light fawn colour. 124. MELIRROPHETES LEUCOSTEPHES, Meyer. Melirrophetes leucostephes, Salvad. op. cit. vol. il. p. 320. a. Arfak. Apparently not adult, the feathers of the back with ochraceous margins ; caruncle small. 125. Pritotis ANALOGA, Rehb. Ptilotis analoga, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 327. a. 6. Momos, Waigiou. (Length 17:2 centims., wing 7°9.) 6. 2. Momos. (Length 18°5 centims., wing 8°8.) Ins brown; bill brownish black; tarsus grey. Example a is considerably smaller than 6; the auricular tufts are shorter and whitish, and the feathers of the side of the uropygium are not tipped with white as in 8. 126. PritotTis sonororpes, G. R. Gr. Piilotis sonoroides, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 335. a. 3. Mysol. b. 2. Mysol. Iris brown ; bill black ; feet grey. Length 26-0 centims., wing 10°3-11°2, 642 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 127. Pritotis CINEREA, Sclat. Ptilotis cinerea, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 338. a. Arfak. Under wing-coverts ashy, posteriorly rufous. 128. Pritotis curysortis, Less. Xanthotis chrysotis, Salvad. - cit. vol. ii. p. 346. a. 3. Salwatti. Iris brown ; bill and feet black. Length 23:0 centims., wing 10°5. This species is not found in Waigiou and Batanta, [i it is replaced by P. fusciventris. Dr. Gadow (Cat. B. vol. ix. p. 238), although admitting the latter as a subspecies, has placed the example under P. chrysotis, and erroneously given Waigiou as a habitat. 129. PriLoTis FUSCIVENTRIS (Salvad.). Ptilotis fusciventris, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 348. a,b. S$. Waigiou. ce. 2. Momos, Waigiou. Tris brown; bill black ; feet bluish grey. . Length 23-7 centims., wing 10°5— 10° 9. Differs from the preceding species in being greener on the upper surface, and without the rufous on the breast and sides of the body. 130. ? EUrHyRHYNCHUS GRISEIGULARIS, Schleg. Euthyrhynchus griseigula, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 341. Euthyrhynchus flavigula, id. ibid. p. 341. a. 6. Andai. Iris gamboge-yellow ; bill horn-colour, lower mandible yellowish ; feet bluish slate. Length 19°8 centims., wing 9:4. Above uniform olive, vertex and occiput dark brown; beneath dull rufescent, faintly washed with olive-yellow. Inner web of remiges whitish, not rufescent. In the absence of any specimen with which to compare the present example, I am uncertain to what species it should be referred. £. flavigula comes from the same locality as #. griseigula, is “‘ very like E. griseigula, but smaller, and with the rufescent underparts slightly washed with olive.’ Possibly the two species are not really separable. Salvadori’s measurements (17°5 and 16°0 centims.) are probably given from the dried skin. 131. TROPIDORHYNCHUS NOVZ GUINES. Tropidorhynchus nove guinee, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 357. a. d6. Wokan, Aru. 6. g. Dobbo, Aru. ec. 2 juv. Dobbo. d. $6. Waigiou. e. 6. Batanta. Iris brown; in the Waigiou example red. Bill and feet black. Length 35-37 centims. The young bird is without frontal tubercle, 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA.’ 643 and in addition to the olive tinge on the wing, and the white and yellowish-white edged feathers of the back and side of the throat mentioned by Salvadori, there is a very conspicuous white nuchal collar. The feathers of the head and throat are not lanceolate as in the adult, and the chin is brownish black. The feathers of the rump are rusty brown. 132. ZosTEROPS NOV& GUINEA, Salvad. Zosterops nove guinee, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p- 367. a. 3. Arfak (Bruijn). 133. Pirra Novz Guinex, Miill. et Schleg. Pitta nove guinee, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 380. a, 6. 3. Andai. e, d, 3. Mysol. e. 3. Salwatti. J. 2. Salwatti. g- 3. Dorei. h. 2. Batanta. Iris brown ; bill black ; feet pinkish brown. Length 17°0-19-4 centims., wing 10°1-10°7. The white patch on the primaries is extremely irregular: in some cases it is to be found on one side and not on the other. This species never seemed very abundant, and, like others of the Same genus, examples were most difficult to shoot owing to their shyness. 134. Prrra mackuoti, Temm. Pitta mackloti, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p- 395. a. 3. Salwatti. b. 2. Salwatti. cd. Waigiou. d. 2. Waigiou. e, f. 2. Batanta. g- 3. N. New Guinea, long. 139° E. (Bruijn). h. 3. Andai. i-m. 3. Mysol. n. Jr. 3. Mysol. 0, p. 2. Mysol. Iris brown ; bill black ; tarsus pinkish slate. Length 18°0-21-5 centims., wing 10-0-10-9. Salwatti birds largest. No constant differences between island and island. 135. PomaToruinus tsrportl, Less. Pomatorhinus isidori, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p- 409. a,b. g. Andai. c. 2. Efbe, Mysol. Iris yellow-brown ; bill yellow, base of upper mandible horn ; tarsus blackish. Length 25:$-26-7 centims., of female 23-0 ; wing 11°6-11°8. 644 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 136. EvprrTres CEZRULESCENS, Temm. Hupetes cerulescens, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 412. a. 3. Andai. 137. CALOBATES MELANOPE (Pallas). Calobates melanope, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 431. a. 3. Waigiou. 6. 2. Waigiou. c. Momos, Waigiou. Iris brown; bill brown; tarsus yellowish brown. Length 18°7- 18°8 centims., wing 8:0-8°2. This species has not previously been obtained from Waigiou, though it was met with by Meyer on the Arfak range. The present examples were shot from the 22nd—29th October, on the south side of the island of Waigiou. 138. CALoRNIs METALLICA (Temm.). Calornis metallica, Salvad. op. cit. vol. il. p. 447. a-d. 3. Mysol. (Length 22-0—25°4 centims.) e, f. 2. Mysol. (Length 22-2-23-1 centims.) g. Efbe, Mysol. (Length 25°4 centims.) h. 3. Samatee, Salwatti. (Length 24-2 centims.) i, k. 3. Dobbo, Aru. (Length 25°3-26+2 centims.) 1. 2. Wammar, Aru. (Length 26:2 centims.) m. 3 jr. Wammar, Aru. (Length 23:6 centims.). Iris bright orange-red; bill and feet black. Length 22°0-26-2 centims.; the dimensions of the Aru bird the largest, though this seems chiefly dependent on the greater length of the tail; wing 10°8 -11°3. The Mysol are more brilliant than the Aru birds. The young bird from the latter locality has the upper surface as in the adult ; the whole under surface is white, with a few metallic feathers on the breast; the feathers of the throat with black shafts. 139. CALORNIS CANTOROIDES, G. R. Gr. Calornis cantoroides, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 456. a. 3. Mysol. b-d. 9. Mysol. e, f. 3. Samatee, Salwatti. g. 2. Samatee. Tris bright orange-red, with an outer ring of yellow; bill and feet black. Length 21:0-23°7 centims., wing 9°7-10°5. 140. MeLanoryrruus ANalts (Less.). Melanopyrrhus anais, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 461. a. 3. Salwatti. Iris yellow; bill and tarsus pale yellow. Length about 25:0 centims., wing 13°9. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA.’ 645 141. MeLanopyrR4US ORIENTALIS (Schleg.). Melanopyrrhus orientalis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 463. a. Arfak (Bruijn). This species, as far as I am aware, has not as yet been recorded from the Arfak Mountains, but it is possible that the locality may be erroneous, as has apparently been the case in several instances of birds collected by Mr. Bruijn’s hunters. The present example has a broad occipital black bar. 142. Mino pumontI, Less. Mino dumonti, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 466. a-d. 3. Waigiou. e. 2. Waigiou. f. 2. Batanta. g, h. 3. Dorei Bay. i. 2. Dorei Bay. kets Ge Aru: Iris pale yellow ; bill and tarsus orange; papillee round eye orange. Length 27°5-29°0 centims., wing 14°2-15°2 (of the Batanta bird 13°8 centims.). The development of the papille varies considerably. In one male from Waigiou they are very large, and the intervening space on the vertex is only 0°4 centims. in breadth. . This is the first recorded instance of the occurrence of this species in Batanta. The example does not differ from the rest of the series except in having the yellow of the abdomen more extended in area. 143. Mimera striatus (Q. et G.). Mimeta striata, Salvad. op. cit. vol. il. p. 473. a. 9. Batanta. Iris dull red; bill red-brown; feet dull grey. Length 30:2 centims., wing 14°3. 144. Corvus orrv, Mill. Corvus orru, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 483. a. 3. Momos, Waigiou. (Iris pearly grey.) 6. 2. Neosmapi I., Dorei Bay. (Iris sky-blue.) ce. 2. Mysol. d. 2. Samatee, Salwatti. (Iris brown.) Colour of iris variable, all the above examples being apparently adult. Bill and tarsus black. Length 46°4-49°1 centims., wing 30°0-34°7. 145. GymNnocorax SENEX (Less.). Gymnocorax senex, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 490. a. Q. Jobi (Bruyn). Both Beccari and D’Albertis describe this species as being very common, which is certainly contrary to my experience as far as regards N.W. New Guinea. Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1885, No. XLII. 42 646 DR. ¥F.H.H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [Junel6, 146. Manucop1a CHALYBEATA, Penn. Manucodia chalybeata, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 498. a. 3. Mysol. Iris red ; bill and feet black. Length 39:0 centims., wing 19°0, tail 16-5, bill from gape 4°8. Salvadori separates M. chalybeata from M. atra by the wavy feathers of the upper back and by the black velvety band at the apex of each feather of that part and the under surface, which charac- teristics he states to be constant at all ages. The feathers of the anterior part of the neck are, he considers, broader and more golden, and the measurements somewhat smaller. The present example is evidently an old male, and is in splendid plumage. It corresponds to Salvadori’s description of MV. chalybeata in every way, and I have accordingly placed it under this designation, as 1 have only twenty-four individuals of this and the allied species, as against a series of nearly five times that number catalogued in the ‘Ornitologia della Papuasia.’ At the same time I am strongly inclined to regard the two species as identical. The black velvety bands on the feathers of the breast and back are, I think, a charac- teristic of not much value, since Salvadori himself describes them as ‘in very old individuals extending on to the uropygium,”’ thereby admitting that age can produce them in feathers in which they were not previously apparent. With regard to dimensions, the present example slightly exceeded the average of twenty M. atra, and the beak was considerably larger, so that size as a diagnostic point is of no value. With regard to the plumage of M. atra no constancy is apparent ; all colours between oily green and deep violet or purple being observable, while in some the wrinkled plumes of the breast are beginning to appear. It seems improbable that there should be two such closely allied, yet distinct species coexisting in the same districts; and I should therefore be inclined to consider M. chalybeata as an older stage of M. atra. 147. MaNnucopIiA JOBIENSIS, Salvad. Manucodia jobiensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 502. a. 6. Near Ansus, Jobi; November 11th. Iris red ; bill and feet black. Length 33:5 centims., wing 17°5, tail 15°0, bill from gape 3°8, tarsus 3°4. The above measurements are considerably less than those given by Salvadori. This Manucode, which is easily recognizable as a distinct species, was apparently uncommon in Jobi. 148. Manucopia AtrRA (Less.). Manucodia atra, Salvad. op. cit. vol. i. p. 504. a. 6. Mysol. b,c. 2. Mysol. d-m. 3. Waigiou. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘maRCHESA. 647 p-t. 2. Waigiou. u. 2. Dorei. v. Patr. incert. Iris brilliant red, dull orange in the female; bill and feet black. Length 33-0—42:1 centims., the female always smaller than the male ; wing 17°0-18°7, tail 16°0—18°5, bill from gape 3°6-4°6. This species was very abundant in Waigiou. 149. Parotia sexprnnis (Bodd.). Parotia sexpennis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 515. af. 3. Arfak. g. Juv. 3. Arfak. h-k. 2. Arfak. l-y. $. Arfak (Bruijn). 2-6'. 2. Arfak (Bruijn). c,d’. Jr. 3. Artak (Bruijn). Iris blue, with a narrow external ring of yellow; bill and feet black. Wing 16:0 centims. Arfak name Kurangan. The young males much resemble the females, but the latter seem to be somewhat smaller and to have shorter wings, while the inner webs of the primaries are bordered with rufous-brown, which does not appear to be the case with the immature males; the light eyebrow seems also more distinct. But it must be admitted that the sexes in the above series may very possibly have been wrongly identified. In the male bird the patch of metallic silver on the head forms when at rest a triangle with the apex forward, but in some skins these feathers are seen standing erect, or even depressed over the nostrils. Immediately above is a small osseous tuberosity, which doubtless gives origin to some muscular fibres whose other ends are attached to the bases of the above-mentioned plumes, which can be erected at will. This tuberosity appears, as might be expected, not so well marked in the female. 150. LopHORHINA SUPERBA (Penn.). Lophorhina superba, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p, 524. a. 3. Arfak. b. Vix ad. 3. Arfak. c. Arfak. d—w. 3. Arfak (Bruijn). wz. 2. Arfak (Bruijn). Iris brown ; bill and feet black, Arfak name Miet—a phonetic rendering of its cry. Example 2 is nearly in full plumage ; but the metallic green of the head and pectoral shield (the feathers of which latter are incomplete at the sides) is peculiar in being glossed with violet. This violet tinge is apparently a common if not invariable characteristic of immaturity. 42* 648 DR. F.H. H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 151. ParaDIGALLA CARUNCULATA, Less. Paradigalla carunculata, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 530. a. 6. Arfak. b,c. ¢. Arfak (Bruijn). d-g. 2. Arfak (Bruijn). Iris red; bill and feet black. M. Laglaize informed me that the colour of the upper caruncle is orange, of the middle bright leaf- green, of the lower red. The females only differ in their smaller size, in the caruncles and nasal tufts being smaller, and in the absence of the brilliant metallic purple reflections of the upper surface. 152. AsTRAPIA NIGRA (Gm.). Astrapia nigra, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 535. a, 6. 3. Arfak (Bruijn). cf. Q. Arfak (Bruijn). g, h. &. Arfak. i. 2. Arfak. Iris bright red; bill and feet black. Tail 58-62 centims., wing 18°3-18°7. In the female the tail measures from 30-35 centims., the wing 16°3-17°8. Native name Aroma. The natives say that they do not think that this bird is really much less abundant than the Epimachus, although so few skins are ever obtained. They are found in the same district as the latter bird, and, like it, frequent the tops of the high trees, but are very silent ; whereas the loud cry of the Great Bird of Paradise at once calls attention to its presence, and causes it to fall a tolerably easy prey to the hunter. The shafts of the tail-and wing-feathers in this species project beyond the web of the feather, as is the case in Paradigalla and Ptilorhis. 153. Eprmacuus speciosus (Bodd.). Epimachus speciosus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 541. a-o. 6. Arfak. p-v. 2. Arfak. w-y. 6. Arfak (Bruijn). z. Vix ad. 6. Arfak (Bruijn). a. Jr. &. Arfak (Bruijn). b,c’. 2. Arfak (Bruijn). Iris yellow, brown in the young bird ; billand feet black. Length very variable, according to the development of the tail, which in 15 adult males measured from 69 to 84 centims.; wing in male 19°0-20°5, in female 15°7-17:7. Native name in the Arfak Kambilaia. Example z has the plumage of the adult bird, except that the side plumes and tail-feathers are just bursting through the feather-cases ; there is no trace of brown in the plumage; and it is therefore an old 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA.’ 649 bird, as in the first acquirement of the adult dress the change is effected by means of the gradual assumption of the metallic colours in pre-existing feathers, not by moult. The hunters found this bird not uncommon in the Arfak, and informed me that it perched on the summit of the trees, and revealed its presence by its loud, harsh cry. 154. DREPANORNIS ALBERTISI, Sclat. Drepanornis albertisii, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 549. a-c. 3. Arfak (Bruijn). d. 3. Arfak. e,f. 2. Arfak (Bruijn). Iris, according to the hunters, brown; bill black. Length of wing 15:0-15°4 ; female 14°7—-14°8 centims. The female, though much resembling the male on the upper surface, is of a darker brown in the interscapular region. The small wattle-like expansion of the rictus is less marked. 155. DREPANORNIS BRUIJNI, Oustal. Drepanornis bruijnii, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 553. a. Jr. 3.? N. New Guinea, long. 139° E. (Bruijn). b. 2. Long. 139° E. (Bruijn). While in Ternate Mr. Bruijn showed me the above skins of two birds of the genus Drepanornis obtained by his hunters on the north coast of New Guinea a litile to the eastward of the mouths of the Amberbaki River. One was marked 9, the other ¢; but both were destitute of any brilliant colouring whatsoever. The species, though not unlike D. albertist, was recognizable as distinct at a glance, and was evidently not a local variation or representative form of that bird. The greater thickness of the bill, and its colour (buffish horn, not black), the bareness of the base of the maxilla and the nostrils, the large postocular bare patch, the dark-brown head, the brown (not rufous) upper tail-coverts, the dark moustache, the complete and regular barring of the whole of the under surface, including the under tail-coverts—all these easily distinguish it. Each feather on the under surface is barred with from three to five dark brown bars, the last of which is always subterminal. The dimensions seem to be nearly the same as those of D. albertisi. Length about 38:0 centims., wing 14°5-15:0, bill from gape (chord) 6°7-7-1. Mr. Bruijn informed me that his hunters had obtained seven or eight examples of this species, but that, though of different sexes, they were all of the same sober colouring. Judging from the habits of others of the Paradiseide, notably in the case of P. rubra, where the immature males and females appear to live in districts quite apart from the adult male at certain seasons of the year, and froin the fact that in this group of birds the males are all of brilliant colouring, we can safely predict that the adult male of this species has yet to be discovered, and that it will probably show a develop- ment of subalar plumes closely resembling that of D, albertisi, 650 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 156. CRASPEDOPHORA MAGNIFICA (Vieill.). Craspedophora magnifica, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 554. a-d. 3. Near Andai. e, f. Locality unknown. g. 2. Locality unknown. Iris lemon-yellow with a shade of green, as in P. minor ; bill and feet black. Wing 17-3-18°3 centims. Native name Isap. The female much resembles that of Seleucides nigricans; the general tone of the breast is dirty white, instead of dull yellowish, and the primaries are all chestnut instead of having the inner webs black ; but otherwise there is but little difference. While at Samatee, the Rajah of Salwatti informed me that this species existed on the island, but it was neither obtained nor seen by ourselves or our hunters. 157. SELEUCIDES NIGRICANS (Shaw). Seleucides nigricans, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 561. a. 6. Samatee, Salwatti. b. Jr. 3. Samatee. c-g. Jr. 3. Salwatti. h. 3. Locality unknown. i. 2. Locality unknown. Iris holly-berry red, of female orange; bill black ; inside of mouth and throat grass-green; legs and feet the colour of pink coral. In the young bird the feet are flesh-coloured. Length 34'8-37°6 centims. (Salvadori gives 25:0!) ; wing 16°5-17°2. During our visit to Salwatti we were fortunate enough to acquire a living specimen of this exquisite species. The way they are caught appears almost incredible. The native searches in the forest until, by the droppings, he has discovered the usual roosting-place of the species. He conceals himself beneath the tree to discover the exact branch chosen by the bird, and then climbing up at night, quietly places acloth over it! The species being exceedingly fond of the fruit of the Pandanus the roosting-places are easily recognized by the dejecta, but in three weeks our hunters only secured one bird. This was a male in full plumage (a), which afterwards became very tame and lived for many weeks on board the ‘ Marchesa,’ though we were unfortunate enough to lose him before our arrival in England. I find the following notes in my diary :—‘‘ The Seleucides alba is now wonderfully tame, and will eat out of one’s hand. He feeds on the fruit of the Pandanus, on Papaw (Carica papaya) when it can be obtained, on cockroaches, and occasionally on banana. He is fond of resting motionless with the head sunk low on the chest. The top of the head is very flat and low, so that the upper margin of the eyes protrudes above it. He remains more or less quiet during the day, but in the morning and evening is more restless, moving from perch to perch with a peculiar bounding hop. In feeding he is most wonderfully neaé. With his long sharp bill he catches a cockroach with lightning rapidity, taking it across the 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘ MARCHESA, 651 body. He then gives it a sudden snap with the beak, throws it up in the air, catches it lengthwise, and it is out of sight in an instant. In this operation he displays to advantage the lovely colouring of the inside of the mouth and throat. The only note he has as yet uttered in confinement is a single unmelodious croak.” From the above series and from some native-prepared skins in my possession, the change to adult plumage seems to be thus acquired. The head first assumes its black plumes, with darkening of the feathers, from within outwards, on the neck ; the shield appearing gradually meanwhile. The neck now gets darker, and the wing- feathers begin to be tinged with violet, apparently commencing with the secondaries. As yet the lower breast and abdomen have remained unchanged, except that on the flanks the feathers are more plumose. In the next stage theupper parts, head, neck, and breast are complete, the wings tolerably so, while the tail is tinged with violet. The subalar plumes have appeared, but are short, of a dull buff, and barred with brown, though the wires are almost as long as in the adult, but are black with pale tips. The breast is still almost unchanged, except that it is somewhat yellower. The final change that appears to take place is the assumption of the yellow on the breast and plumes, and the deep violet-black tail. The native name for this bird in Salwatti and the Rajah ampat generally is ‘ Palengo.” 158. PARADISEA MINOR, Shaw. Paradisea minor, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 577. a-z. 6. Near Ansus, Jobi. a—p'. Jr. 3. Near Ansus. q'. Sew. incert. Near Ansus. nb", 3. Dorei Bay. e'—e." Jr. Mysol. Iris lemon-yellow, with a tinge of green. This green shade is sufficiently well marked during life, but fades immediately after death, when the iris appears yellow. Feet and tarsus bluish slate ; bill almost lavender. Length of adult Jobi males, without the central tail-feathers, 36-7—41-2 centims. ; wing 19°2-20°9. The above birds, which are only a part of the whole series collected during the voyage of the ‘ Marchesa,’ demonstrate well the gradual change from immature to adult plumage. The young birds in first plumage exactly resemble the females, but in a short time the purity of the white on the under surface and a marked increase in size render apparent the difference in sex. The yellow of the scapulars becomes more marked, and the green of the throat and yellow of the head begin to appear simultaneously. This green is assumed by the gradual tipping of each feather with that colour (in the adult the apex only of each feather is green), while on the head the brown feathers gradually become yellow from beneath. The plumage of the head and throat having become complete, the two median rectrices begin to elongate, and the lower part of the throat becomes tinged with chestnut. At a further stage 652 DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, the mantle has become more yellow, the chestnut on the throat and breast has extended, and median rectrices, which are still slightly webbed at the tip, protrude some six inches beyond the other feathers. At a still further advanced stage the yellow mantle is complete, the entire breast is chestnut, and the abdomen is becoming so, the wire-like tail-feathers have reached their extreme length, and nothing is therefore wanting to complete the full plumage except the chestnut abdomen and the long subalar plumes, of which latter there is as yet no trace. I am rather inclined to the belief that the bird remains for some time in this half-perfect plumage. We were fortunate enough in our expedition to New Guinea to obtain no less than four living examples of this species, three of which are at the present moment in the Gardens of this Society. When first obtained, in the month of December, they were in the dress I have just described, and remained thus for some two or three months. The yellow feathers of the head then fell off in two of the four, the birds becoming quite bald in patches, leaving nothing but the black skin showing. At the same time the subalar tufts began to appear. New feathers rapidly appeared on the head; they were almost white at first, but soon assumed the yellow shade. The subalar tufts grew quickly, and were tolerably long within three weeks of their first appearance. The food given to the birds while on board consisted of boiled rice, banana, papaw fruit, cockroaches, and chopped egg. We obtained P. minor from the mainland of New Guinea, from Mysol, and from Jobi. When in Salwatti [ made many inquiries for it, but we did not obtain it, and I was assured that it did not exist on the island. Its abundance in Jobi was wonderful. In the neighbourhood of Ansus, at an altitude of about 1000 feet or less, we obtained no less than fifty-one examples in five days. The known segregation of the older males at certain (or all?) periods of the year partly explains the great preponderance of that sex in the present series. [mmature males are also very common, but it is difficult to get females, and there is no doubt a considerable actual preponderance in numbers in favour of the male sex. 159. Parapisea apopa, Linn. Paradisea apoda, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii, p. 594. a-s. 3. (Native skins.) Aru. é. 9. Wanumbai, Aru. During our stay in the Aru Islands, we were only able to procure a solitary individual of this species. At the end of the month of December, we were informed by natives and others that the males were not in plumage, and would not assume the adult dress until April. Mr. Wallace’s experience also bears this out, and the males in full plumage in Salvadori’s collection were shot during the months of April, May, and June only. It is curious therefore to note that the closely allied P. minor appears to remain in plumage the whole year round. It seems that P. apoda is decreasing in numbers in the Arus, or at 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 653 any rate in the northern islands, where they have been collected for export for more than a hundred years. Inthe southern islands they may possibly exist in undiminished numbers ; but the prices have risen of late years, and while Wallace, in 1857, paid as little as six- pence for the native-prepared skins, they cannot now be obtained at Dobbo under two dollars. The largest market in the East for the skins of the burong mati, or Paradise birds, is at Macassar. Here the commoner sorts are brought in great numbers, made up in parcels of twenty skins, known in the trade as koddies. These are all native-prepared skins, for the most part devoid of legs, and useless to the naturalist, besides being generally much moth-eaten. Practically, only six species come into the market :—‘‘ males” (P. apoda), “females”? (P. minor), ‘red birds” (P. rubra), “ many-wires”’ (S. alba), “ green birds”? (D. speciosa), and “king birds” (C. regius); and the trade prices for skins of medium quality per soddy are as follows :— P.apoda........ 90-100 gulden. GES MUO as ak hes 70=—90' 355 Po rubra nea. .. 80-110 os Se MB) oS bo nates 1LO=130\ eg D. speciosa ...... 50-70 ,, (Cha RATES sees boc 30- 40 _,, The gulden may be reckoned at one shilling and eightpence. The trade in Macassar is carried on chiefly by a few Dutch mer- chants, and by various Chinamen, who likewise deal in gum-dammar, pearls, pearl-shell, and other productions of the eastern islands. The greater portion of the skins are sent to Paris, although London ab- sorbs a considerable quantity. But few of them, however, find their way to Holland. 160. ParapisEA RUBRA, Lacép. Uranornis rubra, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 623. a-g. 3. Waigiou. h-m. Vix ad. 3. Waigiou. n—s. Jr. 6. Waigiou. t-i'. 9. Waigiou. k'-n'. 9. Batanta. o'. Jr. 3. Batanta. Iris ruddy brown; bill greenish yellow; feet greenish brown. Length 34°0-36°0 centims., wing 15°5-18°4. Female smaller, length 30°0-34-0 centims., wing about 16-0. As in the case of most of the Paradiseidee, the young males are not to be distinguished from the females as far as regards plumage, though the latter are somewhat inferior in size. The first change appears to be the assumption of the metallic green of the head, simultaneously with a slight darkening of the chestnut on the upper breast, and a brightening of the yellow on the neck and wing-coverts. The two median rectrices then commence to elongate, and after a 654 DR. F. BH. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, time the web of the feather becomes eroded. It still remains webbed at the base, however, and generally carries a spatula for some time. Indeed, this spatula may sometimes be seen in the full, or nearly full, plumaged bird. In the process of elongation the shaft becomes thin and widened, though still remaining of a brown colour; and although Salvadori doubts whether the curious quill-like plumes of the full plumage are assumed without moult, an individual of the present series shows that this is the case, and that the result is produced by the gradual incurving of the already flattened shaft. The last stage is in the appearance of the red subalar plumes, from which the bird derives its specific name. I have noticed that the females and quite young males seem alike to have the two median rectrices somewhat narrow and rather shorter than the others, and that the prolongation of these is not invariably a change of the earliest period. The Batanta birds appear to have the yellow less bright. There is less of it on the back, and it merges into the black of the forehead without the distinct line over the vertex as in the others. 161. DipHyYLLODES MAGNIFICA (Penn.). Diphyllodes magnifica, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 634. a-c. 3. Salwatti? (Bruijn). d. 3. Salwatti. Iris brown ; bill greyish blue; feet bright blue. Length about 22°0 centims., wing 11°3. This bird is known to the hunters of the Rajah Ampat as Bila rotan, Malay for ‘‘ cut rattan”—from the ap- pearance of the yellow mantle, which is certainly not unlike a sloping section of a large rattan. I cannot help regarding this species as decidedly rare, for in spite of the large collections we obtained in Mysol, Salwatti, and the Arfak, not one single example of this species was shot either by ourselves or our own hunters. 162. DipHyLLODES CHRYSOPTERA, Gould. Diphyllodes chrysoptera, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 641. a. d. Ansus, Jobi (Bruijn). b. 9. Ansus (Bruijn). Mr. Laglaize informed me that the iris of the male is yellowish. The bill and feet are as in D. magnifica. We were unable to obtain this species during our visit to Jobi, and it seems to be far from common on that island. I have seen skins intermediate between this and the last species from the eastern side of Geelvink Bay; and I feel certain that a series from this locality and Jobi would show that the two so-called species are in reality not separable. 163. DipHyLLopEs witsont (Cass.). Schlegelia respublica, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 642. a-d. 3. Marchesa Bay, Batanta. e-g. 9. Marchesa Bay. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. = 655 h-k. Jr. 2. Marchesa Bay. l. Jr. g. Chabrol Bay, Waigiou. m. do. Waigiou. Iris brown, of female greyish brown; bill black, tip of upper mandible brownish ; feet and legs bright blue, darker in the female. Inside of mouth bright greenish yellow in both sexes. Length, ex- clusive of long rectrices, 18°5—20°0 centims., wing 9°4—9°8. Shot in October and November. Malay name Kapala kruis (Cross-head). The bare occipital patch is of the brightest imaginable blue during life ; the figure in Gould’s ‘ Birds of New Guinea’ gives no notion of the extreme brilliancy of the colouring of this part. In the female and young male it is not quite so bright. It begins to fade almost immediately after death, is quite dull in four or five hours, and by next day the skin is as black as in a long-shot specimen. The curved tail-feathers also seem to lose their colour, contrary to what is usually the case in plumes of metallic colouring. Before fading they are of a bright steely purple. The immature male differs in no way from the female. Of the change of plumage to the adult dress, I can, however, give no infor- mation. he species occurred to us most commonly at the east end of Batanta, but it was far from abundant. It frequented hills of about 1000 feet in height, at a distance of about half a mile from the sea. 164. CicinNURUS REGIUS (Linn.). Cicinnurus regius, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 646. a, 6. 3. Arfak. c-f. d. Andai. g-l. Jr. 3. “New Guinea.” m—-o. ¢&. Salwatti. p. 2. Salwatti. gq. Jr. &. Salwatti. r-r'. 6. Mysol. s'-g". Jr. 3. Mysol. h'-l". 2. Mysol. m''—q'. 3. Jobi. rt". Jr. &. Sobi. u”. 2. Jobi. vb". Mysol. Iris brown; bill yellowish horn-colour, becoming quite yellow in the dried skin, in the female and young male brownish ; legs and feet bright blue, somewhat duller in the female ; inside of mouth bright yellowish green. Total length, not including median rectrices, 17°0-19°4 centim., of females and young males 19:0-2i:0, the larger measurements depending on the greater length of the tail in the latter. Wing 9°8-10°4 centims. Native name among the hunters of the Rajah Ampat, Kepin-hepin. In the large series obtained on the ‘ Marchesa’s’ cruise, of which the above are a portion only, the various changes in the plumage 656 DR. F.H.H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, from youth to adult age are well exemplified. The young male is at first not to be distinguished from the female, but after a time the first signs of the full plumage become evident in the case of the former, either by the appearance of a few scattered red feathers on the head and neck, or by the gradual reddening of the external surface of the wings. At the same time the median rectrices begin to elongate. At first brown, they soon acquire a red tinge, and, when an inch or two longer than the others, become eroded on the inner web, and somewhat curved, so that the feather is sickle-shaped. This curvature becomes more pronounced, ultimately assuming the shape of the perfect feather, though the colour of the web still remains brown. The shaft then becomes completely denuded of feather, and the terminal disk acquires the brilliant metallic green colouring of the perfect plume. This development has gone on contemporaneously with the change in the general plumage. The whole of the back and upper surface having become more or less red in patches, the colour being assumed gradually by each feather, and not by moult, each feather becoming at first yellowish, then red,—a change is seen in the under surface, the feathers of the abdomen turning gradually white, while simulta- neously signs of the metallic green pectoral band appear. Simul- taneously also, the subalar plumes commence to grow, a process which in the genus Paradisea is the final stage towards the com- pletion of the full plumage. They are at first ruddy, barred with greyisu brown, while the tips, which are destined later to become metallic green, are buff. The final change consists in the assump- tion of the colour in the tips. : [t is impossible to examine a large series of C. regius, such as the above, without noticing certain differences with regard to locality, which, though slight, appear to be tolerably constant. Taking the Mysol examples, which seem to be possessed of no marked cha- racteristics, as a standard, the birds from Aru, Jobi, and the Arfak region present the most noteworthy peculiarities. They may be shortly summarized as follows :— Aru. Birds large; very yellow on the head; supraocular spot large; tails long; disks small. Tendency to a bronze tint on the metallic green. Jobi. Beak shorter, the apex projecting but a short distance beyond the nasal tufts. Supraocular spot small. Violet tinge of throat strongly marked. Arfak. Birds small. Tail very short; disks large. A female from Jobi island is characterized by being of a dark mouse-brown on the back and head. Although we never obtained C. regius in Batanta, IT on one oceasion doubtfully, and on another certainly, saw it at the south- east end of that island. But for this, I should have had great doubts of its existence in that locality. 1885.| DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 657 165. XANTHOMELUS AUREUS (Linn.). Xanthomelus aureus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 658. a, b. Jr. 3. Near Dorei (?). The above two skins, the sex of which is not indicated, were obtained from a Malay in Dorei, iu which locality they were supposed to have been shot. The upper surface is brown, slightly olivescent, darker on the head, the mantle streaked with yellow, owing to the shaft of each feather being of that colour. Throat and sides of the head pale brown; upper breast barred with brown, producing an imbricated appearance ; rest of under surface bright yellow. Under wing-coverts and inner webs of primaries yellow, the former marked with brown. Shafts of wing- and tail-feathers yellow beneath. Bill and feet brownish black in the dried skin. The specimens are, no doubt, immature males. We were unable ourselves to obtain examples of this species in Sal- watti, but at Samatee on that island we procured three flat skins of adult males from a native. Their origin was, however, uncertain, and it is more than possible that they were brought from Sorong on the mainland. The Arfak name for X. aureus is Kumeda. 166. ALUuRa@pDUs BUCCOIDES (Temm.). Abluredus buccoides, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 675. a. Dorei. b. 3. N. New Guinea, long. 139° E. (Bruijn). c. 6. Ansus, Jobi. d. 9. Batanta. e. 2. Salwatti. Iris red-brown ; bill and feet slate-coloured. Length 25:5 centims., wing 13°3-14°5 centims. Jobi is a new locality for this species, but the present example differs but little from the others, except in its somewhat larger size. Examples a and d have the apices of the outer tail-feathers slightly tipped with white. 167. Pritopus suPeRBus (Temm.). Ptilopus superbus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 6. a, 6b. d. Mysol. Iris yellow ; bill slate, yellowat tip; feetred. Length 23-3-24:0 centims., wing 13°0. Both skins are characterized by the great breadth of the purple pectoral band. 168. PriLopus PULCHELLUs (Temm.). Ptilopus pulchellus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 13. a-d. 3. Waigiou. e. 9. Waigiou. f. &. Mysol. Iris dark yellow ; bill yellow, green in the female e, tarsus dark red. Length 19°5-20°4 centims., wing 10°1-10°8. Sexes alike. 658 DR. ¥F. H.H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 169. Pritopus GEMINUs, Salvad. Ptilopus geminus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 19. a. 3. Jobi (Bruijn). Salvadori’s description, ‘‘ macula abdominis medii transversa pallide violacea, croceo circumdata,” is perhaps not strictly accurate. The small violet patch is bounded below and on the sides only by the saffron of the abdomen. 170. Pritopus HUMERALIs, Wall. Ptilopus humeralis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 23. a. 3. Waigiou. Bill greenish, yellow at apex ; tarsus dull red. The existence of this species in Waigiou has not been previously recorded. 171. Pritopus wALuacet, G. R. Gr. Ptilopus wallacei, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iil. p. 30. a. 6. Dobbo, Aru. 6. g. Locality unknown. Iris dirty yellow; bill greenish yellow ; tarsus red. Length 25°5 centims., wing 14°5-15°5. 172. Prinopus oRNATUS, Rosenb. Ptilopus ornatus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 32. a. 6. Andai. Iris orange ; bill yellow; feet reddish purple. The under tail- coverts are white rather than pale yellow as in Salvadori’s description. 173. Primorus pRASINORRHOUS, G. R. Gr. Ptilopus prasinorrhous, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 41. a-d. 3. Traitors Islands, N. of Jobi (Bruijn). e. Q. Traitors Islands (Brun). These examples do not differ from others obtained from more western localities. 174. Pritopus BELuUS, Sclat. Ptilopus bellus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 45. a. 6. Andai. b-d. 9. Arfak (Bruijn). Iris yellow ; bill yellow; feet dark red. In two of the females the secondaries towards the apex are strongly edged on the outer web with bright yellow. From the occurrence of this bird at Andai it is evident that the species is not, as has previously been supposed, confined to the mountainous districts. 175. Pritopus sPeciosus, Rosenb. Ptilopus speciosus, Salvad. op. cit. vol, ili. p. 47. u, 6. g. Traitors Islands (Bruijn). c. Q. Traitors Islands (Bruijn). 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA.’ 659 The little group to the 8.E. of Biak, known as the Pade Aido, or Traitors Islands, appear, as far as I could judge from a small col- lection obtained by Mr. Bruijn’s hunters, to belong, ornithologically speaking, to the Mysory division of the Geelvink-Bay islands. 176. PriLopus PECTORALIS (Wagl.). Ptilopus pectoralis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 60. a. 3. Mysol. b. 2. Waigiou. c. 9. Locality unknown. Iris dark yellow ; bill yellow; feet dark red. Length 20°5-22°5 centims., wing 11-0. The female of this species much resembles that of P. prasinorrhous, but is distinguished by its smaller size and its shining green wings ; and also by the under tail-coverts being white tipped with yellow, the inner web green, while in P. prasinorrhous the tail-coverts are dark green edged with yellow. 177. MEGALOPREPIA PUELLA (Less.). Megaloprepia puella, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 66. a-d. 3. Waigiou. e, f- 2. Waigiou. g, h. 3. Batanta. i. 2. Batanta. k. 3. Mysol. l,m. 2. Mysol. n, 0. 2. Salwatti. lnis bright red, orange, or yellow, irrespective of locality ; bill red at base, tip yellow; tarsus green, or yellowish green. Length variable, 31°8-36 centims., wing 15°8-17°1. Sexes alike. But little variation is apparent in the plumage of the above examples. 178. CARPOPHAGA MYRISTICIVORA (Scop.). Carpophaga myristicivora, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iil. p. 74. a. 6. Waigiou (Nov. 11th). 6. Batanta. Iris indian red, brown in a; bill and cere black ; feet red. Length 45-46 centims., wing 27°5. Cere not large. Salvadori doubts the accuracy of the locality in two of Bruijn’s examples said to have been obtained from Halmaheira. It is, how- ever, not improbably correct, as we obtained this species in numbers on the Weda Islands, which lie at the S.E. extremity of Gilolo. 179. CaRPOPHAGA ZOEH (Less.). Carpophaga zoee, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 94. a. 6. Wammar, Aru. Iris white ; bill greenish slate ; tarsus dull pinkish red. Length 43-2 centims., wing 22. 660 DR. F.H. H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 180. CARPOPHAGA RUFIVENTRISs, Salvad. Carpophaga rufigaster, Q. et G. Carpophaga rufiventris, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 98. a-d. $. Waigiou. e. 9. Salwatti. J. &. Mysol. g. 2. Andai. h. 2. Batanta. 7. Locality unknown. Iris red ; bill dark brown or black; feet dull red; bare space round eye red. Length 36°8-38°0 centims., wing 18°5-19°2. The prolonged upper tail-coverts of one of the Waigiou birds are very dark, almost greenish black. The Andai bird is characterized by the brilliant cupreous-red iridescence of the back. 181. CARPOPHAGA CHALCONOTA, Salvad. Carpophaga chalconota, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 100. a-d. Arfak. Four birds, sex unknown, brought down by the Arfak hunters. Wing 19°5-21-0 centims. C. rufiventris much resembles this species, but may be distinguished by its vinaceous head, by the bright rufous of the upper breast, and by the purple-brown (not dark blue) tail. The beak also is smaller in the former. 182. CARPOPHAGA MUELLERI (Temm.). Carpophaga miillerit, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 101. a. Dobbo, Aru (Dee. 4th). Iris brown; bill dark slate; tarsus dark vinous red. Length 45°5 centims., wing 23°7, bill from gape 3°8. This was the only occasion on which we met with this fine Pigeon, which does not seem common in the Arus. 183. CaRPOPHAGA PINON (Q. et G.). Carpophaga pinon, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 103. a-d. 3. Waigiou. e. 2. Waigiou. t,g. &. Batanta. h. Q. Batanta. i,k. 6. Mysol. 1. 29. Mysol. m,n. 3. Dobbo, Aru. o. 2. Dobbo. Iris, outer ring dull, inner bright red. In others this double ring is absent, the iris being dull indian red, sometimes purple. Bill greyish horn-colour, bluish at the apex. Bare space surround- ing the eye bright red. Feet red. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA.’ 661 This species appears to vary very much in size. The average length is from about 47 to 48 centims., but a Mysol example only measures 40-0 centims. The Waigiou birds seem largest. C. pinon is an abundant bird in the Papuan Islands mentioned above, and is often to be found in small flocks of four or five indi- viduals. In several examples of the present series the web of the feather is worn off in the white bar which crosses the tail, thus pro- ducing a singular fenestrated appearance. 184. Myrisricrvora spILorruoA, G. R. Gr. Myristicivora spilorrhoa, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p- 111. a. &. Dobbo, Aru. Iris almost black; bill slate, yellow at apex. Feet slate-blue. Length 44:0 centims., wing 24°6. Under tail-coverts and tibials with a subterminal black spot ; external rectrices with a very narrow apical black band. It is worthy of note that, whether ‘ the assertions of Bonaparte, Cassin, and Lord Walden are founded on individuals with two tail-feathers accidentally wanting,” or not, the present example has only 12 rectrices. 185. GyMNOPHAPS ALBERTISI, Salvad. Gymnophaps albertisit, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 118. a-c. Arfak (Bruijn). d. 3? Jobi. Iris in the Jobi bird blood-red ; bill and cirecumocular space brilliant red. This example, d, differs in having the chin and gular region grey rather than chestnut ; the latter colour being confined to the auricular region. The breast is slightly spotted with grey, which is not the case in the other skins. The species has not, as far as I am aware, been hitherto recorded from Jobi. 186. RetNWARDT@NAS REINWARDTI (Temm.). Reinwardtenas reinwardtii, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 124, a-c. d. Waigiou. d. Jr. 3. Waigiou. e. Jr. 2. Waigiou. f. 3. Waigiou. g. Q. Batanta. h. Batanta. Iris, inner ring yellow, outer red; bill red at base, apex brown or slate-coloured. Feet and bare space round eye red, Length very variable ; wing 23°0—24°2 centims. In d the head is brown, with a few scattered white feathers. There are splashes of brown on the upper breast and back, and the bill and feet have not. yet assumed the red colour of the adult. Example e is also immature, and has ruddy feathers on the breast and neck. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—'885, No. XLIII. 43 662 DR. F, H. H. GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16, 187. MAcropyGIA NIGRIROSTRIS, Salvad. Macropygia nigrirostris, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 149. a. Locality unknown. With faint barring on the back and interscapulars, and over the whole of the outer surface of the wing. 188. PHLOG@NAS RUFIGULA (Puch. et Jacq.). Phlogenas rufigula, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 161. a. o? Salwatti. 6. Arfak. Iris pink ; bill brown ; feet purple-madder. Length 23°5 centims., wing 12°5-13°2. The Arfak bird differs in having the grey supraocular stripe much more marked, and the rufous of the vertex merging gradually into the brownish occiput. In the Salwatti bird there is a sharp boundary line here, and the occipital region is much darker. Beneath, in the latter example, the crissum and tibials are isabelline. 189. HenicopHars ALBIFRONS, G. R. Gr. Henicophaps albifrons, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 183. a. g. Waigiou. Iris black ; bill slate ; feet coral. With the white forehead edged round faintly with pale fulvous, more marked posteriorly. 190. Eurrycon terrestris (G. R. Gr.). Eutrygon terrestris, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 186. a. 9. Andai. Iris red ; bill with the base dark slate-colour, the apex whitish ; feet pink. Length 37:5 centims., wing 18-0. 191. OrrpipHArs NoBILIs, Gould. Otidiphaps nobilis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 188. a. Dorei (?). 6, c. Arfak. Example a was obtained from a native in Dorei Bay, and was believed to have been shot in the vicinity. While in Waigiou I was informed by the natives that a bird, apparently of this species, inhabited the island, which is not improbable, as. Von Rosenberg has met with it in Batanta. The hunters of the Rajah Ampat know this species by the name of Rajah Maleo! 192. Goura coronata (Linn.). Goura coronata, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 191. a, 6. 3. Waigiou. c. 9. Waigiou. d. 3. Mysol. l= oe 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT‘ MARCHESA. 663 e. do. Dorei. F- Q« Dorei: Iris red; tarsus dull red, irregularly marked with white; feet brighter ; bill bluish. The above are only a portion of the large series of skins obtained during the voyage of the ‘ Marchesa.’ The abundance of the species is wonderful, especially in Waigiou, and the fact that at one time we had twenty-five living birds on board shows the facility with which they are trapped by the natives. 193. Goura vicTrort# (Fraser). Goura victorie, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 205. a. 2. Near Ansus, Jobi. 6. Juv. Near Ansus. Iris red ; feet dull red ; bill bluish, lighter at apex. The young bird only differs in its much smaller size (48°1 centims.), in the absence of the chestnut tips to the greater wing-coverts, and in the lesser amount of white on the crest. We obtained only three of these birds while in Jobi, from which it is probable that the species is not very abundant. 194. CaL@Nas NicoBarica (Linn.). Calenas nicobarica, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iti. p. 209. a-e. 3. Waigiou. d. 3 juv. Waigiou. e. 2. Waigiou. Sf. &. Salwatti. Iris dull red, or reddish brown; bill and cere black; feet dull reddish, yellowish beneath. Length about 38-0 centims., wing 24°0— 25°5. 195. MEGAPODIUS DUPERREYI, Less. et Garn. Megapodius duperreyi, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 219. a. Dorei. Iris brown ; bill brown ; tarsus reddish orange. 196. MrGAropius FREYCINETI, Q. et G. Megapodius freycineti, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ill. p. 230. a, 6. 6. Waigiou. c. 2. Waigiou. d. 2. Momos, Waigiou. Iris brown, or dark indian red; bill brown, lighter at the apex ; tarsus and feet dark brown or black, claws black. Length 35:3- 39°8 centims., wing 22°0-22°7. An apparently abundant species in Waigiou. 197. ‘TALEGALLUS JOBIENSIS, Meyer. Talegallus jobiensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 243. a. &. Jobi (Bruijn). In the dried skin the beak is brown. 43* 664 DR. F. H.H.GUILLEMARD ON BIRDS COLLECTED [June 16 198. TaLteGatuus cuviert, Less. Talegallus euvieri, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 245. a. 3g. Salwatti. b. Juv. Salwatti. c. 9. Dorei Bay. Iris yellowish red; bill orange-red; feet orange; bare skin of throat reddish brown. Example e has a small collar of brown feathers on the nape. The young bird differs in being much smaller, and of a duller black. 199. RaLiicuLa RUBRA, Schleg. (Plate XX XIX.) Rallicula rubra, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 270. a. do. Arfak (Bruijn). Under wing-coverts and whole of the under surface of the wing, barred with white. 200. ORTHORHAMPHUS MAGNIROSTRIS (Geoffr.). Orthorhamphus magnirostris, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 290. a. 3. Mysol. Iris yellowish; bill black; tarsus olive-green. Length 520 centims., wing 28:0. 201. CHARADRIUS FULVUS, Gm. Charadrius fulvus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. il. p. 294. a. 9. Momos, Waigiou (Oct. 25th). In changing plumage ; breast and abdomen yellowish, interspersed with black feathers. 202. AiGIALITIS GEOFFROYI (Wagl.). Aigialitis geoffroyi, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 298. a. Momos, Waigiou (Oct. 27th). In winter plumage, and with no grey pectoral band. 203. /EGIALITIS MONGOLICA (Pall.). LEgialitis mongolica, Salvad. op. cit. vol. il. p. 299. a. 3. Batanta (Oct. 22nd). In winter plumage. 204. Trinca acuminata (Horsf.). Tringa acuminata, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 313. a. 3. Momos, Waigiou (Oct. 26th). Iris brown; bill brown; feet and tarsus olive. Length £2°0 centims., wing 14°0. Plumage changing. 205. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUs (Linn.). Tringoides hypoleucus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. il. p. 318. a. do. Waigiou. b. 9. Mysol. Iris dark brown; bill brown; tarsus dull olive. Length 20-0 centims. Obtained in November. 1885.] DURING THE VOYAGE OF THE YACHT ‘MARCHESA. 665 206. Toranus rncanus (Gm.). Totanus incanus, Salvad. op, cit, vol. iii. p. 320. a. dg. Waigiou (Nov. 11th). b. 2. Waigiou (Oct. 29th). In a there are only slight traces of barring on the breast. 207. ToTaNUS GLAREOLA (Linn.). Totanus glareola, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 323. a. 5. Momos, Waigiou (Oct. 24th). This species has not hitherto been recorded from the Papuan subregion. 208. ScoLopax ROSENBERGI, Schleg. Scolopax rosenbergii, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ii. p. 335. a. 2. Arfak (Bruijn). This individual corresponds with Saivadori’s description of S. rosenbergi, but I have had no opportunity of comparing it with skins of that species. 209. DemieGReETTA sacra (Gm.). Demiegretta sacra, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 345. a. 3. Samatee, Salwatti. 210. ARDETTA SINENSIs (Gm.). Ardetta sinensis, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 363. a. 2. Andai. Iris chrome-yellow ; bill yellowish horn; culmen brown ; ‘tarsus and feet light green, soles of feet yellow. Length 37-0 centims., wing 14-0. 211. Nycricorax CALEDONTICUs (Gm.), Nycticorax caledonicus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. ili. p. 372. a. 3. Salwatti. 212. TaporNna RADJAH (Garn.). Ladorna radjah, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 391. a, 2. Waigiou (January). 6. 2. Ansus, Jobi (November). Iris white; bill and tarsus yellowish white; claws blackish. Length 49-7 centims., wing 24°7-28-0. Jobi is apparently a new locality for this species, 213. MicrocarBo MELANOLEUCUs (Vieill.). Microcarbu melanoleucus, Salvad. op. cit. vol. iii. p. 410. a. g. Mysol. b. 2. Chabrol Bay, Waigiou. Iris brown ; bill yellow, reddish at base; culmen black. Length 59°5-61°0 centims. Example a has some of the wing-coverts white. 666 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [June 16, 3. A Description of the German River-Frog (Rana esculenta, var. ridibunda, Pallas). By G. A. Bourenenr, F.Z.S. [Received June 4, 1885. ] (Plate XL.) When I received a year ago a large number of Rana esculenta from Berlin, I was so struck by the differences they presented that I had no hesitation in regarding them as of two distinct races or subspecies, and I bestowed upon the one which was new to me, and to which attention had previously been called by Prof. Pfliiger ’, the name of R. fortis. As I had not then sufficient material to establish a comparison with all the forms which had already been named by various authors, this seemed to me the best course, my object being to draw immediate attention to the remarkable fact of two distinct closely allied forms occurring in the same locality, reserving for a future occasion an investigation into the chaotic synonymy. I have since constantly been amassing material; and I think I may flatter myself on having now before me the finest and largest series of specimens of I. esculenta with accurate localities which has ever been brought together. Unfortunately, the more specimens I examine, the more difficult the subject appears; and I should not think of attempting at present a general revision of the races of this widely distributed species. It is evident that under the name Rana esculenta a number of forms are thrown together, the extremes of which are as distinct as many we are accustomed to regard as valid species; but as they are linked together by numerous insensible gradations, it is best to regard them as subspecies. The great number of specimens, both alive and in spirits, which have lately passed through my hands, have more and more strengthened my belief in the constancy of the characters upon which I have based the distinction of R. fortis and R. esculenta ; but they have also convinced me that the name R. fortis should be cancelled in favour of the name R. ridibunda, Pallas. My object at present being merely to give a detailed account of the recently discovered German Frog, I will leave aside all further material in order to avoid confusion, and all that is said of R. escu- lenta for comparison applies only to German specimens. The following description is based on the examination of about 130 specimens of R. ridibunda, of which six are from Prague, the rest from Berlin. Rana ESCULENTA, var, RIDIBUNDA. Rana ridibunda, Pallas, Reise, i. p. 458 (1771). Rana cachinnans, Pallas, Zoogr. Ross.-As. iii. p: 7, pl. i. fi (1831); Eichwald, Faun. Casp.-Cauc. p. 126, pl. xxx. (1841 * Arch, f. Physiol. xxix, 1882, p. 67. “VANNEICIN eva‘ VINATNOSA VNVY - dunt - soug useqzurpy] UIT 3 [ep ywag g a Swick SORTS S.o Ze ob i \ : ; 7 5 ; ‘ ~ } ” - 7 . * - . << : a. a Pas ta” oe & ¢ ; » 1885.] GERMAN RIVER-FROG. 667 Rana esculenta, var., Pfliiger, Arch. f. Phys. xxix. p. 67 (1882), and xxxii. p. 522 (1883). Rana fortis, Boulenger, The Zoologist, xlii. p. 220 (1884). Diagnosis.—A large, strongly built form, with long hind limbs, the tibia proportionately longer than in the typical form ; inner metatarsal tubercle relatively small, elliptical, feebly prominent, not compressed, measuring 2 to 43 millim. in specimens in which the inner toe measures 9 to 15 millim. Olive, bronzy olive, or dull green above, with blackish-olive spots; usually a pale green vertebral band ; no yellow on any part of the body; hinder side of thighs olive, or greenish white marbled with dark olive. Vocal sacs grey. Dimensions. millim, millim. Bromusnout.to-vent oes... .a0 te ..cee 99S 104 Reucthval beads abot. 2622 leds ote. dea OO 32 Width of head ...... see MR Rare pe ee oars 36 Diameter of the eye ..... 8 8 arerorbital Spates. fc cs Stus eye eis ks + = 3 3 From the eye to the nostril............ 6 7 From the eye to the tip of the snout .... 13 15 Diameter of the tympanum ............ 6 7 Horedlunbeae te te la werner n ao eee on, AO 49 lind slimi beeen Chee ik cues Sicie ose crsiaceom tae LOO 160 big ake. Sr REE Sta neaee. ieee 42 50 Foot (from outer metatarsal tubercle).... 44 51 Inner toe (from inner metatarsal tubercle). 12 15 Inner metatarsal tubercle.............. 4. 4°5 Description The snout is normally broadly rounded, its length measuring half its width (from a transverse line passing on the anterior border of the orbits); in the extremes it measures two fifths or three fifths its width, as seen in the accompanying figures (Fig. 1, p. 668, where a and c represent the two extreme forms, fig. 4 the normal). The canthi rostrales are obtuse, and the loreal regions very oblique. The nostril is nearly equidistant from the eye and the end of the snout. The interorbital space is very narrow, measuring less than half the width of the upper eyelid, and usually more or less distinctly grooved longitudinally. The diameter of the tympanum equals half, or nearly half, that of the orbit. The hind limb being stretched forwards, the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the eye or halfway between the latter and the end of the snout; there is no considerable difference in respect to the sexes. The legs or tibize being folded against the thighs and maintained at right angles to the vertebral column, their extremities overlap; to ascertain this character with precision, it is necessary not to force the tibial extremities together, but to allow due space for the fleshy parts. In the typical R. esculenta, the extremities of the tibia either abut or are separated by a short interspace. This of course 668 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [June 16, implies a greater length of the tibia proportionally to the femur in R. ridibunda. The foot is fully webbed ; its length, from the outer metatarsal tubercle to the end of the fourth toe, equals half the distance from the vent to the nostrils or the tip ef the snout, ora little more. ‘The subarticular tubercles of the toes as well as of the fingers are rather small and feebly prominent. The inner metatarsal tubercle is elliptical, blunt, much less prominent than in the typical Heads of Rana esculenta. R. esculenta; it is also smaller compared with the inner toe, its length seldom equalling, and never exceeding, its distance from the subarticular tubercle of that toe. In the typical form the meta- tarsal tubercle is always more prominent, more or less strongly compressed, frequently crescentic in shape; its length at least equals, and usually considerably exceeds, its distance from the subarticular tubercle. However, the length of the metatarsal tubercle is, like all characters, subject to a certain amount of variation; the smaller variety of the typical R. esculenta, which occurs along the Rhine, has usually the tubercle larger than in the larger variety of the same form as occurring in Berlin and elsewhere, and to which Rdésel’s kana viridis belongs. It is a fact that a graduated series may be formed from the 2. ridibunda with very small tubercle to the R. esculenta with very large tubercle, and such a series is represented in the accompanying figures (Fig. 2, p. 669). The skin of the back and hind limbs is more or less warty, seldom 1885. | GERMAN RIVER-FROG. 669 nearly smooth. The glandular lateral fold is moderately prominent and constantly broad, as broad as or even broader than the upper eyelid. The coloration is far less variable than in the typical R. esculenta. In the normal condition the ground colour of the upper parts is olive or bronzy-olive, with the vertebral band, the fore limbs, and the sides of the head and body pale green or pale olive. But, of course, through the play of the chromatophores, the same individual may pass successively from a very light to a very dark hue, according to its being placed in very dry or very moist surroundings. In specimens long kept in the water, the colour turns to a very dark bronze-olive, almost blackish, in which case the Bigs 2) a, b, R. ridibunda, Berlin; ¢c. R. esculenta, Berlin; d. R. esculenta, Basle; ¢. R, esculenta, Disseldorf, normally darker markings may assume a brighter greenish tint ; but if these markings are examined with a magnifying glass, they are seen to be black beautifully powdered with gold. The vertebral band varies considerably in width, and may be absent altogether. The glandular lateral folds are usually not conspicuously lighter- coloured, though sometimes metallic bronzy. The spots on the back and flanks are more or less numerous, and the hind limbs are trans- versely banded, but these markings are of a blackish-olive or bronzy- brown, and never of an intense black as is frequently the case in R. esculenta. The dorsal spots sometimes form pretty regular longitudinal series, but are never confluent into longitudinal bands. A dark canthal and supratemporal streak is usually present, and the latter portion sometimes expands into a regular temporal spot. The edge of the upper lip is either spotless or with a series of blackish spots which very seldom unite to torm a labial streak. The cross bands on the legs may be very irregular orabsent. The hinder side of the thighs, 7. e. that part which is concealed by the legs when the animal is at rest, are whitish or pale greenish marbled with dark olive or bronzy, or of the latter colour with or without small light 670 MR. BOULENGER ON THE GERMAN RIVER-FROG. [June 16, spots ; never is any trace of yellow to be detected on that region nor at the axil and groin, a character which well distinguishes this form from the true R. esculenta. The lower surfaces are white, with greyish spots or marblings in specimens kept dry ; after long sojourn in water, these parts are abundantly spotted or largely marbled with black. The abundance and intensity of these spots is irrespective of sex, a remark which, contrary to the statement of many authors, applies also to &. esculenta, The iris is black, veined with gold, the latter pigment being in far lesser abundance than in R. esculenta. The vocal sacs, which do not differ in size or position from those of the typical form, are strongly pigmented with black, pale grey when swollen out. The examination of the skeleton has failed to reveal any constant peculiarities supplementing the external characters. Biological.—Not having had the privilege of observing this Frog in its haunts, I cannot do better than reproduce Prof. Pfliiger’s remarks, which comprise all that is known at present on its habits :— ** My friend Prof. Zuntz had the kindness, on my application, to make inquiries from the fisherman Noack in Coepenik, who for years has been collecting the large R. esculenta for physiological laboratories in this and foreign countries. The large ‘species,’ as it is called by Noack, lives chiefly in the lakes of the Upper Spree and in lake-like expansions of its affluents. It is not fouud in marshes. The smaller ‘species’ occurs in great numbers in a small river near Coepenik. The two ‘species’ are seldom found together in the same place. Noack regards the large R. esculenta as a distinct ‘species’ because it is not only larger, darker, and not of so bright a green, but because its habitus is more elongate. Noack asserts that the larger kind spawns about a fortnight earlier than the smaller one. The spawning-time begins normally in the middle of May, but occurred this year (1882) several weeks in advance. It is so far certain that this year the small R. esculenta spawned in the milder climate of Bonn in the beginning of June, and the large BR. esculenta in the colder climate of Berlin in tne beginning of May. There was certainly not a single breeding couple of the latter to be found in Berlin in the beginning of June, as I found out to my regret”’ *, ‘“‘For clearness’ sake I propose to designate as ‘Seefrosch’ the large variety, which dves not live in marshes but in the running water of the lake-like expansions of the Spree. As it is so well distinguished from the smaller race by its earlier spawning-time, its habitus, its skin, and its peculiar abode, that no specialist will confound it, it is very remarkable that the crossing-essays proved in every respect successful, thus affording so far no justification for making a new species”. The author then relates his successful experiments of fecundation between the “ Seefrosch,” the eggs of which were ready to be laid on the 17th of May, 1883, and the smaller race from Bonn, the spawning of which commenced only on the 29th of the same month; and he concludes :— ‘“«The artificial fecundation therefore affords no support to the 1 Arch, f. Physiol. xxix. p. 67. ? L. ¢. xxxii. p. 522, 1885. | MR. P. L. SCLATER ON A-NEW ICTERUS. 671 specific separation of the ‘ Seefrosch,’ and the small race of the green aquatic frog, or the blue and green varieties of the same, and the importance of the above result is increased by the fact that the spawning-seasons of the crossed races do not coincide.” The difference in the spawning-season is the important factor which permits the existence in the same locality of two forms so closely allied and yet so distinct, as no doubt occasions for inter- breeding must be extremely rare. Analogous instances are known in Botany, as my friend Prof. Errera kindly informs me, and the name ‘ Asyngamie’ has been coined for them*. It is indeed a fact that a fortnight’s interval in the breeding-time of the two races must constitute a very effectual obstacle. As far as my experience goes, the females get rid of their eggs within a very few days. Having received this spring, through the kindness of Dr. F. Miller, about 25 specimens of R. esculenta from Basle, all the females laid their eggs in the nights of May 29-30 and 30-31, save one which spawned two days later. When, on the 27th of May, 1884, I received from Noack 85 specimens of R. ridibunda and 41 of R. eseu- lenta, I found that all the females of the former kind had done spawning, and the males gave no signs of breeding dispositions ; whereas all the R. esculenta 1 opened were full of ova, and out of the few males I possessed, two actually seized hold of females of their kind. But I did not obtain any spawn. 4, Description of a new Species of Icterus. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. [Received June 11, 1885.] While engaged in the determination of the specimens of Icteridze in the British Museum of Natural History, I have found amongst them a single skin of a typical Icterus, formerly in Mr. Gould’s collection, which appears to belong to an unrecognized species. I propose to name it after the well-known collector so long resident on the Upper Amazons, by whom it was originally procured. IcTERUS HAUXWELLI, Sp. nov. Flavissimus, aurantiaco tinctus: loris et capitis lateribus, cum gutture toto usque ad medium pectus, interscapulio angusto, alis et cauda nigerrimis: alis macula in secondariis alba ornatis : subalaribus flavis: rostro et pedibus nigris. Long. tota 80, ale 3°75, caude 3°7. Hab. Amazonia Superior ; Chamicuros (Hauawell). Mus. Brit. Obs. Species macula alari alba I. grace-anne proxima, sed cauda tota nigra sane diversa. 1 Of. A. Kerner, Vorlaufige Mittheilung iiber die Bedetuung der Asyngamie fiir die Entstehung neuer Arten: Innsbruck, 1874. This paper is unfortunately only known to me through the abstract in the Botan. Jahresber. for 1874, . 903. P 672 MR. P. L. SCLATER. ON LEMUR MACACO. [June 16, 5. Note on Lemur macaco, and the way in which it carries its Younp., By P.-L. Scuater, MA. Ph.D. FBS. Secretary to the Society. [Received June 12, 1885.] It is now well known that the White-whiskered Lemur (Lemur leucomystax, P. Z.S. 1880, p. 451; P. Z. 8S. 1862, p. 347, pl. xli.) is the female of the Black Lemur (Lemur macaco). For the last few years we have had pairs of this species living together in the Society’s Gardens. The female ofa pair of Black Lemurs purchased of Mr. A. H. Jamrach on the Ist August, 1882 (sp. uo. 116 of Lemur macaco temale and young. DS) 1885.] ON A CHIMPANZEE IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. 673 Cat. of Animals 1883, p. 41), produced a young one on the 23rd March, 1884. It was a female, and of a brown colour like the mother. This specimen is now adult in the Society’s collection, and has been placed in company with another male. The same old female produced a second young one of the male sex on the 3rd April, 1885, which was black when born like the male parent. Of the old female and this second young one, I now exhibit a sketch by Mr. Kenlemans showing the curious way in which the young Lemur is carried by the mother. As will be observed, it lies nearly transversely across the belly of its mother, and passing its long tail round her back and so on to its own neck, uses it as a prehensile organ to hold on by. On referring to Schlegel and Pollen’s ‘ Fauna of Madagascar’ it will be seen that they have figured the White-whiskered Lemur (plate i.) with its black young one and recognized the distinction in colour of the sexes throughout all ages. But so far as we can tell from observations made on these animals in captivity, the position which they have assigned to the young Lemur on the back of its mother is erroneous. 6. On a Female Chimpanzee now living in the Society’s Gardens. By A. D. Barriurr, Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens. [Received June 15, 1885.] (Plate XLI.) Having paid considerable attention to the Anthropoid Apes, and from the opportunities I have had of seeing a very large number of living and dead specimens, not.only in England but at the different Zoological Gardens, Menageries, and Museums, I have arrived at the conclusion that my acquaintance with them is sufficient to enable me to offer a few remarks upon an example now living in the Society’s Gardens. This animal was purchased in Liverpool, Oct. 24, 1883, together with an adult male of the well-known Chimpanzee. When received she was quite immature, not having shed any of her sucking-teeth. At that time, however, she exhibited many well-marked characters, differing much from the well-known Common Chimpanzee; and as she advances towards the adult condition these differences are becoming more fully developed, and thus render a description of them less difficult. In the first place I may remark the colour of the face, hands, and feet in the Chimpanzee are white or pale flesh-colour ; the same parts of the animal under consideration are black or brownish black. Another well-marked difference is to be observed in the hair upon the head and face. In the Chimpanzee the hair on the top of the head, and passing down from the centre (where it divides) to the sides of the 674 ON A CHIMPANZEE IN THE SOCIETY'S GARDENS. [June 16, face or cheeks, is tolerably long and full, forming what may be con- sidered rather bushy whiskers ; whereas the figure before you (Plate XLI.) clearly shows the front, top, and sides of the head and face to be nearly naked, having only a few short hairs on the head, quite destitute of any signs of the parting so very conspicuous in the Chimpanzee. Another striking difference may be noticed in the size and form of the head and ears. Out of the number of Chimpanzees I have seen and examined, both old and young, none have possessed the large fiat ears so conspicuous in this individual. The form of the head, the expression of the face, the expanded nostrils, the thicker lips, especially the lower lip, together with the more elevated skull, cannot fail to distinguish this animal from the Chimpanzee. There are other external characters that I pass over, as they require to be described anatomically. Again the habits of this animal differ entirely from those of the well-known or Common Chimpanzee. She has always shown a disposition to live upon animal food. Soon after her arrival, I found she would kill and eat small birds, seizing them by the neck, she would bite off the head and eat the bird—skin, feathers, and all; for some months she killed and ate a small pigeon every night. After a time we supplied her with cooked mutton and beetf- tea; upon this food she has done well. I have never found any ordinary Chimpanzee that would eat any kind of flesh. Another singular habit was the producing pellets or “ quids,”’ resembling the castings thrown up by Raptorial birds; I have here a few of them, taken from her mouth. ‘They are composed of feathers and other indigestible substances, that had been taken with her food. Moreover she is an expert rat-catcher, and has caught and killed many rats that had entered her cage during the night. Her intelligence is far above that of the ordinary Chimpanzee. With but little trouble she can be taught to do many things that require the exercise of considerable thought and understanding: she recognizes those who have made her acquaintance, and pays marked attention to men of colour, by uttering a loud ery of bon, bun, bun. She is never tired of romping and playing, and is generally in a good temper. 1 have no doubt but that M. du Chaillu obtained specimens of this animal; for I perfectly recollect seeing in his possession some damaged skins the heads of which were quite bald, that is destitute of hair; but his statements were so vague that it was impossible to say to what species he attached the different uames he used. I am therefore, I think, justified in regarding the animal in question as distinct from the well-known or Common Chimpanzee ; and as the term Z'roglodytes calvus implies a bald-headed animal it appears to me that the animal under consideration is fully entitled to its application. Since writing the above I have examined the specimens in the British Museum obtained from M. du Chaillu, and, notwithstanding the shrivelled condition of the face and ears, I am perfectly satisfied of the identity of this specimen with the animal under consideration. Another consideration is, however, forced upon me, with reference to this subject, and, to give an illustration, [ may ask you for a 1885.] DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON OVIS NIVICOLA. 675 moment to call to mind a fable of the Monkey who had seen the world. Now, supposing the Monkey to have been a collector of animals, and in Europe to have obtained some white people with red or fair hair, and upon bis arrival in Africa to have met with the Negroes black as jet, with flat noses, thick lips, and black woolly heads, I think he would have been justified in regarding them as a very well-marked and distinct species. We are, however, in a position better able to understand that time, climate, food, and other circumstances may so change the condition and appearance that the original type may be said to have disappeared altogether. I venture to say this change is now taking place, however slowly it may be. It is noticeable in America, and doubtless in a few generations (without fresh arrivals of Europeans) the descendants of Europeans are gradually developing the peculiarities of the original natives of that eountry. In conclusion I feel it is necessary to offer a few words in defence of naming animals that are nearly allied and calling them by new names, in order to constitute them as species. This practice has of late received a check ; and it appears to me a very reason- able and proper mode of treating the subject to consider a large number of the animals that exhibit a few trifling differences to be only local varieties of the same species. At the same time we inust bear in mind that in order to do this we should seek for intermediate forms or individuals that may be regarded as uniting two extremely different creatures. In the present instance I have failed to find any animal showing this tendency to be intermediate between this animal and the well-known Chimpanzee. 7. Remarks on Ovis nivicola. By F. H. H. Guiiiemarp, M.A., M.D., F.LS.; F.Z.8., &e. [Received June 16, 1885. ] The few notes I have on the habits and structural peculiarities of the Kamschatkan Wild Sheep, Ovis nivicola, Eschscholtz, a series of the skulls of which I have the honour of exhibiting, may possibly be of interest. In the beginning of August 1882, Mr. Kettlewell’s yacht ‘Marchesa’ arrived in Petropaulovsky, and shortly afterwards a small party, of which I was a member, started on an expedition through the centre of the peninsula, and, striking the great Kamschatka River near its source, descended it a distance of 450 miles to the sea. Our land journey led us through more or less mountainous country, and we had hoped to obtain information concerning Big-horn at Gunol, a little settlement of cross-bred Siberians and Kamschatdales, in the centre of the southern part of the peninsula. Near this place is a small range of low mountains, bare and rocky, about three or four thousand feet in height, the summits only of which were covered with snow. We were informed 676 DR. F, H. H. GUILLEMARD ON OVIS NIVICOLA. [June 16, that there were a few Sheep here, but that it was very difficult to get them except in winter. As our time was limited, our chances of obtaining them were not considered promising enough to stop. Narcheeki also, in the Bolcheresk valley, was mentioned to us as another locality, a fact we were ourselves able to verify, as the natives had killed a young male only a few days previous to our arrival. On reaching the neighbourhood of the magnificent volcanoes which guard the lower part of the Great Kamschatka River, I again made inquiries as to the existence of Ovis nivicola on their slopes, but was told that there were none. 1 cannot vouch, however, for the truth of the statement, as the natives live in superstitious awe of the mountains, and have never ascended them to any height. We had thus traversed the country without obtaining a single specimen ; and we should have returned empty-handed had it not been for a Russian sable hunter accompanying our expedition, who informed us Fig. 1. Head of Ovis nivicola, that he had seen and shot several on the sea-cliffs of the east coast, some fifty miles E.N.E. of Petropaulovsky. On our return voyage from Behring Island we accordingly shaped our course for this spot ; and on nearing the land we could distinctly make out small herds of the animals of which we were in search on the slopes of the cliffs, which here rose to a height of five or six hundred feet. Finding a good anchorage we at once arranged to stay, and in two days we brought to bag no less than thirteen individuals, all of which were full-grown males. The general colour of the Kamschatkan Wild Sheep is a brownish grey, and the hair of those obtained by us at the end of the month of September was very long and thick. The head and neck are more distinctly grey than the rest of the body. Forehead with an ill- marked darker patch ; upper and under lip greyish white. Anterior aspect of the limbs dark glossy brown ; a line running down posterior aspect white. ail short, dark brown; centre of belly and rump UTV OC: ceccccvccecncseses BUIMDIES Oye wo cccscsscs se ce Horns from tip to tip ...J21 |25 |172|21 |263|26 |223 | 212 | 252 1885.] | DR. F. H. H. GUILLEMARD ON OVIS NIVICOLA. 677 white; this colour does not surround the tail. The ears are remarkably short. Sir Victor and Mr. Basil Brooke, in their article on Asiatic Sheep (P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 509), remark on the resemblance of the horns of this species to those of O. montana, with which latter it has indeed, by some naturalists, been regarded asidentical. But, as will be seen by the annexed illustrations, the uniformly smaller size of the head, the shortness and great breadth of the skull in its anterior aspect, the slight development of the preorbital fossee, and the protuberance Fig. 2. Head of Ovis montana. of the orbit itself serve to distinguish markedly the Kamschatkan Sheep from that of America. The horns are less rugose than those of O. montana. The frontal surface is convex ; the orbital surface at first concave, then flat, thus causing the fronto-orbital edge to be very sharp. The nuchal surface is convex and afterwards flattened ; and the two remaining edges are rounded. The following are the measurements obtained from a series of nine skulls :— Ovis nivicola. Ovis montana. in.| in. | in.| in.| in. | in. | Mise) Ate» | Ins in. in. Length of skull............ 103} 103) 9%) 102] 10%) 93] 103} 102] ... 11 134 Breadth between orbits | 53| 53) 4%] 53] 53] 52] 52] 5] ... 43 6 aw oo Length of horns one tt 35 343 pps 321 352 38 | 822 263 $5 eee nem | 132|142|13 |14 |14 | 132 | 133] 1922 |132 Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. XLIV. 44 678 LIEUT.-COL. J. BIDDULPH ON THE [June 16, Measurements in the flesh of the thirteen individuals obtained were also taken, and are as follows :— Supposed age (yrs.).... 3 | 3 | 5 | 5 | 5] 5 | | | | In. | mM. | WM. | In, | Nn. | IM. | Ins (|n |)Ense ana: | | i} Extreme length........./ 653/| 63 | 62 | 64 | 64 | 66 ...| 66 | 65 | 66 | 66 67 | Gréatest girth... 53 | 53 | 56 | 54 | 55 |... |.../568/ ... | 54 | 53 | 54 | Height at shoulder ...| 38 | 39 | 38 /392| 87 | ... |... 40 | 41 | 40 | 37 | 403 | The above measurements are in English inches. The animals seemed to confine themselves to the precipitous slopes of the sea-cliffs, and were in small herds of from three to nine indi- viduals, all of which apparently were males between the ages of three and six years. As in the case of other Wild Sheep, the females and young males doubtless keep apart ; but we were not fortunate enough to diseover their habitat, neither could we obtain any information about them from the natives. I regret to say that the two skeletons we prepared were lost during a typhoon encountered by the ‘ Marchesa’ in the China seas on her return voyage. 8. On the Geographical Races of the Rocky-Mountain Bighorn. By Lieut.-Col. Joun Brpputen, F.Z.8. [Received June 16, 1885.] In the ‘ Proceedings of the United-States National Museum’ for last year, Mr. Nelson has given the name of Ovis montana dalli to the Wild Sheep of Alaska, which he describes as a new geogra- phical race of the Bighorn of the Rocky Mountains. Mr. Nelson relates that he saw two individuals in a wild state, and many hundreds of skins of the species, while he was in Alaska. He states that it inhabits suitable localities all over Alaska and in British North America. Few details of description are given in the paper, but a fuller account is promised in a general list of Alaskan Mammals now in course of preparation. Beyoud stating that it is of a uniform dirty-white colour, so that the posterior disk is indistinguishable, and that its horns are smaller, Mr. Nelson points out no differences between specimens of the Alaskan species or variety and specimens from the United States. Having devoted some time to studying the Wild Sheep both of Asia and America, I had noticed the fact that there are two distinct types to be distinguished among the North-American Wild Sheep before I had seen Mr. Nelson’s paper; but I will not at present go so far as to say that they constitute two distinct species. 1885. ] ROCKY-MOUNTAIN BIGHORN. 679 The Wild Sheep are so puzzling a group, and slight variations in colour and horn are so common among individuals from the same locality, that it is difficult sometimes to define different species. Specimens from the extreme north of the Rocky Mountains differ, however, so greatly from those procured in the United States, as to deserve future specific distinction, unless specimens from inter- mediate localities can be found to connect the two. All naturalists who have studied the Ovine group are aware of the confusion that has been caused in discriminating species, partly through want of accuracy in noting the exact localities whence speci- mens have been procured, and partly by the impossibility of collecting together for comparison a sufficient number of specimens. It was Mr. Seebohm, I think, who once classified naturalists as ‘“lumpers” and “splitters.” The Wild Sheep have suffered severely from both classes. Buffon and Pennant mention the Wild Sheep of Corsica, Sardinia, Tartary, Siberia, Kamtschatka, and California as varieties of the Mouflon. Schreber, under the specific name of Agoceros argali, lamps up together the North-American, Siberian, and Thibetan Wild Sheep. Even so late as 1871, Blyth, writing to the ‘ Field’ under the name of ‘ Zoophilus,” failed to distinguish between the Rocky-Mountain species and the Kamtschatkan species, O. nivicola. In the way of splitting, the Rocky-Mountain Bighorn, of which only one species has been recognized, had no less than five specific names given to it between 1803 and 1830. That there may be substantial grounds for separating the northern Bighorn from the southern species is shown by the difficulties that have been experienced by the British-Museum authorities in naming the North-American specimens now in their possession. Among the stuffed specimens exposed to public inspection are two from North America: the one from the Yellowstone River is labelled canadensis, which is the correct specific name of the Rocky-Mountain Sheep, supposing only one species to exist ; and the other, from Liard’s River, is labelled nivicola or the Alaskan Wild Sheep, though the true O, nivicola is not found in America. In a corner of the same case is a specimen of O. nivicola from Kamtschatka without any name on its label. There is also stowed away in one of the basement rooms a stuffed specimen in bad preservation, labelled canadensis. This is the specimen described and figured by Richardson in the ‘ Fauna Boreali-Americana,’ and is identified by Mr. Nelson as belonging to the new variety which he has named after Mr. Dall. It is of the same type or race as the specimen from Liard’s River, but is in its summer coat, whilst Dr. Rae’s specimen is in its spring or winter coat. Comparison of these specimens will show how those from Alaska and British North America came to be classed as O. nivicola. In a paper published in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1875 by Sir V. Brooke and his brother on the large Wild Sheep of Asia, it was pointed out that O. nivicola differs from the Bighorn in the shortness of its face and its great proportionate breadth across the orbits. There is another equally noticeable point of distinction in the colour of the hind quarters. 44* 680 LIEUT.-COL. J. BIDBULPH ON THE [June 16, Both types of the North-American Sheep have a large dirty- white posterior disk, which is very conspicuous except in the old males in summer, when the whole of the body becomes nearly white; they have also a dorsal stripe, which is more or less conspicuous. In O. nivicola there is no disk showing above the tail ', though the posteriors are white and the dorsal stripe is wanting. There are other charac- teristics in which O. nivicola differs from the southern race of the Bighorn, but which it shares with the northern race. In all three the horn is smoother, less wrinkled, and more goat-like in character than in other known species of true Wild Sheep ; but both O. nivicola and the northern race of the Bighorn have the horns less massive, and in both the points turn out abruptly, so that the tips are sharp and seldom broken, and point outwards ; while the southern race of Bighorn has the horns massive at the base, the tips blunt, generally broken, and pointing forwards. The ears in O. nivicola are very smal! and rounded, giving the idea that they have been cut, and are thickly furred to the edges. In the northern race of Bighorn the ears are also small and thickly furred, but have blunt points instead of being rounded. In the southern race of Bighorn the ears are broad, pointed, and deer- like, moderately éouted with hair, and are, if anything, rather larger than in any of the known species of Asiatic Argali, measuring in the dried skin fully an inch longer than those of the northern race. Another point of ‘distinction between the two races of Bighorn is in the size of the skull, the southern race having a skull averaging from an inch to an inch and a half longer, and from half an inch to one inch broader than the northern race. There are also considerable apparent differences in colour between the two races of Bighorn; but I have not been able to examine a sufficient number of specimens to be sure how fer these differences are constant. I have failed to find any specimens of the southern race with the dark winter coat like the specimen from Liard’s River, nor can I find any mention of their ever assuming it. There appear to be also slight differences in the distribution of the colour on the legs. The northern race also has the hair between the ears at the back of the horns growing into a long curly tuft, which also happens in O, nivicola, but not in the southern race of Bighorn. The subjoined table contains some comparative measurements of specimens of the heads of the two races of the Bighorn. 1 This is clearly shown in Eschscholtz’s figure of O. nivicola (Zool, Atlas). 1885.] ROCKY-MOUNTAIN BIGHORN. 681 Bianorn. Bicuorn, Southern Race. Northern Race. Sa Ba: oq | 2 HSE |Ss...-|2 3S 2:9 |BASS/9 3 85; Stuffed heads Saez ts geo fsgas lalled in mA S BSR S/S Se | Wyoming, about | Og 5 [2S Me 44° 30'N. lat, | Foe eee EAS ee SS es Soe aos |SBA S83. 63s “2,3 \2 2 7 a as 4 — Sars a Length of horn, measured in. in. in. in. heeanre round fronto-nuchalecurye 40°65 33°25 38°25 322 32°71 Circumference at base ...... 16 16 16°25 11:8 13 | | Length of face from supra-| occipital edge to end of'| preemaxillaries ............ 12 12 les 105 | 106 Breadth over orbits ......... 8 eo) 7°25 i a Apparent age...............00 ll yrs.| ll yrs] 8 yrs. | Syrs. |7or8 yrs. ee The American Bighorns have a wide range. They are found along the whole course of the Rocky Mountains, both on their eastern and western slopes, as far south as Sonora and New Mexico, about lat. 31° (Schott), and extending to the furthest northern point of suitable ground to lat. 68° (Audubon). They are also found in _ the lesser mountain-chains extending from British Columbia to Cali- fornia along the eastern Pacific Coast (Baird), and in Alaska (Dall). It will not therefore be strange if more than one species should be proved to exist. Further evidence is needed to show where the northern race or species has its southernmost limit, and to which the original specific name canadensis was applied. Specimens from the Yellowstone River have somewhat less massive horns than those from Wyoming and Colorado, but in other respects belong to the southern race. Baird also figures the horns of a specimen from California, on the 35th parallel of latitude, which measure only thirteen inches in circumference at the base, and apparently approximate in character to those of the northern race. As some confusion exists as to the names already applied to the Bighorn, it may be useful to give an account of the most important references toit. ‘The earliest notice is to be found in the account of California by Father Picolo, one of the first Catholic missionaries who visited that country in 1697 (Abridg. Phil. Trans. London,- vol. v. p. 459). He describes it as a sort of Deer. “It isas large as a calf of one or two years old; its head is much like that of a Stag ; its horns, which are very large, like those of a Ram; its tail 682 LIEUT.-COL. J. BIDDULPH ON THE [June 16, and hair are speckled and shorter than a Stag’s, but its hoof is large, round, and cleft as an Ox’s. Their flesh is very tender and de- licious.”’ It is also mentioned by other Spanish writers on California of that period. The species then appears to have been lost sight of by naturalists of the 18th century. The only one to allude to it was Pennant, who, as I have already mentioned, calls it a variety of Mouflon. In November 1800, an adventurous Scotchman, named MacGillivray, exploring in the Rocky Mountains along the Bow River, killed several in lat. 50°. He had apparently never heard of the animal before, and found little difficulty in shooting them. In 1803 MacGillivray’s account was published, with a woodcut, by Dr. Mitchill, in the ‘New York Medical Repository.’ A specimen procured by MacGillivray was given at the same time to the New- York Museum. In the same year a description, transcribed from the New-York account, was published in Paris by E. Geoffroy. de St.- Hilaire, with a woodcut from a drawing of the New-York specimen. The cut is almost identical with the one published in New York, but is larger. No name beyond that of Bélier de montaigne is assigned to it by Geoffroy. In or about 1804 an account of the species was published in vol. xy. of Shaw’s ‘ Naturalist’s Miscellany,’ with a figure and the name of Ovis canadensis. The figure is coloured, but with this exception and the addition of a background it is scarcely to be distinguished from a reversed copy of Geoffroy’s figure. Shaw, however, mentions that a specimen is in the British Museum, and makes no allusion to MacGillivray, so that it would appear that he was ignorant of the New-York publication. The exact date of Shaw’s publication cannot be verified. There are twenty-four volumes in the series, the first of which was published in 1790, and the last in 1813, but the intermediate volumes are not dated. It is fair to suppose that one volume was published every year, and that the fifteenth was published in 1804. In 1817 Cuvier mentions it as “ probably a kind of Argali that had crossed on the ice from Asia,’ under the name of Ovis montana, and refers to a figure by Schreber. Schreber’s work was not published till 1836, but some of the plates were issued earlier. ‘The work contains two figures of O. montana, one of them being a coloured copy of Richardson’s figure in the ‘ Fauna Boreali-Americana,’ which was published after Cuvier’s work ; it is therefore evidently the former figure, which is only a reproduction of Geoffroy’s, to which Cuvier refers. It is impossible to say by whom the specific name of montana was first conferred on this Sheep. It is assigned by different writers to Geoffroy, Cuvier, and Desmarest ; but the name appears to have been used by Schreber before either of the two latter, and is assigned by him to Geoffroy. From other references it would appear that the name has been erroneously assigned to Geoffroy, and was probably first employed by Schreber for Geoffroy’s figure, the date of Schreber’s republication of which is unknown, Geoffroy’s name being turned into Latin. In 1818, Desmarest, referring to MacGillivray’s account, gave the specific name cervina to the Bighorn. But in his ‘Mammalogie,’ published two 1885.] ROCKY-MOUNTAIN BIGHORN. 683 years later, he suppressed the name and returned to that of montuna, which he also ascribes to Geoffroy, whose figure he again reproduces. In 1827 Hamilton Smith gave the name of pygargus to the Rocky- Mountain Sheep. The accompanying figure is certainly of the southern or heavy-horned species, but he gives no information about the animal. In 1829 Douglas gave the name of californianus to the Wild Sheep that inhabits ‘“‘the subalpine region of Mount’s Wood, St. Helens, and Vancouver, but is more numerous in the mountainous districts in the interior of California.”’” He gives very exact measurements, one of which assigns a length of eighteen inches to the tail; but as he states that he never saw one alive, but founded his species on one good skin seen ‘‘ about the great falls of the Columbia River,’ and as no species of Wild Sheep yet identified is known to have a tail approaching to this length, the name cannot stand. In the work on the Natural History of Central America now in course of publication by Messrs. Godman and Salvin, Mr. Alston has restored Desmarest’s name of cervina, on the ground that the name of montana, which he assigns to Cuvier, was applied to the Rocky-Mountain Goat before Cuvier wrote. There appears no reason why the same specific name should not be used in both genera ; but as Shaw’s name of canadensis was published long before Cuvier wrote, and before there is any proof of the name montana having been used by Geoffroy or by Schreber, it must have priority. The local name of Taye, which is sometimes given to museum specimens, is taken from MacGillivray’s original account, and is ap- parently a misprint for Tajé, which, according to Schott, in the U.S. Mexican Boundary Report, is the name used for the Bighorn by an Indian tribe in California. There appear to be no good reason for retaining so purely locala name. ‘‘ My-attic”’ and ‘‘ Ema-ki-ca- now” are also mentioned by MacGillivray as Indian names for the Bighorn. The most important references to the Bighorn are as follows :— 1803. Mountain Ram of North America, Mitchill, New York Repository, p. 237 (fig.). 1803. Bélier de Montaigne, E. Geoffroy de St.-Hilaire, Annales du Musée d’ Histoire Naturelle, tom. ii. p. 360 (fig.). 1804. Ovis canadensis, Shaw, Naturalist’s Miscellany, vol. xv. fig.). S17. O. montana, Cuvier, Regne Animal, tom. i. p. 267. 1818. O. cervina, Desmarest, Nouveau Dictionnaire d’ Histoire Naturelle, vol. xxi. p. 553. 1820. O. montana, Desmarest, Mammalogie, p. 487 (fig.). 1827. O. pygargus, Hamilton Smith, Cuvier’s Animal King- dom (fig.). 1829. O. californianus, Douglas, Zoological Journal, vol. iv. p. 332. 1829. O. montana, Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Americana (fig.). 1836. Der Amerikanische Argali, Schreber, Die Siugthiere, vol. v. p- 1367 (2 figs.). 684 MISS B. LINDSAY ON THE AVIAN STERNUM. [June 16, 1840. O. montana, Blyth, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1840, p. 77. 1840. O. californiana, Blyth, ibid. 1851. O. montana, Audubon and Bachman (fig.). 1854. O. montana, Richardson, Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Herald’ (osteological fig.). 1857. O. montana, Baird, Mammals N. America, Survey Reports, p- 673 (fig. of horn). 1859. O. montana, Schott, U. 8. Mexican Boundary Report, part il. p. 52. 1871. O. canadensis, Blyth ( “ Zoophilus”), The Field, May 13 fig.). cuit O. cervina, Alston, Biologia Centr.-Am., Mammal. p. 111. 1884. O. montana dalli, Nelson, Proceedings of U.S. National Museum, vol. vil. p. 13. 9. On the Avian Sternum. By Bearrice Linpsay, Girton College, Cambridge *. [Received June 16, 1885.] (Plates XLII.-XLV.) Introduction. The most typical and simple form of the sternum is that found in Reptiles, where this bone, although associated with a shoulder- girdle of maximum complexity, and strengthened by the apposition of an interclavicle in the median line, is itself undoubtedly of homogeneous origin, that is to say derived solely from the fusion of ribs. In Birds and Mammals the sternum has been supposed by some authorities to be, on the contrary, a composite structure, containing a supplementary median element more or less distantly derived trom membrane-bone, and homologous with the free T-shaped interclavicle of Reptiles. Much has been done to increase the plausibility of that theory by a vague use of the terms “‘interclavicle”’ and “episternum.””? These names, when first introduced, expressed nothing but a certain anatomical position of the parts to which they were applied ; but now that the aforenamed reptilian structure is held by nearly all anatomists to be a membrane-bone, the names given to it inevitably tend to suggest a meaning restricted to particular homologies. But, unfortunately, many authors still apply the said names indiscriminately to any anterior median ossification, or paired ossification approaching the median line, without regard to its origin, whether known or unknown; and thus they uninten- tionally create factitious evidence for the above-named theory, by the continual implication of homologies which have never been satisfactorily proved. Instances in point are afforded by certain 1 Communicated by Dr. H. Gadow, 0.M.Z.S. P2227 1600: be xen, ® is a) ul R Ml \ , / = r ay See eg \ WL | S ee " SA THE CAMBRIDGE SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENT COMPANY. AVIAN STERNUM B. LINDSAY del. PZ3S. TOO Pi els THE CAMBAIDGE SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENT CONPANY AVIAN STERNUM. P.Z.8. 1885. Pl. XLIV. cor -cor z a? cl. ie R ee : ey es ty “wa KY \ 16. x7 THE CAMBRIDGE SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENT COMPANY. - AVIAN STERNUM P.%.$.1885. Pl XLV. ) isthe ve —_ LIN THE CAMBRIDGE SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENT COMPANY. AVIAN STERNUM. 4 eee} ae | 1885.] MISS B. LINDSAY ON THE AVIAN STERNUM. 685 occasional centres of ossification in the human sternum, and by the median apophysis of the avian furcula. So far as regards the sternum of the higher Mammalia, the balance of recent evidence is certainly not in favour of the theory under consideration. The costal origin of the manubrium sterni is asserted by Ruge on the ground of embryological evidence ; while the complexity of its centres of ossification, so fully discussed by Prof. Albrecht in his recent paper on the human sternum, points to an origin from the fusion of many serial members, rather than from the differentiation of an interclavicle—a process, it may be added, which could have had no raison d’étre in a bone placed under conditions involving comparatively little mechanical strain. With regard to the avian sternum, on the contrary, no recent evidence has been offered in opposition to the theory maintained by Gdotte and Hoffmann, which asserts the presence of an interclavicular element united with the costal sternum, and forming the crista sterni or keel’. This theory will be examined from a critical point of view in the following communication, the object of which is to discuss the origin of the avian sternum and its various parts. The communication consists of three sections, arranged in the following order :— Part I. (i.) Statement of the chief views held as to the nature of the Avian Sternum, and of the nomenclature of its parts adopted by the best authorities, where this offers any special peculiarity ; (ii.) Comments on certain of the above views. Parr II. Details of the embryonic development of the sternum and adjacent parts in five types of bird (with Plates). Part IiI. Summary of the conclusions apparently suggested by the latter, in connection with previously recorded facts. 1 Tt should be added at the outset that no conclusion can be gained from the consideration of other types than birds; for while on the one hand we may refer to the keel of the sternum in Bats, which is admittedly the outgrowth of the sternum itself, belonging both to the presternum and mesosternum, yet on the other hand we must admit the existence in Hatteria of a keel formed by coalescence of the interclavicle with the sternum, and affording attachment to the pectoral muscles (see “‘ Contributions to the Anatomy of Hatééeria, or Rhyn- chocephalus of Owen,” by A. Giinther, M.A., Ph.D.: Phil. Trans. 1867, p. 595). (June 16, 686 MISS B. LINDSAY ON THE AVIAN STERNUM. “MOISUO}XO TOTo}80d-or19}UB We (IL) pue ‘TetoqLT B svYy (I) JV} SuIoq MoT} UooMjoq TOTNOUTYSTp oY] ,,“quaUIEST, aeOLARTO -O.19}8 ,, §,9}}0 topun pepnput oxe (Ir) puw (rt) “quouresry mynaranpjo-oon.109 xO ‘eurarey petted worvadns powagn) (I) pure {gueTAVSI] “mynormjo-ousags 10 unypauL Joouywar (tL) S queues, Jo vurouey woelajsod wnrpau ywowwaa (1)—: oureu *poyoryye ore ‘peysinsuystp ore syuomesiy jo moysks pres oy Jo syaed aay —‘aungnpowawogr Aoyy You 03 sossadoad oy} YIM Aayyoso9 ‘oporavyo pue “‘SOATOSTIIT]} SJUOUIVST] Ol} UL SUOTZVOYTSSO TeIISOTOT}ed PeuomwLoo0 pur ‘syuotUVSIT ‘ploovdoo ‘TUNU.IE}s UddAjoq S}UETESIT Jo weysks oT} 980} 0} JUOUIYOUWe pPLogpe ATJUENDa.!; YOM sossavoad oyy Jo JeyI ITA aatyj0804 Aq (ayvuiep pur eyqey y0q) sparq ut pozuesoadoa ‘peqitosep suomi] Jo woysds oy} JO y[Npr ou ur uoTtsod [rormoywuy—sowaprag SI O[OTAVTIAOAUL OY LUT — "(FORT MEP) MIA SONILUVET "F eee ‘yuepuedeput Ap,007.10cL ST SOPOIAV]O OY} YILM FI SO4IUN YO A yuoULVSI] peuTeystdo ey} Jo quemdozposop oy) oTMpA ‘UTSTIO UE [eysOO st TAMU “UOTPVSTISOAUT TwOLsOTOAAGuIa Jo sy{Nsey—sowapany -1948 ogy‘ sod4y [Te Url yey—(EegT oyep) MATA SAMMY “e ‘SpA, JO TUlo}s VqSTAO ot} JO JUeTBAINho oT} st suUBIMEG Jo UMUAEJSIde oT} JO uoytod oppprem ou yy — (FEST wp) MATA SSNUVO “4H 'O °G ‘4SIXO OMOTB OSOY} TOLLISO OT} UL pur ‘sTeutojsosom oy} eave ATQUONboay SOM sM900 YOM satjyMED OT, “wnwwasnzam ayy Suiynqrjsuoad ‘sppueagsmgauw OM} pure wnulapsnjau JO MOL AOWoysod oy} pu ‘ wnewdapzsosaw O44 Suryngys U0 ‘s7)U.1aZSOSAUL OMY PUB WHUAISOSAU JO ATALTIUUIS S{SISUOD MOA OYLIPOTUOZUL ONL “wnusajsoud oyy SuynyHSMOod ‘spywlajsoud OMY pUe wrudaysoud Werpaut %— S}Aud Got] JO SYSISUOD MOI}BOHISSO JO Saaq{UGD JO MOK LOTAOJUR OY T—'aun~ojOUIUONT “SMO UI SUOTJLOyISSO G Jo ATTeord dy syststOD TANTIO}s TWNUIO}S SUTATISSO OT} JO NOLSTYseAUT—‘aouaprany URIAY Of} YeUT— “(OST OVP) AMAIA sAaINDWEA_/T *T ‘OLG ‘WONUHLG wo *AUOUH YT, SUMVd JO TUALVIONANONT ANY ‘AVOUT, 10 LLOddOS NI CHONGAY AONAATAHL “MINULO}G OT} JO Wortsodu09 oy} 0} prvsot TTA soUEpIAs ploye 07 posoddns wosq eavy sv yueUIeSIT s}t pur o[p.«ts-coppnoys oy} Jo sjaed YONs 07 pAvdor JIM poppe oav sprejeqy "WANUALY NVIAW a7 07 punbat yzUn slague yy snowna fig pajdopn ainjojauamox, pun ‘paonppy spony ‘A 1TH SAIAOTHY, AHL AO LNAWALVLG UVTAGVY, (*1)—] Weg MISS B. LINDSAY ON THE AVIAN STERNUM. 687 1885.] (Cokaquae AT1vo oY} Ut ‘SqIt TOL1oz te ITA uoLouU0 earyrutid v sey puB ‘noajsoineyq oy Aq payisso st ‘WorIppY Axepuooes & OL] SYOOT FI NPV oy} Ur Ysnoyye ‘ssonoad sry oaorpM “Yoryo OG} Ut TOIIPUO SII WOAZ OATAOP [ MOTA ST T, “TWUMNULO]S TLys0o oT 40 aud AojaozuL oT] jo uonaod peprasep v Apduus st sseooad siyy yvyy eULsuMMI T “GUESqe ST FT O10 AA “YOLI}SO OY} UI poowly st LONTppr jenpad ory Jooroyar ‘ssoooad [v.toqeT LOLIoIUe ey} JO WoIRoyIsso oy} aq 0} esoddns J] ‘ayy Ur SuTstxo sv ‘UOEysoorg OUT, “TUMM18}8 94} JO SOATRY [RISO oatyTUntAd oy Jo oaTJe}UEserdet ayy PUL ‘sTBtLLa}s “Oso [RAO] SAOLUTUIIOFL /T JO JWo[ambs oy} snxy st woeysoane[q ey, —a7oA7) ‘ssan01d gousagsrydre appprth ayp IO WNULAISOZUT OY} POUITE} Woo OsTe sey PUB ‘[90q eT} 0} Aorteysod sory ysey ou, ‘proydy appyy pur ‘proydix oynypausiagur ‘proydry jyusagug oy) power ore JULSLOY PY} UI Uoos sv MINUAEYS OY} Jo Sessedoad AoIto}sod yeordAy oxy, ‘g[SUIS LO ported oye ‘speUIMIEYA, ULeIAe0 UL PUNOF st woapsoouT eyY pus ‘nunnbr pur orjagg urssaoo.id [eaayey-tor.toys0d 19 Jo UOTVwoYTSsO TeTyCed oy} YITM spuodsoat0o woagsopapy OT} ‘Soptydoyy ur pated punog st woagsounayq OUY STI m.s. and a.l.p. have been added, and the two posterior ribs shortened. 6. Of 21 days embryo. The xiphoid end has been added to plp.; alp. is fully elongated; 7. is the thin ligament uniting the coracoids and sternum. 7. Of 25 days’ embryo. The 6th sternal rib has lost its sternal attachment ; but 7 @ shows not only the 6th but also the next rib still long on the right side ; /, ligament. 8. Of 27 days’ embryo. The 6th sternal rib having greatly shortened, the adult condition is now attained, mapped out in cartilage. 9. Of adult Ostrich: p.c. shows its occasional condition of atrophy ; m. is incompletely closed, a condition normal in Casuarius and Rhea, but not in Struthio. The cartilaginous m.s. and p.l.p. have been lost in maceration. (Reduced.) C.C. Puate XLIII. Fig. 1. Rhea: sternum of young bird, with unfused halves, xd. OC. 2. hea: sternum of adult bird, with halves partly fused, x}. (In very old birds the halves are almost completely fused.) ©.C. 3. Struthio: 4 days’ embryo (x1); showing length of tail and smallness of fore limb compared with chick of same age. 4, Struthio: 7 days’ embryo (x1); showing division of fore limb into three digits. 4a. Fore limb of Gannet at same stage ( X23). 5. Struthio: 10 days’ embryo (1); back view. 6. Struthio: 10 days’ embryo (x1); side view. } Showing appearance of feather-tracts, five in number, viz. those of the dorsal surface, those of the ventral surface, of the thigh, the wing, and the head and neck. 7. Struthio: 15 days’ embryo (x1); showing spread of the feather-tracts and establishment of the scales on the foot. 8. Larus: 5 days’ embryo (x5): left shoulder-girdle (ventral side), showing struthionic character of coracoid ; cl.=clay. ; p-c.=precor, ; y=supplementary tissue of the coracoid; «= separate centre for median furcular apophysis. 9,10. Larus: 15 days’ embryo ; posterior border of sternum (x1), showing processes. In 10 the two processes are united, a condition never seen in any younger stage. 11. Larus: 12 days’ embryo, showing six sternal ribs and three bands in the rectus muscle, a struthionic condition, to be noted in connection with the struthionic character of the precoracoid. Prats XLIV. Fig. 1. Coracoid of Diomedea exulans. Showing p.c.=precoracoid of Sabatier ; cor.ep. epiphysis of the coracoid (Parker's precoracoid); p.p.c.=posterior process of the coracoid; a. paired anterior apophysis of the sternum, ~ 71 6 MISS B. LINDSAY ON THE AVIAN STERNUM. [June 16, Fig. 2. Shoulder-girdle of late 5 days’ chick, showing relations of ¢e/.=clavicle and cor.=coracoid. ‘The coracoid has a flattened shape; the scapula is removed. 3. The same, 77 situ. 4 5. Shoulder-girdle of two 5 days’ chicks (right and left). Showing clavicle adjoined t> coracoid, scapula quite free; ventral surface. Hrratwn: R. and L. are reversed in the diags., and sc. is put for e/. in fig. 5. 6. Six days’ chick, showing (1) absence of interclavicle, (2) fused coraco- seapular plate, removed from position of dotted line, (3) elongated clavicle ; also (4) rectus attached to clavicle (cf. fig. 9). 7, 8. Right coracoid of Casuarius, showing the foramen or incisura cora- coidea, which in Struthio lies near the inner margin of the coracoid. The area internal to it is probably a precoracoid (not identical with that of Struthio) ; cf. fig. 1, also woodcut diagram of shoulder-girdle of Chick. C.C. 9. Uria troile: 7 days’ embryo, showing clavicles closed before the sternum and giving attachment to rectus muscle, 7. 10. Uria troile: about 15 days’: 71, external rectus continuous with pecto- ralis major ; 72, main sheet of rectus; 73, internal thin sheet of rectus; s=supracoracoideus (or pect. minor). 11. The same, showing attachment of 73 on the dorsal side of the sternum. 12. The same, showing attachment of 73 nearer the margin, at a later stage. 13,14. The same, ribs of 7 days’ embryo; 13 shows wm’, traces of the primitive intercostales externi, dissected out. 15. Dromeus, showing relations of clay., precor., and f, for. cor., in young bird. C:C. 16. Coracoid of adult bird: f, foramen; g, posterior border of coracoid. C.C. Piatt XLY. Fig. 1. Chick, 6-7 days’ incubation, showing rectus (7.) continuous with supra- coracoideus (p. min.); X24. 2. Embryonic sternal ribs of late 6 days’ chick, eleven in number, the early form of the posterior processes is also shown. 3. Late 6days’ chick, showing’, primitive bands of the intercostales externi, and wedge-shaped upper part severed from rectus band by growth of sternum—removed from X. Parts of the rectus=r. and 7.l.; x4. 4, 5. Occasional separate centre, /, for keel in 7 days’ chick. 6. The wedge-shaped rectus band, together with (m’) three anterior muscle- bands (primitive intercostales externi), of late 6 days’ chick. 7. The same at a rather later stage (very early 7 days’ chick); x4. 8. Last trace of the three anterior muscle-bands, in 7 days’ chick; x4. 9. Normal sternum of 6 days’ chick, showing commencemeut of external process, and (¢) thin region towards median line: éf. fig. 8. 10. Abnormal sternum of 6 days’ chick, showing a process of the sternum anterior to the coracoid, four rudiments apparently of anterior ribs, and the muscle-bands belonging to each, turned over. 11. Five days’ chick, showing (x) lateral bands of muscle attached to lower jaw; upon the complete closure of the pericardial cavity these unite to form the median band seen in figs. 3, 6, and 7. 12. Sternum of 5 days’ chick (broken by needle), showing masses of dif- ferentiating mesoblast alternate with the ribs, possibly indicating a complex series of costal centres in the sternum comparable with what Albrecht calls ‘‘ hemisternebrals ” in mammals; and four anterior ribs attached to the vertebral column, the posterior ones free. 13. Gannet, Stage 1. r=rectus muscle. 14. Gannet, Stage 2. c.s., mass of sternum, showing depression for attach- ‘ ment of coracoid; 4=keel; m'=three rudimentary muscle-bands ; hy.=thick folds of hypoblast of the throat, which afterwards form the thyroid glands. 15. Gannet, Stage 3; dorsal aspect. A=keel; J and /'=ligaments. 16, 17. Gannet, Stage 4. L, ligament. 18. Posterior margin of sternum of bird just hatched (x 1). 1885.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 717 November 3, 1885. Prof. W. H. Flower, LL.D., F.R.S., President, in the Chair. The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July, August, and September, 1885:— The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of June was 172, of which 78 were by birth, 59 by presentation, 9 by purchase, 21 by exchange, and 5 were re- ceived on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 103. The following are of special interest :— 1. A Spurred Chameleon (Chameleon calcarifer), presented by Major J. W. Yerbury, R.A. Major Yerbury writes from Aden (April 8th, 1885) that this fine Chameleon was caught a few miles from Aden. He had previously sent an example of this Chameleon to the British Museum, so that Mr. Boulenger has been able to determine its specific name. The typical example described by Dr. Peters (‘ Reise nach Mossambique,’ Zool. vol. iii. Amph. p. 22, Taf. iv. @) is said to have been obtained in Madagascar; but it can hardly be believed that a Chameleon of the same species can occur in two such different localities. 2. A fine series of Australian Reptiles, received in exchange from the Zoological Society of New South Wales on June 11th, and containing examples of two species of Lizards and six species of Snakes ; of the latter, three species (viz. Dicmenia psammophis, Hoplocephalus curtus, and Dendrophis punctulatus) are new to the collection. 3. A female of the Pleasant Antelope (Tragelaphus gratus) from the Gaboon, purchased June 18th. This scarce Antelope, remark- able for its elongated hoofs, whereby it approaches 7’. spekei, has lately been figured and described in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ (P.Z.S. 1880, p. 253, pl. xliv.; 1883, p. 34, pl. viii.) from examples living in the Jardin des Plantes at Paris. The present example is the first of this species received by the Society. 4. Twelve Cascaduras (Callichthys littoralis) from Trinidad, presented by Mr. J. Franks Chittenden, of Port of Spain, C.M.Z.S., and received June 23rd. Mr. Chittenden writes that in Trinidad these fishes are considered one of the delicacies of the table, and have a constant place in the market. The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of July were 106 in number ; of these 66 were acquired by presentation, 3 by purchase, 29 by birth, and 8 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 91. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. XLVII. : 47 718. DR. BAUER ON PTYCHOZOON HOMALOCEPHALUM. [Nov. 3, The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of August was 121; of these 65 were acquired by presentation, 2 by purchase, 27 by birth, 13 were received on deposit, and 3 in exchange. Eleven young Pheasants, received during the month, were bred from eggs laid in the Society’s Gardens, and sent into the country to be hatched. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 98. The collection of Javan animals, presented by Dr. F. H. Bauer, of Buitenzorg, Java, C.M.Z.S., is important, as containing examples of an Owl (Budo orientalis) and of three Reptiles and a Batrachian, all new to the Society’s series. The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena- gerie during the month of September was 141; of these 77 were acquired by presentation, 15 by purchase, 42 were bred in the Gardens, aud 7 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during the same period by death and removals was 89. Mr. Sclater placed on the table the skull of the Tapir received by the Society, May 25th, 1878, and described and figured by him (P.Z.S. 1878, p. 632, plate xxxix.) as Tapirus roulini. The animal had died on the 2nd June, 1884. It was of the male sex, and had bred with the female Tapirus americanus received Jan. 16th, 1873. Now, however, that the skull could be examined, it was evident that the supposed Tapirus roulint was not of that species, but merely a dark variety of Yapirus americanus. After such evidence of variation, Mr. Selater had come to the conclusion that the Tapir from Venezuela, presented by Fritz Zurcher, Esq., August 3th, 1881 (see P.Z.S. 1882, p. 391, plate xxiii.), which he had referred with some doubt to Tapirus dowii, was also, probably, merely a form of the variable species Tapirus americanus. In future editions of the ‘ List of Vertebrate Animals,’ Mr. Sclater proposed to refer all these individuals to Tapirus americanus, and much regretted that the difficulty of determining living animals with correctness had led him into these serious errors. The following extract was read froma letter addressed to the Secretary by Dr. F. H. Bauer, C.M.Z.S., dated Buitenzorg, July 16th, 1885 :— = “ T have tried to get some more specimens of the Péychozoon homa- locephalum’*, but am sorry to say I have not succeeded. Last November I obtained one, but in the cold season it was impossible to despatch it. “It appeared to be a female, for only a few days after its capture it laid two eggs in the box in which it was kept. After several months the eggs were still im statu quo, and I believed them to be 1 See P.Z.8. 1872, p. 589. P45 1865 Pl Xiy ee iV ee W Purkiss lth. Hanhart imp. NEW PHYBOPHAGOUS COLEGPIE RRs 1885.] ON THE PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPIERA OF JAPAN. 719 unimpregnated, till at last, in the middle of May, from one of them issued a living young one, and two days afterwards another from the other egg in the same manner. *T believe such a long period of incubation very extraordinary and noteworthy. I answer for the authenticity of this fact. Both young ones died soon, probably for want of suitable food. I put them in spirit, along with the mother, who died much emaciated, about the same time. If you think them interesting, I shall be happy to send them. Perhaps nowhere do they possess so young specimens of this species. The characteristic plaits of the skin along the body and tail are already clearly discernible.” The following extract was read from a letter addressed to the Secretary by Mr. J. Caldwell, C.M.Z.S., dated ‘‘ Museum, Port Louis, September 3rd, 1885.” “T have only a few minutes before the mail leaves, to inform you that the day before yesterday one of my collectors found a hitherto unknown deposit of Dodo bones. I shall be off in a few days to examine it. There is no doubt about the few specimens he brought me, as the upper mandible is precisely the same as that figured in Strickland’s Monograph, plate viii., but a trifle larger. I save given orders not to have any of the remains disturbed till I reach the spot myself, so that there may be no mixing up of the remains of separate birds, if we should be fortunate enough to find anything like an entire specimen. The locality is in the south-west of the island in a small cavern.” Prof Bell exhibited a particularly fine specimen of the Decapod crustacean Alpheus megacheles, received from Mr. Spencer, who had collected it at Herm, Channel Islands, and made some remarks on it, and on the presence of Spherechinus granulosus at that island. The following papers were read :— 1. Descriptions of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Japan obtained by Mr. George Lewis during his Second Journey, from February 1880 to September 1881.— Part II. Halticine and Galerucine. By Martin JACOBY '. [Received July 22, 1885.] (Plate XLVL) The present paper deals with the species of Halticine and Galeru- cine obtained by Mr. George Lewis during his second journey in Japan. As was to be expected, the collection contains a greater number of 1 Continued from p. 211. 47* CA 720 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, new forms amongst these families than of those genera which are included to the end of the true Chrysomeline, and further researches will no doubt greatly increase their number. A certain number of species which are present only in single specimens seemed to me to be so closely allied to certain European forms, especially to species of the genus Longitarsus, which contains already a great many very difficult species, that their description would have only increased the difficulty of determination, and I have thought it best to abstain from describing them till more material was at hand. I have added a list of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Japan (to the end of the Galerucidz) as far as at present known, so many additions having lately been made, that a clearer idea may be gathered of their number. There is, however, little doubt that this list will be in future greatly extended, and that especially still more species will be found which are inhabitants of Japan and the northern parts of Asia on one side, and the Malayan region on the other. Genus Manrtura, Stephens. MANTURA JAPONICA, Sp. nov. Black below ; the basal joints of the antenne, tibiee, and tarsi ferruginous ; above dark blue; thorax strongly punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices flat. Length 1 line. Head remotely but deeply punctured ; antenne extending beyond the base of the thorax, the first four joints fulvous, the basal one stained with bluish-black above, the terminal joints entirely of that colour. Thorax twice as broad as long, the sides straight at the base, rounded towards the apex, rather strongly deflexed ; a distinctly impressed longitudinal groove extends upwards from the sides of the base to nearly the middle; disk covered with deep and strong punctures, more closely at the sides than at the middle. Elytra rather convex, subcylindrical, regularly and deeply punctate-striate. Hakodate. Allied to M. obustata, Gyll., but the head and thorax much more strongly punctured, which gives a more rugose appearance to these parts ; the punctures of the elytra are also more closely approached and of a more rounded shape. As these characters are the same in all the specimens before me, I thought it best to separate them specifically. MantTurRA FULVIPES, Sp. nov. Black below ; the four basal joints of the antenne, and the legs fulvous ; above blackish-blue; thorax coarsely punctured; elytra strongly punctate-striate. Length 1 line. Head deeply and rather closely punctured; terminal joints of the antenne thickened, pitchy black; four lower joints fulvous. Thorax transverse, very convex, the sides strongly rounded and dilated; surface closely foveolate-punctate at the sides, more remotely 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 721 punctured at the disk, the latter with a more or less distinct central longitudinal smooth space, the sides at the base impressed with a short but deep fovea. Scutellum extremely small. Elytra convex, subcylindrical, the punctuation strong and regularly striate, the interspaces not raised. Legs entirely fulvous. Kumamoto. The smal] and convex shape of this species, in connection with the strong and close punctuation of the thorax and the entirely fulvous legs, will assist in separating it from its allies. The sides of the thorax are also much more rounded and dilated than in any species with which I am acquainted. Genus CreprpoperA, Chevr. CREPIDODERA LEWISI, sp. nov. Oblong, fulvous ; terminal joints of the antenne, apices of the femora, tibiee, and tarsi black. Thorax impunctate. LElytra extremely finely punctate-striate. Length 2—23 lines. Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles broad, divided anteriorly only, contiguous posteriorly ; carina acutely raised; labrum and palpi obscure piceous. Antenne half the length of the body, the four lower joints fulvous, the rest black, third and fourth joints equal in length, one half longer than the second. Thorax not more than one half broader than long, the sides very slightly rounded, the angles distinct but not produced, the anterior ones slightly oblique, the basilar sulcation broad and moderately deep, but bounded at the sides by a deep longitudinal groove, the upper end of which extends slightly beyond the sulcation; surface entirely impunctate. Elytra slightly broader at the base than the thorax, very minutely and rather irregularly punctate-striate, the punctured rows rather distantly placed and often consisting of double punc- tures, the apex scarcely visibly punctured. Legs and tarsi black, the base of the femora fulvous. The exact locality of this species, which belongs to the group including C’. transversa, C. impressa, &c., is not given. It may be that OC. lewisi is identical with C. obscuritarsis, Motsch., or at all events closely allied, but the colour of the antenne and legs is different. The punctuation of the elytra is rather variable, con- sisting in more or less closely approached extremely fine rows of punctures, which here and there are united in pairs but for the most part single and irregularly placed. The species may be recognized principally by the colour of the antennz, which have the four first joints fulvous only, the rest being black, the latter colour being that also of the tibize and tarsi. CREPIDODERA RECTICOLLIS, Sp. nov. Oblong-ovate, narrowed behind, entirely pale fulvous; thorax impunctate, the sides straight ; elytra finely punctate-striate. Length 1 line. 722 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles rather obsolete ; antennze more than half the length of the body, entirely fulvous, the second and third joints short and equal, the following joints not much longer. Thorax about twice as broad as long, the sides straight, the anterior angles oblique, surface rather convex, the basilar groove deep and bounded at the sides by an equally deep longitudinal groove ; within the former a transverse row of punctures is placed ; the rest of the disk is impunctate. Scutellum very smal]. Elytra narrowed and pointed at their apices, finely and regularly punctate- striate, the punctuation nearly absent at the apices. Legs and underside fulvous. Kashiwagi. Much smaller than C. Jewis?; the sides of the thorax straight, the punctuation more regular, and the antenne and legs entirely fulvous. From C. ferruginea, Scop., the species is distinguished by the im- punctate thorax, the finer punctuation of the elytra, and the smaller size. CREPIDODERA LZVICOLLIS, Sp. nov. Ovate, very convex, dark fulvous ; antennz and legs light fulvous; thorax impunctate ; elytra very finely punctate-striate, the inter- stices flat. Length 13 line. Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles very obsolete, the space between the antennz with a rather deep groove; antenne entirely light fulvous, more than half the length of the body, the third joint one half longer than the second. Thorax transverse, the sides rounded at the middle, somewhat narrowed at the base; the basilar groove straight, deep, and bounded at the sides by a still deeper longitudinal groove; surface entirely impunctate, with the exception of a few punctures within the basilar sulcation. Elytra very convex, the punctuation fine and here and there irregular on account of some extra punctures, the strize more obsolete but yet visible to the apex, the latter of somewhat lighter colour than the rest of the surface ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than the two following joints together. Oiwake. A single specimen. This species may be compared with C. ewoleta, Fabr., and CO. interpunctata, Motsch., from both of which it differs sufficiently to merit a specific name ; the interstices are here flat, not convex as in C. exoleta, in which the head and thorax are also finely punctured. The impunctate thorax and darker colour in general separate the present species from that of Motschulsky; the larger size and rounded sides of the thorax from C. recticollis. CREPIDODERA ACUMINATA, Sp. Nov. Oblong, narrowed behind, fulvous ; head and thorax impunctate; elytra finely and regularly punctate-striate. Length 1 line. Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles obsolete but visible, nearly 1885. } PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN, 723 contiguous; antennze more than half the length of the body, entirely fulvous, the second and third joints short and equal, fourth slightly longer ; thorax not much more than one half broader than long, the sides narrowed at the base, rounded at the middle, the anterior angles oblique, the basilar sulcation deep and well limited laterally by a longitudinal groove, surface impunctate. Elytra strongly narrowed behind, the punctured strie very regular and fine, still less strongly marked at the apex ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints together. Nikko. A single specimen. Narrower, less convex, and of lighter colour than C. levicollis, the thorax longer and less transverse, the striz at the elytra much more regular and composed of single punctures only. The shape of this species is very pointed posteriorly, and the sides of the thorax are concave near the base, both characters which will assist in the recognition of the present insect. CREPIDODERA JAPONICA, Sp. Nov. Black or piceous; thorax strongly punctured within the basilar groove ; elytra distinctly punctate-striate. Length | 2-2 lines. Head impunctate, deeply grooved between the eyes; frontal tubercles elongate, strongly raised, fulvous or piceous; palpi dark fulvous; antennz two thirds the length of the body, black, the apices of the basal joints stained with fulvous, third and fourth joints of equal length. Thorax subquadrate, slightly broader than long, the sides rounded before the middle, constricted near the base, the latter with a deeply impressed transverse groove, limited at the sides by a perpen- dicular sulcus; surface rather convex, the disk impunctate, the lateral margin accompanied by a deep row of punctures which extend also across and within the basilar groove. Elytra with distinct and regular rows of punctures, which are a little less deeply impressed near the apices, the latter being of a somewhat paler colour than the rest of the surface. Legs covered with yellowish pubescence. Nikko. The rather large size and entirely black or piceous colour will assist in distinguishing this species. The transverse groove of the thorax extends nearly to the sides, is strongly punctured, and not so well bounded laterally by a perpendicular groove as is the case in most of the species in this genus. The frontal tubercles also are very strongly developed, and sometimes of an obscure fulvous colour. CREPIDODERA BIMACULATA, sp. nov. Fulvous; antenne, tibie, and tarsi black; thorax impunctate ; elytra finely subgeminate punctate-striate, fulvous, each elytron with an obscure fuscous spot near the apex. Length 2 lines. Head finely transversely strigose at the vertex, impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly raised, elongate, and bounded behind by a ~ 724 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, deep transverse groove. Antenne as long as the body, black, the first joint somewhat angulate near the apex, the second short, third and fourth joints of equal length. Thorax about one half broader than long, the sides rounded before the middle and narrowed towards the apex ; basilar sulcation deep, straight, and bounded at the sides by a perpendicular groove; rest of the surface entirely impunctate. Elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, parallel, slightly narrowed towards the apex, the shoulders limited within by a longitudinal depression, the punctured strize fine and regular, the interstices with a few very minute punctures ; at the sides near the apex an oblong obscure fuscous spot is placed; femora fulvous ; tibize and tarsi black. : Subashiri. A single specimen. The punctures of the elytra are very distantly placed, and form about four double rows, which become more obsolete at the sides and the apex. CREPIDODERA CHLORIs, Foudr. The Japanese specimens before me do not differ in any way from the European form; the species has not hitherto been recorded from Japan. Genus Liprus, Motsch. LIPRUS NIGRITUS, sp. nov. Black, tibize and lower joints of the antenne testaceous. Thorax rugose-punctate. Elytra punctate-striate, the interstices obsoletely costate. Length 1? line. Head impunetate, black, shining, the space between the eyes slightly depressed, the frontal tubercles very small. Antenne very nearly as long as the body, the six lower joints pale fulvous, the rest black, the second and the two following joints slightly increasing in length. Thorax square-shaped, with a distinct transverse groove parallel and at some distance from the posterior margin, surface finely rugose throughout. Elytra deeply depressed below the base, regularly and distinctly punctate-striate, the interstices when viewed sideways costate and sparingly covered with white pubescence. Legs testaceous, the femora piceous ; posterior tibize slightly curved. Oyana. Four specimens. Chapuis, in his ‘ Genera des Coléoptéres,’ has made no mention of the genus Liprus, which was probably unknown to him. I must refer here to my remarks about the genus in the ‘ Annals of the Genoa Museum,’ vol. ii. 1885, p. 71. The open coxal cavities would place Liprus near Diphaulaca and Lactica, from both of which it differs, however, in most other structural characters, notably in the perpendicular sides of the elytra, a peculiarity unknown amongst numerous other genera of Halticine. I am not quite certain whether the species described here is not the L. punctato-striatus of Motschulsky, from which, according to the description, it differs 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 725 in the colour of the antennz and legs, and also in the rugosely- punctured thorax. The colour of the latter and that of the head separates the species from L. hirtus, Baly. LiIpRUS SUTURALIS, sp. nov. Pale fulvous ; thorax distinctly punctured ; elytra deeply punctate- striate, the interstices costate, fulvous ; the sutural margin abbreviated near the apex, black, the costs with yellowish rather long and stiff hairs. Length 1 line. Fukushima. A single specimen. Rather smaller than the smallest specimens of ZL. hirtus and L. nigritus, with which the present species cannot be confounded on account of the strongly raised elytral costee and their narrow black sutural margin. The antenne also are shorter, and the thorax seems less transverse and more elongate. It may be, however, that L. suturalis is only a small and differently coloured variety of L. nigritus. Liprvs MINUTUS, sp. nov. Pale testaceous, finely pubescent ; thorax rugose-punctate ; elytra punctate-striate, the interstices costate, testaceous, a spot behind the middle of each elytron piceous. Length # line. Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles obsolete. Antenne closely approached, testaceous, two thirds the length of the body ; the second joint as thick as the first, but less than half its length, the two following joints scarcely longer but much thinner, the rest gradually but slightly thickened. Thorax subquadrate, one half broader than long, the sides perfectly straight or a little concave near the base; the basilar sulcation rather obsolete and sinuate, extending to the sides, the surface rugose-punctate. Elytra rather convex, costate throughout, the interstices deeply punctate-striate, furnished with single erect testaceous hairs; behind the middle a transversely shaped or rounded piceous spot is placed. Posterior femora short, not extending to the apices of the elytra, their tibize with a spine; the first jot of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints together. Nagasaki or neighbourhood. Although the shape of this species, of which Mr. Lewis obtained two specimens, differs from L. hirtus in being less elongate, that of the thorax and its groove as well as the state of the coxal cavities agrees with the genus ; the costate and pubescent elytra, as well as the deflexed sides of the latter, are other characters which the species has in common with Liprus. I may remark here that the species of Liprus lately described by myself in the * Annals of the Genoa Museum’ from Sumatra, although agreeing in most respects with the genus, differs from the other species of the present genus in the shape of the thorax, which is that of a species of Lema. 726 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, Genus Hatrtica, Geoff, HALTICA LATERICOSTA, Sp. Ov. Metallic blue or green, subopaque ; antenne, tibiz, and tarsi black; thorax and elytra scarcely visibly punctured, the latter with a very strongly developed costa from the shoulder to nearly the apex. Q. Elytra without lateral costa. Length 2—23 lines. Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly raised; carina very short. Antenne nearly as long as the body, the basal joints generally tinged with metallic blue, the rest black, second joint distinctly shorter than the third, this latter shorter than the following joint. Thorax not more than one half broader than long, rather convex, the basal groove deep and slightly sinuate, not extending upwards at the sides, the space in front and behind the groove extremely finely punctured, only visible under a strong lens. Elytra a little more distinctly punctured, the sutural margin slightly raised immediately below the base to a short extent ; the lateral costa yery strongly raised, commencing from the shoulder, but abbreviated at a little distance from the apex, the latter slightly hollowed out, Sapporo, on sallow. This species bears a great resemblance to H. californica, Mannerh., but is distinguished by the elytral costa not curving round to the suture, and the rather opaque or but little shinimg and very finely punctured elytra. The female does not differ in any way but by the absence of the costa. The latter in the male is more strongly developed than in any other species with which I am acquainted, HALTICcA OBSCURA, Sp. nov. Piceous ; basal joints of the antenne and the legs more or less fulvous; thorax distinctly, elytra more closely and strongly pune- tured. Length 13 line. Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles elongate, bounded behind by a transverse groove ; carina very short and indistinet ; labrum obscure flavous. Antenne rather robust, thickened at the terminal joints, the third and fourth joints not longer, but thinner than the second, the five terminal joints fuscous, the others flavous. Thorax transversely subquadrate, the sides very nearly straight, the surface impressed near the base with a shallow transverse groove which extends to the sides, the disk distinctly but not very closely pune- tured. Elytra a little widened towards the apices, much more strongly and closely punctured than the thorax, the interstices here and there slightly wrinkled. Legs either entirely fulvous or stained with piceous. Yuyama. This species is a little larger than H. picipes, Baly, also from Japan, and may be at once separated by the distinctly punctured thorax and elytra, which in the other species are scarcely visibly 1885.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 727 punctate ; the piceous or nearly black colour of the upper surface will help to distinguish the species from the many blue-coloured allied forms. HALTICA LEWIS], sp. nov. Entirely fulvous or testaceous; thorax transversely subquadrate, closely punctured ; elytra closely subrugose-punctate. Length 13 line. Head impunctate, shining, the frontal tubercles distinctly raised out short. Antennze half the length of the body, rather robust, entirely fulvous, the second joint thickened, scarcely shorter than the third, this and the following joints of nearly equal length. Thorax twice as broad as long, subquadrate, the sides straight, the anterior angles acute but not produced, the base with an obsolete transverse sinuate groove which has a deeper depression or fovea at the middle of the basal margin ; surface not very closely but distinctly punctured, the punctures more deeply impressed within the basilar groove. Elytra closely and much more strongly punctured than the thorax, the interstices slightly rugose ; first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following together. Kashiwagi, Chiuzenji. The four specimens before me do not differ in any way ; in all, the groove of the thorax is plainly visible, although not strongly defined in outline. Genus Loneirarsus, Latr. LONGITARSUS NITIDA, sp. nov. Fulvous, shining ; head finely transversely rugose ; thorax trans- verse, distinctly punctured ; elytra not more strongly punctured, narrowed behind ; antenne as long as the body. Length 2 lines. Head with a few deep punctures and a fovea near the inner margin of the eyes; the frontal tubercles not raised, but limited behind by an oblique groove; carina broad, not strongly raised. Antennze as long as the body, entirely fulvous, the apex of the terminal joint fuscous, the third about one half longer than the second jomt. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long, the sides rather strongly deflexed, lateral margin a little rounded at the middle and slightly converging outwards, the anterior angles broadly oblique, forming a tooth at alittle distance before the middle, surface rather convex, closely and finely punctured. Elytra widened towards the middle, strongly narrowed at the apex, the shoulders rounded ; the disk not more strongly but a little more distantly punctured. Metatarsus of the posterior legs one half the length of the tibiz. Sapporo. L. nitidus resembles in size our L. verbasci, but is of a narrower, posteriorly more pointed shape, and the punctuation of the thorax is more distinct, and that of the elytra more remotely placed; the third joint of the antennze is also proportionately longer than in the Euro- pean species. 728 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, LoNnGITARSUS HZMORRHOIDALIS, Sp. nov. Ovate, convex, black; legs (the apices of the posterior femora excepted) pale fulvous ; thorax very finely punctured ; elytra black, the apices fulvous, distinctly semipunctate-striate. Length 1 line. Head impunctate; eyes large; the frontal tubercles entirely absent. Antenne nearly as long as the body, black, the three or four basal joints fulvous, third and fourth joints equal in length, slightly longer than the second. Thorax transversely subquadrate, the sides nearly straight, not converging, the anterior angles obliquely thickened ; surface very minutely and not very closely punctured, the interspaces extremely finely granulate when seen under a strong lens. Elytra narrowed at the apices, slightly widened at the middle in the female, their surface much more strongly punctured than that of the thorax, and arranged in close and rather regular rows, black, the apex more or less broadly fulvous. Meta- tarsus of the posterior tibie half their length, the apex of the posterior femora more or less piceous, the rest and the other legs fulvous. Yokohama. Smaller and less robust than the European JZ. apicalis, the antennz shorter and not so thick, the thorax more finely punctured and less transverse, and the punctuation of the elytra more regularly arranged. LoNGITARSUS ORIENTALIS, Sp. nov. Ovate, narrow behind, pale testaceous ; antenne, their basal joints excepted, the sutural margin of the elytra, and the posterior femora piceous ; thorax extremely fineiy, elytra more distinctly punctured. Length 13-1 # line. Head extremely finely transversely wrinkled when seen under a strong lens, with a rather deep impression near the inner margin of the eyes; the frontal tubercles indistinct ; carina strongly raised. Antenne nearly as long as the body, piceous or black, the three or four basal joints obscure testaceous, third joint longer than the second, but distinctly shorter than the fourth. Thorax transverse, rather more than twice as broad as long, the sides straight, not converging, the anterior angles oblique, surface very finely punctured when seen under a strong lens, rather convex. Llvtra widened towards the middle, narrowed at the apex, closely and a little more distinctly punctured than the thorax, the interstices not wrinkled, the suture narrowly piceous through its entire length, but this colour slightly widened below the middle; posterior femora and the last joints of the tarsi piceous. Kurigahara. Nine specimens of this species were obtained: it is no doubt allied to several European forms and to one or two others de- scribed by Motschulsky, the descriptions given by this author being too superficial to identify with certainty his species. L. orientalis may be known by its comparative large size, the trans- 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 729 versely wrinkled or finely rugose head, in connection with the black suture of the elytra, which in shape agrees with L. atricilla, Gyll., but this species is smaller and has a blackish head. LoNGITARSUS QUADRATICOLLIS, Sp. nov. Obscure dark fulvous ; antenne as long as the body; thorax subquadrate, impunctate ; elytra finely semipunctate-striate. Length 3 line. Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles very narrow and trans- verse. Antennee flavous, the second and third joints short and equal. Thorax very nearly square-shaped, the sides straight, the anterior angles scarcely oblique, surface entirely impunctate. Elytra nearly parallel, but little narrowed behind, finely and rather regularly punctured. Legs flavous, the posterior femora darker, the meta- tarsus rather longer than half the tibize. Nara. Amongst the small species of the present genus L. quadraticollis is somewhat closely allied to J. pusid/us, but may be distinguished by the square-shaped and impunctate thorax. The elytra are larger at the base than the latter, and their shoulders are slightly prominent. LoneiTarsus tycor!, Foudr. The only difference I am able to find in the Japanese specimens from those of Europe is the slightly larger size of the former ; all other characters agree so closely that I see no reason to consider the two specimens obtained at Japan (Tisac ?) as specifically distinct. LONGITARSUS PARVULA%, Allard. A single specimen resembling this species extremely closely was obtained ; the elytra are rather more strongly punctured than in the European form. Genus AputuHona, Chevr. APHTHONA FOUDRASI, Sp. nov. Breast and abdomen piceous or black; head and thorax pale fulvous, nearly impunctate ; elytra testaceous, very finely semiregu- larly punctate; legs testaceous, apices of the posterior femora piceous. Length 2 line. Head impunctate, dark fulvous, the frontal tubercles in shape of narrow transverse ridges. Antennze rather short, flavous or testa- ceous, the four or five terminal joints fuscous. Thorax transverse, of equal width, twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, surface scarcely or microscopically finely punctured. Scutellum piceous. Elytra slightly narrowed behind, finely but distinctly punctured, the punctuation arranged in close, rather regular lines which almost entirely disappear at the apex; the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints together. 730 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, Oyama. This small species bears a great resemblance to several European forms, notably A. flaviceps and A. lutescens, from which several finely expressed, but constant differences seem to separate it. The head and thorax is always darker than in the named allied species, the punctuation of the thorax is scarcely visible, its sides straighter, the punctuation of the elytra is more distinct and absent near the apex ; the reverse is the case in A. flaviceps, which is also of a much paler colour. Typical specimens of A. flaviceps and A. lutescens named by Allard are before me, but I cannot identify the present insect with either of them. APHTHONA SEMIVIRIDIS, sp. nov. Below black, above dark metallic green; antenne, the anterior legs and posterior tibiee pale fulvous ; thorax scarcely visibly, elytra more strongly punctured. Length | line. Head impunctate ; the frontal tubercles quite obsolete. Antenne nearly as long as the body, entirely fulvous or flavous, the second and third joints equal. Thorax about one half broader than long, subquadrate, the sides very slightly rounded near the apex, surface extremely finely punctured when seen under a strong lens. Elytra convex, nearly parallel in the male, more widened behind im the female, the shoulders distinct but not prominent; surface closely and much more distinctly punctured than the thorax ; posterior femora piceous, the others and the legs fulvous or flavous. Distinguished from other European species of similar colour of the elytra by the fulvous antenne and fine punctuation of the thorax, from 4. atratula by the much greater length of the former, and by the same character from 4. pygmea, Baly. The present insect seems also closely allied to .A. dacertosa, Rosenh., but differs again in the entirely fulvous antennee and the almost impunctate thorax. APHTHONA PRYERI, Baly. The five specimens obtained at Nikko and Kurigahara I must refer to the above species, although they differ in the entirely fulvous colour of the elytra, which in some specimens, however, have the suture narrowly black (in the type the elytra are entirely of that colour); there are no structural differences whatever to be found in the variety, and I have no doubt about their identity with Mr. Baly’s species. APHTHONA PYGMA, Baly. Mr. Baly described this species from a single specimen, which I have now before me. ‘The description gives the colour of the insect as black, but I find the upper side of a decided greenish tint. The elytra are more distinctly punctured than the thorax, and the punctuation is arranged in very close semiregular lines. The speci- mens obtained this time by Mr. Lewis at Nikko, Kobe, and 1885.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 731 Nagasaki I cannot well separate from A. pygmea, although their shape is a little more slender and elongate, and the punctuation of the elytra rather more regularly arranged ; other differences I cannot find. Numerous specimens were obtained this time, which are all of a metallic dark greenish colour like the type; the thorax has an obsolete depression at the sides more or less distinctly visible, and its punctuation seems also to be rather variable. Genus Puytiorreta, Foudr. PHYLLOTRETA TENEBROSA, Sp. Nov. Black ; antennz and legs flavous; posterior femora sometimes darker ; thorax and elytra closely and distinctly punctured. Length 1-13 line. Head with a few fine punctures at the vertex; the frontal tubercles distinctly raised, transversely oblique, bounded behind by a deep groove. Carina very short and broad; labrum more or less testaceous. Antenne more than half the length of the body, entirely flavous, the third joint one half longer than the second, but shorter than the fourth. ‘Thorax one half broader than long, the sides distinctly rounded as well as the posterior margin, the anterior one straight, the angles not produced ; surface closely and distinctly punctured in some specimens, in others to a less extent. Elytra very moderately convex, punctured like the thorax, but the punc- tuation arranged in very close longitudinal rows; the pygidium slightly protruding beyond the apices of the elytra. Legs entirely flavous, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following together. Kobe, Kumamoto, Yuyama. Smaller than P. funesta, Baly, and distinguished by the flavous legs and antenne and the stronger punctuation. The posterior femora are but slightly thickened and much less than is usual in this genus, although sufficiently distinct for the recoguition of the species as belonging to the present famiiy. In some specimens the frontal tubercles are more or less flavous. The general colour of the upper surface of the insect is black and shining; the elytral epipleurze are rather broad and continued below the middle. Genus CuzrocneMa, Steph. CHA&TOCNEMA CHALCZOLA, Sp. nov. Ovate, obscure eeneous, base of the antenne and the tibic flavous; head finely granulate; thorax closely punctured; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices impunctate, costate at the sides. Length 1 line. Head very finely granulate, impunctate or with a few punctures between the eyes; no frontal tubercles; carina broad and short. Antenne about half the length of the body, the first four joints fulvous, terminal joints and the upper side of the first fuscous or black. Thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides straight, 732 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Nov. 3, surface closely and finely punctured, the interstices somewhat wrinkled. Elytra strongly and regularly punctate-striate, the interstices impunctate and slightly convex, costate at the sides and apex. Legs fulvous, the tibie with a darker more or less distinct mark, the posterior femora dark neous. Hosokute. C. chalceola is evidently closely allied to C. granulifrons, Baly, of which I have the type for comparison, but in that species the thorax is more finely punctured as well as the elytra; the antenne are nearly entirely fulvous as well as the tibix, and the shape of the insect is rather narrower and less robust. It may be, however, that the present insect is but a local form of Baly’s species. CHZTOCNEMA JAPONICA, Sp. Nov. Ovate, convex, neous; antenne and legs fulvous ; head rugose- punctate; thorax closely and strongly punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices minutely punctured. Length 1 line. Head extremely finely granulate, strongly and very closely punctured throughout, the punctures sometimes confluent. Antenne not extending further than the base of the elytra, fulvous, the apices of all the terminal joints stained with fuscous ; the second, third, and fourth joints of nearly equal length. Thorax transverse, slightly widened at the middle, the sides slightly rounded ; surface closely covered with round punctures, which are more strongly impressed at the sides than at the disk, the latter with a more or less distinct central, smooth, longitudinal space. Elytra a little widened towards the middle, very strongly and regularly punctate-striate ; the inter- stices minutely punctured when seen under a strong lens, costate at the sides. Legs pale fulvous, the posterior femora stained with greenish ceneous. Hakodate, the sandhills, Fukushima, Niigata. ; Closely allied to C. ingenua, Baly, from China, but more robust and of larger size, the head more strongly and closely punctured, and the elytral interstices minutely punctate; in C. ingenua the latter are impunctate. CuH#£TOCNEMA FULVIPES, Sp. nov. Dark zeneous; antenne, anterior legs, and posterior tibize fulvous ; head and thorax closely punctured ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices sparingly punctured. Length 13 line. Head closely rugose-punctate, the frontal tubercles and the carina entirely absent, lower part of face covered with some yellowish pubescence ; palpi fulvous ; antennz of the same colour, scarcely half the length of the body, the second joint as thick as, but one half shorter than, the first, the following three as long as, but much thinner than, the second joint, the terminal five short and of equal length. Thorax nearly three times as broad as long, the sides very slightly rounded, surface finely but very closely punctured, the punctures 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 733 at the sides nearly confluent. Elytra convex, narrowed at the apices, deeply and regularly punctured, the interstices slightly costate at the sides and sparingly impressed with fine punctures ; posterior femora zeneous, the tibize and the other legs fulvous. Hakodate. A single specimen. The comparatively large size of this insect, the rugosely punctured head without any raised tubercles, and the fulvous legs and antenne separate it from its many congeners. CHZTOCNEMA AURIFRONS, sp. Nov. Below blackish zeneous ; antennze black, the basal joint fulvous ; head cupreous, granulose-punctate ; thorax and elytra violaceous blue, the former strongly punctured, the latter deeply punctate- striate. Var. Head and thorax eeneous, elytra light blue. Length 13 line. Head obscure cupreous, finely granulose and very closely punc- tured ; no frontal tubercles. Antenne half the length of the body, the two lower joints fulvous, the rest black, third and fourth joints equal. Thorax twice as broad as long, widened at the middle, the sides straight, surface as closely but more strongly punctured than the head, the punctures semiconfluent at the sides. Elytra widened towards the middle, narrowed at the apices, very strongly and regularly punctate-striate, the interstices slightly convex at the sides ; femora greenish eeneous; tibiee fulvous, the anterior ones stained with greenish eeneous. Oguma. Three specimens. The colour of the head and that of the thorax and elytra separates this species from any of its congeners. In the variety, which is of smaller size, the entire thorax is of the same metallic neous colour as the head, and the elytra are bright blue, but structural differences I am not able to see. Genus Hypuasis, Harold. HyYPuaAsIs INCONSTANS, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 1.) Fulvous or piceous ; the seven last joints of the antennz black ; thorax finely and remotely, elytra more distinctly and very closely punctured, Length 2-1 line. Head with fine longitudinal striz at the vertex when seen under a strong lens, obsoletely depressed between the eyes; frontal tubercles strongly raised, rather elongate; penultimate joint of the palpi thickened, the terminal one acute. Antenne about half the length of the body, the four or five lower joints fulvous, the rest black, second joint much thicker than the third, but not longer. Thorax transverse, widened at the middle, the sides straight, oblique at the anterior angles, the disk covered with fine but not closely arranged punctures. Elytra with a narrow lateral margin, very closely punctured, the space near the suture slightly wrinkled, piceous or fulvous ; the thorax of a more reddish fulvous. Metatarsus Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. XLVIII. 48 734 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, of the posterior tibiee as long as the two following joints together, claw-joint distinctly swollen. Yuyama, Hitoyoshi. ‘There are three specimens of an entirely fulvous colour, and three in which the thorax only is of this shade. The species is closely allied to H. beavani, Baly, from India; but in the latter the elytra are of a metallic blue or green colour, and the head shows no traces of strigz. Genus ArGopus, Fisher. ARGOPUS NIGRIPENNIS, Sp. nov. Black ; lower part of head fulvous; thorax narrowed in front, closely punctured ; elytra irregularly and closely punctate. ' Length 2 lines. Head impunctate at the vertex; frontal tubercles divided and bounded behind by a moderately deep transverse groove; lower part of face rugosely punctured, fulvous. Antenne more than half the length of the body, black, the apices of the first three joints fulvous, second and third joints equal, one half shorter than the fourth. Thorax narrowed in front, the sides but little rounded, surface rather closely and irregularly punctured, the basal margin impressed at each side with a row of deeper punctures. Scutellum fulvous. Elytra not more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctuation irregular and only here and there arranged in strie, the punctuation absent at the anterior portion near the lateral margin, the latter impressed with a deep row of punctures. Underside and legs black, the anterior coxe and the apex of the abdomen fulvous. Shimonosuwa. I am somewhat doubtful whether the single specimen before me represents really a new or a variety of one or other species of Argopus, perhaps A. nigritarsis. The thorax of that species is, however, more transverse and less narrowed in front, and the general shape of the insect more rounded ; the black colour of the present species is unique amongst its allies. ARGOPUS CLARKI, Sp. nov. Ovate, convex, pale fulvous; antenne (the three basal joints excepted) and legs black; thorax very finely punctured; elytra strongly subgeminate punctate-striate. Length 2 lines. Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles flattened and broad. Antenne half the length of the body, black; the three basal joints fulvous, second and third joints short and equal. Thorax at least three times as broad as long, the sides rather rounded, the anterior angles oblique; surface rather closely covered with fine and larger punctures, a row of the latter accompanying the posterior margin. Elytra strongly punctate-striate, the punctures arranged in irregular and rather remotely placed double lines, the space near the lateral margins impunctate. Underside fulvous. Legs black. Miyanoshita. 1885.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 735 I must separate this species, of which only a single specimen is before me, from all others described, on account of the strong and distantly placed double lines of punctures at the elytra, in connection with the black legs and antennee. Genus SPHZRODERMA, Stephens. SPHZRODERMA Fuscicornis, Baly. Var. a. Antenne entirely fulvous. Var. 6. Elytra black, antenne either fulvous or the terminal joints fuscous ; underside and the posterior or ail femora black. In comparing the var. 6 with Mr. Baly’s type, I can come to no other conclusion than to consider the species a very variable one as regards colour and also size. Many specimens of the normal colouring were obtained by Mr. Lewis during his first journey to Japan, and are again contained in the present collection taken in company with those in which the elytra are black. In other respects I can find no differences, and although the possibility is not excluded that the two forms are not identical, I prefer at present to consider them as such. In all, the thorax and the elytra are finely and closely punctured, that of the elytra very irregularly arranged in rows. There is a single specimen before me in which the elytra have a distinct fulvous tint as well as a darker one, thus proving that either one or the other colour may predominate. Obtained at Kashiwagi, Tsumago, Fukushima. SPHHZRODERMA BALYI, Sp. nov. Piceous or black below ; head, basal joints of the antenue, thorax, and legs, the posterior femora excepted, fulvous; elytra black, finely geminate punctate-striate. Var. Antenne entirely fulvous. Length 1 line. It will only be necessary to point out the differences between this species and those closely allied and described by Mr. Baly, of which S. apicalis seems to be the nearest allied. In this species, however, the posterior margin of the thorax is always partly black, and the apices of the elytra fulvous, but the more important difference is to be found in the less transverse and more strongly punctured thorax of S. balyi, and in the different punctuation of the elytra, in which the punctured rows are wider apart and arranged near the suture in irregular double lines; near the sides the rows of punctures are single and much more distantly placed than in S. apicalis. There are two specimens before me, in one of which the antennze, which do not differ from those in the allied species, are fulvous, this colour being restricted in the other specimen to the four first joints. SpHZRODERMA ATRA, Sp. NOV. Black ; four basal joints of the antennee and the tibie fulvous ; thorax finely and closely punctured; elytra more strongly semi- regularly punctate-striate. Length 1-13 line. 43* 736 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, Vertex impunctate, the frontal tubercles narrowly and transversely shaped. Labrum and palpi fulvous. Antennze two thirds the length of the body, the third and fourth joints equal and smaller and thinner than the second, the four or sometimes the five basal joints and the apex of the terminal one fulvous, the others black. Thorax twice as broad as long, the posterior margin distinctly sinuate at each side near the middle; surface closely and finely punctured, leaving a narrow middle line smooth; anterior angles narrowly fulvous. Elytra strongly convex, narrowed near the apices, the shoulders not prominent, the punctuation more distinct than that of the thorax, and arranged in close and rather irregular rows, a broader space in front of the lateral margin impunctate. Posterior femora black, the others and the tibie and tarsi fulvous, the third joint of the latter much broader than the second. Oyama, Kiga, Nikko. Separated from S. japana, Baly, and 8S. separata by the entirely black, not blue, colour of the upper side, by the fulvous angles of the thorax, and the more closely and finely punctured elytra, as well as by the colour of the labrum and palpi. SPH RODERMA ABDOMINALIS, Sp. nov. Ovate ; black, apices of the elytra and the abdomen flavous ; thorax very finely punctured; elytra regularly and distinctly punctate-striate. Var. The sides of the elytra fulvous. Length 13-1 line. Head entirely impunctate, the frontal tubercles very obsolete. Antenne stout, more than half the length of the body, the first three joints fulvous, the basal ones stained with black above, the rest entirely of that colour, the second and third joints equal in length. Thorax transverse, the sides rounded and narrowly margined, the anterior angles thickened and oblique, the posterior margin strongly sinuate near the scutellum; surface covered with very small and some larger punctures, the latter not very closely and irregularly placed. Elytra wider at the base than the thorax, the shoulders prominent and impuncetate, the disk rather strongly punctate-striate, the strize near the suture more closely placed and more irregular than the others ; the apices of the elytra flavous, this colour narrowed and extending upwards a little at the lateral margin. Legs black. Abdomen flavous. Yuyama, Kashiwagi. SPHZRODERMA UNICOLOR, Sp. nov. Entirely fulvous ; head impunctate ; thorax scarcely visibly, elytra distinctly and remotely punctured. Length 13 line. Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles transverse, the carina flattened and short. Antenne more than half the length of the body, fulvous, the second and third joints short and of equal length, the following gradually thickened, Thorax transverse, widened at 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 737 the middle, the sides very slightly rounded, posterior margin sinuate at each side, its median lobe broadly rounded, surface extremely finely punctured, only visible under a very strong lens; a row of punctures is also placed along the posterior margin. Elytra convex, rather strongly punctured, the punctuation arranged in rather distant rows, which at the disk approach in pairs; between the last row and the lateral margin is a broad impunctate space ; prosternum narrowly elongate; posterior thighs with an obsolete longitudinal sulcation. Nikko. A single specimen. Closely allied to S. fuscicornis, Baly, but separated by the entirely fulvous antennee, the much more finely punctured thorax, and the much stronger and more distant punctuation of the elytra. SPH#RODERMA NIGRICOLLIS, Sp. nov. Oblong-ovate; fulvous, apical joints of the antenne and the tibiz piceous ; thorax black, margined with fulvous, finely punc- tured ; elytra regularly punctate-striate. Length 13 line. Head impunctate, obscure dark fulvous; the frontal tubercles obsolete but limited laterally by a distinct groove; labrum piceous, margined with testaceous, the maxillary palpi entirely of the latter colour. Antennze half the length of the body, the first four joints fulvous, the rest black, third and fourth joints short and equal, the second rather longer and thickened. Thorax widened at the middle, the lateral margin slightly rounded, the sides narrowly margined, the anterior angles oblique, the posterior margin distinctly sinuate at each side near the scutellum ; surface extremely finely but not very closely punctured, black, the sides and the anterior margin narrowly fulvous. Elytra slightly wider than the thorax, the shoulders some- what thickened and prominent, finely, regularly, and rather remotely punctate-striate, fulvous, the punctures surrounded by a small piceous ring. ‘The posterior femora and the apices of all the tibie piceous, the rest and the underside fulvous, the sides of the breast also more or less piceous. Yuyama, Konosé (2 specimens). The colour of the thorax, in connection with the regularly punctate- striate elytra, separates this species principally from its allies. SPHZRODERMA JAPANA, Baly, var. In comparing the three specimens obtained by Mr. Lewis at Jensai with the type of S. japana, I have no doubt as to their identity with this species, although the colour is different, proving the species, which was described from a single specimen, to be variable in this respect. The specimens before me from Jensai are fulvous, with the exception of the elytra, which are piceous, the sutural and lateral margin remaining only narrowly fulvous; the legs and antenne are entirely of this colour. In shape, sculpture, and every other character there is no difference to be found. 738 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, Genus Arcoristes, Motsch. ARGOPISTES UNICOLOR, Sp. nov. Rotundate, convex, entirely black above; basal joints of the antennze, the knees and the tarsi fulvous ; thorax closely punctured ; elytra punctate-striate, the interstices finely punctured, Length 1 line. Head with a few punctures near the inner margin of the eyes. Antennee half the length of the body, the third joint very small, the first three fulvous below, the others black, apex of the terminal joint also fulvous. Thorax transverse, widened at the middle, the basal margin sinuate at each side, the sides straight, surface very finely and closely punctured. Elytra wider than the thorax, slightly narrowed towards the apices, the latter rounded ; surface punctate- striate, the striz rather distantly placed, and the punctures larger and more distinct than those between the rows, which are closely placed ; tarsi flavous. : Yuyama. This species cannot be considered a variety of A. biplagiatus, Motsch., on account of the quite different elytral punctuation, which is arranged in distant rows with the interstices more finely punctured. Motschulsky has described or mentioned a species (4. flavitarsis) which seems very closely allied to the present insect in colour; but as Motschulsky describes the antenne as testaceous and the legs as brownish, and says nothing at all about the punctuation of the upper surface, it is impossible to come to a definite conclusion as to the possible identity of this species and A. unicolor. The author of the genus Argopistes has made no mention as to the state of the coxal cavities nor the shape of the prosternum and other parts so essential in the classification of the Halticide. In A. biplagiatus the prosternum is of an elongate and at the same time rather broad shape, longitudinally channelled and leaving the coxal cavities open. ‘The mesosternum, as in Argopus, is extremely short and scarcely visible ; the first abdominal segment is furnished with a longitudinal ridge at each side. The posterior femora are very strongly developed, almost subhemispherical, their tibiz short, robust, and distinctly widened near the apex, the latter produced in an acute point and furnished at the sides with a distinct spine; the first joint of the posterior tarsi is as long as or longer than half the tibiee. ARGOPISTES UNDECIMMACULATA, Sp. nov. Piceous below; antennee, tibiz, and tarsi testaceous; above fulvous, closely punctured ; elytra with four spots before, five behind -the middle, and two small spots at the apices, placed transversely, - black. Length 14 line. Head with a few punctures and a deep transverse groove between the eyes; clypeus in shape of a triangular strongly raised ridge, Autennze half the length of the body, third and fourth joints equal, 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 739 the rest gradually increasing in size, fulvous. Thorax narrow, transverse, the posterior margin strongly rounded, the sides straight, slightly thickened in front of the margin, the surface very closely and finely punctured. Elytra rounded, punctured like the thorax, the inner margin of their epipleuree placed far inwards ; each elytron with a small black spot at the shoulder, another near the scutellum, three others, of which the third is sutural and common to both elytron, placed behind the anterior ones near the middle, and a small spot at the apex ; the apices of the femora, tibiz, and tarsi fulvous, the rest of the underside piceous. Prosternum elongate, rather broad; coxal cavities open. Sapporo. In one of the specimens the elytral spots are very obscure and of a dark fulvous colour, but their position is the same as in the other. Genus Psyiuiopes, Latr. PsYLLIODES SUBRUGOSA, Sp. nov. Piceous below; antennz and tibize fulvous ; above dark blue; head and thorax closely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices finely punctured and slightly rugose. Length | line. Head distinctly punctured (when seen under a strong lens). Antenne entirely fulvous, the second and third joints of equal length. Thorax rather convex, about twice as broad ‘as long, the surface closely and more strongly punctured than the head, with an indi- stinct central raised line. Elytra rather broad and convex, and strongly punctate-striate, the interstices finely punctured, and slightly rugose at the sides. Legs piceous; the knees, tarsi, and the posterior tibize fulvous. Hakodate. A single specimen. From the other three known Japanese species the present one is separated by its shorter, broader, and more convex shape, especially in regard to the thorax, the punctuation of which is much stronger than in the allied species ; further, by the entirely fulvous antennee in connection with the slightly wrinkled interstices of the elytra, which is principally to be seen at the sides when the insect is held in a certain light. In P. angusticéllis, Baly, the elytral punctuation is much finer. PsyLLIODES INTERMEDTA, Sp. noy. Piceous ; above dark blue; antenne black, the two basal joints testaceous ; thorax extremely finely punctured ; elytra very deeply punctate-striate, the interstices costate at the sides, finely punctured and wrinkled. Length 1 line. Otsu. A single specimen. The head in this species is impunctate; the antenne, with the exception of the two first joints, entirely black; the thorax is 740 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, scarcely visibly punctured and granulate. The elytra are very deeply punctate-striate, and the strie are more closely placed than in the other Japanese species ; the interstices are convex at the sides, and obsoletely transversely wrinkled ; the legs are entirely piceous. P. difficilis, Baly, which has also convex elytral interstices, is much larger, and of a bright metallic blue, the thorax is distinctly punc- tured, and the elytral strie are more finely impressed and more distantly placed. PsYLLIODES JAPONICA, Sp. Nov. Oblong, black below ; antennze, the anterior legs, and the posterior tibize flavous; above dark metallic green; vertex impunctate ; thorax closely punctured ; elytra strongly punctate-striate, the inter- stices finely punctured. Length 1 line. Head extremely finely granulate, impunctate, with a narrow but deep oblique groove at each side above the antennze, the space between the latter broad and slightly raised. Antenne entirely flavous, the second joint slightly longer than the third. Thorax twice as broad as long, the sides nearly straight, surface extremely finely granulate, closely and finely punctured. Elytra narrowed at the apices, strongly and regularly punctate-striate, the interstices with a single row of fine punctures, somewhat raised near the apex. Sapporo. Rather smaller than P. angusticollis, Baly ; the head and thorax differently punctured and granulate, and the elytra more strongly punctate-striate, with the interstices not impunctate as in that species, but with a single row of punctures; another different structural character is the oblique groove at each side above the antennz. Genus ENNEAMERA, Har. ENNEAMERA TIBIALIS, Sp. Nov. Black ; antennze fuscous ; elytra dark greenish blue, closely punc- tured; four anterior legs, base of the posterior femora, abdomen, and the tibiee and tarsi fulvous or testaceous. Length 13-14 line. Head with a few very fine punctures, the frontal tubercles limited behind by a deep transverse groove. Labrum piceous. Antenne obscure fuscous or fulvous, the third joint distinctly longer than the second. Thorax more than twice as broad as long, black, extremely finely punctured, the anterior angles obscure fulvous. Scutellum black. Elytra convex, scarcely widened below the middle, their surface very finely and closely punctured. Jensai, Fukushima, Nikko, Nara. Easily distinguished from FE. cyanea, Baly, and EL. fulviventris, Baly, by the black, not blue, thorax, and the colour of the anterior legs and all the tibiee, as well as by the obscure fulvous antenne. Nine specimens were obtained. 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 741 Genus Manostia, Jacoby. ManoBiA LEWISI, sp. nov. Subquadrate-ovate, piceous; above fulvous; thorax finely and remotely punctured ; elytra regularly and strongly punctate-striate, the base swollen. Length ? line. Head impuncetate, obliquely grooved above the insertion of the antennze ; the latter more than half the length of the body, fulvous ; the second joint as thick as the first, but one half shorter, the two following of the same length, but much thinner, the four or five ter- minal joints thickened. Thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, the sides straight and converging from the base to the apex, the anterior angles slightly oblique and not produced ; surface impressed with fine and remotely-placed punctures, transversely grooved near the base, the groove slightly sinuate and extending to thesides. Elytra subquadrate, the base distinctly raised, the punctured striz very distinct and extending to the apex, the interstices near the lateral margin slightly costate. Legs entirely fulvous, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following together ; claws appendi- culate ; anterior coxal cavities open. Jchiuchi. This genus was established by myself on some small-sized Halti- cine from the Malayan Archipelago, and described in the ‘ Annals of the Genoa Museum.’ The present species is smaller than any of its allies, and differs in the general coloration as well as in the punctuation of the elytra, which is more distant in regard to the striz. Genus ApHtHonorpgs, Jacoby. APHTHONOIDES BECCARII, Jac. (Plate XLVI. fig, 2.) The species upon which I was obliged to establish this genus has been recently described by myself in the ‘Annals of the Genoa Museum ;’ the specimens which served for the description were obtained at Java by Signor O. Beccari. The differences between these and the specimens collected by Mr. Lewis at Jchiuchi and Nagasaki are so slight that I prefer to look upon them as variation rather than specific. These differences consist in the lighter- coloured antennz and legs in the Japanese insects, and in the rather more transversely shaped thorax ; other marks of distinction I am not able to see, and it is very probable that I am right in considering the two forms as specifically identical, the more so as there are several instances of similar identity of species in other families amongst the Coleoptera of Japan and the Malayan islands. The present genus, which has quite the appearance of a small species of Aphthona, is at once distinguished by the long and acute spine attached to the posterior femora, which is longer than the corre- sponding tibia, by the regularly punctate-striate elytra, and the broader prosternum. 742 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, Genus PHytuosrortica, Redt. PHYLLOBROTICA NIGRITA, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 3.) Black ; abdomen testaceous ; thorax impunctate ; elytra with two longitudinal costee, very finely punctured, shining. Length 2 lines. Head impunctate, deeply grooved between the antenne, the frontal tubercles strongly raised as well as the carina, the latter joined to the clypeus. Palpi robust, the penultimate joint strongly incrassate. Antenne half the length of the body, the third joint longer than the second, but shorter than the fourth. Thorax sub- quadrate, broader than long, the sides straight at the base, and narrowed, converging to the apex ; surface with two deep depressions, black, shining, impunctate. Elytra broader than the thorax, the shoulders prominent and bounded within by a rather deep longitu- dinal depression, the base distinctly raised, the disk very minutely punctured ; a narrow longitudinal ridge, abbreviated near the apex, is situated at the middle of the disk ; another extends from the shoulder nearly to the apex. Underside and legs black, the latter slender ; tibiee unarmed, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the two following joints united ; claws appendiculate. Abdomen testaceous ; anterior coxal cavities open ; elytral epipleuree extremely narrow. Osaka. Genus Lurerus, Geoffr. LUPERUS HIRSUTUS, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 4.) Entirely black, covered with very fine yellowish pubescence ; antennee longer than the body in the male; thorax finely rugose ; elytra minutely punctured. Length 2 lines. Head very finely rugose-punctate, the frontal tubercles rather di- stinetly raised. Antenne about one half longer than the body in the male, shorter in the female, black ; the underside of the first three joiuts sometimes testaceous, fourth joint slightly longer than the third. Thorax subquadrate, one half broader than long, the anterior angles slightly thickened and produced in a short shining black tooth; the surface rather depressed, finely rugose-punctate and covered with very short pubescence. Elytra a little widened towards the apices, pubescent like the thorax, the punctuation extremely close and fine. The metatarsus of the posterior legs longer than the following joints together. Nikko, Yuyama, Kiga, Hitoyoshi. The short silky pubescence of this species, which covers the entire upper surface, but allows the punctuation to be well seen, will distinguish the insect at first sight. LupeRvs LONGICORNIS, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 5.) Black ; antennze much longer than the body, above dark metallic blue; thorax finely and remotely, elytra closely and strongly punctured. Length 12-2 lines. 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 743 $. Head impunctate, deeply grooved between the antenne. Eyes large and prominent. Antennz black or fuscous, twice as long as the body, the second joint short, the third more than three times as long, the rest more elongate and slender. Thorax subquadrate, one half broader than long, all the angles produced in a tooth, the sides straight ; surface somewhat depressed at the disk, remotely punctured at the sides and near the basal margin, the middle of the disk almost impunctate. Scutellum smooth, impunctate, black. Elytra parallel, rather convex, much more strongly punctured than the thorax, and the punctuation arranged in very close irregular rows, the interstices slightly wrinkled at the sides. Legs blackish, the apices of the tibize and the tarsi sometimes obscure testaceous. 2. Eyes much smaller and less prominent, the third joint of the antennze only one half longer than the second. Nikko, Kobe, Yuyama. Genus Lureropss, Motsch. LUPERODES NIGRIPENNIs, Motsch. Two specimens from Obaru I must refer to this species, with the description of which they agree very nearly. In one of the Japanese specimens the first jomt of the antennz is fulvous, and the sides of the head are marked with black; all the rest agrees with Mots- chulsky’s description. In the other, which is of much smaller size, the head and the abdomen are entirely black, and the apices of the femora are more or less testaceous. In the absence of more specimens for comparison, I cannot say whether the Japanese insects may represent another Species or varieties of Motschulsky’s type. Genus GALERUCELLA, Crotch. GALERUCELLA NIGROMARGINATA, sp.nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 10.) Narrowly elongate, parallel; black; lower part of the face and the thorax testaceous, the latter with three spots; elytra rugosely punctured, finely pubescent, testaceous, the sutural and lateral margin narrowly black ; legs testaceous. Length 2 lines. Head rugose-punctate, black ; the frontal tubercles and the lower part testaceous. Labrum black. Antenne half the length of the body, black, the two basal joints testaceous below, the third joint very slightly longer than the fourth. ‘Thorax twice as broad as long, the sides distinctly angulate at the middle, the posterior angles -acute and strongly obliquely shaped; surface with an obsolete de- pression at the sides, rather strongly rugose-punctate, testaceous; a round black spot is placed at each side and a more square-shaped one at the middle. Scutellum black, finely punctured. Elytra testaceous, the disk slightly darker, the sutural and lateral margins narrowly edged with black ; the surface very closely punctured, the 744 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, interstices transversely wrinkled and sparingly covered with short yellowish hairs. Legs testaceous, the tarsi somewhat darker. Principally distinguished by the three-spotted thorax, in connection with the narrow black sutural and lateral margins of the elytra, which colour separates the species from G. nymphea, L., to which it seems closely allied ; but in the latter the margins of the elytra are paler than the disk, and show no trace of darker colour. GALERUCELLA SEMINIGRA, Sp. nov. Elongate, parallel, subcylindrical ; black; elytra fulvous, pubescent ; head and thorax very finely punctured, the posterior margin of the latter obscure fulvous ; elytra extremely finely and closely punctured. Length 34 lines. Head broadly depressed at the middle, finely and closely rugose- punctate, labrum margined with testaceous. Antenne halfthe length | of the body, the second and third joints of equal length, and shorter than the other joints, their apices more or less testaceous. Thorax more than three times as broad as long, the sides slightly rounded at the middle, nearly straight at the base, the posterior angles oblique ; the surface with three deep longitudinal depressions, the central one of a more triangular shape; middle of the disk very finely, the sides more strongly punctured, rather shining ; black, the posterior margins obscurely edged with fulvous. Scutellum broad, its apex broadly rounded, black, pubescent. Elytra reddish fulvous, extremely closely and finely punctured, and covered with yellowish hairs. Underside and legs black ; the first joint of the posterior tarsi slightly longer than the second. Yagohara. A single specimen. Principally distinguished by the black head and thorax, and the fulvous elytra, in connection with its rather larger size. GALERUCELLA VIRIDIPENNIs, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 9.) Elongate, parallel; black ; head and thorax finely rugose-punctate ; elytra metallic green, finely rugose and pubescent. Length 2 lines. Head rugosely punctured, the frontal tubercles divided by a deep groove. Antenne black, nearly as long as the body, the third joint double as long as the second, but much shorter than the fourth, the following joints gradually decreasing in length. Thorax twice as broad as long, the sides slightly rounded, the anterior and posterior margin straight; the disk with a transverse deep depression at each side, which is but slightly interrupted at the middle, rather finely and irregularly punctured and sparingly covered with yel- lowish hairs. Scutellum black. Elytra bright metallic green, very finely and closely rugose, sparingly pubescent. Tibize unarmed. Claws bifid. Anterior coxal cavities closed. Kurigahara, Wada toge. Of this handsome species a good many specimens were obtained ; the bright green elytra, and black head and thorax will at once assist in its recognition. 1885.] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 745 GALERUCELLA SEMIFULVA, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 11.) Ovate-oblong, convex; head, antenne, breast, and legs black ; thorax fulvous, the disk black ; elytra closely punctured and finely pubescent, rufous or fulvous ; abdomen testaceous. Length 23 lines. Head closely rugose-punctate, black, the lower part of the face testaceous ; the frontal tubercles but slightly raised, but separated by a narrow groove. Antenne rather more than half the length of the body, black, the underside of the lower joints more or less testaceous, the third joint distinctly longer than the second or the fourth. Thorax narrowly transverse, three times as broad as long, the sides distinctly rounded at the middle, the angles tuberculiform, the anterior ones furnished with a single seta; the surface rather deeply depressed at the sides, closely rugose-punctate, the middle of the disk with a more or less broad longitudinal black band. Scutellum broad, black, rugose-punctate, and covered with yellow pubescence. Elytra convex, more finely punctured than the thorax, rufous or fulvous, covered with fine yellow hairs. The first joint of the pos- terior tarsi a little longer than the second; claws bifid. Kiga. GALERUCELLA VITTATICOLLIS, Baly. The description of Mr. Baly of this species, the type of which I have before me, requires some additional remarks :—The antennze have the first three or four joints testaceous below (not piceous as the description says); the thorax is rugose, punctate at the sides only, where they are deeply depressed; the middle portion of the disk consists of a longitudinal raised, smooth and shining space, which is sometimes of a darker tint than the rest of the surface (in no speci- men do I find a black broad band as given by the author). The elytra show occasionally an obscure fuscous lateral narrow band from the shoulder to below the middle, which is, however, generally absent ; their punctuation is often more coarse than that of the thorax, but varies in depth. Yokohama. GALERUCELLA MODESTA, Sp. nov. Ovate, convex; pale fulvous; base of the head, antennz, tibiae, and tarsi black; above darker fulvous, finely pubescent, closely punctured ; thorax with a central blackish band; breast piceous. Length 1? line. Head rugose-punctate, black, pubescent, lower part of face fulvous; labrum and palpi piceous. Antennz black, the three basal joints testaceous below, the third and fourth joints equal. Thorax trans- verse, the sides strongly rounded and produced at the middle, the angles acute but scarcely produced; surface with a longitudinal central groove and a deeper depression at each side, closely rugose- punctate, fulvous, the central depression piceous. Scutellum black, punctured and pubescent. Elytra rather convex, and nearly parallel, punctured like the thorax, and thinly covered with yellow hairs. 746 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Nov. 3, Femora and abdomen fulvous. Tibie, tarsi, and the breast piceous or black. Nikko. This species has the same shape as G. semifulva, but is smaller, of paler colour ; the antennee are shorter and have the third and fourth joints equal (in the other species the third joint is distinctly longer) ; the punctuation of the elytra also is much stronger, and the legs are of different colour. GALERUCELLA FUSCIPENNIS, sp. nov. Elongate, convex; black; lower part of face, thorax, the base of the femora, and abdomen testaceous; thorax with three fuscous spots; elytra fuscous, finely pubescent and punctured, the lateral margin obseure testaceous. Length 4 lines. ; Head finely rugose-punctate, black, with a fine central groove, the lower part of the face testaceous. Antenne half the length of the body, the second and third joints equal, the fourth distinctly longer, closely pubescent. Thorax narrowly transverse, about three times as broad as long, the sides but moderately rounded, the angles obtuse; surface rather deeply depressed along the anterior margin, and with three rather deeper fovese at the base, the middle one of which is of triangular shape; the interior of these foves is stained with black. Scutellum black, covered with long pubescence. Elytra obscure fuscous, slightly tinged with green, their extreme base and the lateral margin narrowly testaceous; surface extremely closely and finely punctured, thinly but closely covered with yellowish pubescence. Femora fulvous at their base ; the knees, tibie, tarsi, and the sides of the breast black. Abdomen fulvous. Awomori. A single specimen. This species approaches in size G. annulicornis, Baly, but the structure of the antenne in the latter is quite different, the thorax is also of other shape, and the elytra have a broad flattened margin which is wanting in the present species. Genus GAuLeruca, Geoffr. GaLEeRuca (ADIMONIA) MULTICOSTATA, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 7.) Oblong, narrowly parallel ; black, above rufous ; thorax strongly punctured with some deep fovee ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, the interstices costate throughout. Length 2-3 lines. Head with a few fine and remotely placed punctures; the frontal tubercles black, very strongly raised and limited behind by a deep groove; palpi black. Antenne rather more than two thirds the length of the body, black ; the second joint short, third and fourth of equal length. Thorax about one half broader than long, subquadrate, the sides very little rounded, the angles not produced ; the disk with three deep longitudinal foveze and another transverse suleation at the base (these foveze are sometimes interrupted in such a way as to form three impressions parallel with the anterior and three parallel 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 747 with the posterior margin); the interstices swollen or irregularly raised, covered, as well as the interior of the impressions, with deep punctures. Scutellum piceous or fulvous, its apex broadly rounded. Elytra not widened behind, rufous or sanguineous, like the head and thorax; each elytron with eight strongly raised and closely approached costz, the space between the first costa and the suture of double the width between tbe others, the interstices very deeply and regularly impressed with round punctures. Underside and legs black, finely covered with sparing yellow pubescence; the femora and knees sometimes obscure fulvous; anterior coxal cavities closed ; claws appendiculate. Kiga, Konose, Jchiuchi, Suyama on lillies, From any of the similarly coloured European species, A. mu/ti- costata is at once to be separated by the eight closely approached coste, which leave a broader space only between the first and the sutural margin. Genus GALERuctpA, Motsch. GALERUCIDA LewIsI, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 6.) Black ; thorax foveolate-punctate ; elytra closely and very deeply semipunctate-striate ; a spot at the shoulder, a transverse narrow sinuate band behind the middle, and a round spot near the apex yellow. Length 3 lines, Head impunctate ; antenne more than two thirds the length of the body, the second and third joints very short and equal. Thorax transverse, sides nearly straight, slightly widened in front, the anterior angles produced in shape of a small tubercle, surface irregu- larly covered with deep foveolate punctures. Scutellum impunctate. Elytra very deeply and rather closely punctured, the punctures arranged in semiregular rows and sometimes confluent; the small yellow spot placed at the shoulder smooth and raised, the transverse band below the middle sinuate and not extending to the suture, the apical spot round and small. Oyama. This species, of which many specimens were obtained by Mr. Lewis, cannot be mistaken for a variety of G. bifasciata or G. consociata, Baly, on account of the quite different punctuation of the elytra, the interstices of which are impunctate and smooth, the punctures themselves being arranged in single rows. Genus Spoenorara, Clark. SPHENORAIA INTERMEDIA, sp. nov. Black ; thorax strongly and remotely punctured ; elytra metallic blue, strongly subgeminate punctate-striate, the interstices finely punctured. ( Length 2 lines. Noheyi. A single specimen. The only two species with which the present one can be compared are S. fulgida and S. magica, Harold. Both are, however, of double 7418 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, the size and differ in the coloration of the head and thorax, which is black in S. intermedia. The antenne in the latter are not thick- ened as in S. fulgida, in which character it seems to agree with the species described by Von Harold; this author gives, however, the punctuation of the elytra as more strong than in S. fulgida, while in the present species it is of about the same strength, but the striz are more distantly placed, geminate anteriorly only, and the interstices are finely punctured. In the absence of other specimens all doubt as to the specific value of S. intermedia is not excluded. SPHENORAIA MELANOCEPHALA, sp. nov. Black ; thorax and elytra fulvous, the former strongly punctured, the latter subgeminate punctate-striate, the interstices closely and more finely punctured. Length 3 lines. ; Head black or piceous, with a deep triangular groove between the eyes, the vertex with a few fine punctures, Antenne black, two thirds the length of the body, second and third joints short, the following somewhat flattened and widened, the three lower joints shining, the rest opaque, pubescent. Thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides rounded, the anterior angles obliquely shaped, the posterior margin oblique at the sides, straight at the middle ; the disk with a deep transverse depression at each side, the latter strongly and irregularly punctured. Elytra convex, parallel, fulvous like the thorax, the space near the suture deeply punctate-striate, the punc- tures slightly approached in double rows, the sides as deeply but irregularly punctured, the interstices everywhere finely punctured, those at the sides slightly transversely wrinkled. Underside and legs black. Yuyama. Four specimens. This species has all the structural characters of the genus pointed out by Mr. Baly and Herr von Harold. Genus Monoueprta, Erichs. Mono.LepTa CYANEA, Sp. nov. Black below, above dark blue; second and third joints of the antennze testaceous ; thorax scarcely visibly, elytra finely punctured. Length 13 line. Head impunctate, with a deep fovea at the middle above the antennee ; the latter two thirds the length of the body, black ; the second and third joints testaceous, the latter one half longer than the preceding joint. Thorax one half broader than long, subquad- rate, rather convex, the sides rounded before the middle, straight near the base, surface extremely finely punctured. Elytra extremely closely and much more distinctly punctured. Underside and legs black. Nikko, Yuyama, Miyanoshita, Suyama, Subashiri. Of the same coloration as WZ. flaviventris in regard to the upper surface, but smaller, the abdomen entirely black, and the antennze of different colour. 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 749 MOoNOLEPTA FULVICOLLIS, sp. nov, Black below ; head, three lower joints of the antenne, thorax, and legs fulvous ; elytra greenish, closely punctured. Length 13 line. Head with a few fine punctures, only visible under a strong lens, deeply transversely grooved between the eyes, the frontal tubercles narrowly transverse and strongly raised; antennze black, the basal joints fulvous, second and third joints short and equal. Thorax transverse, fulvous like the head, distinctly but not very closely punctured ; the disk with an obsolete transverse depression (acci- dental?). Elytra not more strongly but more closely punctured than the thorax, the punctuations here and there arranged in lines and distinct to the apices, the latter broadly rounded, not covering the pygidium ; legs fulvous; tarsi obscure fuscous ; the metatarsus of the posterior legs longer than the three following joints ; pos- terior tibize with a distinct spine; anterior coxal cavities closed. Kashiwagi. A single specimen. Monocerpta picuroa, Harold, var. (?) APICIPENNIS. Black ; head, thorax, and the apex of the elytra flavous ; upper surface very finely punctured. Length 13-2 lines. Head impunctate, transversely grooved between the antenne, the latter as long as the body, black, the three basal joints testaceous, _ the second and third very short and subequal. Thorax nearly twice as broad as long, subquadrate, the sides and the posterior margin slightly rounded, the surface impunctate, flavous or fulvous. Elytra convex, slightly widened towards the middle, black, extremely finely punctured, their apices in shape of a triangular spot, the point of which extends upwards at the suture, flavous. Underside and legs black, the anterior tibize in some specimens and the knees of all the legs more or less testaceous. Sapporo. Obtained in more than 20 specimens. Amongst all the specimens before me, there are two only which answer to the description given by Von Harold of A. dichroa, which may be but the variety of the normally coloured individuals with fulvous apices of the elytra, of which I have given the above de- scription. Whichever form is looked upon as the variety, there is little doubt about the identity of the present insect with that of Von Harold. Genus AENIDEA, Baly. In this genus several insects have been placed which certainly do not belong to it. In A. daeta, Baly, which must be looked upon as the type, the anterior coxal cavites are closed ; in A. armata, Baly, and A. abduminalis, Baly, both from Japan, the same cavities are open and the last joint of the maxillary palpi is not incrassate. The last-named species ought to find its place in Phyllobrotica, with which it has the absent elytral epipleuree in common as well as all other characters, as the examination of the type in Mr. Lewis’s col- Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. XLIX. 49 750 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [Nov. 3, lection has proved to me. That A. armata ought to be placed in another genus has already been mentioned somewhere by Herr von Harold. AENIDEA TIBIALIs, sp. nov. (Plate XLVI. fig. 8.) Fulvous ; antennre fuscous ; elytra black, shining, impunctate. Length 2-3 lines. Head impunctate, deeply grooved between the antenne ; the frontal tubercles strongly developed ; carina short and broad; the penultimate joint of the maxillary palpi incrassate. Antennze nearly as long as the body, slender, the second joint very short, the others rather strongly curved in the male but straight in the female, fuscous or obscure fulvous, their edges covered with rather long pubescence. Thorax transversely subquadrate, the sides straight and narrowed at the base, slightly rounded in front ; surface with a transverse fovea at each side, impunctate, fulvous. Scutellum piceous or fulvous. Elytra wider at the base than the thorax, parallel, shining, impunctate. Underside and legs fulvous or flavous, the posterior tibize of the male furnished with a short appendage at the apex; the metatarsus as long as the three following joints together. Anterior coxal cavities closed. Nara, Kobe, Maiyasan, Nikko. The joints of the antennz in the male show a curious curvature, and the extreme base of the lower ones is colourless so as to appear almost unconnected with each preceding joint. The thorn-like appendage at the posterior tibia in the same sex is another peculi- arity of this species, which in coloration partly resembles 4. abdomi- nalis, Baly. When viewed under a very strong lens, the elytra are seen to be finely granulate with some more distinct punctures. This insect has the typical incrassate terminal joint of the palpi. Genus ArtrHrotus, Motsch. The structural characters of this genus have never to my know- ledge been properly pointed out. Chapuis, in his ‘ Génera des Coléopt.,’ placed the genus amongst those whose place was doubtful, and gave no particulars respecting it. An examination of the two species described by Mr. Baly from Japan proves Arthrotus to be nearly allied to Antipha, Baly. (If it was identical with the last- named genus the author of the latter would not have placed the Japanese species in Motschulsky’s genus.) The only difference I can find, however, between the two genera seems to be the more narrowly transverse thorax of Arthrotus, the anterior angles of which are acute and produced slightly outwards. The anterior coxal cavities are closed, the tibize unarmed, the first joint of the posterior tarsi is nearly as long as the three following together, the claws are appendiculate, and the second and third joints of the antennz subequal (in the type, A. niger, Motsch., they are described as equal and very short). Anyhow Arthrotus would find its place in Chapuis’s twenty- second group. 1885. ] PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 751 CLEROTILIA, n. gen. Body elongate. Palpi filiform; eyes entire. Antenne slender, longer than the body, the first joint club-shaped, the second short, the third and following double the length and nearly equal. Thorax transversely subquadrate without depression. Elytra finely semi- punctate-striate, impubescent. Tibize unarmed; metatarsus of the hind legs nearly as long as the three following joints together ; claws bifid; anterior coxal cavities closed. Elytral epipleurze continued to the apex. ; The bifid claws of this insect compel me to propose the present genus for its reception, which will enter the twenty-sixth group of Chapuis’s arangement, the Platywanthine, on account of the unarmed tibie and closed anterior coxal cavities. The frontal tubercles are very strongly raised, and the antennee have the apices of their joints thickened. CLEROTILIA FLAVOMARGINATA, D. sp. (Plate XLVI. fig. 12.) Pale fulvous ; antenne piceous; head and thorax impunctate ; elytra very finely punctured, metallic green or blue, the lateral margin very narrowly flavous. Length 2 lines. Head not longer than broad, impunctate ; the frontal tubercles trigonate, strongly raised, divided by a narrow groove and bounded behind by another deep depression. Antennee distinctly longer than the body, piceous, shining, the first joint long, swollen towards the apex, second joint half the length of the third. Thorax one half broader than long, subquadrate, the sides narrowed at the base, the angles slightly tuberculate ; surface rather convex, without depression, impunctate, pale fulvous like the head. Scutellum of the same colour. Elytra finely alutaceous or granulate when seen under a strong lens, their surface closely and fiiely punctured, the punctuation arranged in indistinct rows ; green or blue, the extreme lateral margin fulvous ; epipleuree broad, extending to the apex ; legs entirely fulvous ; claws bifid, the inner division shorter. Tsumago, Nara. APPENDIX. NoposToMA VARICOLOR, sp. nov. Ovate, piceous ; antennz and legs fulvous ; bead, thorax, and the lateral margin of the elytra metallic green, the disk of the latter fulvous, punctate-striate. Length 13 line. Head finely and remotely punctured, the epistome not separated from the face; eyes large; labrum and palpi fulvous. Antenne half the length of the body, fulvous, second and third joints equal, the former thickened, the latter thinner than the following joints. Thorax transverse, nearly three times as broad as long, the sides very strongly rounded, but scarcely angulate behind the middle, strongly narrowedin front; surface metallic green, much nibressronely 49 752 MR. M. JACOBY ON THE [ Nov. 3, punctured than the head but not very closely. Scutellum obscure fulvous. Elytra strongly punctate-striate anteriorly, with a depression below the base, the shoulders prominent, the interstices rather convex at the sides and with a single row of very fine punctures; the disk of the elytra (in shape of a longitudinal band) fulvous, the sutural and lateral margin dark greenish-piceous, extreme lateral margin metallic green, accompanied by a single row of deep punctures. The four posterior tibiee emarginate at their apices; claws appendi- culate. Hitoyoshi. This species cannot be considered one of the many varieties of N. eéneipenne, Motsch., on account of the totally different punctua- tion of the thorax and the elytra; but I am greatly inclined to believe that N. varicolor is equally variable in regard to its coloration. NoposToMA CONSIMILE, Baly. I am much inclined to believe that this species is but one of the varieties of NV. flavo-pustulatum, Baly, although the latter is generally smaller, and has the thorax less deeply and strongly punctured. I[ find, however, both species placed on the same card and bearing the one name JN. consimiie in the author’s handwriting. NoposToMA JAPONICUM, Jacoby. A further examination of this species proves to me that the insect described by myself under the above name is but a black variety of N. balyi, Har., with which it agrees in everything but the colour of the elytra, the head and sometimes the anterior thoracic margin alone remaining of the general fulvous colour. LEPROTES PULVERULENTUS, Jac. The species published by myself under this name is identical with Lypesthes ater, Motsch., of which I have compared a specimen in Mr. Baly’s collection (now in the British Museum); Motschulsky was not aware of the powdery white excrescence which coyers the elytra of this species in its natural state; the name of “ater” applies therefore only to rubbed specimens, and misled me in describing the species. I append a complete list of the Phytophagous Coleoptera of Japan, with references to those species mentioned in this and my former communication. List or THE PuyropHaGous COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. Hewmonta, Latr. Lema, Fadbr. japana, Jacoby., p. 190. concinnipennis, Baly. Donacta, Fabr. diversa, Baly. zraria, Baly. lewisii, Baly. simplex, Fabr. coronata, Baly. gracilipes, Jac., p. 191. honorata, Baly. constricticollis, Jac., p. 192. fortunei, Baly. sericea, L. puncticollis, Curtis. var. sibirica, Solsky ? dilecta, Baly. Synera, Lacord. flavipes, Swffr. adamsi, Baly. downesii, Baly. 1885.] adamsii, Baly. delicatula, Baly. 10-punctata, Ged. Criocenis. rugata, Baly. parvicollis, Ba/y. subpolita, Motsch. lateritia, Baly. 14-punctata, Ged. lewisi, Jac., p. 194. orientalis, Juc., p. 195. Temunaspis, Lac. japonicus, Baly. Peprinu, Westw. annulata, Baly. nigricollis, Jac., p. 195. varipes, Jac., p. 196. unifasciata, Jac., p. 197. Criyrura, Fabr. japonica, Baly. leviuscula, Ratzcb. GyNANDROPHTHALMA, Lae, chrysomeloides, Lae, cyanea, Fabr. nicrocyanea, Motsch, aurita, Fabr. Cuitotoma, Lac. geniculata, Motsch. Corrocrernana, Lac. pallens, Fabr. orientalis, Baly. Oomorrnus, Curtis. japanus, Jac., p. 197. Lamprosoma, Kiriy. cupreatum, Baly. nigro-ceruleum, Daly, Cuuamys, Knoch. lewisii, Baly. interjecta, aly. spilota, Baly. japonica, Jac., p. 198. Ca@nosius, Suffr. sulcicollis, Baly. piceus, Baly. Diorycrus, Suffr. lewisii, Baly. Cryprocepnatus, Geoffr. 3-fasciatus, Fabr. tetradecaspilotus, Baly. perelegans, Baly. limbatipennis, J/ac., p. 199. partitus, Jac., p. 200. nigrofasciatus, Jac., p. 200. difformis, Jac., p. 201. regalis, Gebl. pilosus, Baly. instabilis, Baly. liothorax, Solsky. var, signaticeps, Baly. multiplex ?, Suffr. japanus, Baly. PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. mannerheimi, Geb, fortunatus, Baly. approximatus, Baly. scitulus, Baly. permedestus, Baly. amatus, Baly. discretus, Baly. amiculus, Baly. 6-punctatus ?, Linn. fuleratus, Germ. nobilis, Kraatz. Pacuysracnys, Suffr. eruditus, Baly. donitzi, Harold. Xantuonta, Baly. placida, Baly. Lyrxstuss, Baly. ater, Motsch. pulverulentus, Jac., p. 203. Lrprorss, Baly. lewisi, Baly. Devorina, Baly. fasciculata, Baly. fasciata, Baly. decorata, Baly. modesta, Baly. bipunctata, Jac., p. 204. Bromivs, Chevr. japanus, Motsch. Acrorutnium, Marsh. gaschkevitchi, Motsch. Curysocnus, Red?. chinensis, Baly. Scetoponta, Westw. lewisi, Baly. Parra, Leconte. variabilis, Baly. robusta, Baly. Nopostoma, Motsch. xneipenne, Morsch. fulvipes, Motsch. atripes, Motsch. rufotestaceum, Motsch. balyi, Har. var. japonicum, Jac., p. 205. ruficolle, Jac., p. 205. modestum, Jac., p. 206. hirticolle, Ba/y. consimile, Baly. flayo-pustulatum, Baly. pallidulum, Ba/y. varicolor, Jae., p. 751. Nopina, Motsch. chalcosoma, Baly. Coxasrosoma, Laporte. eyaneum, Motsch. Timarcna, Lazr. tenebricosa, Fabr. Curysomena, L. japana, Baly. cyrtonoides, Jac., p. 206. 753 754 nikkoensis, Jac., p. 207. geminata ?, Payk. guttata, Gebl. musiva, Gebl. subenea, Motsch. consimilis, Baly. aurichaleea, Mannerh. angusticollis ?, Motsch. violaceicollis, Motsch. stilt, Baly. quadranguluta, Motsch. obscurofasciata, Jac., p. 208. Gasrrouina, Baly, thoracica, Baly. japana, Jac., p. 210. Mexasoma, Steph. enea, L. japonica, Har. populi, Z. 20-punctata, Scop. Puayropxcta, Kirby. rufipes, Gy/l. rubripennis, Baly. nigroplagiata, Baly. robusta, Jac., p. 209. gracilicornis ?, Kraarz. PuaciopEra, Redz. distincta, Baly. armoracie, ZL. Puxpvon, Latr. brassice, Baly. incertum, Baly. Gastropuysa, Redz. atrocyanea, Motsch. (pronyents, Latr. vibex, Hrichs. Japonicus, Baly. Psrupopzra, Baly, xanthospila, Baly. Haurica, Geoffr. cerulescens, Baly. viridicyanea, Baly. picipes, Baly. angustata, Baly. flavicornis, Baly. latericosta, Jac., p. 726. lewisi, Jac. , p. ‘727. obscura, Jac., p. 726. ScatriopErA, Har. fulvipennis, Baly. CreripopErRA, Chevr. obscuritarsis, Morsch. parvula, Baly. lewisi, Jac., p. 721. recticollis, Jac., p. 721. levicollis, Juc., p. 722. acuminata, Jach-p. 722. japonica, Jac., p. 723. bimaculata, Jac., p. 725. chloris, Youdr. Hermxornaea, Foudr, adamsii, Baly. MR. M. JACOBY ON THE Srpxtun, Baly. plagioderoides, Motsch. flavipennis, Baly. Hypuasis, Har. inconstans, Jac., p. 733. Liprus, Motsch. punctato-striatus, Motsch. hirtus, Baly. suturalis, Jac., p. 725. nigritus, Jac., p. 724. minutus, Jac., p. 725. Mantoura, Steph. rustica, J. fulvipes, Jac., p. 720. japonica, Jac., p. 720. Puytiotreta, Foudr, sinuata, Red?. funesta, Baly. tenebrosa, Jac., p. 731. Aputuona, Foudr. sordida, Baly. strigosa, Baly. pygmea, Baly. collaris, Baly. pryeri, Baly. seiiviridis, Jac., p. 730. foudrasi, Jac., p. 729. Lonaitarsus, Latr. adamsi, Baly. lewisi, Baly. bimaculata, Baly. amicula, Baly. inconspicua, Baly. nitida, Jac., p. 727. quadraticollis, Juc., P. 729, orientalis, Jac., p. 728. hemorrhoidalis, Jac., p. 728. lycopi ?, Foudr. parvula ?, Add. Arcorpistes, Motsch. biplagiatus, Mofsch. coccinelloides, Baly. unicolor, J/ac., p. 738. L1-maculata, Jac., p. 788. Argorus, Fisher. clypeatus, Baly. balyi, Har. orientalis, Baly nigritarsis, Fish. punctipennis, Mo¢sch. clarki, Jac., p. 734. nigripennis, Jac., p. 734. SpHzroperma, Steph, fuscicornis, Baly. seriata, Baly. tarsata, Baly. japana, Baly. separata, Baly. placida, Har. apicalis, Baly. nigricollis, Jac., p. 737. unicolor, -Jae., p. 736. [Nov. 3, 1885.] abdominalis, Jac., p. 736. atra, Jac., p. 735. balyi, Jac., p. 735, Arreropepa, Red?. nigropicea, Baly. Cuztocnema, Steph. granulosa, Baly. chalceola, Jac., p. 731. japonica, Jac., p. 732. fulvipes, Jac., p. 732. aurifrons, Jac., p. 733. coneinnicollis, Baly. eylindrica, Baly. Psytutoprs, Latr. angusticollis, Baly. punctifrons, Baly. difficilis, Baly. intermedia, Jac., p. 739. subrugosa, Jac., p. 739. Japonica, Jac., p. 740. Enneamera, Har. cyanea, Baly. fulva, Baly. tibialis, Jac., p. 740. Manos, -Jac. lewisi, Jac., p. 741. APHTHONOIDES, Jae. becearii, Jac., p. 741. Ores, Weber. japonicum, Baly (Hornst.). ApimontA, Laich. extensa, Mofsch. caprea, Linn. multicostata, Jac., p. 746. GALERUCELLA, Crotch. tibialis, Baly. punctato-striata, Motsch. maculicollis, Motsch. vittaticollis, Baly. sagittarie, Gull. distincta, Baly. annulicornis, Baly. modesta, Jac., p. 745. viridipennis, Jac., p. 744. seminigra, Jac., p. 744. nigromarginata, -Jac., p. 743, fuscipennis, Jac., p. 746. semifulva, Jac., p. ‘745. AgnipEs, Baly, armata, Baly (gen. dub.). PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA OF JAPAN. 755 abdominalis, Baly (Phyllobrotica). tibialis, Jac., p. 750, ornata, Baly. basalis, Badly. nigripes, Baly. Cyzorane, Baly. elegans, Baly. Arrurotus, Motsch. niger, Motsch. variabilis, Baly. cyaneus, Baly. Gaterucipa, Morsch. bifasciata, Motsch. consociata, Baly. lewisi, Jac., p. 747. eburata, Har. Spnenorara, Clark. intermedia, Jac., p. 747. melanocephala, Jac., p. 748. AuLAcopnora, Chevr. femoralis, Motsch. nigripennis, Motsch, angulicollis, Motsch. 4-plagiata, Baly. Lurrropes, Motsch. 4-guttatus, Motsch. discrepans, Baly. pallidulus, Baly. nigripennis, Motsch. Drasrorica, Chevr, rufotestacea, Mofsch. (gen. dub.). Acexastica, Redt. nigriceps, Motsch. cerulea, Baly. Lurerrus, Geoffr. moorii, Baly. impressicollis, Motsch. hirsutus, Jac., p. 742. longicornis, Jac., p. 742. Monouepta, Erichs. flaviventris, Motsch. nigro-bilineata, Motsch, dichroa, Har. var, apicipennis, Jac. eyanea, Jac., p. 748. fulvicollis, Jac., p. 749. Puryxuosrotica, Redzé. nigrita, Jac., p. 742. CirroriLis, Jac. flavomarginata, Jac., p. 751. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI. Fig. 1. 2. Aphthonoides beccarii, p. 741. 3. Phyllobrotica nigrita, p. 742. 4. Luperus hirsutus, p. 742. | 5. longicornis, p. 742. 6. Galerucida lewisi, p. 747. 7. Galeruca multicostata, p. 746. | Hyphasis inconstans, p. 755. Fig. 8. Aenidia tibialis, p. 750. 9. Galerucella viridipennis,p. 744, 10. —— nigromarginata, p. 743 Bik semifulva, p. 745. 12. Clerotilia flavomarginata, p. 751. 756 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Nov. 3, 2. An Account of two Collections of Lepidoptera recently received from Somali-land. By Arraur G. Burtzr, F.L.S., F.Z:8., &c. [Received August 5, 1885.] (Plate XLVIT.) At the meeting held on the 4th November, 1884, I had the pleasure of bringing before the Society an account of a collection sent to the British Museum by Major J. W. Yerbury from Aden’. Along with his Aden collection Major Yerbury forwarded to me a small but interesting series collected by him in the spring of 1884 on the Somali coast. During the present year a second much larger series, collected by Messrs. J. G. Thrupp, Lort-Phillips, and James during an expedition southwards into the interior of Somali from Berbera, was presented by them to the Museum. These Lepidoptera, as I am assured by Mr. Lort-Phillips, were principally obtained upon a plateau com- mencing at about forty miles from the coast and extending due south for about 200 miles, the time of collecting being about four months. Since the two collections together contain examples of 55 species, some idea of the geographical relationships of the fauna can be gained from them; the annexed table shows that the relationship to Aden is very strongly marked, no less than twenty-one species being iden- tical and three nearly allied to Aden forms; next in order comes Abyssinia, twelve species identical and nine allied ; thirdly, Kilima- njaro, ten, and probably eleven, species identical and three allied; lastly, Natal, nine or ten species identical and fourteen allied. Omitting from the fifty-five species seven forms not known to exist elsewhere and to which allied types are not yet recorded (so far as I have been able to discover), nearly half the known Butterflies and Moths of Somali are Aden species, a quarter Abyssinian, a fifth Kilimanjarian, and a fifth Natal. The allied or representative types I consider of less importance, especially in the case of so well- worked a locality as Natal when compared with localities so little known as Kilima-njaro or even Abyssinia, from both of which not a few types closely related to those of Somali may confidently be expected to come. On the other hand, if the nineteen new species in these collections be omitted from our calculations, nearly four sevenths of the remainder are identical with species found in Aden. I think, therefore, it may fairly be concluded that the Lepidopterous fauna is essentially Arabian in character; but, since the species of Arabia have a much closer affinity to those of Africa than Asia, it seems reasonable to conclude that they have for the most part immigrated from the African coast and originated in Egypt, Nubia, Abyssinia, and Somali-land. 1 See P.Z.S. 1884, p. 478. imp. Mintern Bros. M. Horman-Fisher del.et lith SOM FROM NEW BUTTERFLIES 1885.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. Vay Table showing the relationship of the Lepidoptera of Somali to those of Aden, Abyssinia, Kilima-njaro, and Natal. When the species is identical an asterisk * is used, but if a closely allied species replaces it a dagger + is substituted. Aden. | Abyssinia. | Kilima-njaro.| Natal. Limnas dorippus ......... x —— klugii............... a * * Ypthima asterope ......... * t Neoceenyra duplex ...... (Precis LMMNOTIA J.0cececss0s| seseae * * Junonia crebrene ......... * * * * Hypanis ilithyia_......... * * Castanea ........+6. * OER | eevee Hamanumida dedalus ...|—...... * * PACKEANC DUNG teatersalccresl| assess ||) oes en' * pAlCrisea DVEESIO see see soeienee|| cides Acrea mirabilis ......... Polyommatus beticus ... * * * * Catochrysops asopus ...... * MUBIGUNIAL wseces «cocnees =——="MUMMORE: ccccsscecssepot| | eesece —— MOIR Wieaaseeanosaeee AZANUS ZENA ...050e0s0c0n0; * t PEAOUBIA eos fono tet ley uctaaets Kip vege sl) ay areca x” Tarucus pulcher_ ......... * BYNES) Wantacee seca | abelatce'ss * theophrastus...... * Castalius lactinatus ......] —...... t Hyreus lingeus ............ Spundasis sOmMalina s.c-ss|| eewsee, 9 |, sasnes Chloroselas esmeralda ... Hypolycena umbrosa ... | Tolaus glaucus ............ Merias ZOO feces -shaped marking in the cell and a black dash at the end; both sexes have an oblique subapical oval white patch on a black ground: secondaries, owing to their transparency, showing a band just before the middle ; in the females, however, part of the black outer edge of this band actually exists on the upper surface ; this sex also shows a small spot in the cell and a larger spot divided by the upper discocellular veinlet; outer border rather narrowly black, with a paler central stripe: head and thorax tawny, the latter sprinkled with whitish scales; abdomen of male white banded with sulphur yellow, of the female tawny, banded with black and edged with yellow. Primaries below soft tawny, the male with two black discoidal spots, the female with only the terminal black dash of the upper surface; an oblique oval subapical white patch edged internally with black ; beyond it and towards the outer margin throughout the veins are black broadly bordered with ash-grey and separated towards the apex solely by short black internervular dashes ; secon- daries white; basal area spotted with rose-colour ; a black subbasal transverse dash from the costal margin to the cell and two or three black subbasal spots; an ash-grey subangulated central band, spotted with tawny and rose-red, margined on both sides with black and enclosing a black spot; veins upon external area black; the latter in the male has no decided inner edge, but is of a pale buff tint, shading into white towards outer margin ; in the female, on the other hand, it is sharply defined by a black line and is of a silver- grey tint ; in both sexes this area encloses a series of internervular pyramidal orange dashes and is bounded externally by two black lines. Body of male below white, palpi and legs in front buff, sides of pectus spotted with rose-red ; body of female below entirely different, the pectus being white, spotted with golden buff similar to the colour of the palpi and front of legs, and the venter golden yellow with two central longitudinal black lines. Expanse of wings, S 37-43 millim., 2 47 millim. Three males. Bunder Maria, 27th April, 1884.—Yerbury. One female. More than 80 miles 8. of Berbera.—Thrupp. This marvellously distinct and pretty little species belongs to the group to which the name Telchinia has been given, but the banding of the under surface is quite unique. Lyca&NIDz, 13. PoLYOMMATUS BETICUS. Papilio beticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789, n. 226 (1767). 3 2 .—Thrupp. 14. CaTOCHRYSOPS ASOPUS. Lycena asopus, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 642; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 410, pl. 26. figs. 13-15 (1862). One male, var.—Thrupp. 762 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [ Nov. 3, 15. CATOCHRYSOPS NAIDINA, sp. n. (Plate XLVII. fig. 2.) Wings above pale silvery azure, the primaries slighted tinted at the base with green and the secondaries with cobalt ; extremities of veins, outer margins, and base of fringes grey-brown; tips of fringes white ; primaries with a well-defined brown crescent at extremity of discoidal cell; secondaries with a small blue-speckled black spot ahove the tail and faint indications of other submarginal spots; body much as usual; under surface of wings silver-grey ; markings ar- ranged nearly as in C. conguensis of Mabille (Grand. Hist. Mad., Lep. pl. 28. fig. 8*), but with the discocellular lunule and series of discal spots of the primaries black, the three spots of the subbasal series of secondaries and the first and last of the discal series also black, the other spots of the discal series more elongated and with two orange-zoned black spots, with metallic silvery-blue streak, instead of one only towards anal angle ; this species also has a well- defined tail. Expanse of wings 31 millim. One male.—Thrupp. Although I have compared this with M. Mabille’s figure, on account of the similarity in the pattern of the under surface, I am much mistaken if Z. conguensis is anything but the ordinary male of Z. asopus, of which M. Mabiile only figures the female. 16. CaroCHRYSOPS FUMOSA, Sp. 1. Above smoky-brown, slightly sprinkled with blue scales at base ; fringe black at base but white externally ; secondaries with three in- distinct golden-ochreous spots, the central one brightest aud enclo- sing a black spot edged with lilac scales, near the anal angle; body brown with cupreous reflections; wings below stone-grey, marked much as in C. asopus, but the discal series of primaries consisting of only five spots and arranged in an arc; secondaries with the five spots nearest to the base black, as in the preceding species ; no tail appears to have existed at any time. Expanse of wings 38 millim. Two males.-—Thrupp. We have a Natal species allied to this, but I have not hitherto been successful in identifying it. 17. CATOCHRYSOPS LOIS, Sp. 0. 36. Bronze-brown, rather dark, the wings with the interno-basal area broadly lilac ; secondaries with a small black spot just in front of the tail, edged externally with pure white, a second short white 1 T cannot mention this book without expressing regret that the beautiful plates should have been entrusted to a Lepidopterist so unskilled as to be unable to tell the sexes of specimens before him; so that on the same plate (pl. 28) I see the males of two distinct species figured as sexes of ‘ Nymphalis” antam- boulow ; on plate 88 a female Catopsilia (C. rufosparsa) is figured as a male, and (on the same plate) the males of two species, so much alike that nobody could question their being nearly allied, are placed one in Hronia, the other in Calli- dryas. I will say no more here, beyond the fact that a number of Aden species are wrongly introduced, some of them renamed, and the male of one of them figured along with a Madagascar female belonging to another subgroup of the genus. 1885. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. 763 line at the extremity of interno-median area; a blackish marginal line ; fringe partly whitish. Wings below pale stone-grey, with mark- ings below nearly as in C. pandava of India, the primaries having a white-edged brown spot at the end of the cell; a discal band simi- larly coloured, oblique from costa to second median branch, then a little receding and divided below the second median into two sections ; the usual ocelloid marginal spots composed of alternate white and brown lunules and spots; secondaries crossed near the base by three white-edged black spots, that on costa largest; a white-edged brown discocellular lunule ; an arched and somewhat sinuous discal series of white-edged spots, the first on costa black, the others slightly separated from it brown, the series almost interrupted below the second median branch ; the usual marginal ocelloid spots bounded internally by bread white crescents, the two nearest to the anal angle black: body below white. Expanse of wings 25 millim. One male. Bunder Maria, 27th April, 1884.—VYerdury. I have been unable to find any described species at all closely allied to this; the nearest species, though wholly differing on the upper surface, is C. pandava, but even on the under surface, though agreeing in general pattern, the outline of the markings does not correspond in detail; the anal ocelli also are simply represented by black spots, upon each of which, with the help of a lens, I dis- covered a single silver scale. ‘The venter in the type is tinted with gamboge-yellow, but I believe that it is stained; if natural, this would be a most unusual colour for any genus of the group allied to Lycena. 18. AZANUS ZENA. Lycena zena, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 505, pl. 31. fig. 9. One male.—TZArupp. 19. AZANUS JESOUS. Polyommatus jesous, Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 383, pl. 11. figs. 3, 4 (1847). 3d 2. December 23rd.—Thrupp. 20. TARUCUS PULCHER. Lycena pulchra, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 524, pl. 10. figs. 7, 8. 3 Q. December 23rd.—Thrupp. 21. TARUCUS SYBARIS ? Lycena sybaris, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 642, n. 19; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 408, pl. 26. figs. 6-8 (1862). One male. Duderi, 26th April, 1884.—Yeréury. The single example obtained differs very slightly from Hopffer’s figure, and is apparently referable to the above species. 764 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 3, 22. TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS. Hesperia theophrastus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 281, n. 32 (1793). } Lycena theophrastus, Lucas, Expl. Alg., Zool. iii. pl. 1. fig. 6 (1849). 3S 2. December 23rd.—Thrupp. 23. CASTALIUS LACTINATUS, sp.n. (Plate XLVII. fig. 3.) Allied to C. eretosus of Abyssinia. Milk-white ; basal markings above as in (. carana and C. cretosus ; external border similar to that of C. cretosus, but with larger subapical white spots, with a marginal series of small white spots and shining white-tipped fringe : secondaries with a discal series of six small blackish spots close to the external border, the first two confluent and separated by an in- terval from the others; external borders bounded internally by a black-brown stripe almost parallel to outer margin and emitting spurs along the veins to the outer margin; between the veins a sub- marginal series of differently formed black spots, that above the tail being large ; marginal line black ; tail black, tipped with white: wader surface milk-white, all the markings slender and sharply defined ; otherwise formed as in C. calice, excepting that the whole of the submarginal spots on the primaries, the first and fourth on the secon- daries, and the short band across the end of the cell of these wings are wholly absent. Expanse of wings 27 millim. One female. —Thrupp. 24. HyrEUS LINGEUS. Papilio lingeus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 379, F, G (1782). 3 2 .—Thrupp. 25. SPINDASIS SOMALINA, sp.n. (Plate XLVII. fig. 5.) Allied to S. ella from Natal, but considerably larger; the upper sur- face with much more brilliant ultramarine-blue shot, and with the spots on the primaries smaller and partly white in the male and pure white in the female instead of ochreous; secondaries more elongated : primaries below snow-white excepting the basal discoidal patch, which is pale buff and encloses two bright metallic plumbageous spots ; bands arranged as in S; el/a excepting that there is a conti- nuous submarginal band (whereas in S. ed/a there are only two short sections, one at costa and one in the middle); all the bands clay- coloured and enclosing series of plumbageous dashes; external border pale buff, excepting towards the external angle, where it be. comes gradually white, intersected by a black line and edged exter- nally with black ; fringe grey-brown: secondaries pale buff with the exception of central part of the costal half, which is pure white ; markings nearly as in NS, ed/a, but the subbasal spots more elongated and therefore contiguous, and the bands broader ; all these markings clay-coloured, with central bright plumbageous or silvery streaks ; external border pale buff, varied with cream-colour and intersected 1885. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI=LAND. 765 by a black line ; marginal line and fringe as in primaries ; anal angle creamy white, spotted with black and silver; a large black spot at the angle ; tails golden-orange at base, otherwise black with terminal white fringe. Thorax above slaty-grey, collar brown, head white, abdomen clay-brown banded with white. Below, pectus white, legs yellowish ; venter white, with a central interrupted clay-brown streak. Expanse of wings, ¢ 29 millim., 2 32-35 millim. 3 2. Less than 80 miles 8. of Berbera.—Thrupp. 2. Bunder Maria, 27th April, 1884.—Yerbury. CHLOROSELAS, gen. nov. Allied to Spindasis; of the same form. Primaries with a black patch of thickened scales at the end of the cell and at base of second and third median branches ; costal vein extending to second third of costal margin; subcostal with only three branches, the first emitted at some distance before the end of the cell, the second and third emitted together from a long footstalk, and terminating upon the costa just before the apex; upper radial emitted from the anterior angle of the cell, lower radial from the centre of the discocellulars, which are transverse ; second and third median branches emitted near together; secondaries apparently with only one tail ; neuration as in Spindasis: palpi broader, more curved, and with shorter terminal joint than in Spindasis; antenne more slender and with more abruptly formed club ; anterior legs more slender. Type, C. esme- ralda. 26. CHLOROSELAS ESMERALDA, sp. un. (Plate XLVII. fig. 4.) Primaries above with the basi-internal half, excepting the costal border, brilliant flashing emerald-green, changing in certain positions to purple and in others to greyish flesh-colour, the basal half of costa constantly of the latter colour, apical half smoky-brown; a black patch at the end of the cell: secondaries brilliant green, with the costal border rather broadly smoky-brown, abdominal border pale bronze-brown ; anal lobe golden-orange, spotted on each side with black and silver. Body above blue-black ; head whitish, palpi white, antennze annulated with white, club tipped with orange, abdomen banded with whitish. Wings below pale sandy testaceous, the wings spotted all over with embossed silver and black: primaries with whitish internal area; a silver spot near the base of the costal bor- der, about six silver spots in the cell, an irregular transverse series of six beyond the cell, two confused discal series of silver and black spots; a submarginal series of partly black-edged silver spots and a nearly marginal series of black dots; fringe white: secondaries with four or five silver spots at the base ; a series of four across the basal third followed by slender black dashes, then a forked discal series of silver spots intermixed with six black spots; submarginal series and dots as on primaries; orange, black, and silver lobe as above : body below white. Expanse of wings 21-22 millim. Bunder Maria, 30th April, 1884.—Yerbury. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. L. 50 766 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 3, Major Yerbury obtained three male specimens of this lovely little novelty. 27. HypoLyczNA UMBROSA, sp.n. (Plate XLVII. fig. 6.) Nearest to H. ceculus; primaries above smoky grey-brown, with a large patch of lavender occupying the basi-internal half; secon- daries lavender, costal border and a patch at apex smoky grey-brown ; submarginal blackish spots and metallic green anal spots as in the female of H. ceculus. Under surface white clouded with pearl-grey : primaries with an orange brownish transverse dash at the end of the cell; a narrow bent dark grey band shot with bright cupreous be- yond the cell from costa almost to the submedian vein ; a submar- ginal dark grey stripe tapering from submedian vein almost to the costa, and trisinuate at its anterior extremity ; fringe white, spotted with dark grey: secondaries with a bisinuate subbasal grey band brilliantly shot with cupreous orange, a darker oblique dash at the end of the cell, and a zigzag stripe from costa to abdominal margin beyond the cell; a submarginal dark grey stripe tapering from costa to abdominal margin, where it unites with a marginal line which ex- tends almost from the base along this margin; a rounded black spot near the extremity of the first median interspace, and a second upon a metallic green streak at anal angle; a slender black marginal line extending into the tails ; fringe white. Expanse of wings 32 millim. One specimen only was obtained.—Thrupp. 28. IoLAUS GLAUCUS, Sp. n. Nearest to J. belli: primaries above blackish with a large interno- basal patch of bright violet, occupying about half the wing; secon- daries blackish grey, slightly paler towards the abdominal border, which is almost entirely white ; centre of wing densely irrorated with bright violet; a submarginal series of spots, black internally but lilacine whitish externally ; a black anal spot bordered internally with bright metallic emerald-green and yellow, and probably a similar spot between the tails*; fringe white; a velvety-black patch of thickened scales at base of subcostal branches: wings below chalky-white, with two strongly marked jet-black stripes (the inner one interrupted by the veins on the primaries), and the margin black; the stripes formed as in J. belli; the black, green, and yellow anal spot larger than above ; a little marginal dash of the same colours above the lobe. Expanse of wings 31 millim. Duderi, 26th April, 1884.—Yerdury. From any less interesting locality I should hesitate to make a type of a specimen with the secondaries damaged; it is, however, a very distinct species, and there can be little doubt as to the pattern upon the missing parts. 1 The secondaries unfortunately have a piece broken out of them on both sides, but some metallic green scales are visible at the edge of the broken part on one side, showing that, at any rate, a green spot, if not a black one, exists. 1885.] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. 767 PAPILIONID. 29. TERIAS ZOE. Terias zoe, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 640, n. 5; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v, p. 369, pl. 23. figs. 10, 11 (1862). One male.—Thrupp. 30. TERACOLUS DYNAMENE. Pontia dynamene, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs. 15, 16 (1829). Var.? Teracolus carnifer, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 138, n. 42, pl. vil. figs. 8, 9. One male of each form.—Thrupp. M. Mabille has recently figured as the female of this species (which I am satisfied is not found in Madagascar) that sex of Staudinger’s recently named Madagascar species 7. castalis, placed by the latter author in the obsolete genus Idmais. Dr. Staudinger is frequently at fault in his generic identifications, though most often his error consists in associating genera utterly different in structure, and whose chief resemblance is one of external facies (as is the case with Amynthia clorinde, described and figured in Dr. Staudinger’s very pretty book as a Gonepterya), whereas the three groups Idmais. Callosune, and Teracolus, which, from insufficient material, Dr, Staudinger believes to be distinct genera, do not exhibit a single structural distinction, and, not only that, our collection of these butterflies, which is beyond all question by far the most perfect in the world, shows an almost complete transition, through numbers of nearly allied local forms, from the most Colias-like Idmais-form to the extremest type of Callosune-form almost resembling a Leptidia. It is easy to figure selected species and to say that they are members of different genera ; it is just as easy to assert without evidence that intermediate forms have been described from single specimens and therefore may be ignored; but facts remain as they were,—genera founded on good structural characters will alone stand. 31. TERACOLUS OCELLATUS, Sp. n. 3. Exactly intermediate between 7. protractus and T. phisadia: primaries only differing from the latter in the straight inner edge to the blue-grey basal area, which agrees with that of 7’. protractus, and in the distinctly white-pupilled black spot at the end of the cell; secondaries like 7’. protractus, excepting that the abdominal half from the base to the border is white as in 7. phisadia: on the under sur- face the wings are almost exactly as in the latter species. Expanse of wings 39 millim. One male.— Thrupp. This is one of the most interesting species in the collection, since it is exactly intermediate between the salmon-coloured 7. protractus and the salmon and white 7. phisadia. I have long been looking out for this intergrade, as I was satisfied that it must exist; I have also no doubt that a species intermediate between 7’. phisadia and 50* 768 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON (Nov. 3, T. vestalis will ere long be discovered. 1’. phisadia (from Aden evidently) has been redescribed and figured by M. Mabille under the name of Idmais philamene; the form is that figured by Klug as Pontia arne. 32. TERACOLUS CHRYSONOME. Pontia chrysonome, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 9-11 (1829). 3 2. Bunder Maria, 27th-30th April, 1884.—Yerbury. 6 Q. 2nd January.—Thrupp. The species appears to be tolerably common in Somali-land ; it is quite constant in coloration and markings; as may be seen from Klug’s figures, the males only have the base of the wings bluish and white. 33. TERACOLUS PROTOMEDIA. Pontia protomedia, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 13, 14 (1829). 3 2. Dura, December 23rd.—Zhrupp. As usual, this species has not come in good condition ; no speci- men hitherto sent to the Museum has been quite perfect. 1’. proto- media is another of the Aden species introduced into the fauna of Madagascar by M. Mabille ; it is evident that some collection made at Aden has been forwarded to him as from Madagascar. The Lepi- doptera of Arabia are peculiar ; they do not, in all probability, range further southwards than Somali, and even there they are frequently replaced by allied but distinct species; that they should turn up again, in no respect modified, in Madagascar, is quite out of the question. 34, TERACOLUS HELIOCAUSTUS, sp. n. (Plate XLVII. figs. 8, 9.) Exactly intermediate between the variety 7’. miriam of T. pleione and 7’. acaste, in size, pattern, and colouring. The male has the apical border of 7. miriam, but the orange area is confined by the discoidal cell on the anterior half of the wing, and on the posterior half only differs from that on the primaries of 7. acaste S in ex- tending to the base; the secondaries have the orange costal area of T'.. acaste, but at the base it fills the discoidal cell and suffuses the interno-median area almost as much as in 7. miriam; the black dis- cocellular spot on the primaries is formed as in 7. acaste: the under surface shows the orange basal area of 7’. miriam, but the ochraceous apical area of primaries and entire surface of secondaries of 7. acaste. The female exhibits the pattern of 7’. cae/estis rather than of 7’. acaste ; but the marginal spots are larger than in either ; the costal and in- ternal borders of primaries towards the base are dark greyish ; the discoidal cell and the whole interno-median area, as far as the discal series of spots, are orange, which colour therefore does not extend quite so far outwards as in the male: on the under surface the pat- tern is the same as in Z’. acaste 2, but the basi-internal half of the primaries is orange, the apical border ochraceous, and the secondaries yellow with diffused ochraceous external border and orange basi- 1885. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. 769 costal margin. Expanse of wings, ¢ 36-41 millim., 2 35-44 millim. 6 2. Bunder Maria, 30th April, 1884.—Yerbury. 36 2. Less than 80 miles S. of Berbera —Thrupp. I have fully expected to receive a species linking 7. miriam to the T. halimede group for some years past ; when we receive the male of T’.. coliagenes, I have no doubt it will prove to belong to the latter group, perhaps tending to link it to 7’. abyssinicus, T. eris, and T. maimuna. T. miriam of Aden has been refigured, as from Madagascar, by M. Mabille under the new synonym of Anthocharis eucheria. Anthocharis is an obsolete name for the European genus Luchloe, which differs from Teracolus in neuration in having five subcostal branches instead of four to the primaries, and in the position of the upper radial, which is emitted from the inferior edge of the subcostal vein beyond the cell; these are points which prove Huchloe to be- long to a different section of the subfamily from that to which Teracolus belongs. The two forms of T. pleione, which scarcely differ and certainly interbreed, have now been described four and figured three times. 35. TERACOLUS PRECLARUS, n. sp. (Plate XLVII. fig. 7.) Allied to 7. amina, the male on the upper surface only differing in the greater width of the blackish border and the absence of mar- ginal spots, the female differing also in its yellower colour (the base of the primaries and whole of secondaries up to the border being yellow); the blackish apical half of primaries irrorated with carmine, crossed by seven spots of this colour and with six marginal carmine dots: under surface entirely distinct from 7’. amina, the primaries with the basal three fifths of the discoidal cell cadmium-yellow, shading into lemon-yellow towards the costa and vermilion towards its outer extremity; female also with a broad submedian streak of vermilion, a round black spot at the end of the cell; a central white belt enclosing the black spot, beyond which the whole disk, with the exception of a triangular apical patch, is bright rose-red and crossed by an angular series of black spots ; apical patch yellow and quad- rifid internally, dark ochraceous flesh-coloured externally: secon- daries lemon-yellow, with the basi-abdominal area in the male yellowish flesh-coloured, and in the female bright gamboge-yellow ; the external area ochraceous flesh-coloured, bounded internally by an angular lilacine brownish macular band enclosing a series of bright yellow crescents: body below whitish. Expanse of wings, ¢ 43 millim., 2 48 millim. One pair, the male taken by Mr. Thrupp and the female by Mr. Lort-Phillips, who captured it with his fingers whilst it was hovering about the flowers of a Mimosa or similar shrub. This is one of the most distinct, beautiful, and at the same time interesting species yet discovered. I have long been looking for evidence that 7. amina and T. celimene are intermediate (as they appear to be) between the two groups to which the names 770 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON (Nov. 3, Idmais and Callosune were formerly given. TT. amina has much of the pattern of 7. vesta and its allies on the under surface, but both sexes correspond more nearly with the 7’. tone group on the upper surface ; 7’. pholoé, from Lake N’Gami, is evidently a female allied to T. amina, but having two series of magenta spots across the black area of the primaries ; it may even be a dimorphic form of the female of 7’. celimene from Abyssinia, which is described as having two series of yellowish-white spots across this area: all these have the “ Tdmais”’ type of marking on the under surface. On the other hand, the species from Somali, though on the upper surface much like T. amina and (evidently) T. pholoé, differs in having the under sur- face coloured more nearly as in 7’. zoe of Madagascar, a species intermediate in character between the 7’. halimede and T’. ione groups, and thus links the so-called genera Idmais and Callosune at another point, proving that even in their pattern they are completely linked and interlocked beyond the possibility of separation. 36. TERACOLUS EUPOMPE. Pontia eupompe, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs. 11-14 (1829). Two male specimens.— Thrupp. The males are chiefly distinguishable from the following by the magenta-shot colour upon the crimson apical patch, the usually much broader blackish inner border to this patch, and the more distinct markings on the under surface. 37. TERACOLUS DEDECORUS. Anthopsyche dedecora, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 184, n. 177 (1865). g. Duderi, 26th April; Bunder Maria, 27th April.—Yerbury. 36 @. Somali, 23rd December.—Thrupp. Some examples have no series of discal spots across the secondaries on the under surface, whereas others are nearly as strongly marked as in 7’. eupompe. This appears to be an inconstant character in the present species, as one out of three males from Duderi has these markings obliterated, a second has them half across the wing, and the third has a complete series and much resembles males of 7’. dulcis; the tint of the under surface also varies as in 7’. subroseus. 38. TERACOLUS COMPLEXIVUS, sp. n. 3. Upper surface almost exactly as in the male of 7. omphaloides, differing in the orange instead of vermilion apical patch, and in the diffuse character of the posterior extremity of the black border. On the under surface it corresponds more nearly with the male of 7. theogone, the apical area of primaries being precisely similar except- ing that perhaps the red patch is a little more diffused ; the secon- daries are however decidedly paler, of a clear pink colour with a broad grey costal border extending from the base to the brown costal spot ; the discal brown stripe is well defined but the spot at the end of the cell extremely minute. Expanse of wings 45 millim. One male, January 2nd.—Thrupp. 1885. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. 771 This is an intergrade which I had not expected to see, combining the colouring on both surfaces of T. loandicus with the pattern of T. omphaloides. 39. TERACOLUS THRUPPI, sp. n. (Plate XLVII. fig. 10.) ¢. Allied to 7. daira and T. yerburii, but the primaries in their markings more like 7’. suffusus of Angola. Milk-white, costal border slightly greyish, the margin narrowly black; apical third to first median branch occupied by a black-brown triangular patch enclosing a lunate orange patch composed of six more or less elongated spots divided only by the black veins; outer margin towards external angle narrowly dusky ; a broad blackish internal band from base to external third, and widest in the middle; secondaries with the basi- costal third (excepting upon the abdominal area) blackish ; external border from submedian vein to apex broadly blackish, interrupted on the median and submedian interspaces by squamose white marginal spots; body black, tegule with whitish and greyish fringe. Pri- maries below white, discoidal area sulphur-yellow, irrorated in front with grey ; a large and almost semicircular subapical orange pateh, its inner border slightly sordid, bounded outwardly by a broad greenish external border which terminates on the first median inter- space; internal band broader than above, grey, becoming blackish at the outer extremity: secondaries white, the basicostal third pearl-grey suffused with pale sulphur-yellow, which gives it a greenish tint ; basal half of costal margin deep orange ; a dusky oblique costal dash terminating the basicostal area ; a small fusi- form orange spot dotted with black at the end of the cell; external border pale yellowish, bounded internally by an unequal diffused olive-brownish band: body below white. Expanse of wings 36 millim. ¢. Primaries narrower, more rounded, the subapical patch re- placed by a very oblique orange band composed of four elliptical sections separated only by the veins, and bounded internally by a narrow line of black, so that the apical area is decidedly smaller and its inner edge has a more defined angle than in the male ; fringe white instead of black ; internal blackish band of nearly equal width throughout: secondaries much shorter, with six unequal black marginal spots, the second and third large and followed by a grey submarginal band, so as to enclose four reniform pale yellowish spots between the black marginal spots: under surface yellower, the olive ereenish apical area of primaries replaced by pale sulphur-yellow sparsely irrorated with grey, the orange band narrower, clearer in colour and more oblique, the secondaries sulphur-tinted throughout, with the basal area irrorated with grey, the discocellular spot better defined, and the submarginal band grey instead of olive-brownish. Expanse of wings 31 millim. One male, two females, January 2nd.—Thrupp. 40. TERACOLUS JAMESI, Sp. n. Q. Allied to 7’. phlegetonia, T. minans, T. interruptus, and T. friga; but at once distinguished by its smaller size, the absence of a black 772 MR.A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 3, discocellular dot on the primaries, the position of the nebulous grey discal band on the secondaries, which is much further from the outer margin, and the paler and more delicate colouring on both surfaces. Its general aspect is that of Z. friga (P. Z. S. 1876, pl. vi. fig. 5, 2); but, in addition to the absence of the discocellular dot, the wings are whiter, the oblique subapical band is narrower, more oblique than in the figure, bounded throughout with orange, the outer border is more acutely dentated and terminates in a small black spot; the internal streak extends from the base, is grey throughout ; the spot on the disk of secondaries is continued as a streak tapering to the submedian vein, and the marginal border is replaced by six blackish spots: on the under surface it is quite different, being similar to, but much paler than, the female of T. cione. Expanse of wings 28-33 millim. Two females.—Thrupp. There is not the least doubt that many Lepidopterists who did not possess abundant material would have put down 7. jamesi as the female of 7’. thruppii, overlooking the differences between the sexes of that species, and regarding them all as males; yet there can be no question that it belongs to a different subgroup, the males of which invariably have a transverse blackish discal spot or dash upon the orange apical area, as in 7. friga, S$ (see figure in P. Z.S. 1876); whereas the females of the T.-daira group nearly resemble the males, both having the orange apical patch bounded internally by a black line, stripe, or baad. 41. TERACOLUS PHILLIPSI, sp. nu. (Plate XLVII. fig. 11.) Nearly allied to 7’. evarne. The male differing in its pure white colour, smaller and less brilliant orange apical patch, with much narrower sulphur-yellow edging, the very narrow black margin to the primaries, absence of marginal spots in the secondaries; pri- maries below white instead of sulphur-yellow, the apical patch sulphur-yellow, with pale pink inner edging instead of creamy ochraceous, and with three well-defined subapical brown dots in an oblique series : secondaries creamy white, shorter than in 7. evarne, with only the costa slightly yellowish. The female differs above in its whiter colouring, much better-defined black markings, the sub- apical spots forming a continuous irregular stripe, the much smaller orange apical area, and the entirely different coloration of the under surface, which closely resembles that of J. eucharis 2. Expanse of wings, ¢ 42 millim., 2 40 millim. One male and three females.—Thrupp. Var. a. Smaller; the orange apical area of male narrower, with concave rather than convex inner edge, the black border reduced to a few apical marginal dots; under surface of primaries with the subapical dots reduced to two, and orange instead of brown; the female altogether paler, with smaller black markings, the subapical spots separate as in 7. evarne Q, the apical area only irrorated with orange, so that it appears to be flesh-coloured; the under surface altogether whiter (but occasionally with pinkish secondaries), 1885. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. 7738 with less strongly-defined markings. Expanse of wings, ¢ 92 37 millim. One male and three females.— Thrupp. Two males. Duderi, 26th April, 1884.— Yerbury. Var. 6. Still smaller, the male with apical patch as in the type, but more broadly bordered internally with sulphur-yellow ; black marginal edging only indistinctly seen with the help of a lens; under surface of primaries as in var, a, of secondaries pale pink with base of costa orange: the female with the apical patch much paler than in var. a, the marginal spots wanting, the discal spots ill-defined ; the markings of the secondaries oksolete, the markings of the under surface faintly indicated in olivaceous, instead of deep brown, the secondaries pink-tinted. Expanse of wings, ¢ 9 35 millim. One male, two females, 2nd January.~- Thrupp. The three forms which I here associate under one specific name are doubtless representatives of the three supposed species taken by Col. Swinhoe in Bombay, viz. 7. pseudevanthe, T. titea, and T. eucharis ; whether they are distinct or not can be decided only upon the spot by careful successive experiments in breeding. There- fore, whilst I refrain from asserting that the Indian types are mere varietal forms, I equally refrain from separating as species the three gradational types found in Somali until more is known concerning them. The male of the form taken by Major Yerbury (var. a) somewhat resembles Klug’s figure of 7. liagore 3; his supposed female is a male of a distinct species allied to 7’. glycera. 42. TERACOLUS NOUNA. Anthocharis nouna, Lucas, Expl. Algér., Zool. iii. p. 350, n. 14, pl. 1. fig. 2 (1849). One male. Bunder Maria, 27th April, 1884. This is evidently a wide-ranging species. Major Yerbury obtained only one example on the Somali coast ; it agrees in all respects with males from Aden, excepting that the orange subapical dash on the under surface of the primaries is a little less red in tint. 43. CATOPSILIA HYBLEA. 2. Callidryas hyblea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. p. 612, n. 11 (1836). 3 Q. Catopsilia hyblea, Butler, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 487. gd ¢. More than eighty miles south of Berbera.—Lort-Phillips. Three males and one female obtained. 44, CATOPSILIA ALEURONA. 2. Catopsilia aleurona, Butler, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, syol. xviii. p. 489 (1876); o, P.Z.S. 1884, p. 487. d 2. Less than eighty miles south of Berbera.—Lort-Phillips. These two species of Catopsilia were taken with the fingers whilst settling near water ; of the latter species only a single rather worn pair was obtained. 774 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON [Nov. 3, 45. BELENOIS LORDACA. Pieris lordaca, Walker, Entom. v. p. 48. Three males, two females. 2nd January.—Thrupp. Only one male was taken less than eighty miles south of Berbera. 46. SYNCHLOE DisToRTA, sp. n. (Plate XLVII. fig. 12.) Q. Pale sulphur-yellow ; all the nervures above greyish, owing probably to the semitransparency of the wings, which allows the pattern of the under surface to be seen; costal margin of primaries blackish ; a cuneiform and somewhat curved black patch at the end of the cell, uniting on the third median branch with the apical border, which is formed as in 8. hellica, and encloses similar oval spots of the ground-colour ; the black spot below the first median branch of S. hellica is here only indicated by a minute blackish dot, and the secondaries show no more of the dentate-sinuate submarginal line than in the male of that species. Below, the wings are decidedly yellower than above; all the veins are grey-brown irrorated with yellow, which gives them an olive tint: primaries with the patch at the end of the cell formed as above, confluent, with a greyish basi- costal border, not black as above, but greyish sprinkled with yellow atoms ; two paler but similarly coloured patches, representing the inner portion of the apical border, but placed further from the margin than in S. hellica ; submedian dot rather larger than above: secondaries with the veins more broadly bordered than on the pri- maries, and connected by a submarginal dentate-sinuate yellow- sprinkled grey stripe. Expanse of wings 33 millim. One female. More than eighty miles south of Berbera.—Thrupp. Only one female was obtained, which, from its small size and narrow wings, I at first imagined to be only a starved specimen of some well-known species. Upon comparing it, however, with S, hellica and allies, it is clearly seen to be perfectly distinct, the dark veins of the primaries being peculiar to it. The specimen is in all probability somewhat starved, which would account for its small size and narrow wings; but the other characters would be amply sufficient to distinguish it specifically. 47. HERPENIA MELANARGE, §p. 0. 3. Nearest to H. tritogenia: smaller, wings blacker, pale markings of a uniform cream-colour ; oblique patch at end of cell less irregular, subapical spots larger; central submarginal spot smaller; dot at extremity of first median interspace obsolete; oblique band from internal margin much narrower, more or less divided above the first median branch; black band from abdominal margin of secondaries differently shaped, widest instead of narrowest at this margin, its inner edge forming a slight regular arch to the subcostal vein ; outer border broader; apical area of primaries and whole of secondaries below tinted with pink, the markings bronze-brown (not yellowish brown); the pale bands being narrower, and the darker ones con- sequently broader than in H. tritogenia. Expanse of wings 44 millim. 1885. ] LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. 775 Three male specimens. More than eighty miles south of Berbera. —Thrupp. 48. NEPHERONIA ARABICA. Eronia buquetii, var. arabica, Hopffer in Peters’ Reise nach Mossambique, Zool. v. p. 363, var. (3 (1862). Nepheronia arabica, Butler, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 492, n. 37. One female. More than eighty miles southwards of Berbera.— Thrupp. HEsPEeRiip&. 49. HesPpERIA ANCHISES. Ismene anchises, Gerstaecker in Van der Decken’s Reisen in Ost- Africa, lil. p. 374, n. 29, pl. xv. figs. 6, 6 @ (1873). One pair, 23rd December.—TZhrupp. 50. CyCLOPIDES CHELES. Cyclopides cheles, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 42, n. 5 (1868). One male.—Thrupp.. Allied to OC. mene of Cramer. 51. CARTEROCEPHALUS CALLICLES. Cyclopides callicles, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 42, n. 6 (1868). Two males.—Thrupp. Nearest to C. macomo. The two preceding species were originally described from speci- mens received from Damara-land. We have C. callicles also from Kinsembo. 52. THANAOS DJELELA. Pterygospidea djelele, Wallengren, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54 (1857). One damaged specimen.-—Thrupp. AGARISTIDE. 53. EusEMIA THRUPPI, sp. n. 2. Allied to H. superba’, but the spots on the thorax and at base of primaries yellow, the latter extending to basal fourth, where they form a sinuous series ; the first pair of larger spots differing in that the anterior spot is of only about a third the size of that in E. superba, and the lower spot is cuneiform and rests on the inner margin ; the other spots on the wing differ but little: secondaries with the apical two thirds orange-ochreous, changing below the cell to rose-red ; external border about half the width of that of Z. superba, and without the white apical spot of that species; abdomen shining fulvous, becoming redder towards the base, not banded with black as in all the allied species. Expanse of wings 80 millim. One female. More than eighty miles south of Berbera.—Thrupp. * In the Museum from Natal, Zulu Land, and Nyanza. 776 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. [Nov. 3, SATURNIIDA. 54. SATURNIA OUBIE. Bombyx oubie, Guérin, Voy. in Abyss. pl. 12. figs. 1, 2. Saturnia zaddachii, Dewitz, Mitth. d. Minch. Ver. 1879, Taf. ii. fig. 6. Four females, all more or less damaged.—Thrupp. From the figures of this species I had always supposed it to be allied to Antherea tyrrea (which, however, is hardly a typical Antherea). In coloration it corresponds with A. delina, and in pattern, excepting for its pale nervures, with A. hersilia. After careful examination of all its structural characters, however, it appears not to differ from typical Saturnia ; the antenne, with their alternate unequal serration, the short palpi, short proboscis, legs, and nervures, including the apical furcation of the subcostal branches, all correspond with those of the female S. pavonia-maor, and yet the pattern is distinctly that of the African representatives of Antherea. I can find no reason for separating S. zaddachii from S. oubie ; as Herr Dewitz does not mention the figure by M. Guérin, it was most probably overlooked by him ; at the same time I should greatly prefer to use the later and less barbarous name if it were possible. One of the specimens obtained by Mr. Thrupp shows a curious modification of wing-structure, the upper radial of the left-hand primary being united by a cross-vein to the last subcostal branch. HELIOTHIDZ. 55. HEeLioTHIs PELTIGERA. Noctua peltigera, Denis & Schiffermiiller, Wien. Verz. p. 89, n. 2. One example, marked simply “ Somali coast.”-—Yerbury. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII. Fig. 1. Acrea mirabilis, 2, p. 760. 2. Catochrysops naidina, p. 762. 8. Castalius lactinatus, p. 764. 4. Chloroselas esmeralda, p. 765. 5. Spindasis somalina, 2, p. 764. 6. Hypolycena umbrosa, p. 766. 7. Teracolus preciarus, 3° 769. 8, 9. heliocaustus, 3, & p. 768. 10. —— thruppi, 3, p. 771. ile phillipsi, 2, p. 772. 12. Synchloe distorta, p. 774. vy Tae i H af by y ay ae ral io From: nat on Stone by J.Erxleben nhart imp. MASTODON LATIDENS 3P4 left upper molar “NI ™sI “I 1885. } ON A TOOTH OF MASTODON LATIDENS. 3. Description of a Tooth of Mastodon latidens, Clift, from Borneo. By R. Lypexker, B.A., &c. [Received August 18, 1885.] (Plate XLVIITI.) The specimen forming the subject of the present notice was forwarded from Borneo to the Secretary of this Society by Mr. A. H. Everett, C.M.Z.S., who stated that it was found during the early part of the present year by a Kadayan in the jungie in the. vicinity of Bruni, on the north-west coast of Borneo. Owing to the country being in a disturbed state Mr. Everett could not visit the locality to make further inquiries ; but there seems no doubt that the history of the specimen is a true one. The specimen is the crown of the last left upper true molar of a tetralophodont J/astodon, and agrees so closely with Indian teeth of the Siwalik Mastodon latidens, Clift *, that it may be safely referred to that species, although it indicates a very small individual. In mineralogical condition the specimen agrees very closely with many Burmese specimens of the teeth of the same species, although its colour is rather darker than is usually the case. The crown carries five low transverse ridges, and a well-marked hind talon (¢a) ; each ridge extends straight across the crown, and the intervening valleys are quite open and uninterrupted by accessory tubercles ; there is a very small quantity of cement at the base of the hinder valleys. Each ridge is divided into an inner and an outer moiety by a longitudinal cleft, which is placed nearest to the outer border of the tooth. The first two ridges are partially worn, and show dentine islets ; the third is very slightly worn, but its enamel is not perforated ; while the fourth and fifth, together with the talon, are untouched ; the third and fourth ridges show that there are four cusps on the inner and two on the outer side of the longitudinal cleft. The inner moieties of the first and second ridges present dentine islets with a very imperfect trefoil shape ; and when more worn the islets of the inner and outer moieties would unite and form transverse bands. On the anterior aspect there is a disk caused by the pressure of an adjacent molar, but the posterior aspect exhibits no such disk; these features, together with the characteristic shape of the crown and the number of ridges, show that the tooth is the last of the true molar series. Compared with the large series of Indian and Burmese teeth of Mastodon latidens figured by the present writer in the ‘ Palzeontologia Indica’ (Mem. Geol. Surv. India*), the present specimen agrees precisely in all general characters. The only other species to which it presents any resemblance is the Indian M. perimensis, of which characteristic teeth are figured in the same work’; but it is 1 Trans. Geol. Soe. ser. 2, vol. ii. pt. 8, p. 871 (1828). ? Ser. 10, vol. i. pls. xxxvii.—xxxix (1880). 3 Vol. i. pls. x1., xlii., and vol. iii. pl. xvi. 778 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A [Nov. 3, readily distinguished by the lower ridges, open valleys, less distinct dentine trefoils, and much smaller quantity of cement. Compared with the large unworn third right upper true molar of M. latidens from the Punjab, figured in plate xxxix. of the first volume of the work cited’, it will be seen that the Borneo specimen agrees in the number of ridges (although the hind talon is considerably smaller), but is of greatly inferior size, the dimensions of the two specimens being as follows, in inches :— Punjab. _— Borneo. Extreme length .............. 8°6 6°3 Width of first ridge ........'.. 4:2 2°95 In plate xxxi. figs. 3, 3a, of Falconer and Cautley’s ‘ Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis’ there is figured on a reduced scale part of the right maxilla of an example of M. latidens from Burma (of which there is a cast in the British Museum) exhibiting two molars, which in the description of the plate * are provisionally regarded as the last milk- and the first true molar. This determination was accepted by the writer (who had not then seen the specimen) in the ‘ Paleontologia Indica,’ ° although it was remarked that the form of the second tooth (which carries five ridges and a talon) must, on this view, be abnormal. A comparison of that specimen with the Borneo tooth shows that the second tooth in the former must be likewise the last true molar ; and as its dimensions are 5°6 x 2°9 inches, it indicates an individual agreeing very closely in size with the one to which the Borneo tooth belonged. This Burmese specimen is also figured by Clift in the Trans. Geol. Soe. ser. 2, vol. ii. pl. xxxvii. fig. 1, and is one of the types. There is a very similar tooth in the British Museum (no. 37253) from Perim Island. The descriptive part of this paper may therefore be concluded by observing that the specimen under consideration indicates the occurrence of MM. latidens in Borneo ; and also that a small race of the species existed both there and in Burma. The smaller race was apparently of rare occurrence in the latter country; and it will be extremely interesting if future finds should show that the island form always belonged to this race. Coming now to distributional considerations, it may be observed that Mastodon latidens occurs in Perim Island in the Gulf of Cambay *, and thence may be traced ° through Sind, the Punjab, and the Western Himalaya to Burma; from which point the present specimen extends its range to Borneo. The present writer has already shown ° that some of the species of Indian Siwalik stegodont 1 Owing to an inadvertence of the artist the specimen is viewed from the outer instead of from the inner side. 2 «Falconer’s Palzontological Memoirs,’ vol. i. p. 463 (1868). 3 Op. cit. vol. i. pp. 2381-232. * Specimens in Brit. Mus. 5 «Paleontologia Indica,’ op. cit. vol. i. pp. 228, 229. ® Ibid. vol. i. pp. 256 e¢ seg., 268 e¢ seg.; vol. ii. p. 289 (in this passage Elephas bombifrons is erroneously given for E. insignis) ; and Rec. Geol. Surv. Ind. vol. xvi. pp. 158-161 (1883). 1885. ] TOOTH OF MASTODON LATIDENS. 779 Elephants ranged into China; and Dr. E. Naumann‘ has indicated the occurrence of several of these species in Japan; while more recently Herr K. Martin has described and figured * some fragments of molars of a stegodont Elephant from Java, which he thinks may probably belong either to LHlephas insignis or L. bombifrons*®. At a still later date teeth of Siwalik species of Elephas and Mastodon have been described by Dr. E. Koken * from Western China. It thus seems that the Pliocene proboscidean fauna of India extended into the extreme east of Asia, where, from its association with Elephas namadicus and E. primigenius °, it probably) persisted into the Pleistocene. As much interest will attach to the discovery of other remains of the Order from these regions, the attention of travellers and collectors may be particularly directed to their acquisition. ' It may be added that Mastodon latidens is an interesting form, since it is one that apparently passes insensibly into other species. Thus the normal number of ridges in the “ intermediate ’’ molars is four, but a fifth is occasionally present °, in which case there is but one step to the simplest of the stegodont Elephants, viz. Hlephas clifti, in which there are six ridges. In the opposite direction, by a slightly increased development of accessory columns and the heightening of the ridges, an approach is made to the tetralophodont M. perimensis, and although typical teeth of the two species are very distinct, yet there are specimens in the British Museum of which it is very difficult to say to which species they belong. The tetra- lophodont WZ. perimensis appears again to show indications of passing into M. pandionis", in which the intermediate molars have but three ridges. Not only is there, therefore, no real distinction be- tween Mastodon and Elephas, but it is more than doubtful whether individual species of the two can be always differentiated. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVIII. The third left upper true molar of a dwarf race of Mastodon latidens, in an early stage of wear, from near Bruni, Borneo. The specimen is drawn of the natural size, as viewed from the grinding-surface (fig. 1) and from the outer side (fig. 2); ta, hind talon. 1 «Palwontographica,’ vol. xxviii. art i, (1881). See also ‘ Paleontologia Indiea,’ op. cz. vol. ii. pp. 65-66. 2 « Beitrige z. Geol. Ost-Asiens und Australiens,’ in Sammlungen d. Geol. Reich. Mus. in Leiden, no. 10 (1884). 3 Herr Martin mentions a previous notice by Junghun in 1857 of similar remains discovered by himself in the mountains of Pati=Ajam, near Japara, in Java. 4 Palwontologische Abhandlungen, vol. iii. pt. 2 (1885). ° Vide Naumann, op, cit. 8 Vide Pal. Ind. ser. 10, vol. i. pl. xxxvili. 7 Ibid. vol. iii. p. 153. 780 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE (Nov. 3, 4. A Monograph of the Genus Paradovurus, F. Cuv. By W. T. Buanrorp, F.R.S. [Received August 19, 1885.] (Plates XLIX. & L.) I have recently had occasion to prepare, for a forthcoming work on Indian Mammalia, an account of the species of Paradoxurus inhabiting India, Burma, and Ceylon. In the course of my work I have found it necessary to examine in detail the literature relating to the different forms, and I have come to conclusions differing somewhat from those hitherto published on the subject. It may perhaps be of use to those who have occasion to deal with species belonging to the genus, which are by no means easy to determine, if I state the results of my inquiries and extend them to all the species belonging to this generic type. My work has been principally based on the collection of skins and skulls in the British-Museum collection, in examining which I have received much assistance from Mr. Oldfield Thomas, who had already arranged the specimens to a considerable extent, and to whom I am indebted for much information and for many suggestions. The latest attempt at an arrangement and definition of the species belonging to the genus and its allies was made, so far as I can ascertain, by the late Dr. J. E. Gray in his revision of the genera and species of Viverrine animals. This appeared in the Pro- ceedings of the Society for 1864, and was republished, with a few addi- tional notes and references, in the ‘Catalogue of Carnivorous, Pachy- dermatous, and Edentate Mammalia in the British Museum’ (1869). In the classification there adopted, nine species of Paradocurus are admitted, besides three of Paguma, one of Arctogale, and one of Nandinia. In addition to these eight more “species of this group requiring further examination” are enumerated, and at least three other nominal species are mentioned. So far as I am aware only one species’, P. musschenbroeki, from Celebes, has been described since Dr. Gray’s Catalogue appeared ; but in that Catalogue some names previously given are omitted”, amongst which are P. nubie, F. Cuv., P. rubidus, Blyth, and P. tytleri, Tytler. As will be seen in the sequel, my own conclusions as to the species of the genus differ widely from Dr. Gray’s, whose Catalogue contains numerous mistakes of various kinds*. 1 Except of course P. jerdoni, above, p. 613. 2 A few names that have, so far as I can find, never been published are added in the synonymy. There may have been a reason, though its nature is not clear, for the insertion of these technically unborn terms, but there is no scientific purpose to be served by repeating them. 3 T will point out two, which are characteristic, and occur in the synonymy of one species, Paguma grayi, P.Z.8. 1864, p. 541, and Cat. Carn. &e. Mamm. B. M. 1869, p. 73. The first is the quotation of “ Paradoxurus bondar, Temminck, Mon. ii. p. 332, t. 55. f. 1-4 (skull, not syn.),” as asynonym of Paguma grayi. The late quoted, 55, is a mistake for 65, and figures 1-4 for figures 4-6, as is 1885. ] GENUS PARADOXURUS. 781 Before proceeding to the synonymy of the species, a few words on the history of the genus may be useful. That no notice of so extremely common and widely distributed an Oriental type as Paradoxurus should be found amongst the earlier zoological writers of the 17th and 18th centuries would be very remarkable. It is probable that some of the descriptions given by Sonnerat and others’ were founded upon species of this genus. The first account, however, that has hitherto been recognized as evident from the fact that in Gray’s ‘ List of the Specimens of Mammalia in the Collection of the British Museum,’ published in 1843, the quotation runs pl. 65. f. 4-6, and these are the figures called P. bondar by Temminck. Gray evi- dently accuses Temminck in 1843, again in 1864, and once more in 1869, of having figured the skull of P. grayi by mistake for that of P. bondar. Now the two skulls differ much in form, and I can only say that Gray is entirely in error, and that Temminck appears to me quite right. It is true that on the same plate 65 of Temminck’s monograph figures 1-3 represent the skull of P. larvatus, which is extremely similar to that of P. grayz; but these figures 1-3 were quoted by Gray in all the works mentioned under Paguma larvata, with the addition in P. Z.8. 1864, p. 540, of t. 55. f. 1-3, which, although copied without alteration in the subsequent B.M. Catalogue of 1869, is, of course, an absurd mistake, as plate 55 in Temminck’s monograph contains figures of bats. The description in Temminck’s work at p. 832 is also that of P. bondar (=P. niger), and not of P. grayi. The mistake on Gray’s part is the more noteworthy, because in P. Z. 8. 1864, p. 527 (and in the B.M. Catalogue of 1869), he states that some of Temminck’s figures of skulls are wrongly deter- mined, and this figure of P. bondar is, so far as I can see, the only case quoted. The second instance is the quotation, also under Paguma grayi, of “ Ambly- odon doré, Jourdan, Ann. Sci. Nat. viii. 276 (1837).” On the next page Gray writes thus :—‘‘ The only character that M. Jourdan gives for Amblyodon is the following,” and a quotation in French of some length follows from the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles.’ It is probable that Gray’s knowledge of French did not enable him to thoroughly understand the passage, or he must have suspected a mistake, the fact being that the paper in the ‘Annales des Se. Nat.’ is not by M. Jourdan at all, but is a review of M. Jourdan’s paper by De Blainyille, and extracted from the ‘Comptes Rendus.’ Had Gray turned ‘to Jourdan’s original description in the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ y. p. 442, he would haye found a description at least as good as any of his own, and would pro- bably not have referred the species to P. grayi. Judging from the description, De Blainville was perfectly right in identifying it, in his ‘ Ostéographie,’ with P. lewcomystax. My reason for quoting these two mistakes is that in each case a charge is brought against another naturalist upon evidence furnished by Dr. Gray’s own blunders. To correct. Dr. Gray’s mistakes in detail would be a Herculean labour, but unfortunately they are constantly leading others astray. Thus, in P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 525, the genus Crocufa is said to be distinguished by having “the hinder legs short.” In the 1869 Catalogue, p. 212, Hyena is further characterized as having ‘‘legs subequal.” Evidently the characters have been transposed, for the hind legs are much shorter in Hyena than in Crocuta; but in a recent article on the Viverride and their allies, wherein Gray’s separation of the genera Crocuta and Hyenais noticed, one of the distinguish- ing characters of the former genus is said to be that the hind limbs are shorter than the fore limbs. 1 Schreber and Gmelin, under Viverra zeylonensis (V. zeylanica), refer to Martes philippensis, Camelli, Phil, Trans. xxv. p. 2204, and Gray also refers to this species under Paradoxurus zeylanicus. Camelli merely mentioned a species of Marten, of which he gave an imperfect description, amongst the Mammalia inhabiting the Philippine Islands, The so-called Marten may, how- ever, have been a Paradoxurus. Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1885, No. LI. 51 782 MR, W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [Nov. 3, applying to a form of Paradozxurus is one by Buffon, who, in the Supplement to his ‘ Histoire Naturelle,’ described an animal that he called ‘‘ La Genette de France,”’ and evidently believed to be a French species of Genet. As was, however, shown by F. Cuvier’, the animal described and figured, which was from an unknown locality, and had been purchased in London, was probably an Indian Paradoxurus; but even in this case the identification is somewhat doubtful, for there were, according to Buffon, traces of annulations on the tail. The next notices are in Schreber’s ‘ Saugethiere,’ where deserip- tions by Pallas are given of animals named by the latter naturalist Viverra hermaphrodita and V, zeylonensis. The following is a translation of the description in German of V. hermaphrodita, Schreb. Siiugeth. iii. p. 426 :— “The muzzle as far as and above the eyes is black, so are also the long bristles of the beard (Barte, which would include the vibrisse) and above the eyes, the ears, the throat throughout its whole breadth, and the feet. In front of the ears the black has a light grey margin. A white spot exists under the eye, and another amongst the vibrisse, almost as in the Genet. The hair is long, grey near the skin, black at the tip, consequently the fur assumes a mixed, but more of a black colour. Over the back run three quite black stripes. The belly is lighter. The tail is longer than the body, black at the end. The nails are yellow. ‘Over the penis there extends a longish naked spot as far as the anus. Where this spot begins, the soft white skin makes a double fold with a raised division lying between. This has occasioned the animal to be exhibited to ignorant people as a hermaphrodite.” The description leaves no reasonable doubts that the animal was a Paradoxurus. he size is said to have been between that of a Civet Cat and that of a Genet. The description agrees well with the common Paradoxurus of the Malay countries, now generally known as P, musanga. The presence of the stripes on the back shows that the animal was in all probability not the Indian form (P. niger, v. typus). The Malay species has usually a broad white or whitish band across the forehead, instead of merely a “light grey margin” ; but this is an extremely variable character. The specimen, it is true, was said to be from Barbary, but no North-African mammal corresponds to the descrip- tion. The Viverra zeylonensis of Pallas” has also been identified by Gray and others with a species of Paradoxurus found in Ceylon, but in this case the identification is very much more doubtful. The Ceylon species is of a uniform dull rufous or ferruginous colour throughout, whilst in Pallas’s description the coloration was said to be grey above, overspread with brown, below paler, blackish on the hinder parts of the back and on the tail; and there is nothing by which the animal can be satisfactorily determined. The vibrissze 1 Hist. Nat. Mamm., notes to pl. 186, La Martre des Palmiers ou Pougouné. 2 Schreb. Saugeth. iii, p. 451. ¢ 1885. ] GENUS PARADOXURUS. 783 are said to have been whitish, which precludes the idea of the specimen having belonged to the common P. niger ; and although it was probably a Paradoxurus that was described, this is far from certain, the presence of a groove beneath the penis being the only indication of generic affinities. Nothing is said of a naked area around the genitals nor of the characters of the feet, It is true that it is difficult to tell what other animal from Ceylon could have been described by Pallas, but a hundred years ago localities were by no means trustworthy, as is shown in the case of V. hermaphrodita. The Musk or Musky Weasel of Pennant’s ‘History of Quadrupeds’ (3rd edition, vol. ii. p. 72, published in 1793) has been referred to a species of Paradorurus by Gray’, and probably with justice. The description was taken from the drawing of a Bengal animal in the possession of Sir Elijah Impey. Beyond copies and translations of Pallas’s descriptions in the compilations of Zimmermann, Gmelin, Boddaert, and Shaw, I can find nothing further published on the subject until 1820°. In that year Desmarest’s ‘ Mammalogie’ appeared, with descriptions of Viverra prehensilis, p. 208, and V, bondar, p. 210, founded by De Blainville on figures in the library of the East-India Company, London. The drawings are fortunately still in existence and are easily recognized ; they are amongst a series made for Dr. Buchanan Hamilton by native artists, and have written on them the names Ichneumon prehensilis and Ichneumon bondar, which were apparently given by Buchanan Hamilton himself. Moreover the Bengali names are written on each drawing in the ordinary cursive Bengali character ; and as this character is peculiar to Bengal, it serves to show where the drawings were made, and probably that the animals represented were well known in the country, though but little value can be attached to this evidence. I am indebted to Mr. Long for decipher- ing the names. The drawing of Ichneumon bondur, the Bengali names assigned to which are bhdém and bhondar, represents the common Indian Paradowurus unmistakably. This is important, as will be seen presently, because Jerdon has classed P. bondar as distinct. The figure of IJchneuwmon prehensilis, of which the Bengali name is given as Bdghddnkh, represents, I believe, the striped race or species, which I refer to P. hermaphroditus, common in Lower Bengal and at the foot of the Himalayas. The Para- doxurus prehensilis, figured in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1877, pl. Ixxi., is, however, I think, a different form, Arctogale leucotis. 1 PZ. 8. 1832, p. 65. 2 Dr. Gray, in his ‘Catalogue of the Carnivorous, Pachydermatous, and - Edentate Mammalia in the British Museum,’ p. 77, footnote, states that M. de Blainville saw the drawings collected by Buchanan Hamilton, at the India House, in 1816, and published a paper in the Bull. Soc. Philom, for that year, with descriptions of Viverra prehensilis and other species. There is no such paper by De Blainville in the ‘Bulletin de la Société Philomathique’ for 1816, nor can I find any reference to any such paper amongst the Royal Society’s list of De Blainyille’s contributions to the periodical named and to other journals, whilst Desmarest makes no reference to a previous publication of the name. 51* ~- 784 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [Nov. 3, It may be here remarked that De Blainville’s name Viverra pre- hensilis cannot be applied to any species of Paradoxurus, because there is a much earlier use of the same term Viverra prehensilis by Kerr in 1792 (An. King. p. 169) for the Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). A third species in Desmarest’s ‘Mammalogie’ is Viverra nigra, p. 208, founded upon skins sent by M. Leschenault de Latour from Pondicherry under the French name of La Marte des palmiers or palm-marten. Although the description was supposed by Otto to be that of Arctictis binturong, there can be, I think, no question but that the skin described by Desmarest was that of the common Indian Paradoxurus. The generic name Paradoxurus was proposed in the succeeding year, 1821, by F. Cuvier in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres ’ for an animal living in the Menagerie at Paris, and sent by M. Lechenault' from Pondicherry as La Martre des palmiers, clearly the same species as that, a skin of which in the previous year had formed the type of Desmarest’s Viverra nigra. Cuvier proposed a new specific title, Paradoxurus typus, for his animal ; and as the name was accompanied by a coloured figure, which, although far from a good representation, is fairly recognizable, this name has been more generally used than any of the-earlier specific titles. The generic name was founded on the circumstance of the animal carrying its long tail in a coil, a peculiarity that appears to be very common in caged specimens belonging to this genus, but which has never, so far as I can learn, been observed in the wild state. That the coiling is due to a diseased condition is evident from the circumstance that many animals thus affected are unable to uncoil their tails. In the ‘Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle,’ vol. ix. p- 41 (1822), F. Cuvier added two additional species, P. albifrons and P. aureus. The former, from a drawing by Duvaucel of an animal in the Menagerie at Barrackpoor Park, near Calcutta, was not a Paradoxurus at all, but Arctictis binturong; the latter was taken from a young animal, preserved in spirit, of unknown origin. As it was coloured of a golden tawny (fauve doré) throughout, the only species to which it can be referred is the Ceylonese animal subsequently called P. zeylanicus by Gray. Long subsequently, in 1839, F. Cuvier, the younger, figured and described in one of the numbers of the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes’ a specimen said to have been brought from Nubia by a Mr. Burton, under the name of Paradorurus nubie. The figure may have been taken from a typical variety of P. hermaphroditus. Viverra musanga was described by Raffles in 1822, and subse- quently referred to Paradoxurus in Horsfield’s ‘ Zoological Researches in Java.’ Another species, P. /eucopus, was added by Ogilby, in the ‘Zoological Journal’ of 1828, vol. iv. p. 304. Gulo larvatus, described originally by Hamilton Smith, was made the type of a new genus, Paguma, by Gray, in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings,’ Part 1 1 Doubtless the same as is mentioned by Desmarest, though his name is spelt with a slight difference 1885.] GENUS PARADOXURUS. 785 (1831), and referred by him to Paradowurus in the next volume of the same work. In the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1832, pp. 65-68, Dr. Gray gave a list’ of the known species of Paradoxurus, and proposed as new P. pennantii, P. dubius, P. pallasii, P. crossii, P. hamil- tonii, P. trivirgatus, and P. finlaysonii, besides enumerating P. typus, P. bondar, P. prehensilis, P. musanga, P. hermaphroditus, P. leucopus, P. larvatus, and P. binotatus previously described. He was also inclined to refer to the genus Viverra malaccensis of Gmelin (which, however, is a Viverricula) and Paradoxurus aureus of F. Cuvier. In Gray and Hardwicke’s ‘Illustrations of Indian Zoology,’ P. crossii, P. pallasii, P. prehensilis, P. hamiltonii, P. larvatus, P. bondar, and P. pennantii are figured. he figures are not good, and some of them are very inferior, P. prehensilis, P. bondar, and P. pennantii being founded on drawings alone, as was also P. finlaysoni2. In 1837 Gray described six more supposed species of the genus— P. quinquelineatus, P. leucomystax, P. musangoides, P. derbyanus, P. zebra, and P. jourdanii—in Charlesworth’s ‘ Magazine of Natural History,’ vol. i. Another name, P. nigrifrons, was added by the same author in the ‘ List of the Specimens of Mammalia in the Collection of the British Museum,’ published in 1843. Otto, in the ‘ Nova Acta Academic Leop.-Car.’ for 1835, gave an excellent description and good figures of an animal which he recognized as the Viverra hermaphrodita of Pallas, but which he did not identify with Cuvier’s genus Paradowurus. He gave an account with illustrations of the genital glands, and proposed a new generic name Platyschista and the specific term pallasit. In the same year Paradoxurus grayi was described by Bennett in the Proceedings of this Society. In 1536 Hodgson added three more names, P. hirsutus, P. nipalensis, and P.lanigerus (subsequently corrected to daniger), in the ‘ Asiatic Researches,’ vol. xix. In 1837 Jourdan in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ proposed two new genera under the names of Hemigalus (Hemigale is preferable) and Ambliodon ( Amblyodon). No Latin specific names were given; the animals were called Hemigale zébré and Ambliodon doré. An essay by De Blainville on these two forms appeared in the ‘ Comptes Rendus,’ and was copied into the Ann. Sci. Nat. 2me sér. viii. p. 270, and in the table at the end he united Ambliodon and Paradoxurus, whilst leaving Hemigale as a distinct section ; both being considered sub- genera or sections of Viverra. Ina subsequent page of the same volume of the ‘Comptes Rendus,’ Mr. Jourdan briefly described a species of Paradoxurus from the Philippines, under the name of P. philippinensis. This paper was reviewed by F. Cuvier in the ‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles.’ About 1839 there appeared a monograph of the genus by Tem- ‘minck, in the ‘ Monographies de Mammalogie,’ vol. 11. Temminck admitted seven species, viz. P. typus, P. musanga, P. leucomystax, 1 This paper was reprinted in the ‘ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ vol. ii. p. 377, 786 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [Nov. 3, P. larvatus, P. bondar, P. trivirgatus, and P. binotatus, and classed as doubtful P. leucopus, P. philippensis, and P. prehensilis, This monograph is by far the best attempt at reducing to order a very difficult and complicated genus that has appeared. Gray speaks of it (P. Z.S. 1864, pp. 527, 534) in severe terms; and there are un- doubtedly some mistakes, several of which appear due to informa- tion given by Mr. Ogilby having been incorrect or misunderstood. I can only say that Temminck’s work appears to me superior in every respect to Dr. Gray’s, and that out of the species admitted by the former I find only one, P. bondar, that does not appear a fairly distinct form. Temmiuck considers P. pallasii, P. crossii, P. dubius, and P. hermaphroditus of Gray identical with P. musanga, P. pennantii the same as P. bondar, and P. hamiltonii identical with P. dinotata. In all this I agree; but the union of P. grayi and P. laniger with P. larvatus, which Temminck gives on the authority of Ogilby, is not admissible so far as the present evidence goes, although P. grayi and P. larvatus appear closely allied. P. laniger seems totally distinct’. Temminck also looked upon the Ambdliodon doré and the Para- doxurus philippinensis of Jourdan as the same. This was, I think, a mistake. In De Blainville’s ‘Ostéographie,’ under Viverra, an account of the osteology of Paradozxurus typus (P. niger) is given; and in the Atlas two skulls belonging to the restricted genus are figured—one called P. hermaphroditus in the text and P. typus in the Atlas (probably that of P. niger); the other called P. auratus and appa- rently that of Jourdan’s Ambliodon doré, which in the text is recognized as identical with P. leucomystax. Wagner’s Supplement to Schreber’s Siiugethiere, vol. ii., pub- lished in 1841, contains descriptions of the following species con- sidered distinct :—P. leucopus, P. grayi, P. nipalensis, P. typus, P. musanga, P. trivirgatus, P. leucomystax, P. hirsutus, P. felinus, P. larvatus, P. laniger, P. annulatus, and P. hamiltoni. Besides these, P. crossi, P. prehensilis, P. quinquelineatus, P. jourdanii, P. derbyanus, P. zebra, and P. philippensis are enumerated as imper- fectly known. P. annulatus is a supposed new species, founded on a young individual with a ringed tail (probably a variety of Nandinia binotata) in the Munich Museum, and P. felinus is pro- posed as a preferable name for P. hermaphroditus. Wagner’s ar- rangement of the species appears on the whole inferior to Temminck’s. In Schinz’s ‘Synopsis Mammalium,’ vol. i., published in 1844, P. typus, P. musanga, P. leucomystax, P. larvatus, P. bondar, P. trivirgatus, P. binotatus, P. annulatus, P. leucopus, P. philippensis, and P. nipalensis are included in the genus; and in the Supplement to the second volume P. guinguelineatus, P. musangoides, and P. nubie are added. A few other species have been described in various works. Amongst ? J found some peculiarly coloured specimens of P. grayi in the British- Museum collection labelled P. laniger. It is possible that Ogilby may haye seen these, and have thus been induced to confound the two species. 1885.] GENUS PARADOXURUS. 737 these were P. ogilbyi, locality unknown, in 1849 by Fraser, in his ‘Zoologia Typica’; P. setosus, from Ceram, by Hombron and Jac- quinot, in the ‘ Voyage au Pole Sud’; P. erassiceps, by Pucheran in 1855; P. montanus, Kelaart, by Blyth, in 1851; P. rubidus, by Blyth, in 1858; and P. strictus and P. quadriscriptus, by Hodgson, in 1855. In Horsfield’s ‘ Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Museum of the East-India Company,’ published in 1851, the following species were enumerated :—Paradoxurus typus, P. musanga, P. prehensilis, P. trivirgatus, P. pallasii, P. finluysonii, P. leucotis, Paguma grayi, and P. bondar. Of these P. Jeucotis, Blyth, was new. Temminck, in his ‘ Esquisses Zoologiques sur la Céte de Guinée,’ which appeared in 1853, gave a fresh list of the species comprised in this genus. In this list two additional names were added to those previously enumerated as valid in his monograph; these were P. ogilbyi and P. stigmaticus, the latter described from Borneo in the . ‘ Esquisses.’ Giebel’s ‘ Siiugethiere ’ (1859) contained accounts of nine specific forms: P. leucopus, P. larvatus, P. philippensis, P. leucomystac, P. bondar, P. typus, P. musanga, P. trivirgatus, and P. binotatus. Some caustic remarks, not more severe than the occasion demanded, were added upon the mere nominal species invented by Dr. Gray and others. In Gray’s Monographs of 1864 (P. Z. S.) and 1869 (Cat. Carn. &e. Mamm. B.M.) two additional names are introduced: P. fasciatus instead of P. musanga, founded, but erroneously, as shown by Alston’, on Desmarest’s Viverra fasciata, and P. macrodus. P. fuscus of Kelaart is also mentioned under P. zeylanicus, but no such specific name was used by Kelaart, who only called the form P. zeylanicus var. fuscus. Some other MS. names are enumerated as synonyms ; the only one of any importance is P. leucocephalus, Gray, ‘ Voy. Samarang,’ quoted under P. /eucomystax. I cannot find any notice of the species in the work named. Blyth’s ‘ Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Museum Asiatic Society’ (Calcutta, 1863), contained the following names, with synonymy, of species represented in the collection:—P. musanga (inclusive of P. typus), P. zeylanicus, P. trivirgatus, P. leucotis, P. laniger (?), P. leucomystax, P. grayi, and P. rubidus. In Jerdon’s ‘Mammals of India’ (1867), the only species described are P. musanga, P. grayi, and P. bondar, but Cingalese, Assamese, and Burmese forms are omitted. From Burma Blyth, in the List of Mammals publisbed in 1875, records P. grayi, P. musanga, P. tri- virgatus, and P. leucotis. 'The ouly species included in Mr. Swinhoe’s list of the mammals of Southern China (P. Z. S. 1870, p. 630) is P. larvatus. Adding to the above list the few names recently given, we have thus a grand total of no less than forty-nine specific terms given by 1 P,Z.8. 1879, p. 666. 788 MR, W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [Nov. 3, various writers to forms that are, or have been, recognized as belong- ing to the genus Paradovurus. Of these no less than sixteen have been invented by Dr. J. E. Gray, and five by Mr. B. H. Hodgson. A considerable proportion of the nominal species have been made upon drawings (some of them very bad, to judge by the copies pub- lished) and immature specimens, and it is not always possible to identify such names satisfactorily. A few of the names enumerated, however, are no longer included in the genus Paradoxurus. Besides such instances as P. albifrons, of F. Cuvier, a synonym of Aretictis binturong, several species for- merly included in Paradourus are now separated by most naturalists. To Hemigale (variously spelt Hemigalus aud Hemigalea) belong P. derbianus, Gray, and P. zebra, Gray, both of which names appear to have been given to the same species, now known by an older specific name, H. hardwichii, also bestowed by Dr. Gray. Similarly, P. binotatus and P. hamiltonii, two more of Dr. Gray’s names, are now recognized as identical, and are distinguished as Nandinia, the African representative of the Oriental Paradoruri. A third generic type, Arctogale, has, like the preceding, been admitted by Flower' and Mivart*; and although it is more nearly allied than the other two genera just mentioned to true Paradoxurus, the much smaller teeth, the very narrow and peculiarly formed mesopterygoid fossa, and, apparently, the absence of any conspicuous naked space corre- sponding to the genital glandular area®, show an amount of distinc- tion that may perhaps be accepted as generic. It is true that as regards the teeth and the characters of the mesopterygoid fossa, a decided approach to Arctogale is made by the group of Paradoxuri distinguished by Gray as Paguma*, and by Jourdan as Amblyodon ; but the difference from typical Paradorurus is much smaller. I do not think the matter of much importance; and as the genus Para- doxurus, when the nominal species are weeded out, is not so large as to require division, and as all the species are similar in external appearance and habits, it appears to me better to retain this generic group to the extent generally admitted by the naturalists of the present day. The genus Aretogale was proposed in MS. by Peters, and adopted and published by Gray®. The type is said to be Paradoxurus tri- virgatus ; but after examining the type of that species, which is in the Leyden Museum, I am disposed to believe that two forms have been confounded under that name. Unfortunately I omitted, when on a visit to Berlin recently, to examine Peters’s type; but the specimens described as A. trivirgata by Gray in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1864, and again in the ‘ Catalogue of Carnivorous } « Eneyclopedia Britannica,’ vol. xv., Art. Mammalia, p. 436. 2 P.Z.S8. 1882, pp. 163, 169. ° This was noticed by Dr. Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 543. 4 Proposed P. Z.S8. 1831, p. 95, for P. larvata. The description related chiefly to the dentition. Subsequently, P. Z.S. 1832, p. 65, Dr. Gray stated that this genus was first established on an animal that had not completely shed its milk-teeth, although its true molars were partly developed. ® P.Z. 8. 1864, p. 542. 1885.] GENUS PARADOXURUS. 789 &e. Mammalia,’ published in 1869, appear to me to belong to Paradowxurus stigmaticus of Temminck ; and this I am inclined to agree with Dr. Jentink’ in considering distinct from the original Viverra trivirgata of Reinwardt, and consequently from Dr. Gray’s Paradoxurus trivirgatus* founded on Reinwardt’s specimen. The skulls of the two* differ considerably, that of P. stigmaticus being much longer in proportion, with the palate further produced back- wards, and much narrower behind the postorbital processes. Some other differences have been pointed out by Dr. Jentink. But amongst the skins in the British Museum is the type of Paradocurus leucotis, Blyth, originally described by Horsfield*, and subsequently by Blyth’, whose descriptions agree perfectly well. This skin appears to me to be a pale variety of Temminck’s P. stig- maticus, and, if so, Blyth’s name, which has priority by two years, must be retained for the species. The skull and mandible figured by Dr. Mivart (P. Z. 8. 1882, p- 165, fig. 9) are those of Arctogale leucotis®. The following is the principal synonymy of the two forms referred to Arctogale :— 1. ARCTOGALE TRIVIRGATA. Viverra trivirgata, Reinw. MS. Paradoxurus trivirgatus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1832, p.68; Temm. Mon. Mam. ii. p. 333, pl. 63. f. 1; Miller, Zoogd. Ind. Arch.- p. 55; Wagner, Schreb. Saugeth. ii. p. 346, partim; Schinz, Syn. Mamm.i. p- 385, partim ; Horsfield, Cat. Mam. Mus. E. I. Co. p. 64, partim ; Giebel, Saugeth. p. 801, partim; Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 35. Length of skull from occipital condyles to alveolar margin of pre- maxillary bones 3°8 inches, palate length 2-1, breadth at junction of upper sectorials with first true molars 1, breadth of brain-case behind postorbital proce-ses 0°75. Hab. Java only. 2. ARCTOGALE LEUCOTIS. Paradoxurus leucotis, Blyth, Horsfield, Cat. Mus. E. I. Co. p. 66 (1851); id. J. A.S. B. xxvii. p. 274; id. Cat. Mamm. Mus. A. S. p- 48; id. Cat. Mam. Birds Burma, p. 26; Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p- 544; id. Cat. Carn. &. Mamm. B. M. 1869, p. 76. Paradoxurus stigmaticus, Temm. Esquisses Zool. p. 121 (1853) ; 1 Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 35. 2 P. Z.S. 1832, p. 68. 3 Tt should, however, be stated that in neither of the actual type specimens is the skull preserved. * Cat. Mamm. Mus. E. I. Co. p. 66. ° J. A.S. B. xxvii. p. 274. ® The woodcut of Arctogale, P.Z.S. 1882, p. 164, f. 8, is not a good repre- sentation of the animal. ‘The feet are much too heavy, the head too large, and the coloration at all events not typical. A far better figure will be found in the coloured plate, P.Z.S. 1877, p. 681, pl. lxxi., entitled Paradoxurus prehen- silis. This appears to me to represent P. /ewcotis of Blyth, the light-coloured variety of A. stigmatica. The skin and skull of the animal there figured are now, I believe, in the British Museum, where I haye examined them. 790 MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON THE [ Nov. 3, Gray, P. Z. S. 1864, p. 543; id. Cat. Carn. &e. Mam. B. M. 1869, p- 76; Jentink, Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 35. Paguma trivirgata, Gray, List Sp. Mam. B. M. 1843, p. 55; Cantor, J. A. 8. B. xv. p. 201 (nee Viverra trivirgata, Reinw.). Paradoxurus trivirgatus, Horsf. Cat. Mam. Mus. E. I. Co. p. 64, partim; Blyth, Cat. Mam. Mus. A. 8. p. 47; id. Cat. Mam. Birds Burma, p. 26 (nee P. trivirgatus, Gray, 1832). Arctogale trivirgata, Gray, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 543; id. Cat. Carn. &c. Mam. B. M. 1869, p. 75; Mivart, P. Z. 8. 1882, p. 163, figs. 8 and 9. Paradoxurus prehensilis, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 681, pl. Ixxi. (nec Viverra prehensilis, Blainv.). Length of skull 4°15 inches, zygomatic breadth 2-4, palate, length 2°3, breadth 1, breadth of brain-case behind postorbital processes 0)°5. Hab. The Malay peninsula and Burma, as far north as Arakan; Sumatra, and Borneo. There is in the British-Museum collection a Bornean skull that appears to differ sufficiently from those of both A, trivirgata and A. leucotis to render the existence of a third species probable. After deducting the specific names above mentioned and restrict- ing the genus, there remain, so far as I am aware, forty specific names to be assigned to the different distinguishable forms recog- nizable as pertaining to Paradoxurus. ‘These forms appear to me to be eleven in number, but as there are several described types I have not been able to compare, I may have to correct this estimate. I have, however, been able to examine the majority of the types named by Dr. Gray, and all of Mr. Hodgson’s. Of these eleven specific forms two are very imperfectly known— one, P. laniger, being founded upon a skin only, the other, P. ma- crodus, upon a skull alone; but both these appear perfectly distinct from all others. Of the remaining nine, three, viz. P. darvatus, P. grayi, and P. leucomystax, form a very natural group, the genus Paguma of Gray’, distinguished by the characters of the skull, the most important of which is the much greater production of the bony palate. The teeth, too, are somewhat smaller, the brain-case much less constricted behind the postorbital processes, and the frontal region more rounded. P. musschenbroeki differs greatly from all other species in its annulated tail. The skull is intermediate in form between the last- mentioned little group (Paguma) and typical Paradoxuri, but rather nearer to the former. The shape of the palate is peculiar. The remaining five species are very closely allied, and P. macrodus, so far as cranial characters go, is connected with them. Three of these forms, P. niger, P. hermaphroditus, and P. philippensis, are so nearly related, and have such distinctly intermediate links, that it is a question whether they should be considered species or geogra- phical races. The other two are well distinguished by external or 1 In his latest writings at least ; formerly he included other species. 1885. | GENUS PARADOXURUS. 791 cranial characters. The following is a key to the species here admitted * :— A. Tne tail considerably more than half the length of the head and body together (usually three quarters or more) ; teeth of moderate size. a. Tail not ringed. a. The bony palate extends less than } inch behind the posterior molars. Vibriss2 in general dark-coloured. a'. Colour fulyous, ashy, or black. a'. Back unstriped, no pale band across fore- head; inner or proximal side of upper sectorial concave .......... ave cgaccenhienoteemn 1. P. niger. bo". Back generally striped, a pale band across forehead; inner side of upper sectorial Shred platy. -cssnpeace« ssneadisy-couespeeaseds os eaese 2. P. hermaphroditus. b’. Colour dark brown. a. Fur glossy with black tips. Anterior palatine foramina only extending back as far AS CANINES, ca). cetmaseeaee toe nes< ee artes 3. P. philippinensis. 6". Fur grizzled, not glossy, with brown tips. Anterior palatine foramina extending to opposite anterior premolars ............++ 5. P. jerdoni. e'. Colour dull rusty red throughout ............ 6. P. aureus, b. The bony palate extends morethan } inch behind the posterior molars. Vibrisse, in part at least, conspicuously white. Colour grey or fulvous, head markings indistinct. Skull 43 to4$incheslong ... 7. P. grayi. &'. Colour generally greyish brown ; head-mark- ings black and white, distinct; a broad white band down the forehead and nose. Skull about 4 inches long ...............2..... 8. P. larvatus. e'. Colour brown or rufous; head-markings generally distinct, brown and whitish; a broad pale band across forehead, or whole face whitish. Skull about 5 inches long... 9. P. lewcomystax. B. Tail ringed. a. Colour above brownish red, with white hairs MEMETIOEKEH Goeeboee. ss